Eu e D ete
EN à rm to
tu ee Da fo
red
siete Cor
RARE TEE OUR CRC CT LE
Ma der aa hege Patata De
un tale Ent Pa MT
aria
en arri a fe a ie tn Net
PORRE
MERE
ee
RER
Ds
penn ve
Me Gun tie OS. LE CE EEE sde
ESTER Pa P AT dn Oe
dues $e wn tad ea e AEE Be Cure MIM BES PE i ret e
nd ere TN a Me a 0
aceto nern
te he He re
VISIERE
mas ee fn dn Di mer nn IP
LRU
mars aan
NET EU ETES
PCT TON en EN
A ty wen die Va dA that ANA NAN CE DA Ta te dy LEP e
TEN ACC ES
Ve uv et 4
A are Un Pe MN IRAE A ORM tn GA A
a wie
Pa D ae a eta PLATS
de re it el
Lore er MANS
at way MOTI
HEA HA ABER Teen SBN AEN
pope dede Chen DEREN DT
Teme Ont GA md KE LATINI i i
ee ae tte feet Od PN Lie BAER Hs
je Etre te fete
MST vet eth SPC
PASSE RENE PER ETS
Gain nit ETF
RE à Ve Sand pine»
ROTTI
K a a à
Si a ernia e
PRESSI
en Case at nt a
Sutera tn storta
nn nn ea TT
EL
mise
RES
res tee verk Ge EU AP
PR E D eV
PRET PEERS FE RETURN
ardent
pen pe tand dy th
STR
Ey eet SELTEN TARA RER SE
N a REN
BESTEHT ER FERN
ROSEN
POS TS ae
IVREA E
wine an
SIA on ana parat ni DEM Le TREE NEN
re mg aid ame wits Ma D he Aa ru ON ve TN TENTE TEEN
Rasta ru att
FORTE SEE EN Lanta tn
MIR KR RAN ENT
PATES A TELLER SITE
AS PN ASINO tine AN
Bar IP Auer
spayed
bin enza ont
wers ir TIR
Sie ete e
PROTESTANT
an rate ci TS
Sur
nes
PATENT
eS HSPN ee ye TNE GI
cesena vada
MORTE
MIDAS NEY
mand dh arne
AHSA e E OI
We HIRTEN
ARMA ZE LITRI ER
VARE TRITATE RTE
>
vin piani ei
bein ann na (eten ERBE ESEL N:
Teng oat Ont
Regime sine
PAURA NANI
AA an e mh wel en
SEE Aeon SA Mb siti
DETTES
i wear EN
piaci PRIT Dane
SISSA dese Pa AOSTA Iet SYN ON
o gen,
agter one
paren
rev eni ee
meda tv Pen LEN
(mor)
ine na hetis et
4
Ay MISI LAP ETA CREEL CTR EAD Peri ANTE EE
eae
rgratan gaye de ie ed et
PETER SAAN EN
tava
Tale see sie Ld i
WEN IA PIAVE dit ES
enon
Ss snars Ted eee tete an
Var ean re
I Ah DAN De
OST
wan gist
PARENT dI
annen
pesten
Pesaro niatie
EERE
sender RTE
CENTER
wa TEN]
wanen pe dira 4
TTC CEE
en AVATARS
PT
NEA onp am ar AV SOV NEN
MRI AI PESTE PARENT ETES AN itn ans a
APE PR eves a apen en pi
AN fen ey
RUN
vg rn att Ta A NE
SUNS AD
FOUR
HUE a Ne LAS
hab Mist ET
opm Ere a OVATION
ARTE ENTRATI TI a GA RAIN,
ria nz pre
AN A ec in Levski
Aat heere en er
ed verfen
betsy avan eeen»
AVAN dr dn ld PAT EURE DE
PEU Mh AT I AAT ew
sv!
erregen
eva gean eren
av amer aen
PTE
Are
dmg ee ALN,
bared eur
NYT Ee)
WAHT al
MST ten a
Han hits Atte n
hage on PICS LE stb
abe Ve ck att Maced VIA CET
PIRELLI
Na ee
Ar
gerst
ua une
allt wit ibe
Uae Me A PSE EN
BEN
vegen
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
Ernst Mayr Library
of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology
Volume 140, no. I, 1997 AL UNS ia 0040-74
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary
entomology since 1858
Netherlands Journal of Entomology
Published by the Netherlands Entomological Society -
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The “Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of original papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
Phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging’ (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zodlogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300,— (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 139 (1996).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
PETER F. BELLINGER & WixcLem N. ELLIS
California State University, Northridge California & Institute for Systematics en M | Pepto
L IBR ARY
Biology, Amsterdam
re OM © ME ET?
U 4 17 7/
GENERIC NAMES OF COLLEMBOLA:
SUPPLEMENT 1984 — 1996
H ARVARD
UNIVE = RSITY
Bellinger, P. F. & W. N. Ellis, 1997. Generic names of Collembola: supplement 1984-1996. —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 1-11 [rssn 0040-7496]. Published 31 October 1997.
This is a second update to the list of Collembolan generic names published by the authors in
1973, covering names and nomenclatural actions that have come to our attention since 1984
and through 1996. Some 134 new generic names are included, with bibliographic citations and
indications of type species. Some corrections to the earlier lists and some comments on previ-
ously described genera are included. The new name Linasa is proposed to replace Silana Yoshii
& Suhardjono, preoccupied.
Correspondence: Peter F. Bellinger, California State University, Northridge, 18111 Nordhoff
Street, Northridge, California 91330, U.S.A.
Key words. — Collembola; nomenclature.
Our previous lists of generic names of Collembola
were published in 1973 and 1984. Proposal of new
names has continued, and a few earlier entries require
modification for various reasons. All new names have
again been checked against Neave's Nomenclator
Zoologicus and its supplements, and against the lists
of new generic and subgeneric names appearing an-
nually in part 20 of the Zoological Record; as a con-
sequence, we propose one new name here to replace a
junior homonym.
We take this opportunity to acknowledge the assis-
tance of our colleagues who have sent copies of their
papers. We particularly wish to thank Miguel Alonso-
Zarazaga for calling our attention to a potentially se-
rious problem in nomenclature, to Dr. Marcia
Edwards for comments on this matter, and to Dr.
Ryozo Yoshii for authorizing the renaming of his pre-
occupied name Silana.
As in our first supplement, we have marked new
taxa with an asterisk * and the gender of the names is
abbreviated as F(emale), M(ale) and N(euter).
Acherongia Massoud & Thibaud, 1985*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr.(2)21: 40.
Type species: A. minima Massoud & Thibaud,
1985, l.c., by original designation. F
Albanura Deharveng, 1982
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. edaph. Toulouse 3(4): 13.
Type species: Neanura (Deutonura) nana
Cassagnau & Peja, 1979, by original designation. F
Note: This is the valid proposal of the name
Albanura, incorrectly credited to Cassagnau in the
first supplement.
Allocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44, ut subgenus
Ascocyrtus Yosii, 1963.
Type species: Acanthurella lepidornata Handschin,
1930, by original designation. M
Note: the junior author's name is given as ‘Yayuk
R. S. in the table of contents of the issue.
Allonychiurus Yoshii, 1995*
Ann. spel. Inst. Japan
Onychiurus Gervais, 1841.
Type species: Onychiurus flavescens Kinoshita,
1916, by original designation. M
13: 8, ut subgenus
Americabrya Mari Mutt & Palacios-Vargas, 1987*
J. N. Y. ent. Soc. 95(1): 100.
Type species: Janetschekbrya arida Christiansen &
Bellinger, 1980, by original designation. F
Antarctophorus Potapov, 1992*
Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 28(4): 492.
Type species: Anurophorus subpolaris Salmon,
1962, by original designation. M
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Anurachorutes Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988*
Zool. Zhurn. 67 (12): 1836.
Type species: A. martynovae Kuznetsova &
Potapov, 1988, l.c., by original designation. M
[ Archifurca Richards, 1956* ]
Thesis: 89.
Type species: A. coachellae Richards, 1956, l.c., by
original designation. F
Note: since Richards' thesis is technically unpub-
lished these names have no standing in nomenclature.
Austrocyrtus Yoshii, 1989*
Contr. biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 27: 234, ut sub-
genus Pseudosinella Schäffer, 1897.
Type species: P. (A.) speciosa Yoshii, 1989, l.c., by
original designation. M
Austrodontella Ellis & Bellinger, 1973
Note: Possible junior objective synonym of
Tridontella Stach, 1949; see below.
Austroseira Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2:23, ut subgenus Seira
Lubbock, 1869.
Type species: Lepidocyrtus schaefferi Schott, 1901,
by original designation. F
Bagnallophorus Weiner, 1996*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32 (2): 183.
Type species: Onychiurus normalis Gisin, 1949, by
original designation. M
Batikphysa Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 74, ut subgenus
Callyntrura Börner, 1906.
Type species: C. (B.) batik Yoshii & Suhardjono,
1989, L.c., by original designation. F
Bessoniella Deharveng & Thibaud, 1989*
Bull. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (4) 11A (2): 398.
Type species: B. procera Deharveng & Thibaud,
1989, L.c., by original designation. F
Blasconurella Deharveng & Bedos, 1992*
Trop. Zool. 5 (2): 300.
Type species: B. arcuata Deharveng & Bedos,
1992, l.c., by original designation. F
Blissia Rusek, 1985*
Can] Zoo! 6310):2077
Type species: B. glabra Rusek, 1985, l.c., by origi-
nal designation. F
Botryanura Chelnokov, 1987*
Ent. Obozr. 66 (1): 100, ut subgenus Entomobrya
Rondani, 1861.
Type species: E. (B.) oleniensis Chelnokov, 1987,
l.c., by original designation. F
Boudinotia Weiner & Najt, 1991*
Mem. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (A) 149: 121.
Type species: B. prima Weiner & Najt, 1991, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Caledonura Deharveng, 1988*
Mem. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (A) 142: 49.
Type species: C. tillierae Deharveng, 1988, l.c., by
original designation. F
Calvinura Cassagnau, 1988*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5(4):
23.
Type species: C. besucheti Cassagnau, 1988, l.c., by
original designation. F
Camerounura Cassagnau, 1991*
Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 28 (2): 221.
Type species: C. delamarei Cassagnau, 1991, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Cansilianura Dallai & Fanciulli, 1983*
Redia 66: 235.
Type species: C. malatestai Dallai & Fanciulli,
1983, l.c., by original designation. F
Carocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44, ut subgenus
Acrocyrtus Yosii, 1959.
Type species: Lepidocyrtus (Acrocyrtus) carosus
Yosii, 1959, by original designation. M
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
Catalanura Deharveng, 1982*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 3(4): 15.
Type species: Neanura (Deutonura) catalana
Deharveng, 1979, by original designation. F
Note: this is the valid proposal of the name incor-
rectly credited to Cassagnau in the first supplement.
Caucasanura Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988*
Zool. Zhurn. 67 (12): 1837.
Type species: C. stebaevae Kuznetsova & Potapov,
1988, l.c., by original designation. F
Caufrenyllodes Greenslade & Deharveng, 1984*
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 23 (3): 224.
Type species: C. bacilloformis Greenslade &
Deharveng, 1984, L.c., by original designation. M
Cephalachorutes Bedos & Deharveng, 1991*
Tijdschr. Ent. 134 (2): 145.
Type species: C. asiaticus Bedos & Deharveng,
1991, l.c., by original designation. M
Chaetobella Cassagnau, 1983*
Nouv. Revue Ent. 13 (1): 16, 19.
Type species Lobella (Propeanura) numatai Yosii,
1966, by original designation. F
Chaetophorura Rusek, 1976
Note: This name was misspelled ‘Chaetaphorura in
the first supplement (p.4).
Chihuahuachorutes Palacios-Vargas, 1990*
Folia ent. mex. 79: 7.
Type species: C. escobarae Palacios-Vargas, 1990,
l.c., by original designation. M
Chirolavia Deharveng, 1991*
Raffles Bull. Zool. 39 (1): 54.
Type species: C. murphyi Deharveng, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Chribellphorura Weiner, 1996*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32 (2): 174.
Type species: Onychiurus (Archaphorura) allanae
Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980, by original designa-
tion. F.
Christobella Fjellberg, 1985*
Ent. scand. Suppl. 21: 116.
Type species: Neanura ornata Folsom, 1902, by
original designation. F
Cinctocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44, ut subgenus
Ascocyrtus Yosii, 1963.
Type species: Lepidocyrtus cinctus Schäffer, 1898,
by original designation. M
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
Coenaletes Bellinger, 1985*
Carib. J. Sci. 21 (3/4): 118.
Type species: Actaletes vangoethemi Jacquemart,
1980, by original designation. M
Cordobaia Simön, Bach, & Gaju, 1987*
Eos 62 (1/4): 303.
Type species: C. bembezarensis Simön, Bach, &
Gaju, 1987, l.c., by original designation. F
Coreanura Deharveng & Weiner, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4(4):
De
Type species: C. filiae Deharveng & Weiner, 1984,
l.c., by monotypy. F
BELLINGER & ELLIS: Collembola
Cribrochiurus Weiner, 1996
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N.S.) 32(2): 189.
Type species: Onychiurus cribrosus Gisin, 1957, by
original designation. M
Note: as mentioned here by Weiner, and by Ellis &
Bellinger (1973), the name Cribrochiurus was pro-
posed by Palissa (1964) without a type species; the
name was therefore unavailable at that time.
Cyprania Bretfeld, 1992*
Mitt. zool. Mus. Kiel, Suppl. 4: 45.
Type species: C. gisae Bretfeld, 1992, l.c., by origi-
nal designation. F
Dableyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44,55, ut subgenus
Ascocyrtus Yosii, 1963.
Type species: Lepidocyrtus dahlii Schäffer, 1898, by
original designation. M
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
Deboutevillea Murphy, 1965
Incorrect original spelling (genus named for C.
Delamare Deboutteville) of Debouttevillea Murphy,
1965.
Unavailable name.
Deharvengiurus Weiner, 1996*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32 (2): 183.
Type species: Onychiurus argus Denis, 1924, by
original designation. M
Deuteraphorura Absolon, 1901
Note: Weiner, 1996, Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32
(2): 184, states that the type of this genus is
‘Onychiurus fimetarius (L.) (auct.) Stach, 1934’, by
Stach's designation [in 1954]. This is contrary to the
selection by Ellis & Bellinger, 1973, of Onychiurus
ambulans (L.). The implications of this statement are
complex and will be treated elsewhere.
Deuterobella Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 5, ut subgenus Lobella
Börner, 1906.
Type species: L. imadatei Yosii, 1976, by original
designation. F
Digitanura Deharveng, 1987*
Bull. Annls Soc. r. belge Ent. 123(4/6): 125.
Type species: D. quadrilobata Deharveng, 1987,
l.c., by original designation. F
Elgonura Cassagnau, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Écobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4(3): 5.
Type species: E. erinacea Cassagnau, 1984, l.c., by
original designation. F
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Fissuraphorura Rusek, 1991*
Acta ent. bohemoslov. 88: 145.
Type species: F. cubanica Rusek, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Folsomia Willem, 1902
Add to entry:
The genus and its type species, Æ candida, were
placed on the respective official lists by Opinion
1421, in connection with the suppression of the
name Entomobrya cavicola Banks, 1897, a senior sub-
jective synonym of candida.
Formosanochiurus Weiner, 1986*
2“internat. Sem. Apterygota: 93.
Type species: Onychiurus formosanus Denis, 1929,
by original designation. M
Ghirkanura Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988*
Zool. Zhurn. 67 (12): 1839.
Type species: G. chernovae Kuznetsova & Potapov,
1988, Lc. by original designation. F
Gnathofolsomia Deharveng & Christian, 1984*
Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Osterreich 122: 97.
Type species: G. palpata Deharveng & Christian,
1984, L.c., by original designation. F
Haloxenylla da Gama & Deharveng, 1984*
Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 120: 131.
Type species: Xenylla affiniformis Stach, 1929, by
original designation. F
Hazaranura Cassagnau, 1991*
Trav. Lab. Écobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 6(4): 16.
Type species: H. elongata Cassagnau, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Hemilobella Deharveng & Greenslade, 1992*
Invert. Taxon. 6 (3): 729.
Type species: H. rounsevelli Deharveng & Green-
slade, 1992, l.c., by original designation. F
Himalmeria Cassagnau, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4(3):
A
Type species: H. (H.) gurung Cassagnau, 1984, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Hyperlobella Cassagnau, 1988*
Trav. Lab. Écobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5(4):
22, 24.
Type species: Protanura kraepelini Börner, 1906,
by original designation. F
Intermediurida Najt, Thibaud & Weiner, 1990*
Bull. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (4)12A (1): 95,
114.
Type species: Z anophthalma Najt, Thibaud &
Weiner, 1990, l.c., by original designation. F
Irianella Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 41, ut subgenus
Pseudoparonella Handschin, 1925.
Type species: P. (4) halmaherae Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992, l.c., by original designation. F
Isotogastrura Thibaud & Najt, 1992*
Bonner zool. Beitr. 43 (4): 545.
Type species: 1. arenicola Thibaud & Najt, 1992,
l.c., by original designation. F
Jailolaphorura Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 9, ut subgenus
Onychiurus Gervais. 1841.
Type species: O. (7) jailolonis Yoshi &
Suhardjono, 1992, l.c., by original designation. F
Javaphysa Yoshii, 1992*
Mem. Mus. Victoria 53:
Callyntrura Borner, 1906.
Type species: C. (/.) javana Yoshii, 1992, l.c., by
original designation. F
131, ut subgenus
Koreanurina Najt & Weiner, 1992*
Pan-Pacif. Ent. 68 (3): 200.
Type species: K. szeptyckii Najt & Weiner, 1992,
Le, by original designation. F
Lanocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44, 58, ut subgenus
Lepidocyrtus Bourlet, 1839.
Type species: Podura lanuginosa Gmelin, 1790, by
original designation. M
Lanzhotia Rusek, 1985*
Acta ent. bohemoslov. 82 (3): 175.
Type species: L. brachycera Rusek, 1985, l.c., by
original designation. F
Lasofinius Ireson & Greenslade, 1990*
J. Aust. ent. Soc. 29: 205.
Type species: L. willi Ireson & Greenslade, 1990,
Lc. by original designation. M
Lawrenceana Mitra, 1993*
Rec. zool. Survey India, Occ. Pap. 154: 34.
No species included.
Unavailable name.
Leenurina Najt & Weiner, 1992*
Pan-Pacif. Ent. 68 (3): 203.
Type species: L. jasii Najt & Weiner, 1992, l.c., by
original designation. F
Linasa nom. nov.*
New name for Si/ana Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992,
nec Spaeth, 1914.
Type species: Salina (Silana) moluccana Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992. F
Madecassiella Betsch & Waller, 1996*
Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 101 (4): 416.
Type species: M. ibityensis Betsch & Waller, 1996,
by original designation. F
Marginobrya Yoshii, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2:
Entomobrya Rondani, 1861.
Type species: E. (M.) marginifera Yosii, 1992, l.c.,
by original designation. F
100, ut subgenus
Merapicyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 82, ut subgenus
Ascocyrtus Yosii, 1963.
Type species: A. (M.) merapicus Yoshii & Suhar-
djono, 1992, l.c., by original designation. M
Mexicanura Palacios-Vargas, 1984
An. Esc. nac. Cienc. biol. Mex. 27: 69.
Lapsus calami for Americanura Cassagnau, 1983.
Unavailable name.
Monolamellus Lee, 1979*
Korean J. Ent. 9 (2); 5, ut subgenus Zomocerus
Nicolet, [1842].
Type species: Tomocerus laxalamella Lee, 1975, by
monotypy.
Published without diagnosis in the combination 7.
(M.) laxalamella, nomen nudum.
Unavailable name.
Mucrella Fjellberg, 1985*
Ent. scand. Suppl.
Hypogastrura Bourlet, 1839.
Type species: H. (M.) denali Fjellberg, 1985, Lc.
by original designation. F
21:12, ut subgenus
Multivesicula Rusek, 1982*
Vestn. cesk. Spol. zool. 46(1): 33.
Type species: M. columbica Rusek, 1982, l.c., by
original designation. F
Nahuanura Palacios-Vargas & Najt, 1986*
Folia ent. mex. 68: 18.
Type species: N. ce Palacios-Vargas & Najt, 1986,
BELLINGER & ELLIS: Collembola
l.c., by original designation. F
Najtia Arlé & Mendonga, 1986*
Revista bras. Ent. 30(1): 1.
Type species: /sotoma vicaria Arlé, 1959, by origi-
nal designation. F
Najtiaphorura Weiner & Thibaud, 1991*
Bull. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (4) 13A (1-2): 113.
Type species: N. sandrinae Weiner & Thibaud,
1991, l.c., by original designation. F
Najtnella Yosii, 1989*
Contr. biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 27 (3): 249, ut sub-
genus Pseudoparonella Handschin, 1925.
Type species: P. novaecaledoniae Yosii, 1960, by
original designation. F
Najtsira Yosii, 1989*
Contr. biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 27 (3): 236, ut sub-
genus Lepidosira Schött, 1925.
Type species: L. (N.) najtae Yoshii, 1989, l.c., by
original designation. F
Narisa Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 37, 38, ut subgenus
Salina MacGillivray, 1894
Type species: S. pallens Yoshii, 1984, by original
designation. F
[ Nasopus Richards, 1956* ]
Thesis: 86.
Type species: Smynthurus spinatus MacGillivray,
1893, by original designation. M
Unpublished objective synonym of Pseudo-
bourletiella Stach, 1956. Unavailable name.
Neokatianna Snider, 1989*
Florida Ent. 72 (3): 541, ut subgenus Sminthurinus
Börner, 1901.
Type species: S. (N.) acantholaema Snider, 1989,
Le, by original designation. F
Nepalimeria Cassagnau, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4 (3):
ls Bs Oe
Type species: N. dal Cassagnau, 1984, L.c., by orig-
inal designation. F
Nusasira Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 38, ut subgenus
Lepidosira Schott, 1925.
Type species: Pseudosira (Mesira) javana Borner,
1913, by original designation. F
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Oceaniella Yoshii, 1989*
Contr. biol. Lab. Kyoto Univ. 27 (3): 261, ut sub-
genus Pseudoparonella Handschin, 1925.
Type species: P. (O.) najtae Yoshii, 1989, l.c., by
original designation. F
Octodontophora Chelnokov, 1990*
Ent. Obozr. 69 (2): 343.
Type species: O. ornata Chelnokov, 1990, l.c., by
original designation. F
Onerocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 44, 45, ut subgenus
Acrocyrtus Yosii, 1959.
Type species: Lepidocyrtus onerosus Yoshii, 1982, by
original designation. M
See note on authorship under A//ocyrtus, above.
Ongulogastrura Thibaud & Massoud, 1983*
Mém. biospéol. 10: 317.
Type species: O. longisensilla Thibaud & Massoud,
1983, L.c., by original designation. F
Ongulonychiurus Thibaud & Massoud, 1986*
Bull. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (4) 8A (2): 327.
Type species: O. colpus Thibaud & Massoud,
1986, L.c., by original designation. M
Orchesella Templeton, 1835
Trans. ent. Soc. London 1 (2): 92.
Type species: O. filicornis Templeton, 1835, by
subsequent designation by Rothschild, 1878, Musée
entomologique illustré 3: 365. F
Note: the type designation by Rothschild antedates
that of O. cincta by Börner, 1903, cited in the List, p.
37. Fortunately O. filicornis and O. cincta are general-
ly regarded as synonymous. In reply to an inquiry to
the International Commission we are informed that
the citation of type species for Orchesella on the
Official List has been altered to read ‘Orchesella fil-
icornis Templeton, 1835 = O. cincta (Linnaeus,
158)
Placed on the Official List of Generic Names in
Zoology: 723, Opinion 291.
Palaeosminthurus Pierce & Gibron, 1962
Note: according to Najt, 1987, Revue fr. Ent. (N.
S.) 9: 152, the type and only included species, P. juli-
ae, belongs to Formicidae rather than Collembola.
Paracerura Deharveng & Oliveira, 1994*
Revue suisse Zool. 101 (2): 442.
Type species: P. virgata Deharveng & Oliveira,
1994, l.c., by original designation. F
Paralobella Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5 (1): 9.
Type species: P. orousseti Cassagnau & Deharveng,
1984, Lc. by original designation. F
Paramanura Cassagnau, 1986*
2" int. Sem. Apterygota: 315.
Type species: P. najtae Cassagnau, 1986, l.c., by
original designation. F
Paranurida Skarzynski & Pomorski, 1994*
Genus 5 (4): 363.
Type species: P. kopetdagi Skarzynski & Pomorski,
1994, L.c., by original designation. F
Parectonura Deharveng, 1988*
Mém. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (A) 152: 46.
Type species: P. ciliata Deharveng, 1988, l.c., by
original designation. F
Parthenaphorura Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 31, ut subgenus
Onychiurus Gervais, 1841.
Type species: O. (P.) bogoriensis Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1989, I. c., by original designation. F
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
Pectenisotoma Gruia, 1983*
Rés. Expéd. biospéol. cubano-roum. 4: 193.
Type species: P. theodori Gruia, 1983, l.c., by orig-
inal designation. F
Penelopella Cassagnau, 1986*
2“int. Sem. Apterygota: 315.
Type species: P. pacifica Cassagnau, 1986, l.c., by
original designation. F
Philotella Najt & Weiner, 1985*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. 21 (1): 29.
Type species: P. deharvengi Najt & Weiner, 1985,
l.c., by original designation. F
Phradmon Greenslade & Deharveng, 1991*
Invert. Taxon. 5 (4): 840.
Type species: P. australasiae Greenslade &
Deharveng, 1991, l.c., by original designation. M
Plumosinella Gruia, 1984*
Trav. Inst. Spéol. “Emil Racovitza’ 23: 21, ut sub-
genus Pseudosinella Schäffer, 1897.
Type species: Pseudosinella (P.) kenchristianseni
Gruia, 1984, l.c., by original designation. F
Pongeiella Rusek, 1991*
Acta Soc. zool. bohemoslov. 55: 65.
Type species: Tullbergia (T.) falca Christiansen &
Bellinger, 1980, by original designation. F
Probrachystomellides Weiner & Najt, 1991*
Bonner zool. Beitr. 42 (3/4): 376.
Type species: P. nicolaii Weiner & Najt, 1991, l.c.,
by original designation. M
Psammisotoma Greenslade & Deharveng, 1986*
Proc. R. Soc. Queensland 97: 89.
Type species: P. kingae Greenslade & Deharveng,
1986, l.c., by original designation. F
Psammophorura Thibaud & Weiner, 1994*
Polskie Pismo ent. 63: 8.
Type species: P. gedanica Thibaud & Weiner,
1994, l.c., by original designation. F
Pseudoxenyllodes Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988*
Zool. Zhurn. 67 (12): 1833, ut subgenus
Xenyllodes Axelson, 1903.
Type species: X. (P.) macrocanthus Kuznetsova &
Potapov, 1988, l.c., by original designation. M
Rambutanura Deharveng, 1988*
Can. J. Zool. 66 (3): 714.
Type species: R. yoshiiana Deharveng, 1988, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Rambutsinella Deharveng & Bedos, 1996*
Raffles Bull. Zool. 44 (1): 280.
Type species: À honchongensis Deharveng &
Bedos, 1996, |. c., by original designation. F
Raponella Najt, 1988*
Nouv. Revue Ent. (N. S.) 5 (3): 205.
Type species: Probrachystomella dodecophthalma
Najt, 1988, l.c., by original designation. F
Rotundiphorura Rusek, 1991*
Acta ent. bohemoslov. 88: 152.
Type species: R. habanica Rusek, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Rusekella Deharveng, 1982*
Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 118: 235.
Type species: À. cantabrica Deharveng, 1982, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Sahacanthella Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994*
Misc. zool. 17: 135.
Type species: S. kele Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994,
l.c., by original designation. F
Salvarella Greenslade & Najt, 1987*
Revue fr. Ent. (N.S.) 9(3): 115.
Type species: S. wallacei Greenslade & Najt, 1987,
l.c., by original designation. F
BELLINGER & ELLIS: Collembola
Secotomodes Potapov, 1988*
Zool. Zhurn. 67 (1): 144.
Type species: S. sibiricus Potapov, 1988, l.c., by
original designation. M
Sericeotoma Potapov, 1991*
Acta zool. cracov. 34 (1): 287, ut subgenus /sotoma
Bourlet, 1839.
Type species: Z. (S.) knissi Potapov, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Siamanura Deharveng, 1987*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5 (2):
1922
Type species: S. clavata Deharveng, 1987, l.c., by
original designation. F
Sibiracanthella Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994*
Misc. zool. 17: 130.
Type species: S. nuda Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994,
l.c., by original designation. F
Sibirisotoma Rusek, 1991*
Acta ent. bohemoslov. 88: 33.
Type species: S. stebajevae Rusek, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Silana Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 2: 28, ut subgenus Salina
MacGillivray, 1894; nec Spaeth, 1914, Deutsche ent.
Ztg. 1914: 563 (Coleoptera).
Type species: Salina (Silana) moluccana Yoshii &
Suhardjono, l.c., by original designation. F
Note: the spelling Sirana on p. 40 is an obvious
lapsus calami, but in any case is preoccupied by Sirana
Griveaud, 1975, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 807/8): 232
(Lepidoptera).
Junior homonym; replaced by Linasa nom. nov.
Singalimeria Cassagnau, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4(3):
16%;
Type species: S. pachyderma Cassagnau, 1984, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Sinnamarides Betsch, 1991*
Revue Ecol. Biol. Sol 28 (2): 230.
Type species: S. delamarei Betsch, 1991, l.c., by
original designation. F
Speleophysa Bagnall, 1969*
In Glennie, Trans. Cave Res. Group Great Britain
11(2): 107. Nomen nudum.
Type species: S. varioseta Bagnall, 1969, l.c., by
monotypy. Nomen nudum. F
Unavailable name.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Spinactaletes Soto Adames, 1989*
Carib. J. Sci. 24 (3/4): 174.
Type species: S. calcalectoris Soto Adames, 1989,
l.c., by original designation. M
[ Spinaphorura Arbea, 1987* |
Thesis [not seen]; Diss. Abs. int. C 49(2): 214
(1988).
Type species: ? Spinaphorura clavata Arbea, 1987. F
Note: according to Jordana et al., 1990, Publ. biol.
Univ. Navarra, Ser. Zool.21:129, Spinaphorura clava-
ta is a species of Neonaphorura.
Unpublished. Unavailable name.
Spinonychiurus Weiner, 1996*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32 (2): 188.
Type species: Onychiurus edinensis Bagnall, 1935,
by original designation. M
Stenaphorurella Luciänez & Simén, 1992*
Eos 68(2): 108.
Type species: Stenaphorura quadrispina Börner,
1901, by original designation. F
Stenomeria Cassagnau, 1990*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 26 (1): 29.
Type species: S. deharvengi Cassagnau, 1990, Lc.
by original designation. F
Sturmius Bretfeld, 1994*
J. Zool. syst. Evol. Res. 32: 264.
Type species: S. epiphytus Bretfeld, 1994, l.c., by
original designation. M
Sundasira Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 1: 38, ut subgenus
Lepidosira Schött, 1925.
Type species: L. (S.) sundana Yoshii & Suhardjono,
1989, l.c., by original designation. F
See note on authorship under Allocyrtus, above.
Tamulmeria Cassagnau, 1988*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 5(5):
3}, AG.
Type species 7° callipygos Cassagnau, 1988, l.c., by
original designation. F
Tasphorura Greenslade & Rusek, 1996*
SystrEnt 21-28;
Type species: 7. vesiculata Greenslade & Rusek,
1996, l.c., by original designation. F
Thibaudichiurus Weiner, 1996*
Annls Soc. ent. Fr. (N. S.) 32 (2): 189.
Type species: Onychiurus mariangeae Thibaud &
Lee, 1994, by original designation. M
Tillieria Weiner & Najt, 1991*
Mem. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (A) 149: 123.
Type species: T. insularis Weiner & Najt, 1991,
l.c., by original designation. F
Tridontella Stach, 1949
Apterygotan fauna of Poland 2, Neogastruridae
and Brachystomellidae: 317.
Type species: Odontella trispina Womersley, 1935,
by original designation.
This name was originally proposed, on p. 261 of
the same volume, as Triodontella; the misspelling or
variant spelling 7ridontella appears on p. 317 and
340, as noted in the original List (p. 56). Since
Triodontella Stach is a junior homonym of
Triodontella Reitter, 1919, we proposed (1973, p. 7)
the replacement name Austrodontella. However, in
the Nomenclator Zoologicus vol. 6 (1966), p. 300,
the spelling Zridontella is treated as valid, with
Triodontella noted as a variant spelling. According to
one of the authors of this volume of the Nomenclator
(M. Edwards, in litt.), any action taken beyond bibli-
ographical listing was unintentional. The question of
the validity of this and perhaps other names appar-
ently validated in the Nomenclator has been called to
the attention of the International Commission.
Tritosminthurus Snider, 1988*
Ent. News 99(5): 260.
Type species: 7. schuhi Snider, 1988, l.c., by origi-
nal designation. M
[ Trochopilosa Richards, 1956* |
Thesis: 96, ut subgenus Allacma Börner, 1906.
Type species: A. (7°) allacma Richards, l.c., by orig-
inal designation. F
Note: since Richards’ thesis is technically unpub-
lished, these names have no standing in nomencla-
ture.
Troglobius Palacios-Vargas & Wilson, 1990*
Int. J. Speleol. 19: 68.
Type species: 7. coprophagus Palacios-Vargas &
Wilson, 1990, l.c., by original designation. M
Venezuelida Diaz & Najt, 1995*
Bull. Mus. natl Hist. nat. Paris (4) 16A (2-4): 428.
Type species: V. polylepiana Diaz & Najt, 1995,
l.c., by original designation. F
Vietsira Yoshii, 1994*
Acta zool. Asiae orient. 3: 27.
Type species: V. squamigera Yoshii, 1994, l.c., by
original designation. F
Weinera Thibaud, 1993*
Revue fr. Ent. (N. S.) 15 (2): 73.
Type species: W. ghislaineae Thibaud, 1993, l.c.,
by original designation. F
Willemgastrura Oliveira & Thibaud, 1988*
Amazoniana 10 (3): 300.
Type species: W. coeca Oliveira & Thibaud, 1988,
l.c., by original designation. F
Yetimeria Cassagnau, 1984*
Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthr. édaph. Toulouse 4 (3):
154
Type species: Y. lama Cassagnau, 1984, L.c., by
original designation. F
Zelandanura Deharveng & Wise, 1987*
Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus. 24: 143.
Type species: Z. bituberculata Deharveng & Wise,
1987, L.c., by original designation. F
REFERENCES
Ellis, W. N. & P. F. Bellinger, 1973. An annotated list of
the generic names of Collembola (Insecta) and their type
species. — Monographieën Nederlandsche Entomo-
logische Vereeniging 7: 1-74.
Ellis, W. N. & P. F. Bellinger, 1984. Generic names of
Collembola: supplement 1973-1983. — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 127 (1): 1-15.
INDEX TO SPECIES
acantholaema Snider, 1989 (Sminthurinus
(Neokatianna)) Neokatianna Snider, 1989
affıniformis Stach, 1929 (Xenylla). — Haloxenylla da
Gama & Deharveng, 1984
[allacma Richards, 1956 (Allacma (Trochopilosa)). —
Trochopilosa Richards, 1956]
allanae Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 (Onychiurus
(Archaphorura)). — Chribellphorura Weiner, 1996
anophthalma Najt, Thibaud, & Weiner, 1990 (Inter-
mediurida). — Intermediurida Najt, Thibaud, &
Weiner, 1990
arcuata Deharveng & Bedos, 1992 (Blasconurella). —
Blasconurella Deharveng & Bedos, 1992
arenicola Thibaud & Najt, 1992 (Isotogastrura). —
Isotogastrura Thibaud & Najt, 1992
arida Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 (Janet-
schekbrya). — Americabrya Mari Mutt & Palacios-
Vargas, 1987
asiaticus Bedos & Deharveng, 1991 (Cephalacho-
rutes). — Cephalachorutes Bedos & Deharveng,
1991
australasiae Greenslade & Deharveng, 1991 (Phrad-
mon). — Phradmon Greenslade & Deharveng, 1991
bacilloformis Greenslade & Deharveng, 1984. —
BELLINGER & ELLIS: Collembola
(Caufrenyllodes). — Caufrenyllodes Greenslade &
Deharveng, 1984
batik Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989 (Callyntrura (Batik-
physa). — Batikphysa Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
bembezarensis Simon, Bach, & Gaju, 1987 (Cordo-
baia). — Cordobaia Simén, Bach, & Gaju, 1987
besucheti Cassagnau, 1988 (Calvinura). — Calvinura
Cassagnau, 1988
bituberculata Deharveng & Wise, 1987 (Zelanda-
nura). — Zelanadanura Deharveng & Wise, 1987
bogoriensis Yoshii & Suhardjono,1989 (Onychiurus
(Parthenaphorura)). — Parthenaphorura Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1989
brachycera Rusek, 1985 (Lanzhotia). — Lanzhotia
Rusek, 1985
calcalectoris Soto Adames, 1989 (Spinactaletes). —
Spinactaletes Soto Adames, 1989
callipygos Cassagnau, 1988 (Tamulmeria). — Tamul-
meria Cassagnau, 1988
candida Willem, 1902 (Folsomia). — Folsomia Willem,
1902
cantabrica Deharveng, 1982 (Rusekella). — Rusekella
Deharveng, 1982
carosus Yosii, 1959 (Lepidocyrtus (Acrocyrtus)). — Caro-
cyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
catalana Deharveng, 1979 (Neanura (Deutonura)). —
Catalanura Deharveng, 1982
cavicola Banks, 1897 (Entomobrya). — Folsomia
Willem, 1902
ce Palacios-Vargas & Najt, 1986 (Nahuanura). —
Nahuanura Palacios-Vargas & Najt, 1986
chernovae Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988 (Ghirka-
nura). — Ghirkanura Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988
ciliata Deharveng, 1988 (Parectonura). — Parectonura
Deharveng, 1988
cincta Linnaeus, 1758 (Podura). — Orchesella Temple-
ton, 1835
cinctus Schäffer, 1898 (Lepidocyrtus). — Cinctocyrtus
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
[clavata Arbea, 1987 (Spinaphorura). — Spinaphorura
Arbea, 1987]
clavata Deharveng, 1987 (Siamanura). — Siamanura
Deharveng, 1987
[coachellae Richards, 1956 (Archifurca). — Archifurca
Richards, 1956]
coeca Oliveira & Thibaud, 1988 (Willemgastrura). —
Willemgastrura Oliveira & Thibaud, 1988
colpus Thibaud & Massoud, 1986 (Ongulonychiurus).
— Ongulonychiurus Thibaud & Maddoud, 1986
columbica Rusek, 1982 (Multivesicula). — Multi-
vesicula Rusek, 1982
coprophagus Palacios-Vargas & Wilson, 1990 (77o-
globius). — Troglobius Palacios-Vargas & Wilson,
1990
cribrosus Gisin, 1957 (Onychiurus). — Cribrochiurus
Weiner, 1996
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
cubanica Rusek, 1991
Fissuraphorura Rusek, 1991
dahlii Schäffer, 1898 (Lepidocyrtus). — Dahleyrtus
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
dal Cassagnau, 1984 (Nepalimeria). — Nepalimeria
Cassagnau, 1984
deharvengi Cassagnau, 1990
Stenomeria Cassagnau, 1990
deharvengi Najt & Weiner, 1985 (Philotella). —
Philotella Najt & Weiner, 1985
delamarei Betsch, 1991 (Sinnamerides). — Sinna-
merides Betsch, 1991
delamarei Cassagnau, 1991
Camerounura Cassagnau, 1991
denali Fjellberg, 1985 (Hypogastrura (Mucrella)). —
Mucrella Fjellberg, 1985
dodecophthalma Najt, 1988 (Raponella). — Raponella
Najt, 1988
edinensis Bagnall, 1935 (Onychiurus). — Spinony-
chiurus Weiner 1996
elongata Cassagnau, 1991
Hazaranura Cassagnau, 1991
epiphytus Bretfeld, 1994 (Sturmius). — Sturmius
Bretfeld, 1994
erinacea Cassagnau, 1984 (Elgonura). — Elgonura
Cassagnau, 1984
escobarae Palacios-Vargas, 1990 (Chihuahuachorutes).
— Chihuahuachorutes Palacios-Vargas, 1990
falca Christiansen & Bellinger, 1980 (Tullbergia
(Tullbergia)). — Pongeiella Rusek, 1991
filiae Deharveng & Weiner, 1984 (Coreanura). —
Coreanura Deharveng & Weiner, 1984
filicornis Templeton, 1835 (Orchesella). — Orchesella
Tempeton, 1835
fimetarius Linnaeus, 1767, nec 1758 (Podura). —
Deuteraphorura Absolon, 1901
flavescens Kinoshita, 1916 (Onychiurus). — Allony-
chiurus Yoshii, 1995
formosanus Denis, 1929 (Onychiurus). — Formosa-
nochiurus Weiner, 1986
gedanica Thibaud & Weiner, 1994 (Psammophorura).
— Psammophorura Thibaud & Weiner, 1994
ghislaineae Thibaud, 1993 (Weinera). — Weinera
Thibaud, 1993
gisae Bretfeld, 1992 (Cyprania). — Cyprania Bretfeld,
1992
glabra Rusek, 1985 (Blissia). — Blissia Rusek, 1985
gurung Cassagnau, 1984 (Himalmeria). — Himalmeria
Cassagnau, 1984
habanica Rusek, 1991 (Rotundiphorura). — Rotun-
diphorura Rusek, 1991
halmaherae Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992 (Pseudo-
paronella (Irianella)). — lrianella Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992
honchongensis Deharveng & Bedos, 1996 (Rambut-
sinella). — Rambutsinella Deharveng & Bedos, 1996
(Fissuraphorura). = —
(Stenomeria). —
(Camerounura). —
(Hazaranura). -
10
ibityensis Betsch & Waller, 1996 (Madecassiella). —
Madecassiella Betsch & Waller, 1996
imadatei Yosii, 1976 (Lobella (Lobella)). — Deutero-
bella Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992
insularis Weiner & Najt, 1991 (Tillieria). — Tillieria
Weiner & Najt, 1991
jailolonis Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992 (Onychiurus
(Jailolaphorura)). — Jailolaphorura Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992
jasii Najt & Weiner, 1992 (Leenurina). — Leenurina
Najt & Weiner, 1992
javana Börner, 1913 (Pseudosira (Mesira)). — Nusasira
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
javana Yoshii, 1992 (Callyntrura (Javaphysa)). —
Javaphysa Yoshii, 1992
juliae Pierce & Gibron, 1962 (Palaeosminthurus). —
Palaeosminthurus Pierce & Gibron, 1962
kele Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994 (Sahacanthella). —
Sahacanthella Potapov & Stebaeva, 1994
kenchristianseni Gruia, 1984 (Pseudosinella (Plumo-
sinella)). — Plumosinella Gruia, 1984
kingae Greenslade & Deharveng, 1986 (Psammi-
sotoma). — Psammisotoma Greenslade & Dehar-
veng, 1986
knissi Potapov, 1991 (Sericeotoma). — Sericeotoma
Potapov, 1991
kopetdagi Skarzynski & Pomorski, 1994 (Paranu-
rida). — Paranurida Skarzynski & Pomorski, 1994
kraepelini Börner, 1906 (Protanura). — Hyperlobella
Cassagnau, 1988
lama Cassagau, 1984 (Yetimeria). — Yetimeria Cas-
sagnau, 1984
lanuginosa Gmelin, 1790 (Podura). — Lanocyrtus
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
[laxalamella Lee, 1979 Tomocerus (Monolamellus). —
Monolamellus Lee, 1979]
lepidornata Handschin, 1930 (Acanthurella). —
Allocyrtus Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
longisensilla Thibaud & Massoud, 1983 (Ongulo-
gastrura). — Ongulogastrura Thibaud & Massoud,
1983
macrocanthus Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988
(Xenyllodes (Pseudoxenyllodes)). — Pseudoxenyllodes
Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988
malatestai Dallai & Fanciulli, 1983 (Cansilianura). —
Cansilianura Dallai & Fanciulli, 1983
marginifera Yoshii, 1992 (Entomobrya (Margino-
brya)). — Marginobrya Yoshii, 1992
martynovae Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988 (Anura-
chorutes). — Anurachorutes Kuznetsova & Potapov,
1988
merapicus Yosii & Suhardjono, 1992 (Ascocyrtus
(Merapicyrtus)). — Merapicyrtus Yosii & Suhar-
djono, 1992
minima Massoud & Thibaud, 1985 (Acherongia). —
Acherongia Massoud & Thibaud, 1985
moluccana Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1992 (Salina
(Silana)). — Linasa nom. nov. — Silana Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992
murphyi Deharveng, 1991 (Chirolavia). — Chirolavia
Deharveng, 1991
najtae Cassagnau, 1986 (Paramanura). — Paramanura
Cassagnau, 1986
najtae Yoshii, 1989 (Lepidosira (Najtsira)). — Najtsira
Yoshii, 1989
najtae Yoshii, 1989 (Pseudoparonella (Oceaniella)). —
Oceaniella Yoshii, 1989
nana Cassagnau & Peja, 1979 (Neanura (Deuto-
nura)). — Albanura Deharveng, 1982
nicolaii Weiner & Najt, 1991 (Probrachystimellides).
— Probrachystomellides Weiner & Najt, 1991
novaecaledoniae Yosii, 1960 (Pseudoparonella). —
Najtnella Yoshii, 1989
nuda Potapov & Stebaeva, 1984 (Sibiracanthella). —
Sibiracanthella Potapov & Stebaeva, 1984
numatai Cassagnau, 1983 (Lobella (Propeanura)). —
Chaetobella Cassagnau, 1983
oleniensis Chelnokov, 1987 (Entomobrya (Botrya-
nura)). — Botryanura Chelnokov, 1987
onerosus Yoshii, 1982 (Lepidocyrtus). — Onerocyrtus
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
ornata Chelnokov, 1990 (Octodontophora). — Octo-
dontophora Chelnokov, 1990
ornata Folsom, 1902 (Neanura). — Christobella Fjell-
berg, 1985
orousseti Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1984 (Paralo-
bella). — Paralobella Cassagnau & Deharveng, 1984
pachyderma Cassagnau 1984 (Singalimeria). — Singa-
limeria Cassagnau, 1984
pacifica Cassagnau, 1986 (Penelopella). — Penelopella
Cassagnau, 1986
pallens Yoshii, 1984 (Salina). — Narisa Yoshii &
Suhardjono, 1992
palpata Deharveng & Christian, 1984
(Gnathofolsomia). — Gnathofolsomia Deharveng &
Christian, 1984
polylepiana Diaz & Najt, 1995 (Venezuelida). —
Venezuelida Diaz & Najt, 1995
prima Weiner & Najt, 1991
Boudinotia Weiner & Najt, 1991
procera Deharveng & Thibaud, 1989 (Bessoniella). —
Bessoniella Deharveng & Thibaud, 1989
quadrilobata Deharveng, 1987 (Digitanura). —
Digitanura Deharveng, 1987
quadrispina Börner, 1902. — Stenaphorurella Luciänez
& Simon, 1992
rounsevelli Deharveng & Greenslade, 1992
(Hemilobella). — Hemilobella Deharveng & Green-
slade, 1992
(Boudinotia).
BELLINGER & ELLIS: Collembola
sandrinae Weiner & Thibaud, 1991 (Najtiaphorura).
— Najtiaphorura Weiner & Thibaud, 1991
schaefferi Schött, 1901 (Lepidocyrtus). — Austroseira
Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989
schuhi Snider, 1988 (Tritosminthurus). — Tritosminth-
urus Snider, 1988
sibiricus Potapov, 1988 (Secotomodes). — Secotomodes
Potapov, 1988
speciosa Yoshii, 1989 (Pseudosinella (Austrocyrtus)). —
Austrocyrtus Yoshii, 1989
[spinatus MacGillivray, 1893 (Smynthurus). — Naso-
pus Richards, 1956]
squamigera Yoshii, 1994 (Vietsira). — Vietsira Yoshii,
1994
stebaevae Kuznetsova & Potapov, 1988 (Caucasa-
nura) — Caucasanura Kuznetsova & Potapov,
1988
stebajevae Rusek, 1991 (Sibirisotoma). — Sibirisotoma
Rusek, 1991
subpolaris Salmon, 1942 (Anurophorus). — Antarcto-
phorus Potapov, 1992
sundana Yoshii & Suhardjono, 1989 (Lepidosira
(Sundasira)). — Sundasira Yoshii & Suhardjono,
1989
szeptyckii Najt & Weiner, 1992 (Koreanurina). —
Koreanurina Najt & Weiner, 1992
theodori Gruia, 1983 (Pectenisotoma). — Pectenisotoma
Gruia, 1983
tillierae Deharveng, 1988 (Caledonura). — Caledonura
Deharveng, 1988
trispina Womersley, 1935 (Odontella). — Tridontella
Stach, 1949
vangoethemi _ Jacquemart,
Coenaletes Bellinger, 1985
[varioseta Bagnall, 1969 (Speleophysa). — Speleophysa
Bagnall, 1969]
vesiculata Greenslade & Rusek, 1996 (Tasphorura). —
Tasphorura Greenslade & Rusek, 1996
vicaria Arlé, 1959 (Isotoma). — Najtia Arlé & Men-
donca, 1986
virgata Deharveng & Oliveira, 1994 (Paracerura). —
Paracerura Deharveng & Oliveira, 1994
wallacei Greenslade & Najt, 1987 (Salvarella). —
Salvarella Greenslade & Najt, 1987
willi Ireson & Greenslade, 1990 (Lasofinius). —
Lasofinius Ireson & Greenslade, 1990
yoshiiana Deharveng, 1988 (Rambutanura). —
Rambutanura Deharveng, 1988
1980 (Actaletes). —
Received: 5 September 1996
Accepted: 12 February 1997
11
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
12
MikHaiz V. KOZLOV
Laboratory of Ecological Zoology, University of Turku, Finland
EE NEW AURORASPECIES-GROUPTOERWHE GENUS
NEMOPHORA HOFFMANNSEGG, WITH TWO NEW
SPECIES FROM TAIWAN (LEPIDOPTERA, ADELIDAE)
Kozlov, M. V., 1997. The new aurora species-group of the genus Nemophora Hoffmannsegg,
with two new species from Taiwan (Lepidoptera, Adelidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
140: 13-16, figs. 1-12 [1ssn 0040-7496]. Published 31 October 1997.
Nemophora aurora sp. n. and N. uncella sp. n. described from specimens collected in Taiwan
form a monophyletic aurora species-group defined by two apomorphies: (1) dark brown later-
al bands of forewing fascia with glossy silver-grey internal zone, (2) presence of small swelling
bearing a tuft of long setae on oval depigmented spot at the base of valva in male genitalia. The
aurora species-group is closely related to degeerella species-group.
Mikhail V. Kozlov, Laboratory of Ecological Zoology, University of Turku, Turku 20014,
Finland.
Key words. — Nemomorpha; Adelidae; taxonomy; Taiwan.
Most of the East Palaearctic and Oriental species of
the genus Nemophora Hoftmannsegg, 1798, have
never been critically examined since Meyrick's (1912)
catalogue or their original description. This explains
the fact that only three of ca 20 species of this genus
collected in Taiwan are identified yet (Heppner
1992). Two further species of Nemophora, which pre-
sumably form a monophyletic unit introduced here as
aurora species-group, are described below.
The male genitalia were investigated and figured as
described by Kozlov (1993). The interocular index
was measured according to Davis (1975), being the
ratio between the vertical diameter of the compound
eye and the interocular distance measured at a point
of the frons midway between the base of the antennal
sockets and the anterior tentorial pits. Recent locality
names are added in square brackets, whenever possi-
ble.
The type specimens are deposited in the U. S.
National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D. C., U.S.A. (usNM) and
the National Museum of Natural Science in
Taichung, Taiwan, China (NMNST).
Taxonomic position of N. auroraand N. uncella
Two species described below share the following
characters with degeerella species-group: (1)
Background forewing colour yellow to pale ochreous;
(2) Dark forewing pattern with predominance of lon-
gitudinal stripes; (3) Forewing fascia consists of tree
bands, the medial one being of the same colour as
forewing background; (4) Basal part of forewing with
characteristic pattern formed by silver-grey, dark
brown bordered longitudinal stripes along costa, M
and CuP veins, with some additional dark brown
lines between these stripes.
The phylogenetic significance of these traits is not
completely clear yet, and it can hardly be refined be-
fore the majority of Nemophora species is revised.
However, characters 1 to 4 are regarded as apomor-
phies; among them, character 4 is presumably aut-
apomorphic for the aurora and degeerella species-
groups.
Monophyly of the aurora species-group is support-
ed by the following synapomorphies: (5) Lateral
bands of forewing fascia dark brown, with internal
zone formed by silver-grey glossy scales; (6) Valva me-
dially with small basal swelling bearing a tuft of long
setae on small oval depigmented spot. Independent
appearance of character (6) was reported for N. ichno-
desma (Meyrick) (Kozlov 1995).
115)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Key to the species based on external characters and
male genitalia
1. External silver-grey band in forewing fascia com-
plete; vinculum short (< 3 X length of valva); me
dial margin of valva distally without prominent
lobe appearing laterally as a triangular protuber-
ACER RE ENR nr I aurora
— External silver-grey band in forewing fascia bro-
ken in the middle, and part adjacent to the costal
margin is hook-shaped in such a way that its dis-
tal part is parallel to the costal margin; this distal
part in some specimens is separated from the base
and forms a distinct spot; vinculum long (> 3 X
length of valva); medial margin of valva distally
with prominent lobe appearing laterally as a tri-
anoulanproruberaneer.. em nee uncella
Nemophora aurora sp. n.
(figs. 1, 3-7)
Type material. - Holotype d : Taiwan, Tyokakurai,
26.11.1944, S. Issiki (Issiki Collection, USNM). -
Paratypes: 34, same data as holotype. 2d, 19,
Taiwan, Baibara [? Nantou Co., Hsinseng],
24.11.1943, S. Issiki. 19, labelled as previous, except
for date ‘25.11.1943’. 19, labelled as previous, except
for date ‘27.11.1943’. 19, Taiwan, Tattaka [Nantou
Co., Tatachia], 7.VI.1943, S. Issiki. 26, Taiwan,
Musya [? Nantou Co., Lenai], 27.11.1943, S. Issiki.
1d, Taiwan, E.VII.1947, Chingsing Li (all in Issiki
Collection, UsNM). 16, 29, Taiwan, Natou Co.
Jean-ai, Songgang, 14.1V.1996, S. H. Yen (NMNST).
Description
Male. Forewing length 6.7-7.4 mm; wing expanse
14-15 mm. Vertex yellow, with admixture of brown
hair-like scales; frons yellow. Compound eyes not en-
larged (interocular index 0.6). Proboscis brownish
yellow, base covered with yellow scales. Labial palpus
long (about 1.6 X vertical eye diameter), yellow,
with brown tip and brown raised hair-like scales.
Antenna 3.5 X forewing length, with simple inward-
ly directed pegs on basal flagellar segments; scapus
and base of flagellum brown, then the colour of fla-
gellum changes clinally to grey. Tegula and thorax
(dorsum) bronze. Forewing (fig. 1) yellowish ochre-
ous, glossy bronze; basal area with three silver stripes
(along costal, medial and postcubital veins) and some
four or five dark brown lines. Apical quarter of
forewing with numerous (10 to 14) narrow dark
brown radial lines; in melanic specimens dark lines
wide, creating impression of narrow yellow lines on
dark brown background. Medial band of fascia yel-
low, bordered on both sides by wide ochreous bands
with diffuse margins; central zone of these bands with
14
Figs. 1-2. Nemophora, forewing pattern. — 1, N. aurora; 2,
N. uncella. Scale 1.0 mm.
glossy silver-grey zone. Internal margin of the proxi-
mal ochreous band straight, almost indistinct from
the ochreous background; external margin of the dis-
tal ochreous band convex in middle of forewing. Cilia
bronze. Hindwing base grey, apex brown, glossy pur-
plish; costal area light grey; cilia grey to bronze. Legs
yellowish-brown to brown; tibia and all tarsomeres
apically with yellow rings. Epiphysis at 1/2 of fore tib-
ia, almost reaching its tip. Abdomen brown.
Female. Forewing length 6.0-6.2 mm; wing ex-
panse 12.5-13.2 mm. Antenna 1.4 X forewing,
brown; scapus and base of flagellum glossy purplish.
Otherwise similar to male.
Male genitalia (figs. 3-7). Tegumen dome-shaped,
with sharp medial ridge. Socii elongate, about same
diameter as medial part of aedeagus. Vinculum with
straight lateral margins, tip rounded. Length of valva
c. 0.35 X length of vinculum. Medial margin of val-
va ventrally with emargination at 0.4 valvar length;
tip narrowly rounded. Valva medially with small (1/3
X length of valva, in lateral view); basal swelling
bearing tuft of long setae on small oval depigmented
spot. Valvae not accreted basally. Arrow-head of jux-
ta narrow (width about 1/2 X length), tip of arrow-
head pointed. Distal half of aedeagus membranous,
with two slightly curved narrow sclerotized bands;
aedeagus basally of the same width as medially.
Biology
Moths were collected in the evergreen forest domi-
nated by oak (Quercus spp.), with admixture of Litsea
acuminata, Cinnamomum spp., Castanopsis for-
mosana, Ilex spp., Acer kawakamii and Lithocarpus
spp. Moths fly very high above the canopy layer; max-
imum activity occurred at 9 - 10 a. m. (S. H. Yen,
pers. comm.).
Kozrov: Nemophora from Taiwan
Figs. 3-12. Nemophora, male genitalia. — 3, N. aurora, genital complex, ventral view; 4, same, genital complex, lateral view; 5,
same, juxta; 6, same, aedeagus, ventral view; 7, same, aedeagus, lateral view; 8, N. uncella, genital complex, ventral view; 9,
same, genital complex, lateral view; 10, same, juxta; 11, same, aedeagus, ventral view; 12, same, aedeagus, lateral view; scale
0.25 mm.
Nemophora uncella sp. n.
(figs. 2, 8-12)
Type material. — Holotype d : Taiwan, Hassenran
[? Taichung Co., Pahsienshan], 24.x.1929, S. Issiki
(Issiki Collection, USNM). Paratypes: 2d, 19, la-
belled as holotype (Issiki Collection, usnm). 1d,
Taiwan, Syôrei, 12.viii.1943, A. Mutuura (Issiki
Collection, USNM). 26, Taiwan, Hnalien Co.
Tayulin-Tzer-en, 15.vii.1995, S. H. Yen (NMNST).
1d, Taiwan, Natou Co., Jean-ai, Songgang,
14.iv.1996, S. H. Yen (NMNST). 29, Taiwan,
Taichung Co., Hoping, An-ma-shan, 1800 m,
23.41.1996, S. H. Yen (NMNST). 19, Taiwan,
Kaohsiung Co., Maoling, Teng-Jur Area, 2200 m,
15-15.iv.1996, W. Y. Chou (NMNST).
Description
Male. Forewing length 8.2-8.7 mm; wing expanse
17-18 mm. Vertex yellow, with sparse brown hair-
like scales; frons straw-yellow. Compound eyes not
enlarged (interocular index 0.6). Proboscis yellow,
with two lines of brown scales on the base of frontal
surface. Labial palpus long (about 1.8 X vertical eye
diameter), straw-yellow, tip dorsally brown. Antenna
3.8-4.1 X forewing length, with simple inwardly di-
rected pegs on basal flagellar segments; scapus and
basal half of flagellum dark brown, glossy purplish,
then colour of flagellum changes clinally to bronze.
Tegula and thorax (dorsum) bronze, glossy gold.
Forewing (fig. 2) straw-yellow; basal area with silver
stripes (along costal and medial veins) and some four
or five dark brown lines; dorsal margin dark in the
basal one-third of the wing. Apical quarter with 7 to
9 suffuse dark brown radial lines; these lines are much
shorter near costal margin then near ventral one.
Medial band of fascia yellow, bordered on both sides
by wide ochreous bands with diffuse margins; central
zone of these bands with glossy silver-grey zone.
Internal margin of the proximal ochreous band slight-
ly convex, almost indistinct from the ochreous back-
ground. The silver-grey zone of distal band consists of
two parts: the costal one turns towards the apex of the
wing, forming a hook, whereas the dorsal part is
slightly turned towards the wing base. Distal part of
the dorsal hook-like strip in some specimens is isolat-
ed in a form of the elongate spot. Cilia bronze.
Hindwing brown, slightly darker apically; costal area
grey; cilia greyish-brown to brown. Legs yellow ven-
5)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
trally and brown dorsally, except for apical parts of
tibia and tarsomeres which are yellow on both sides.
Epiphysis at 1/2 of fore tibia, not reaching its tip.
Abdomen brown dorsally, yellow ventrally.
Female. Forewing length 8.0 mm; wing expanse
16.5 mm. Antenna 1.5 X forewing, brown; scapus
and basal one-third of flagellum with appressed dark
brown, glossy purplish scales. Otherwise similar to
male.
Male genitalia (figs. 8-12). Tegumen dome-
shaped, with sharp medial ridge. Socii elongate, about
same diameter as medial part of aedeagus. Vinculum
with straight lateral margins, tip almost pointed.
Length of valva c. 0.30 X length of vinculum.
Medial margin of valva ventrally with prominent lobe
appearing laterally as a triangular protuberance; tip of
valva widely rounded. Valva medially with small
(< 1/3 X length of valva, in lateral view) basal
swelling bearing tuft of long setae on small oval de-
pigmented spot. Valvae accreted basally. Arrow-head
of juxta narrow (width about 1/2 X length), tip of ar-
row-head pointed. Distal one-third of aedeagus
membranous, with two slightly curved narrow sclero-
tized bands; aedeagus basally of the same width as
medially.
Biology
For habitat characteristics, see N. aurora. Moths fly
in the canopy and subcanopy layers, 7 - 20 m above
the ground; maximum activity occurred at 9-10 a. m.
and 15-16 p. m. Moths were observed feeding on
flowers of Lithocarpus formosana, L. kawakamii and
Castanopsis longicaudata (S. H. Yen, pers. comm.).
16
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The financial support of the Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, for a three-week fellowship
in the National Museum of Natural History, is grate-
fully acknowledged. I also would like to thank
Donald Davis and Vichai Malikul for their help dur-
ing my stay in Washington, and Ebbe S. Nielsen for
his constructive criticism. I am very much indebt to
S. H. Yen who loaned specimens from NMNST and
provided biological information on the described
species.
REFERENCES
Davis, D. R., 1975. West Indian moths of the family
Psychidae with descriptions of new taxa and immature
stages. — Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 188: 1-
66.
Heppner, J. B., 1992. Adelidae, p. 63. In: Heppner, J. B. &
Inoue, H. Lepidoptera of Taiwan, v. 1, pt. 2: Checklist.
Association for Tropical Lepidoptera, Gainesville,
Florida, USA. 276 pp.
Kozlov, M. V., 1993. New species of Cauchas Zeller
(Lepidoptera: Adelidae) from the Altai and Tianshan
Mountains. — Nota lepidopterologica 16: 113-123.
Kozlov, M. V., 1995. A taxonomic revision of the askoldella
species-group of the genus Nemophora Hoffmannsegg
(Lepidoptera, Adelidae). — Entomologica Scandinavica
26: 459-472.
Meyrick, E., 1912. Lepidoptera Heterocera (Tineae). Fam.
Adelidae. — Genera Insectorum 133: 1-12.
Received: 10 September 1995
Accepted: 20 October 1996
Nico NIESER', HERBERT ZETTEL’ & Pinc Ping CHEN!
' Tiel, The Netherlands &° Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Austria.
TEN NEW SPECIES OF RHAGOVELIA
(HETEROPTERA: VELIIDAE) FROM
SULAWESI (INDONESIA).
Notes on Malesian aquatic and semiaquatic bugs (Heteroptera), VII
Nieser, N., H. Zettel & P. P. Chen, 1997. Ten new species of Rhagovelia (Heteroptera:
Veliidae) from Sulawesi. Notes on Malesian aquatic and semiaquatic bugs (Heteroptera), VII.
— Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 17-41, figs. 1-45 [ıssn 0040-7496]. Published 31 October
1997.
Ten new species of Rhagovelia from the province of Sulawesi are described: À. abra, R. gyrista,
R. krama, R. ochra, R. plychona, R. sterea from the main island of Sulawesi, R. abra from Togian
Island, R. cylindros and R. skoura from Sangihe Island and À. tsouloufi from Salibabu and
Taulaud Islands. Two new species groups, the R. gyrista- and R. plychona-groups are erected,
some species are transferred to other groups and the species groups in the area are redefined.
Some additional records for several species, a check-list and keys to species groups and species
of Rhagovelia for the Sulawesi area are also given.
Correspondence: Dr. Nico Nieser, Htg. Eduardstr. 16, 4001 RG Tiel, The Netherlands.
Key words. — Sulawesi, Sangihe I.; Talaud I.; Togian I.; Veliidae, Rhagovelia, key, new species,
new species groups.
The ten species of Rhagovelia Mayr, 1865, de-
scribed below have partly been collected on islands
belonging to the provinces of Sulawesi Utara and
Sulawesi Tengah. Three species belong to a small col-
lection of aquatic bugs made by the first author in the
Sangihe-Talaud group. The fourth is based on a few
specimens collected on the Togian group which be-
longs to Sulawesi Tengah which were in the NHMw.
In addition there are six new species and additional
records from the main island of Sulawesi collected by
J.P. & M. J. Duffels (ZMAN) and J. van Tol (RMNH).
So all localities are within the administrative entity
Sulawesi of the Republic of Indonesia. As there is at
present great interest in the taxonomy and biogeogra-
phy of Australasian Rhagoveliinae (Polhemus &
Polhemus 1988, Lansbury 1993, Nieser & Chen
1994, Yang & Polhemus 1994, Zettel 1994, 1995) it
was decided to publish the descriptions of these
species in advance of a report on the Sangihe-Talaud
collection. The Sulawesi area seems to be especially
rich in species, in ten years of collecting (1985-1994)
29 species have been discovered.
Measurements are in mm, angles in radians.
Measurements have been based, when sufficient spec-
imens available, on five specimens of each sex and
morph, preferably from the sample containing the
holotype. Measurements refer to the maximum value
and have been taken with the axis along which the
body or body part is measured in a horizontal plane.
The width of a leg segment is its maximum width
measured to the bases of eventual teeth or spines,
length of a leg segment is measured to the tip of even-
tual apical teeth or spurs. The presentation of mea-
surements may vary in the number of digits behind
the decimal point. This is on purpose, the same part
of the body may in one species display more variation
than the next so 0.2 (0.15-0.25) can be found next to
0.20 (0.195-0.205). Distinction is sometimes made
between macropterous (with complete wings) and
dealate (with wings partly or nearly entirely torn off)
as the frequency of the dealate condition differs be-
tween species and species groups. However, dealate
specimens are cited as macropterous in the records of
material.
Locality indications between braces, { }, are not on
the labels but have been added by the authors as ex-
planation.
Specimens have been deposited in the following
collections: 1) registered in Arnett et. al. (1993):
BMNH (London, U. K.), MBBJ (Bogor, Indonesia),
17
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
rec (Englewood, Co. U.S.A.), MUDH (The Hague,
The Netherlands), NHMw (Vienna, Austria), OXUM
(Oxford, U. K.), RMNH (Leiden, The Netherlands),
semc (Snow Entomological Museum, Lawrence,
Kansas, U.S.A.), uscp (Cebu, Philippines), ZMAN
(Amsterdam, The Netherlands). Not registered:
NCTN (Nieser Collection, Tiel, The Netherlands).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Thanks are due to Drs. J. P. Duffels (ZMAN), and ].
Margerison Knight (BMNH) to study specimens in
their care and J. van Tol (RMNH) for the permission to
study specimens in his care and help with the distrib-
ution maps. J.T. Polhemus (yrec) for the loan of the
unique holotype of Rhagovelia grayi, J. T. Polhemus
and L. van den Hoek Ostende (RMNH) for criticism
on the first draft of the manuscript.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Species groups in Indo-Pacific Rhagovelia
Polhemus & Polhemus (1988) divided the Indo-
Pacific Rhagovelia species in eight species groups. A
few species are reassigned below to other, partly new-
ly erected, groups due to the increased knowledge of
Indo-Pacific Rhagovelia. As a rule, however, the
‘Polhemi’-groups seem to be monophyletic with the
exception of the large R. papuensis-group. Our con-
cept of the papuensis-group is mainly based on its
Sulawesian and Philippine species which may consti-
tute a restricted section of the group as compared to
the interpretation of this group by Polhemus &
Polhemus (1988). Apparently the largest number of
species of this group is found in Sulawesi (Lansbury
1993, Nieser & Chen 1993, this paper). Nevertheless
we decided against an evaluation of the entire group
mainly for two reasons, this paper was meant to re-
strict its scope to Sulawesi and J.T. Polhemus (JTPc)
informs us that he still has a number of undescribed
species of this group from more eastern regions. It
seems better to wait for a description of these addi-
tional species before attempting a final evaluation of
the papuensis-group.
Five species were found to be sufficiently aberrant
that they are considered to constitute two new species
groups: the gyrista- and plychona-groups (with three
and two species respectively) which, at least superfi-
cially seem to be related to each other. Since the study
by Matsuda (1956) it is known that the knowledge of
macropterous and dealate specimens is very impor-
tant for the delimitation of species groups in the
genus Rhagovelia, so these two new groups are mainly
based on characteristics of the macropterous morph.
The occurrence of the À. sarawakensis-group in
18
Sulawesi is doubtful. There is only one record, a
macropterous female of the Bornean species À.
samarinda Polhemus & Polhemus (1988).
Keys to the species-groups of Sulawesi
Apterous specimens
1. Pronotum shorter than length of an eye,
mesonotum exposed .... À. sarawakensis-group
— Pronotum much longer than length of an eye
(fig. 21, mesonotum covered by pronotum, at
mosuits;hindmarein visible. nn. 2
DENE Ae 3
MR ITA ESRI EB. NT ENCRES CORP 6
3. Hind femur with teeth or granules in proximal
third (figs. 2, 4)
— Hind femur without teeth or granules in proxi-
mal third (figs. 1, 13)
4. Body dorsally and antennae with dense ap-
pressed golden pubescence, inner side of hind
tibia regularly and sharply indented (fig. 11)
ESE I N R. gyrista-group
— Body dorsally and antennae without conspicu-
ous golden pubescence, inner side of hind tibia
irreeularlyandentedi(fies22, 78). mar.
EE OEREN Mae R. papuensis-group
5. Anterior trochanter with a tuft of hairs, body
dorsally with conspicuous golden pubescence,
hind femur basally yellow .. À plychona-group
— Anterior trochanter without a tuft of hairs, body
dorsally without conspicuous golden pubes-
cence, hind femur basally black in most species
IVA be ES ÉRIC OMAR SA 1, R. orientalis-group
6. Hind femur curved, its anterior face (partly) flat-
tened and densely pubescent, hind femur with-
out teeth or with some small teeth on the poste-
Fiomiacci (ieee 2) ewe. Ma R. gyrista-group
— _ Hind femur without these combination of char-
acters, in most species with teeth on the ventral
margin, only rarely without teeth
7. Dorsum covered with golden pubescence, hind
femur without teeth ventrally (fig. 14)
ATA EE an OR Ot IN AN R. plychona-group
— _ Dorsal pubescence sometimes yellow but with-
out golden metallic shine, hind femur usually
with some teeth or spines
8. Legs slender, with metallic shine, middle and
hind femur basally black (except in A. kas-
tanoparuphe), connexiva black (except in À. kas-
tanoparuphe), abdomen short, its outlines con-
vergent (fig. 21), tergite 7 frequently with a
process (fig. 34), jugae and proepisterna without
blackispicules RP Eee PRE R. orientalis-group
— Legs stouter (figs. 3, 8, 9), without metallic ...
shine, middle and hind femur basally yellow,
connexiva yellow (except: brown in À. pruinosa),
tergite 7 without process, abdomen longer, its
outlines (not that of the connexiva) less conver-
gent (figs. 17, 20), jugae and proepisterna with
or without black spicules .. À. papuensis-group
Macropterous specimens
Macropterous specimens of the À. gyrista-group are
unknown.
1. Hairs on fore wing restricted to costal margin
— Hairs on fore wing covering a large area in the
anterior part of its base ..... R. plychona-group
2. Closed cells of fore wing reaching the apical
third
— Closed cells of fore wing reaching only the apical
half, abdominal carinae reaching tergite ......
legen elles boues R. sarawakensis-group
3. Fore wing brown or black, without a longitudi-
nal yellowish streak basally, abdominal carinae
teachinogtersite > an wer... R. orientalis-group
— Fore wing brown or black, with a longitudinal
white or yellowish streak basally, abdominal
carinae reaching tergite 3 .. À. papuensis-group
(See also characteristics used for identification of
apterous specimens of these two groups.)
Dealate specimens
Dealate specimens of the À. plychona- and the R.
papuensts-group are unknown.
1. Fore wing broken at middle, behind its cells . . .
re adipe pe dans ge R. sarawakensis-group
= Eoreiwing/brokentaubasen "Pret en 2
2. Hind femur in male with a row of small teeth in
proximal third, in female curved, flattened and
anteriorly pubescent ........ R. gyrista-group
— Hind femur in male without teeth in proximal
third, not curved flattened, or pubescent in fe-
male tenet. bike R. orientalis-group
The Rhagovelia papuensis-group
Diagnosis: Variable in size, length 2.6 - 5.3 mm,
generally slender. Colour variable, from black to yel-
lowish, in most species at least connexiva yellowish or
reddish. Legs extensively yellowish in most species.
Pronotum of apterous specimens long, covering the
mesonotum completely or nearly so. Fore wing with
three or four closed cells reaching its apical third. Fore
wing with a longitudinal white or yellowish streak
basally. Dorsal abdominal carinae of winged speci-
mens extending posteriorly to tergite 3. Dealate spec-
imens unknown. Hind femur of males strongly thick-
ened in most species.
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
India,
Moluccas,
Taiwan,
New
Distribution: Sri Lanka,
Philippines, Borneo, Sulawesi,
Guinea, Australia, Solomon Islands.
This is the largest species-group in Sulawesi and in
the Philippines, whereas from the other parts of its
distribution area only a few species have been record-
ed.
Key to the species of Sulawesi and adjacent islands
(apterous specimens)
Male of R. unica unknown.
1. Females
= Malest era ehe. area 20
2. Connexiva strongly convergent, folded over ab-
domen and touching or nearly touching each
other posteriorly part, consequently at least part-
ly covering tergite 7 (figs. 18, 19)
— Connexiva, although strongly convergent in
some species, distinctly separated in posterior
part, tergite 7 largely uncovered (figs. 15-17, 20)
3. Hind femur petiolate, outline from its base to
the base of the first tooth concave (fig. 9), outer
rim of connexiva, sometimes indistinctly, nar-
rowly shining on segments 4 and 5
— _ Hind femur not petiolate, outline from its base
to the base of the first tooth convex or, rarely,
straight (fig. 3)
4. Connexiva of segment 6 with many long hairs,
process of connexiva directed upward (figs. 18,
DO) RAA SN EME UE Rp R. tsouloufi sp.n.
— Connexiva of segment 6 without long hairs,
process of connexiva directed more or less hori-
zontally posteriorly
5. Mesopleurae anteriorly rugulose, but without pit
DUNCTUTES AMAR Rn R. minahasa
— Mesopleurae anteriorly with distinct pit punc-
TÜTE RS AE pila Sin 5. )
6. Length 3.5 - 3.8 mm, sternite 7 laterally on hind
margin with a tuft of long black hairs (fig. 27) .
wieren ea os RET Se tirs R. krama sp.n.
— Length 2.8 - 3.0 mm, sternite 7 laterally on hind
margin without long black hairs, but gonocoxa
withlongenhaurser. en er. R. blogiokommena
7. Connexiva on segments 2 and 3 with long, erect
hairs and on segment 7 with a long and slender
process, predominately black species ........
— Connexiva of segments 2 and 3 without long
hairs, process on segment 7 different, predomi-
nately yellowish to brown species
8. Process of connexiva very long and flattened,
middle and hind femora flattened
— Process of connexiva shorter, triangular, middle
19
13:
14.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
and hind femora not flattened R. grayi
Tergite 8 horizontal, in the same plane as tergite
7 (figs. 25, 26)
Tergite 8 vertical or obliquely directed down-
ward, not in the same plane as tergite 7 (figs. 28,
30)
. Connexiva of segment 4 with a distinct tuft of
[ong Re ER 11
Connexiva of segment 4 without long hairs (fig.
DOI ian VARO ARCS PRI 12
. Hind femur without teeth proximally of the
long spine in the middle, connexiva of segment 7
internally and posterior corners of tergite 8 with
distinct tufts of quite long hairs .. À. tropidata
Hind femur with at least one spine-like smaller
tooth proximal of the long spine in the middle
(fig. 8), connexiva of segment 7 internally and
tergite 8 with some hairs which are not grouped
IU ESA (Gute, WG) 2 9.08 R. achna sp.n.
Connexiva dark, on segment 4 with a swollen
shining area, and with longer hairs internally on
segments 6 and 7, tergite 8 with many long hairs
ineaudalkthirden 2 ma. ote es R. pruinosa
Connexiva yellow, without swollen shining area
on segment 4, with or without longer hairs on
segment 6 and 7, tergite 8 at most with longer
hairs in the posterior corners
Body completely yellow, connexiva without
longer hairs (except serial setae, fig. 25)
RP ee IO R. ochra sp.n.
Body partly dark, connexiva with longer hairs on
segments 4, 6 or 7
Connexiva on segment 4 strongly convergent,
on segment 7 internally with long hairs, metan-
otum with a pair of tubercles laterally, tergites 4
- 5 with a distinct carina along middle
SE FRI DOTARSI ele LR ra Lu eg R. robina
Connexiva more or less straight, gradually con-
vergent from base to tip, on segment 7 internal-
ly without long hairs, metanotum without a pair
of tubercles, tergites without carina . À. kalami
. Connexiva densely set with many long erect
hairs, especially on segments 6 and 7 . R. unica
Connexiva without erect hairs or at most with 1
- 5 bristle-like hairs on each segment ..... 16
Connexiva of segment 7 produced in an elongate
spiniform process (figs. 27, 28, 30), hind femur
slightly petiolate and with a few small denticles
tnsbasalkthindts REA SD E RO 17
Connexiva of segment 7 produced in a short tri-
angular process, hind femur not petiolate and
without small denticles in basal third ....... 19
. Sternite 7 laterally on hind margin with a tuft of
lonsiblackihairs(fiss 02 7, 30) EE 18
Sternite 7 laterally without long black hairs (fig.
DEE ENE I R. abra sp.n.
20
18.
19}
Sternites black, outer margin of connexiva dull
brownish, little contrasting; tergites 1-3 with a
few scattered bristles (fig. 17), connexiva with 1-
4 bristles per segment (fig. 30) . R. skoura sp.n.
Sternites partly yellow, outer margin of connexi-
va of a well contrasting medium brown to dull
orange; tergites 1-3 without bristles (fig. 19),
connexiva on each side with two bristles on seg-
ment Wond A ir n R. krama sp.n.
Hind femur strongly incrassate, less than 3.5
times as long as wide, laterotergites 3 and 4 with
longer hairs than laterotergite 5 ... R wallacei
Hind femur more slender, more than 4.0 times
as long as wide (without teeth), laterotergites 3 -
5 with equally short hairs ......... R. horaia
Males
20.
DA
23.
24.
Hind femur with a long spine in the middle of
its length, followed by a row of spines of gradu-
ally decreasing length distally, proximally of the
long spine with a single row of short black gran-
ules of which the last may be slightly longer and
tooth-like (figs. 2, 4-6, 10); hind tibia variable .
Hind femur ventrally with two larger spines of
subequal length, one in proximal third and one
distally of the middle, each followed by a row of
spines of decreasing length (fig. 7), proximal
third with a row of short black granules; hind
tibia sinuate and with a larger tooth in distal
third R. achna sp.n.
Sternite 7 with a distinct tuft of hairs medially
ee N N 22
Sternite 7 without a tuft of hairs, but sometimes
with longer hairs on a median carina ..... 23
. Tuft of hairs near to the anterior margin of ster-
nite 7, hairs on tergites short ..... R. pruinosa
Tuft of hairs about halfway on sternite 7, hairs
on tergites longer, slightly shorter than length of
tergite 4 R. kalami
Tergites with numerous erect black hairs which
are distinctly longer than length of tergite 4,
connexiva reddish to dark brown, body length
usually over 2.9 mm
Tergites without hairs or with shorter, more
oblique hairs which are much shorter than
length of tergite 4, only in one small species
(body length up to 2.92 mm) with yellow con-
nexiva the hairs more erect and only slightly
shortentnaniterpite ARRONE IAS SR 26
Hind femur relatively slender, more than 3.5
times longer than wide, proximal row with more
than ten granules, tip of paramere slender
PROLE, MICI te ee eae Sn R. trichota
Hind femur stouter, less than 3.0 times longer
than wide, basal row with less than ten granules,
25:
iif
28
29.
30.
Ilo
92°
Bi PIONPArAMErE WI CERRI I 25
Proepisterna with small black denticles in anteri-
or part, sides of pronotum black R. skoura sp.n.
Proepisterna without small black denticles, sides
of pronotum yellow ....... R. tsouloufi sp.n.
Hind tibia distinctly curved, with a larger tooth
in the distal third, colour of pronotum com-
pletely yellow, orange brown, or brown, para-
meres apically with a ventral broadening (fig. 40)
Hind tibia straight or only very slightly curved,
without larger tooth, colour of pronotum partly
black, at least in the middle of posterior half,
apex of paramere not ventrally widened (figs. 35,
37)
Proximal row on hind femur with more than 25
black ernest e R. grayi
Proximal row on hind femur with less than 23
Blacks sra nesta Rn 28
Lateral parts of tergites with scattered small
black denticles, extending at least in low num-
bers to laterotergites
Tergites and laterotergites without small black
denticles rer. TE R. lorelinduana
Laterotergites with numerous black denticles,
connexiva of segments 2 - 6 without any longer
NÉS LEE AR EST R. ochra sp.n.
Laterotergites with very few scattered black den-
ticles, connexiva with at least one longer hair in
the posterior corner of each segment AR. horaia
Sternites 5 and 6 medially with tufts of long dark
hairs, black denticles scarce on the lateral parts of
the thorax and lacking or very scarce on lateral
parts of sternites, on laterotergites and tergites .
REI) er no R. wallacei
Sternites 5 and 6 medially only with slightly
longer, yellow hairs, if with a small tuft on stern-
ite 5, then black denticles numerous in these
DÉCORER AND AEN ee ee a
Black denticles restricted to proepisterna, small
species (body length up to 2.92 mm) with rather
long suberect hairs on tergites R. blogiokommena
Black denticles extending to mesopleura, meta-
pleura, sternites, laterotergites and the lateral
parts of tergites, hairs on the tergites shorter 32
Abdomen and metathorax completely yellowish
to orange brown, tergites only with short ap-
pressed hairs, hind femur slender, about 3.5
times as long as wide, paramere with broadened
apex and sternite 7 with a blunt carina .......
GA CE VEREINE COSTOSO R. robina
Abdomen extensively black, tergites with scat-
tered longer, suberect hairs, hind femur stouter,
at most 3.0 times as long as wide, parameres with
simple tip or sternite 7 with a strongly developed
narrow keel
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
33. Sternite 7 laterally compressed, with a strongly
developed median carina, which is accentuated
by a well developed fringe of hairs, paramere
withibroadenediapexe "17777777 R. tropidata
— Sternite ventrally flattened, with a low median
carina, paramere with simple tip ......... 34
34. Black denticles all over the anterior margin of
the pronotum, numerous in the median yellow-
ish area, median carina of sternite 7 very faintly
indicate se eye cra Apa ONE R. abra sp. n.
— _ Black denticles lacking in the middle part of the
anterior margin of the pronotum, median carina
in posterior part of sternite 7 low, but distinct,
and accentuated by shallow lateral impressions .
35 Pro-, meso- and metapleura densely set with
black denticles, hind margin of pronotum black
ET ae | 2 R. minahasa
— Pro-, meso- and metapleura set with at most a
few black denticles, hind margin of pronotum
VEllowat SPM cle ee Nets SRI R. krama sp.n.
Rhagovelia blogiokommena Nieser & Chen
Rhagovelia blogiokommena Nieser & Chen 1993: 268, figs.
2-6, 82.
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, Batusitanduk {2°48'S
120°10'E} N of Palopo, narrow river, 2.X1.1993, leg.
J. P. & M. J. Duffels 18 109 apterous, 26 39
macropterous (ZMAN, 1d 19 macr. NCTN); Onang
{3°07'S 118°49'E}, Sungai Parabaya, 19.X1.1993,
leg. J. P. & M.J. Duffels, 48 72 apt. (ZMAN, 16 19
NCIN, 1d 19 NHMw).
Previously known from three localities in the S half
of Sulawesi all under 100 m asl.
Rhagovelia kalami Nieser & Chen
Rhagovelia kalami Nieser & Chen 1993: 273-274, figs. 24-
POMEZIA
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, Zuid Celebes, Nang-
galay 2800myeRantepaos VII 19375. les Fa €:
Drescher, 1d apt. (BMNH)
This specimen has a much darker colour than the
type series from Buton Island, however, structurally
we have found no differences. Previously known by
the type series from Buton only.
Rhagovelia pruinosa Polhemus & Polhemus
Rhagovelia pruinosa Polhemus & Polhemus 1988: 195-195,
figs. 149-157, 229.
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, SW Celebes, 1100m,
Mt. Lompobatang area, Malino {ca 5°15'S
21
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 1-14. Hind legs or hind femur of apterous specimens of Rhagovelia: 1 R. cylindros 8,2 R ochra 3,3 R. ochra 2,4 R.
skoura 3,5 R abra 3,6 R. krama 3,7 R achna 8,8 R achna 2,9 R tsouloufi 3,10R. tsouloufi Qi Ie gyrista DIR
gyrista © (inset: femur in frontal view), 13 R plychona G,14R plychona OF
119°48'E}, 2, 8-10.VI.1982, M. A. Lieftinck, 18
(RMNH); Sulawesi Selatan, C. Sulawesi, Batusitanduk,
NW of Palopo {ca 120°09'E 2°50'S}, narrow river
2.X1.1993, leg. J. P. & M. J. Duffels, 18 (zman).
Widely distributed in South and Fast Sulawesi and
Buton (Nieser & Chen 1993)
Rhagovelia abra sp. n.
(figs. 5, 15, 28, 35, 45)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (ZMAN): IN-
DI.
DONESIA: Sulawesi Selatan, E side lake Matana, Sg.
Salura, 450m, 20 Oct 1993, narrow tributary to lake
Matana, 2°32'S, 121°28'E, J. P. & M. J. Duffels (fig.
45). — Paratypes, same data as holotype 35 59 all
apterous (16 39 including allotype ZMAN, 1d 19
NCIN, 16 19 NHMW).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions. Length
298-3055 5 1023.23 width MOST
1.18-1.21; width of head 3 0.72-0.74, 2 0.75-0.79;
width of pronotum d 0.90-0.98, 2 0.98-1.03.
Colour generally dark grey-brown to blackish, an-
Table 1
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
Measurements of leg segments in Rhagovelia. Tarsal segments 1 and 2 of fore and hind legs have not been measured for
most species. When not given, they measure together 0.05-0.07 and 0.12-0.15 respectively and do not seem to provide
specific characters.
femur tibia tars] tars2 tars3
R. abra 3
fore leg 0.85 0.90 - - 0.22
middle leg 1.40 1.14 0.06 0.42 0.67
hind leg 1254 Wasizeen È 3 0.25
R. abra 9
fore leg 0.85 0.88 - - 0.25
middle leg 1.42 1.09 0.07 0.41 0.68
hind leg 1.19 1.17 - - 0.26
R.achna 3
fore leg 0.90 0.98 - - 0.27
middle leg 1.54 al 0.08 0.41 0.67
hind leg 1.56 1.42 0.07 0.10 0.33
R. achna 2 *
fore leg 0.83 0.91 - = 0.25
middle leg 1.43 1.06 0.07 0.37 0.65
hind leg 1.28 1.22 0.06 0.08 0.30
R. cylindros 3
fore leg 0.93 1.01 = = 0.23
middle leg 1.59 1.18 0.09 0.57 0.71
hind leg 1.34 1.31 0.06 0.09 0.26
R.cylindros 9
fore leg 0.92 0.97 - - 0.22
middle leg 1.52 15112 0.07 0.51 0.73
hind leg 1.23 1.36 0.07 0.10 0.27
R. krama 3
fore leg 0.93 0.98 - - 0.24
middle leg 1.57 1.20 0.08 0.50 0.68
hind leg 1.34 1.24 0.07 0.10 0.30
R. krama 9
fore leg 0.95 1.00 = = 0.23
middle leg 1.54 1.23 0.08 0.50 0.71
hind leg 1.36 1.36 0.06 0.09 0.28
R. ochra &
fore leg 1.08 1.11 = = 0.24
middle leg 1.64 1.42 0.08 0.50 0.72
hind leg ie eS Stokes 012038
terior quarter of pronotum orange-yellow, connected
with yellowish to light brown propleura and proster-
num. Dorsal half (males) to two thirds (females) of
connexivum brownish, not very contrasting. Venter
castaneous, medial area darker, juga, prosternum, ab-
dominal sternite 7 and genital segments of male
lighter. Basal half of first antennal segment, basal part
of rostrum, basal three quarters of fore femur, basal
third of hind femur, acetabula, coxae and trochanters
(continued)
femur tibia tars] tars2 tars3
R. ochra ©
fore leg 0.96 0.96 - - 0.21
middle leg 15% 1.27 0.07 0.44 0.71
hind leg oe 0.10 0.40
R. plychona 3
fore leg 1.21 1.35 - - 0.31
middle leg 2.01 1.64 0.09 0.77 0.86
hind leg 1.53 11070) 0.07 0.18 0.40
R. plychona ©
fore leg 1.28 137 - - 0.33
middle leg 1:95 1.67 0.07 0.79 0.88
hind leg 1.50 1.86 0.08 0.18 0.42
R. skoura &
fore leg 0.90 1.00 = = 0.27
middle leg 1.51 1317 0.08 0.40 0.70
hind leg 1.34 1.23 - 0.10 0.33
R. skoura 9
fore leg 0.91 0.96 - = 0.26
middle leg 1.46 1.10 0.08 0.43 0.72
hind leg 1732 1.30 0.07 0.10 0.31
R. sterea 9 *
fore leg 1.10 112 - = 0.30
middle leg 1872 1.47 0.08 0.60 0.78
hind leg 1.30 1.65 0.07 0.12 0.40
R. tsouloufi 3
fore leg 0.82 0.88 = = 0.23
middle leg 1.35 1.12 0.07 0.40 0.66
hind leg 1.26 1.20 0.06 0.09 0.28
R. tsouloufi 2
fore leg 0.84 0.90 = = 0.23
middle leg 1.36 til 0.08 0.41 0.68
hind leg 1.16 1.22 0.07 0.10 0.24
* based on a single specimen
pale; hind femur in ventral view medium brown.
Paler parts of fore femur variable between specimens,
ventrally more extensive than dorsally.
Minute black denticles spread over propleura and
the orange band on pronotum, on mesosternum
reaching to mesoacetabula but not much on meso-
pleura. Mesopleuron in front of acetabulum with a
group of 6-8 coarse punctures more distinct in fe-
males than in males. Dorsum, especially pronotum
23
TIJDSCHRIET VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
rather bare, punctures on posterior three quarters of
pronotum distinct. Vertex interoculus, sides of thorax
and abdomen, antennae and legs with the usual pu-
bescence and setae.
Length of antennal segments (6 and 9) I: II: II
: IV 0.72 : 0.37 : 0.50 : 0.43. Pronotum long, cover-
ing mesonotum, length : width 0.78 : 0.96. Length of
metanotum on midline, 0.10. Abdominal tergites 1-5
subequal in length (0.15-2.0), tergite 6 slightly longer
(0.30) in female, tergite 7 0.30 in male, 0.38 in fe-
male.
Male. Posterior trochanter with 2-3 small but dis-
tinct blunt teeth. Posterior femur three times as long
as wide (1.25/0.4), ventral margin in proximal third
with about eight minute and closely set teeth fol-
lowed by a row of about eight larger spines decreasing
in size, of which the first (proximal) is half as long as
the width of femur (fig. 5). A row of five smaller
spines located in distal part ventrally of the main row.
Larger spines black tipped, smaller spines and teeth
entirely black or nearly so. Posterior tibia virtually
straight, armed beneath with a row of about 15 rather
coarse pegs. Connexiva more or less horizontal, grad-
ually converging posteriad. Basal width of abdominal
tergite 7 and 8 subequal to their median lengths.
Abdominal sternites 2-6 of subequal length (0.15-
0.20), sternite 7 longer (0.3) with a pair of shallow
impressions separated by a narrow and low keel, ster-
nite 8 with an indistinct ventral keel. Parameres as in
fig. 35.
Female. Posterior trochanter without small teeth.
Posterior femur nearly three and a half times as long
as wide (1.2/0.35), proximal row of minute teeth re-
placed by 4-5 coarser teeth, larger spines except for
the first shorter than in male. Posterior tibia with
somewhat smaller and less distinct pegs as in male.
Connexiva more or less vertical, on tergites 4 and 5
somewhat sinuate, otherwise gradually converging
caudally, caudally leaving most of tergites uncovered
(fig. 15, apices pointed, accentuated by a tuft of cau-
dally directed bristles. Tergite 8 slanting ventrad at an
angle of about 0.257. Proctiger vertical. Sternite 7
about half as long as remaining abdominal sternites
(0.5/1.0). Gonocoxa hidden in segment 7 (fig. 28).
Etymology. — Abros, greek adjective meaning
coarse, referring to the extensive cover of fine denti-
cles.
Comparative notes. — Similar to À. blogiokommena,
R. tropidata, R. wallacei and, in males, R. minahasa.
Of these À. blogiokommena has the black denticles re-
stricted to the posterior part of jugum and the an-
teroventral part of propleura alongside the rostrum.
The others have the minute black denticles distinctly
present on pro- and meso-pleura. À. minahasa lacks
mesothoracic punctures and has the connexiva of the
24
female folded over the abdomen on segments 5-7, R.
tropidata has a prominent ventral keel on sternite 7 in
males, R. wallacei has characteristic tufts of bristles
abdominal sternites 5 and 6 and the connexiva slant-
ing upward in males. The latter two species have the
minute black denticles not extending onto the orange
trans verse band dorsally on pronotum as in R. abra.
Females of R. tropidata and R. wallacei have the apices
of connexiva more truncate than R. abra, only 0-2
small teeth on proximal ventral margin of hind femur
and, moreover, in R. wallacei females the connexiva
are straight.
Rhagovelia achna sp. n.
(figs. 7, 8, 16, 26, 36, 45)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (NHMW) IN-
DONESIA: Sulawesi, Togian Inseln, 3 Feb 1995 leg.
Seifert & Greindl (59) (fig. 45). — Paratypes same
data as holotype 364 29 (NHMw, 16 NCTN).
Description. — Apterous form. Medium sized rela-
tively slender and pale species. Dimensions. Length
S 3.10-3.15, 2 3.26; width d 1.15-1.18, 9 1.18;
width of head d 0.76-0.78, £ 0.75; width of prono-
UM ONU O7 221502:
Colour generally brownish. Anterior quarter of
pronotum orange-yellow, connected with equally
pale propleura and prosternum, meso- and meta-
pleura orange-brown. Disk of pronotum medium to
light brown, with an ill-defined lighter median longi-
tudinal stripe. Abdomen dorsally and laterally medi-
um brown, outer half of connexiva orange-yellow.
Venter orange-brown. Antenna grey-brown basal half
to three quarters of first segment pale. Acetabula, cox-
ae, trochanters and most of anterior and posterior fe-
mur sordid pale yellowish. Middle femur except for
base, tibiae and tarsi grey-brown. Apex of anterior fe-
mur and variable dorsal and ventral stripe on hind fe-
mur greyish.
Minute black denticles prominent on thoracic and
abdominal venter to sternite 6, spreading on propleu-
ra and bases of jugae. A line of pits anteriorly and pos-
teriorly on orange-yellow band of pronotum, pitting
of posterior three quarters of pronotum and meso-
pleuron (fig. 26) distinet. Body clothed with short
pubescence with some sparse fine longer hairs, thick-
er and more prominent laterally and ventrally (espe-
cially caudally in males), disc of pronotum rather
bare. Most of abdominal tergite 7 (and genital tergites
of male) free of pubescence, shining. Vertex, inte-
roculus, sides of thorax and abdomen, antennae and
legs with the usual pubescence and setae.
Length of antennal segments (d and 2) I: II: Ill
: IV 0.75 : 0.40 : 0.56 : 0.43. Pronotum long, cover-
ing mesonotum, shorter than wide (0.8/1.0). Length
of metanotum on midline, 0.1. Abdominal tergites 1-
5 subequal in length (0.2), tergite 6 subequal in male
slightly longer (0.25) in female, tergite 7 0.35 in 6,
0.40 in 9. Abdominal sternites 2-6 subequal (0.2)
and 7 longer (0.30) in male. In female sternites 2-5
subequal (0.2), 6 slightly (0.25) and 7 distinctly
(0.45) longer.
Male. Posterior trochanter with about four small
but distinct blunt teeth. Posterior femur strongly in-
crassate, on average two and a half times as long as
wide (1.55/0.62). Ventral margin in proximal quarter
with about twelve very small closely set teeth followed
by an irregular row of about ten larger spines of which
the larger ones are about as long as one fifth the width
of femur (fig. 7) dorsally and a row of about four
smaller spines (of the same size as the apical ones in
the dorsal row) ventrally in distal third. Posterior tib-
ia distinctly curved, armed beneath with a double row
of about 30 small teeth in proximal three quarters,
followed by 4-6 larger teeth of which the first, mark-
ing distal quarter is the most prominent. Spines and
teeth brown tipped, the smaller ones nearly entirely
brown. Connexiva slanting upward about 0.257
gradually converging posteriad leaving tergite 7 ex-
posed. Basal width of abdominal tergite 7 less than its
median length (0.30/0.35). Venter with a low broad
keel, abdominal sternite 7 flattened with median keel
more prominent. Sternite 8 shorter than sternite 9
(0.25/0.30), sternite 8 with an indication of a median
keel basally. Parameres rather long (fig. 36).
Female. Posterior trochanter without small teeth.
Posterior femur about 3.5 times as long as wide
(1.28/0.37), with an irregular row of spines about
seven in apical two thirds only, consisting of one larg-
er spine (about half as long as the width of femur)
preceded by one and followed by five smaller, distally
decreasing, teeth dorsally and a row of about four
smaller spines (of the same size as the apical ones in
the dorsal row) ventrally in distal third (fig. 8).
Posterior tibia with a double row of about 30 small
but distinct teeth in proximal three fourth.
Connexiva more or less vertical, curved inward and
with a somewhat thickened rim accentuated by some-
what stronger developed pilosity on paratergite 4,
caudal part virtually parallel, converging slightly on
last segment only, leaving the tergites uncovered (fig.
16), apices truncate with a few bristles only. Tergite 8
and proctiger horizontal. Gonocoxa distinctly pro-
truding (fig. 26).
Macropterous form unknown.
Etymology. — Achnos, greek adjective meaning sal-
low, referring to the somewhat indefinite general
colour.
Comparative notes (see key). — Separated from all
other Sulawesi species in this group by the armature
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
of the hind femur in both sexes. This characteristic
and the shape of the parameres set this species closer
to some Philippine species (R. cotabatoensis Hunger-
ford & Matsuda and related species).
Rhagovelia krama sp. n.
(figs. 6, 19, 27, 37, 45)
Type material. — Holotype apterous 4 (RMNH) IN-
DONESIA: Sulawesi Selatan: C. Sulawesi, 30 km N
Wotu, Sg. Anoa, river through primary forest above
waterfall near bridge Wotu-Tentena, upstream pond-
ed sites, small tributaries, boulder-sand, w=4-8m,
d=0.2-0.8m, 650m (asl), 20°20'30"S, 120°47'45"E,
26 Oct. 1993, leg. J. van Tol (fig. 45). — Paratypes,
same data as holotype 3d 29 apterous, distributed as
follows, 16 19 (allotype) RMNH, 1d 19 ncrn, 1d
NHMW; C. Sulawesi, Sg. Anowah, 41 km N of Wotu
along Trans-Sulawesi Highway, narrow streams in
undisturbed rainforest above waterfall, 650m asl.
24.X.1993, J. P. & M. J. Duffels 16 19 apterous
(ZMAN)
Description. — Apterous form. Medium sized gen-
erally dark species. Dimensions. Length d 3.20-3.38,
550378 width 1kT221,. 255 27177502138;
width of head & 0.77-0.80, 2 0.82-0.83; width of
pronotum d 0.97-1.04, 2 1.11-1.12.
Colour generally dark grey, anterior quarter of
pronotum yellow connected with yellow propleurae
and prosternum. Basal three quarters of antennal seg-
ment 1, acetabula, coxae, trochanters, basal four fifth
of anterior femur, ventral surface of middle and hind
femur, basal quarter of hind femur dorsally, ventral
surface of hind tibia, abdominal sternite 7 and genital
sternites yellow to light brown. Connexiva with an
orange-brown rim about half as wide as connexiva in
male, three quarters as wide in female.
Minute black denticles distinct laterally and latero-
ventrally on thorax and basal half of abdomen, ex-
tending to jugae, propleurae, along lateral part of an-
terior margin of pronotum, acetabulae, connexiva
and the basal abdominal tergites. Posterior three
quarters of pronotum punctured, in addition a few
punctures laterally near anterior margin of pronotum
and at posterior margin of propleurae. Vertex, inte-
roculus, sides of thorax and abdomen, antennae and
legs with the usual pubescence and setae. Body
clothed with sordid yellowish pubescence, dorsally
more distinct in males than in females. Caudal seg-
ments of abdomen with some more distinct pilosity.
Length of antennal segments I : 11: II: IV d 0.76
: 0.40 : 0.51 : 0.45, 2 0.80 : 0.41 : 0.50 : 0.45.
Pronotum long, covering mesonotum, shorter than
wide (4 0.8/1.0, 2 0.9/1.1). Length of metanotum
on middle line, 0.10-0.12. Abdominal tergites 1-4
25
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 15-24. Dorsal view of abdomen of apterous females of Rhagovelia: 15 R abra, 16 R. achna, 17 R. skoura, 18 R. tsouloufi,
19 R. krama, 20 R. ochra, 21 R. cylindros (body without extremities), 22 R. gyrista, 23 R. sterea, 24 R. plychona.
subequal in length (0.2), tergite 5 subequal, 6 slightly subequal, 0.2 in both sexes; sternite 2 equal (0.2), 6
(0.23) and 7 distinctly (0.4) longer in male. Tergite 5 (0.25) and 7 (0.35) slightly longer in male. Sternites
slightly (0.25), 6 clearly (0.33) and tergite 7 distinct- 2 (0.25) and 6 (0.33) slightly, sternite 7 distinctly
ly (0.6) longer in female. Abdominal sternites 3-5 (0.65) longer in female.
26
Male. Posterior trochanter with 2-4 small but dis-
tinct blunt teeth. Posterior femur incrassate, on aver-
age three times as long as wide (1.37/0.46). Ventral
margin in proximal half with a somewhat irregular
row of 10-15 very small closely set teeth followed by
a double row of about ten larger spines decreasing in
size distally, of which the first (proximal) is two fifth
as long as the width of femur (fig. 6) dorsally and a
row of 1-6 small spines (of the same size as the apical
ones in the dorsal row) ventrally. Posterior tibia soft-
ly curved to virtually straight, armed beneath with an
irregular double row of about 20 small teeth, distal
teeth very slightly larger and sharper than proximals.
Larger spines brown tipped, smaller ones nearly en-
tirely brown. Connexiva more or less horizontal,
gradually converging posteriad. Basal width of ab-
dominal tergite 7 three quarters its median length
(0.3/0.4). Tergite 8 basally as wide as long (0.35).
Abdominal venter with a, rather indistinct, median
keel on sternites 4-7, accentuated in sternites 4 and 5
by pilosity, on 7 by flattening of the sternite. Sternite
8 laterally compressed basally, suggesting a continua-
tion of the ventral keel. Parameres rather long (fig.
37).
Female. Posterior trochanter without small teeth.
Posterior femur ‘petiolate’ proximally, nearly four
times as long as wide (1.35/0.35), a few small teeth in
proximal part only, row of spines in apical half con-
sisting of one large spine (over half as long as the
width of femur) followed by about 8 much smaller,
distally decreasing, teeth. Posterior tibia with about
20 small but distinct teeth. Connexiva more or less
horizontal on segments 1 and 2, on segment 3 and 4
torsion to vertical, on tergites 5 and 6 curved back
outward and converging caudally, the prolonged
apices nearly meeting over tergite 8 which is horizon-
tal (fig. 19). Gonocoxa distinctly protruding, with a
very shallow lateral impression (fig. 27).
Etymology. — Krama, Greek noun meaning mix-
ture referring to this species combining various char-
acteristics of related species.
Comparative notes. — This species belongs to a sub-
group within the papuensis group consisting of rela-
tively squat species with orangeish anterior band of
pronotum connected with similarly coloured pro-
pleura, in males rather strongly inflated hind femur
and virtually straight tibia without larger subapical
tooth. In Sulawesi this set is represented by R. blo-
giokommena, R. tropidata and R. wallacei, the females
of these three have tergite 8 more exposed, males can
be separated by the characteristics mentioned in the
key.
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
Rhagovelia ochra sp. n.
(figs. 2, 3, 20, 25, 40, 45)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (RMNH) IN-
DONESIA: C. Sulawesi, 30 km N Wotu, Sg. Anoa, riv-
er through primary forest above waterfall near bridge
Wotu-Tentena, upstream ponded sites, small tribu-
taries, boulder-sand, w=4-8m, d=0.2-0.8m, 650m
(asl), 20°20'30"S, 120°47'45"E, 26 Oct 1993, leg. ].
van Tol (fig. 45). — Paratypes, same data as holotype
66 29 apterous, 2d macropterous distributed as fol-
lows: 48 29 (1 apt. allotype, 1 macr.) RMNH, 19 1d
apt. 16 macr. NcTN, 1d NHMw.
Description. — Apterous form. Medium sized slen-
der and pale species. Dimensions. Length d 3.55-
3.58, 2 3.52-3.55; width & 1.08-1.15, £ 1.16-1.19;
width of head d 0.74-0.80, 2 0.76-0.79; width of
pronotum d 0.98-1.00, 2 1.03-1.04.
Colour generally pale, yellow and light orange.
Dorsal side mainly orange, eyes dark grey to brown,
interoculus somewhat darker than rest of dorsal side,
apex of rostrum brown. Anterior quarter of prono-
tum pale yellow, connected with equally pale pro-
pleura and prosternum. Lateral third to half of con-
nexivum yellow. Venter mostly orange. First antennal
segment yellowish, segments 2-4 brownish. Legs
mostly yellowish, tarsi and apices of femurs and tibi-
ae infuscated in most specimens.
Minute black denticles spread over body surface
except anterior and dorsal parts of head and the pitted
posterior three quarters of pronotum. Punctures on
posterior three quarters of pronotum distinct. Vertex,
interoculus, sides of thorax and abdomen, antennae
and legs with the usual pubescence and setae. Body at
first sight looking rather bare as its pubescence is
short, appressed and in the same colour as body.
Caudal segments of abdomen with some more dis-
tinct pilosity.
Length of antennal segments I : II: IM : IV d 0.81
: 0.49 : 0.69 : 0.54, ® 0.80 : 0.45 : 0.68 : 0.52.
Pronotum long, covering mesonotum, shorter than
wide (0.8/1.0). Length of metanotum on middle line,
0.12. Abdominal tergites 1-5 subequal in length
(0.2), tergite 6 slightly longer 0.25 in male 0.30 in fe-
male, tergite 7 0.40 in both sexes. Abdominal stern-
ites 3-5 subequal 0.15-0.20 in male, 0.20 in female;
sternites 2 and 6 slightly (0.22) sternite 7 distinctly
(0.40) longer in male. In female abdominal sternites 2
and 6 0.30 and sternite 7 0.50.
Male. Posterior trochanter with 4-6 small but dis-
tinct blunt teeth. Posterior femur variably incrassate,
on average two and a half times as long as wide
(1.68/0.69). Ventral margin in proximal half with
about 20 very small closely set teeth followed by a
double row of about 10 larger spines decreasing in
27
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
size distally, of which the first (proximal) is one third
as long as the width of femur (fig. 2) dorsally and a
row of 4-7 small spines (of the same size as the apical
ones in the dorsal row) ventrally. Posterior tibia soft-
ly distinctly curved, armed beneath with a double row
of about 40 (25 in inner, 15 in outer row) small teeth,
most specimens with a somewhat larger tooth at api-
cal third. Both curvature and development of larger
tooth on tibia correlated with thickness of femur.
Spines and teeth brown tipped, those on tibia nearly
entirely brown. Connexiva more or less horizontal,
gradually converging posteriad. Basal width of ab-
dominal tergite 7 less than its median length
(0.35/0.40). Abdominal sternite 7 flattened medially,
flat area diverging posteriorly in most specimens,
with an indication of a broad, low median keel, later-
al margins of flattened area accentuated in posterior
half by tufts of bristles. Parameres rather long (fig.
40).
Female. Posterior trochanter without small teeth.
Posterior femur slightly over five times as long as wide
(1.39/0.27), with a single row of spines in apical half
only, consisting of one large spine (about 3/4 as long
as the width of femur) followed by 4-6 much smaller,
distally decreasing, teeth (fig. 3). Posterior tibia with
a single row of about 12 small but distinct teeth.
Connexiva more or less vertical, on tergites 4 and 5
curved inward and with a somewhat thickened rim,
otherwise gradually converging caudally, leaving most
of tergites uncovered (fig. 20), apices only slightly
pointed (fig. 25), more or less triangular. Tergite 8
and proctiger about horizontal in allotype, slanting
ventrad at an angle of over 0.257 in the other female.
Gonocoxa distinctly protruding, with a shallow later-
al impression in apical half.
Macropterous specimens (26 only). — Essentially
as apterous form except for the development of tho-
rax, wings and some details mentioned below. Length
3.70-3.75, humeral width of pronotum 1.40-1.41,
median length of pronotum subequal to humeral
width 1.33-1.40. General colour slightly darker than
in apterous specimens, hemielytra dark, smoky
brown-grey, proximal two thirds of lateral (anterior)
proximal cell sordid white. Hemielytra reaching
halfway to just over proctiger, with four cells two
proximal elongate, reaching nearly halfway
hemielytron. Outer (anterior) apical cell narrow
reaching distal three quarters of hemielytron, central
cell broad reaching distal two thirds. Hind wings dark
smoky grey. Carinae on basal part of abdomen reach-
ing to caudal margin of tergite 3. Connexiva horizon-
tal, virtually parallel in the basal two thirds, curved
medially in caudal two thirds
Etymology. — Ochros, greek adjective meaning
pale, referring to the general colour.
28
Comparative notes. — Its pale orange colour sets
this species apart from anything seen in Sulawesi and
the Philippines. Other comparatively light reddish
species such as R. robina Nieser & Chen or R. horaia
Nieser & Chen are, nevertheless, much darker and
have the third antennal segment relatively shorter. R.
ochra belongs to a subgroup of the R. papuensis-group
characterized by a strongly inflated hind femur and a
curved hind tibia with one or more larger subapical
teeth in males and a relatively long third antennal seg-
ment (Nieser & Chen 1993). However, the third an-
tennal segment in R. ochra is much longer than in the
above mentioned species.
Rhagovelia skoura sp. n.
(figs. 4, 17, 30, 38, 44)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (RMNH): IN-
DONESIA: Sulawesi Utara, P. Sangihe, Bowokulu,
19.X1.1994, leg. N. Nieser, N9477 (fig. 44). Upper
reaches of mountain stream, not much water, boul-
ders, narrow stretches with strong current alternating
with quiet pools. Rhagovelia on quiet stretch up and
down stream of bridge. — Paratypes (NCTN unless oth-
erwise stated): Same data as holotype 1806 1062
apt, 2d macropterous, distributed as follows: 24
3@ (including allotype) RMNH; JTPC, NHMW, ZMAN
each 28 29 apt.; MBBJ, MUDH, SEMC each 1d 19
apt. — Additional paratypes (adults only), all Pulau
Sangihe and leg. N. Nieser: Naha, Sungai Laine,
27.V1.1994, N9454. Lower reaches of stream, about
10m wide, mostly about 0.5 m deep, water slightly
turbid (after a night of rain), bottom, coarse sand and
pebbles. Rhagovelia at the edges between vegetation,
126 109 apt. (26 29 uscp); Naha, Sungai Laine, at
last bridge upstream, 27.V1.1994, N9456. Slowly
flowing river partly filled with Hydrilla, water faintly
bluish (probably soap from washing cloth), 38 39
apt; Akembawu, ford & bridge in Sungai Dali,
16.X1.1994, N9470. Open terrain with some xero-
phytic plants, stones & boulders (the ford is an outlet
in case of banjir). Sample from mouth at sea to 1.5
km inland, 276 379 apt., 26 12 macr., 1 lvV; Desa
Simuang (near Malahu), Sungai Simuang,
28.VI.1994 (for details see À. cylindros), 248 279
apt., 1® macr.; Desa Laine, Sungai Laine, pothole at
water fall, 12.XI.1994, N9463 (for details of habitat
see under R. cylindros). Rhagovelia at open to moder-
ately open spots, 48d 569 apt., 34d 302 macr., 5
lvv. (JTPC, MBBJ, NHMW, OXUM, SEMC, ZMAN each 1d
19 macr.); Lelepu, Sura (=Sungai) Lelepu,
13.X1.1994, leg. N. Nieser, N9464. Mainly lowland
stream aspect, some Rhagovelia also from stretch with
mountain stream aspect, 594 539 apt., 7d 82
macr., 40 lvv; Desa Utaurano, Sungai Apanu-
kang, 14.X1.1994, N9465, (for details see R. cylindros)
196 429 apt., 126 149 macr.; same, pothole,
N9465A 86 7% apt, 26 1 ? macr.; Sungai
Masalihe, 16.XI.1994, N9468, mountain stream in
rather deep (c. 20m) gorge. Main stream rather
rough, mainly boulders and rapids, some quieter bays
with pebbles and sand. Most Rhagovelia from
N9468A, narrow parallel stream with sand bottom,
mostly c. 2-5m wide, 546 459 apt., 5d 89 macr.,
5 lvv.; Sungai Kendahe, bridge at Poto, mountain
stream, 17.XI.1994, N9471. Medium sized, fast
flowing stream, bottom coarse pebbles, width 3m, at
bridge much wider, and slower (spot extensively used
for washing cloth), specimens taken from quiet bays
at edges of stream, 168 109 apt, 11d 79% macr.; N.
side, near Poto, stream, 17.X1.1994, N9472. Small
mountain stream through overgrown coconut grove,
some boulders, bottom pebbles, some plant debris,
water clear, hyaline, 126 129 apt. (38 3% oxum,
26 22 uscr); N. side, near Poto, stream,
17.XI.1994, N9473. Mountain stream, narrower and
quieter than N9471, some boulders, bottom small
pebbles, coarse sand, 154 89 apt., 2d 19 macr., 6
lvv.; Small stream at Kampung Lapango-Hakadele
(near Desa Sawaeng), 18.X1.1994, N9474. Mountain
stream, sample from slowly flowing rather flat part.
Bottom with some mud. /pomoea growing into the
water which has a bluish tinge (soap ?), 76d 929
apt., 138 172 macr., 2 lvv.; Sungai Makariahe, near
Gunung, 19.XI.1994, N9478. Upper reaches of
mountain stream, more or less a trickle of water be-
tween boulders, some small pools from which the
sample was taken, 1d 19 apt, 1% macr.; E. side,
Sungai Miulu, 20.XI.1994, N9480, 7d 99 apt., 19
macr., 2 lvv.
Description. — Apterous form. A medium sized
rather broad and generally dark species. Dimensions.
Length d 3.20-3.28, 9 3.38-3.50; width (at base of
abdomen) & 1.23-1.28, 2 1.35-1.38; width of head
3 0.80-0.82, 2 0.82-0.85; width of pronotum d
LEE ARE al
Colour generally dark grey to black, juga and basal
part of rostrum lighter, narrow anterior transverse
band anteriorly on pronotum (reaching laterally
halfway eyes) orange-yellow, covered with grey pru-
inosity which becomes more distinct laterally. Outer
rim of connexiva brownish, not very contrasting, in
most specimens best visible on segments 3-6. Basal
half of first antennal segment and fore femur, basal
third ventrally, basal sixth dorsally of hind femur, ac-
etabula, coxae and trochanters pale.
Minute black denticles spreading from prosternum
to propleura reaching just behind eyes, moreover
some on jugae and acetabula especially dorsally on
metacetabulum. Meso- and metapleuron in an-
terodorsally of acetabulum with distinct punctures
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
(fig. 30). Dorsum, apart from the normal fine pubes-
cence clothed with long erect bristles, sparse or absent
on disk of pronotum and, especially in female, on
caudal abdominal segments. Punctures on posterior
three quarters of pronotum indistinct (with ill-de-
fined margins and covered by relatively dense pubes-
cence). Vertex, interoculus, sides of thorax and ab-
domen, antennae and legs with the usual pubescence
and setae.
Length of antennal segments (male and female) I:
II: III: IV 0.81 : 0.40 : 0.49 : 0.50. Pronotum long,
covering mesonotum, length : width 0.90 : 1.13.
Length of metanotum on middle line, 0.10.
Abdominal tergites 1-5 subequal in length (0.20), ter-
gite 6 slightly longer, 0.25 in male to 0.30 in female,
tergite 7 0.40.
Male. Posterior trochanter with 2-5 small but dis-
tinct blunt teeth. Posterior femur 2.7 times as long as
wide (1.34/0.50), Ventral margin in proximal third
with about 10-15 minute and closely set teeth fol-
lowed by a row of 9-11 larger spines decreasing in
size, of which the first (proximal) is nearly half as long
as the width of femur (fig. 4). In addition two or three
smaller spines located in distal part ventrally of the
main row. Larger spines black tipped, smaller spines
and teeth entirely black or nearly so. Posterior tibia
virtually straight, armed beneath with a double row of
about 30 rather coarse pegs. Connexiva usually hori-
zontal, gradually converging posteriad. Basal width of
abdominal tergite 7 less than its median length
(0.30/0.40); (exposed part of) tergite 8 as wide as long
(0.30) Abdominal sternites 2-6 of subequal length
(0.2), sternite 7 longer (0.35) ventrally flattened with
a low keel, sternites 5-6 with median tufts of bristles.
Parameres as in fig. 38.
Female. Posterior trochanter without small teeth.
Posterior femur three and a quarter times as long as
wide (1.32/0.4), proximal row of minute teeth or re-
placed by up to three coarser teeth, larger spines
about eight in number and except for the first shorter
than in male, two to three more ventral spines pre-
sent. Pegs on posterior tibia nearly covered by the tib-
ial pilosity. Connexiva more or less horizontal to
slanting upward to 0.157. Converging caudally in a
nearly straight line (fig. 17), leaving most of tergites
uncovered, apices pointed, accentuated by a tuft of
caudally directed bristles in addition a smaller tuft of
bristles more ventrally on hind margin of segment 7
(fig. 30). Position of tergite 8 and proctiger slanting
nearly vertically ventrad. Sternite 7 about twice as
long as sternite 6 (0.30/0.60) median length of re-
maining abdominal sternites about 0.2. Gonocoxa
hidden in segment 7.
Macropterous form. — Essentially as apterous form
except for development of hemielytra and thorax.
Length 3.3-3.4, humeral width of pronotum 1.38-
29
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
0,5 mm
28
Figs. 25-34. Lateral view of abdomen (27-28 caudal segments only) of apterous females of Rhagovelia: 25 R. ochra, 26 R achna,
27 R. krama, 28 R. abra, 29 R. tsouloufi, 30 R. skoura, 31 R. sterea, 32 R gyrista, 33 R. plychona, 34 R. cylindros.
1.42, median length of pronotum 1.20-1.30.
Pronotum black with a sharply contrasting orange-
yellow transverse band at anterior margin, sometimes
covered with whitish pubescence. Hemielytra reach-
ing 0.2 beyond apex of abdomen, dark brown with
black veins. A pair of elongate proximal cells marked
with sordid white bands, reaching slightly beyond
halfway hemielytron, a pair of shorter central cells,
30
outer one (near costal margin) reaching to one fourth
from apex, inner one to one third from apex of
hemielytron. Keels on base of abdomen strongly de-
veloped, reaching to caudal margin of tergite 3.
Brownish rim of connexiva (partly not covered by
hemielytra) more strongly developed than in apterous
form, a shining brownish patch on tergite 7.
Etymology. — Skouros, greek adjective meaning
dark, referring to the generally dark colour compared
to its nearest relatives.
Comparative notes. — See key, general shape simi-
lar to À. wallacei, including the tufts of bristles on
sternites 5 and 6 of male, but this species has the yel-
lowish transverse band of pronotum broad, reaching
to propleurae and the long erect bristle-like hairs dor-
sally restricted to connexiva.
Rhagovelia tsouloufi sp. n.
(figs. 9, 19, 18, 29, 39, 44)
Type material. — Holotype apterous d (RMNH) IN-
DONESIA: Sulawesi Utara, Pulau Salibabu, Sg. Musi,
downstream stretch in agricultural area, quiet, shal-
low, mostly 2-3m wide and 0.05-0.1m deep, bottom
pebbles, stones and a few boulders, water clear, hya-
line, N9489, 26 Nov. 1994, leg. N. Nieser (fig. 44).
— Paratypes (NCTN unless otherwise indicated): Same
data as holotype 358 139 apterous, 74 59
macropterous distributed as follows: 38 29 apt., 1d
19 macr. NHMw; 29 (including allotype) apt., 1d
macr. RMNH. — Additional paratypes, all leg. N.
Nieser: P. Salibabu, Lirung, narrow stream on rocks,
very steep, draining small marsh on top of hill (c. 350
m asl), various shallow pools with much plant debris
connected by trickles of water, shaded by remnants of
(? primary) forest, N9483, 24. XI. 1994, 6d 49 apt.,
16 macr. (ld macr. yrec, 36 32 oxum, 2d 19
uscr); Pulau Karakelong, D(esa) Ambela, at inlet of
irrigation system, 30.X1.1995, N9493. Sungai
Ambela, broad river bed with sand & pebbles, with
little water. One side still forested, other side dis-
turbed, 138 49 apt, 16 macr. (jrpc 36 19, MBBJ
26 19 apt. 1d macr., MuDH 16 19, semc 2d,
ZMAN 2d 19. P. Karakelong, Sungai Ambela at wa-
terfall, 2.xii.1994, pool slightly downstream in low-
land rain forest, N9497A, 456 26% apt. P.
Karakelong, Sungai (at) Sawang, 3.xii.1994, N9498.
Lowland stream trough agricultural (small scale) area,
light brown very turbid (after rain), 28 49 apt., 2d
22 macr., 1 lvv.
Description. — Apterous form. Rather small gener-
ally dark species. Dimensions. Length d 2.89-3.08,
2 3.28-3.48; width (across base of abdomen) &
1.08-1.12, £ 1.15-1.23; width of head & 0.72-0.75,
2 0.75-0.80; width of pronotum d 0.93-0.98, 2
1.01-1.10.
Colour generally dull dark brown to grey, eyes dark
castaneous, yellowish transverse band anteriorly on
pronotum distinctly contrasting, narrow, reaching
slightly beyond the inner margins of eyes. Basal half
of antennal segment 1, acetabula, coxae, trochanters,
proximal three quarters of anterior femur and proxi-
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
mal one third of hind femur pale. Connexiva with a
narrow orange-brown rim. Venter and sides and lat-
eral parts of first tergites in female somewhat pruinose
grey. Minute black denticles present on anterolateral
angles of pronotum, due to grey back ground rather
indistinct. Row along anterior margin and posterior
three quarters of pronotum distinctly punctured, pro-
and meso-pleura with well-developed coarse punc-
tures. Vertex, interoculus, sides of thorax and ab-
domen, antennae and legs with the usual pubescence
and setae. Body clothed with short pubescence, virtu-
ally absent laterally in females, superimposed by
sparse longer bristles in males which are hardly devel-
oped in females.
Length of antennal segments (4, ©) I: II: II:
IV 0.72 : 0.39 : 0.49 : 0.42. Pronotum long, cover-
ing mesonotum, shorter than wide (4 0.80/0.96, 9
0.85/1.05). Length of metanotum on midline, 0.1.
Abdominal tergites 1-6 in male, 1-5 in female sube-
qual in length (0.15-0.20), tergite 7 in male 0.40 ter-
gite 6 in female 0.35, tergite 7 0.50. Abdominal ster-
nites 2-5 in male, 3-5 in female subequal, about 0.15
long. In male sternite 6 slightly longer 0.20, sternite 7
distinctly longer, 0.35; in female sternite 2 0.20, 6
0.30 and 7 0.6.
Male. Posterior trochanter with 1-4 small black
teeth. Posterior femur incrassate, on average slightly
over two and a half times as long as wide (1.26/0.48).
Ventral (inner) margin with 8-10 very small black
teeth in proximal third, followed distally by a double
row of spines, the posterior (dorsal) row consisting of
about 12 spines of apically decreasing spines, the larg-
er spine about one third as long as the width of femur.
The anterior (ventral) row consisting of about six
smaller spines (fig. 10). Posterior tibia virtually
straight, armed beneath with a, proximally double
distally single row of 24-30 small teeth which are
partly covered by the pilosity of the femur.
Connexiva more or less horizontal to slanting slight-
ly upward (about 0.157), gradually converging poste-
riad. Abdominal tergite 7 bare, shining, its basal
width three quarters its median length (0.30/0.40).
Tergite 8 basally as wide as long (0.30). Abdominal
sternite 7 brownish flattened, with a faint indication
of a median keel only. Sternites 8 and 9 medium
brown, sternite 8 flattened without keel. Parameres
stout (fig. 39).
Female. Middle femur distinctly and broadly
dorsoventrally compressed halfway its length.
Posterior trochanter without small teeth. Posterior fe-
mur with a narrow part in proximal third (‘petiolate’)
remainder less incrassate than in male, slightly over
three times as long as wide (1.17/0.37); its armament
restricted to a single row of about seven distally de-
creasing spines in distal two thirds, of which the
largest is about half as long as the width of femur (fig.
31
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
9). Posterior tibia armed with an irregular inner row
of about 25 small spines largely hidden in the pilosity
of the tibia. Connexiva more or less vertical, curving
inward over segments 4-5, strongly converging on
segments 6-7, meeting over abdomen on posterior
half of segment 7 (fig. 18) including the upwards
pointing caudal connexival angles which are accentu-
ated by some bristles (fig. 29). The dorsal part of the
caudal margin of segment 7 accentuated by a dense
fringe of large bristles. Tergites 8 and 9 vertical, only
visible in caudal view. A tuft of erect somewhat cau-
dally pointed golden brown bristles on laterosternite
4. Sternites 5-7 flattened.
Macropterous form. — Essentially as apterous form
except for development of wings and thorax. Length
3 3.20-3.38, 2 3.48-3.55, humeral width of prono-
tum d 1.30-1.34, 9 1.37-1.42, median length of
pronotum d 1.20-1.30, 2 1.26-1.40. Pronotum
black, orange-yellow transverse band at anterior mar-
gin reaching slightly beyond inner margins of eyes,
rather indistinct due to cover by whitish pubescence.
Propleura with a distinct row of punctures near ven-
tro-posterior margin. Hemielytra reaching apex of ab-
domen in males and about 0.1 beyond apex of ab-
domen in females, brown to dark grey with darker
veins. A pair of elongate proximal cells marked with
sordid white (especially the one at costal margin)
reaching halfway hemielytron, a pair of distal cells of
which the one near costal margin is distinctly smaller
reaching two thirds the length of hemielytra. Dorsum
of abdomen castaneous, brownish rim of connexiva
broader than in apterous form, keels on base of ab-
domen well developed and long, reaching to the base
of tergite 4. Connexiva of female sinuate, slanting up-
ward nearly 0.47.
Etymology. — Tsouloufi (tsoulouphi), Greek noun
meaning tress (of hair), referring to various tufts of
bristles on abdomen in female.
Comparative notes. — Apparently related to R. tri-
chota Nieser & Chen and R. minahasa Polhemus &
Polhemus females of which have the caudal part of
connexiva more or less folded over abdomen, the
characteristics in the key will serve to separate these
species.
The À. gyrista-group
Diagnosis: Medium sized to rather large Rhagovelia,
length 3.6-4.1 mm, ground colour dark grey to black,
body dorsally and antennae with conspicuous golden
pubescence. Posterior femur in males slender, proxi-
mal granulate teeth rather large. Posterior femur in fe-
males dorsoventrally flattened. Dealate specimens rel-
atively common, basal abdominal carinae (only
observed in À. gyrista) in macropters broad and low,
reaching to posterior margin of tergite 2.
32
Distribution: Endemic to Sulawesi.
R. hamjadi Polhemus & Polhemus (1988) was
originally placed in the R. papuensis-group. In view of
the above mentioned characteristics which it shares
with À gyrista we consider these two to form a sepa-
rate group within the genus. R. sterea sp. n. so far only
known by the unique apterous female holotype is in-
cluded in this group because of its similarity to À.
hamjadı.
Key to species of the R. gyrista group
(apterous specimens)
l. Orange-yellow transverse band anteriorly on
pronotum wide, connected with the similarly
coloured pleuract A nor. nen. R. sterea sp. n
— Orange-yellow transverse band anteriorly on
pronotum narrow, reaching to inner margins of
eyes, propleurae dark
2. Male, posterior femur proximally with a row of
about 16 granulate teeth, distally with a row of
six spines. Female, abdomen strongly curved up-
wards caudally (fig. 32), connexiva bent inward
and folded over lateral parts of abdominal ter . .
gites 2-01 22) EINE: R. gyrista
— Male, posterior femur proximally with a row of
about 20 granulate teeth, distally with a row of
8-9 spines. Female, abdomen straight, connexiva
not folded over abdomen, their margin only
slightlyiconcave mann RARE R. hamjadi
Rhagovelia gyrista sp. n.
(figs. 11, 12, 22, 32, 41, 45)
Type material. — Holotype, apterous 9 (ZMAN),
INDONESIA: Sulawesi Selatan: SW Sulawesi, Mamasa,
Sg. Loko, 1400m, 17 Nov 1993, leg. J. P. & M. J.
Duffels (fig. 45). — Paratypes, same data as holotype,
14 (allotype) 29 apt., 2d 19 macropterous ZMAN
(1d macr., 19 apt. NctN). The macropters have the
wings entirely broken off except for some remnants at
the humeral angles of pronotum (dealate); Sulawesi
Selatan: Zuid Celebes, Nanggala, 800m, Rantepao,
VII. 1937, leg. F. C. Drescher, 16 apt. (BMNH)
Description. — Apterous specimens. Dimensions
length d 3.93, 2 4.07-4.11; width (across base of
connexiva) 6 1.30, 2 1.45-1.51; width of head 6
0.90, 2 0.90-0.91; width of pronotum d 1.12, 2
1.29-1.30. Colour generally dark grey to blackish.
Orange-yellow transverse band anteriorly on prono-
tum narrow, reaching the inner margins of eyes. Basal
third of first antennal segment, acetabula, coxae and
trochanters, basal half to two thirds of anterior femur
and basis of hind femur, yellow. Outer rim of con-
nexiva narrowly brown in females, not obvious in
male. Venter dull dark grey to black, sternites 7-10
brownish. Minute black denticles restricted to jugum
and inner faces of fore and middle acetabula.
Interoculus, thoracic and abdominal tergites clothed
with dense appressed golden-yellow pilosity much
more developed and distinct in male than in fe-
males.In addition dorsum of thorax and abdomen
with sparse long erect dark cilia. Vertex sides of tho-
rax, antennae and legs with the usual pubescence and
setae.
Length of antennal segments (no apparent differ-
ences between male and female) I: II: II]: IV 0.97:
0.45 : 0.74 : 0.62. Pronotum long, covering mesono-
tum. Disk of pronotum with some indistinct punc-
tures, obscured by pilosity, in posterior part. Length:
width of pronotum about 1.2 (6 1.28 / 1.05, 1.50
/ 1.17). Length of metanotum on midline, 0.10.
Abdominal tergites 1-6 in male subequal in length
(0.20), in female becoming gradually longer posteri-
orly, (from 0.22-0.30) but mostly covered by connex-
iva. Tergite 7 over twice as long as preceding tergites
in male (0.45); 1.5 times as long as preceding in fe-
male (0.45/0.30).
Male. Posterior trochanter length: width 0.4 : 0.2,
without teeth or warts. Posterior femur slender, five
times as long as wide (1.5/0.3), on ventroposterior
margin about halfway with a rather small spine, its
length about one sixth the width of femur, with a row
of about seven spines of gradually decreasing length
distally (fig. 11). Posterior tibia straight, armed be-
neath with a row of about 20 short stout teeth giving
a serrate impression (fig. 11). Connexiva slanting up-
ward about 0.257 or somewhat less, virtually parallel
on segments 1-5 strongly converging posteriad on
segments 6-7, no caudal points. Basal width of ab-
dominal tergite 7 less than 1.5 times its median
length (0.55/0.45). Abdominal sternite 7 compara-
tively short, about 1.2 times as long as sternite 6
(0.30/0.25), sternite 6 somewhat, sternite 7 distinctly
flattened medially, without a carina. Genital seg-
ments prominent (fig. 7), fusiform, tergite 8 longer
tan tergite 7 (0.55/0.45). Sternite 8 laterally com-
pressed at base, resulting in a low broad carina ven-
trally. Median length of pygophore equal to median
length of sternite 8 (0.30). Parameres as in fig. 41.
Female. Posterior femur six times as long as wide
(1.5/0.25). Posterior femur and tibia without teeth or
spines (fig. 12). Connexiva strongly curved inwards,
folded over abdomen leaving on tergites 3-6 only a
narrow median strip uncovered (fig. 22). Caudal apex
of connexiva truncate with distinct tufts of pilosity;
gonocoxae | (sternite 8) laterally with well-developed
pilosity which anterolaterally forms additional tufts
(fig. 22). Tergite 8 nearly horizontal, as long as ter-
gite 7 (0.45) (fig. 32). Sternite 7 large, about two fifth
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
the length of the preceding abdominal sternites to-
gether (0.6/1.5). Gonocoxa clearly visible, about half
the length of sternite 7, ventrally compressed, the
sides reaching further ventrally than the flattened to
somewhat impressed ventral part, forming a pair of
lateral ridges. Proctiger large.
Macropterous form. Mostly as apterous except for
modifications of the thorax and presence of wings.
Dimensions, length d 4.80-5.08, 9 4.92-5.18,
hemielytra reaching 0.55-0.67 beyond the apex of ab-
domen; humeral width of pronotum d 1.75-1.80, 2
1.85-1.90, median length of pronotum d 1.71-1.78,
? 1.75-1.85. Hemielytra dull dark grey to blackish,
veins only slightly darker, forming two elongate basal
and two more or less squared apical cells. Hind wings
dark smoky brown-grey. Laterobasal quarter of
hemielytra with golden-yellow pubescence, golden-
yellow pubescence on abdominal dorsum restricted to
a median band. Pronotum with obtuse humeral an-
gles and a rounded caudal apex. Metanotum with a
pair of sublateral pits. Second abdominal tergite with
a transverse pitted groove, longitudinal carinae not
developed. Caudal tufts of bristles on female ab-
domen less prominent than in apterous form.
Etymology. — Gyristos, a Greek adjective meaning
curved refers to the general body form in females.
Comparative notes (see keys). — In view of its size
combined with striking golden pubescence dorsally
the Sulawesi species which look similar belong to the
R. gyrista and plychona groups. The curved abdomen
of the female is at once characteristic (actually the
characteristic body form of females was the reason to
choose a female as holotype). R. plychona females
have, apart from the leg characteristics separating the
groups, the abdomen less distinctly curved and very
distinct tufts of bristles on the gonocoxae. Males of À.
gyrista can be recognized by the characteristics men-
tioned in the keys. In the key by Nieser & Chen
(1993) R. gyrista runs to R. chrysomalla which, how-
ever, belongs to the R. plychona-group.
Rhagovelia sterea sp. n.
(figs. 23, 31, 45)
Type material. — Holotype (unique specimen),
apterous 2 (ZMAN), INDONESIA: SW Sulawesi,
Mamasa, Sg. Loko, 1400m, 17 Nov 1993, leg. J. P. &
M.J. Duffels (fig. 45).
Description. — Apterous female. Dimensions
length 3.92, width (across base of connexiva) 1.40,
width of head 0.88, width of pronotum 1.25.
Colour generally dark brown-grey to blackish.
Anterior fifth of pronotum, propleura and proster-
num orange-yellow anterior margin of pronotum
33
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 35-43. Parameres of Rhagovelia: 35 R. abra, 36 R. achna, 37 R. krama, 38 R. skoura, 39 R. tsouloufi, 40 R. ochra, 41 R
gyrista, 42 R. plychona, 43 R. cylindros.
narrowly dark, reaching halfway eyes. Jugae, basal
fourth of first antennal segment, acetabula, coxae and
trochanters, basal third of anterior femur laterally and
most of its anterior (‘under’) surface orange-yellow.
34
Anterior surface of middle and hind femur brownish,
depending on incidence of light accentuated by pale
pilosity. Outer rim of connexiva, abdominal sternite
7 and most of gonocoxae brown. Venter dull dark
grey to black. Minute black denticles spreading from
jugum and prosternum through propleurae to antero-
lateral parts of pronotum. Body dorsally clothed with
short, not very dense golden pilosity, ventral pilosity
somewhat longer and denser, yellowish. Vertex, sides
of thorax, antennae and legs (except middle and hind
femur) with the usual pubescence and setae.
Length of antennal segments I : II : IN : IV 0.90:
0.43 : 0.70 : 0.50. Pronotum long, covering mesono-
tum. Disk of pronotum with many relatively small
punctures. Length: width of pronotum about 0.9
(1.10/1.25). Length of metanotum on midline, 0.10.
Abdominal tergites 2-5 subequal in length (0.20), ter-
gites 1 and 6 0.30, tergite 7 0.40.
Posterior trochanter length : width 0.35 : 0.16,
without teeth or warts. Posterior femur slender,
slightly over five times as long as wide (1.3/0.25), on
posterior margin in apical part three small teeth.
Posterior tibia straight without teeth. Connexiva ver-
tical, strongly converging on segments 1-4, curved in-
ward on segments 4-5 and slightly convex on seg-
ments 6-7, without caudal points or pilosity (fig. 23).
Tergites 8 and 9, however, with some bristles partly
combined in a tuft. Basal width of abdominal tergite
7 1.25 times its median length (0.50/0.40). Tergite 8
horizontal, as long as tergite 7 (0.40), proctiger fully
visible, pointing caudally. Sternite 7 large, slightly less
than half as long as the preceding abdominal sternites
together (0.6/1.3). Gonocoxa extended, clearly visi-
ble, about half the length of sternite 7, ventrally
slightly compressed, caudally distinctly hairy (fig.
331)
Male and macropterous form unknown.
Etymology. — Stereos, a Greek adjective meaning
solid or stout, refers to the stout build of this species
compared to most other Rhagovelia.
Comparative notes (see keys). — In the key to
groups this species runs to the gyrista-group by the
structure of the female hind femur which is similar to
that of À. hamjadi Polhemus & Polhemus, which has
also a similar general shape. R. hamjadi has, however,
the anterior orange band on pronotum narrow,
reaching inner eye margins, and is slightly smaller. À.
sterea has the dorsal golden pubescence less developed
than related species.
The À. plychona-group
Diagnosis: Large Rhagovelia, length 3.8-4.4 mm,
ground colour dark grey to blackish, body dorsally
with golden pubescence. Posterior legs slender, femur
of male without proximal granulate teeth, femur of
female not distinctly flattened. Hemielytra unicolor-
ous, hairy in latero-proximal quarter, with four closed
cells. Basal dorsal carinae of abdomen in macropter-
ous form not developed.
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
Distribution: Endemic to Sulawesi.
Remarks. In general habitus, golden pubescence
dorsally and slender hind legs the À. gyrista and R. ply-
chona groups are quite similar. The structural charac-
teristics of the hind legs and basal carinae on ab-
domen of macropterous form are, however, quite
different. Unfortunately no specimen with complete
hemielytra is known from the R. gyrista-group. R.
chrysomalla Nieser & Chen (1993) provisionally
placed with the R. papuensis group by the authors has
to be transferred to the R. plychona-group.
Key to species of the R. plychona group
(apterous specimens)
1. Yellow anterior transverse band of pronotum
connected with the yellowish propleurae (in
some specimens dark spots behind the eyes),
connexiva broadly yellowish. Connexiva of fe-
male straight, not folded over tergites, abdomen
not curved upward, gonocoxae without tufts of
longbristles. el. are: R. chrysomalla
— Yellow anterior transverse band on pronotum
narrow, at most reaching halfway eyes, propleu-
ra dark, connexiva narrowly yellowish brown.
Connexiva of female curved inward and folded
over tergites (fig. 24), abdomen curved upward
(fig. 33), gonocoxae with distinct tufts of long
buistlest( us NAAN AAN Bee. R. plychona
Rhagovelia plychona sp. n.
(figs. 13, 14, 24, 33, 42, 45)
Type material. — Holotype, apterous d (ZMAN),
INDONESIA: SW Sulawesi, Karangan, ca. 30 km NE of
Enrekang, 1450m, gardens, 10-11 Nov. 1993, leg. J.
P. & M. J. Duffels (fig. 45). — Paratypes (adults only)
with same data as holotype: 348 202 apt., 206
209 macr., 22lvIV/V distributed as follows: 1d
ape dg ne, ‚nunes Il) 1% pe O Mmaer
MBBJ; 30 39 apt., 3d 39 macr. NCTN; 26 29 apt.,
26 22 macr. NHMw; 1d 19 apt., 19 macr. oxuM;
1d 19 apt, 1d 1% macr. SEMC, remaining speci-
mens including allotype apt. ® in ZMAN. — Ad-
ditional paratypes (adults only): SW. Sulawesi, ca. 30
km NE of Enrekang, Gowa camp. Pos 2. 6-9 Nov.
1993, 3°24'15"S 120°00'30"E. Gunung Rantemario,
Sg. Gowa Sarumpa'pa. River through undistd. lower
montane forest, w=3-4m, 1800 m asl. J. van Tol, 34
29 apt. 12 IvIV/V (RMNH).
Description. — Apterous form. Dimensions. Length
3 4.05-4.16, 2 4.30-4.42; width d 1.40-1.48, 2
1.62-1.68; width of head & 0.93-0.97, 2 0.96-1.01;
width of pronotum d 1.25-1.31, 2 1.48-1.52.
35
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Fig. 44.
Localities of new species of
Rbagovelia: The more im-
portant islands berween
Sulawesi (Sul), Indonesia
and Mindanao (Min),
Philippines: Si Siau, Sa
Sangihe, type locality of R.
cylindros and R. skoura; Sb
Salibabu, type locality of R.
tsouloufi, Ka Karakelong ad-
ditional localities of À.
tsoulouft.
Colour dark grey to blackish, eyes castaneous.
Orange-yellow transverse band anteriorly on prono-
tum narrow, reaching the inner margins of eyes. Basal
third of first antennal segment, acetabula, coxae and
trochanters (middle trochanter slightly infuscated),
basal half to two thirds of anterior femur and in some
specimens basis of hind femur, pale. Outer rim of
connexiva brown, more distinctly in female than in
male. Venter dull dark grey to black, sternites 7-10
brownish in most specimens.
Minute black denticles restricted to jugum and
proepisternum. Interoculus, thoracic and abdominal
tergites clothed with dense appressed golden-yellow
pilosity (this golden pilosity is also present in larva V).
In addition dorsum of thorax and abdomen with
sparse long erect dark cilia. Vertex sides of thorax, an-
tennae and legs with the usual pubescence and setae
except for hind femur and tibia in male which are
clothed with long hairs.
Length of antennal segments (no apparent differ-
ences between male and female) I: Il : III: IV 0.97:
0.45 : 0.74 : 0.62. Pronotum long, covering mesono-
tum. Disk of pronotum with some indistinct punc-
tures, obscured by pilosity, in posterior part. Length:
width of pronotum about 1.2 (4 1.28/1.05, ?
1.50/1.17). Length of metanotum on midline, 0.10.
Abdominal tergites 1-6 in male subequal in length
(0.20), in female becoming gradually longer posteri-
orly, (from 0.22-0.30) but mostly covered by connex-
36
iva. Tergite 7 over twice as long as preceding tergites
in male (0.45); 1.5 times as long as preceding in fe-
male (0.45/0.30).
Male. Posterior trochanter length: width 0.4: 0.2,
without teeth or warts. Posterior femur slender, five
times as long as wide (1.5/0.3), on ventroposterior
margin about halfway with a rather small spine, its
length about one sixth the width of femur, with a row
of about seven spines of gradually decreasing length
distally (fig. 13). Posterior tibia straight, armed be-
neath with a row of about 20 short stout teeth giving
a serrate impression. Connexiva slanting upward
about 0.257 or somewhat less, virtually parallel on
segments 1-5 strongly converging posteriad on seg-
ments 6-7, no caudal points. Basal width of abdomi-
nal tergite 7 less than 1.5 times its median length
(0.55/0.45). Abdominal sternite 7 comparatively
short, about 1.2 times as long as sternite 6 (0.3/0.25),
sternite 6 somewhat, sternite 7 distinctly flattened
medially, without a carina. Genital segments promi-
nent (fig. 7), fusiform, tergite 8 longer than tergite 7
(0.55/0.45). Sternite 8 laterally compressed at base,
resulting in a low broad carina ventrally. Median
length of pygophore equal to median length of stern-
ite 8 (0.3). Parameres as in fig. 42.
Female. Posterior femur six times as long as wide
(1.5/0.25). Posterior femur and tibia without teeth or
spines (fig. 14). Connexiva strongly curved inwards,
folded over abdomen leaving on tergites 3-6 only a
narrow median strip uncovered (fig. 24). Caudal apex
of connexiva truncate with little pilosity at the tip,
however, gonocoxae 1 (sternite 8) distinct tufts of
rather long bristles (fig. 33). Tergite 8 nearly hori-
zontal, as long as tergite 7 (0.45). Sternite 7 large,
about two fifth the length of the preceding abdominal
sternites together (0.6/1.5). Gonocoxa clearly visible,
about half the length of sternite 7, ventrally com-
pressed, dorsally with a distinct tuft of bristles.
Proctiger distinctly visible.
Macropterous form. Mostly as apterous except for
modifications of the thorax and presence of wings.
Dimensions, length d 4.80-5.08, 9 4.92-5.18,
hemielytra reaching 0.55-0.67 beyond the apex of ab-
domen; humeral width of pronotum d 1.75-1.80, 9
1.85-1.90, median length of pronotum d 1.71-1.78,
2 1.75-1.85. Hemielytra dull dark grey to blackish,
veins only slightly darker, forming two elongate basal
and two more or less squared apical cells. Hind wings
dark smoky brown-grey. Laterobasal quarter of
hemielytra with golden-yellow pubescence, golden-
yellow pubescence on abdominal dorsum restricted to
a median band. Pronotum with obtuse humeral an-
gles and a rounded caudal apex. Metanotum with a
pair of sublateral pits, second abdominal tergite with
a transverse pitted groove, longitudinal carinae not
developed. Abdomen of female not curved upwards
and with caudal tufts of bristles less prominent than
in apterous form.
Etymology. — Plychonos, greek adjective meaning
pleated, refers to the connexiva folded over dorsum
in apterous females of this species.
Comparative notes (see keys). — In view of their
general shape and dorsal golden pilosity the species of
the À. gyrista and R. plychona groups are superficially
similar. Especially females of À. plychona and R.
gyrista look somewhat similar at first glance but are
easily distinguishable by inspection of the leg charac-
teristics separating the groups. In addition the curva-
ture of the abdomen and the position of the connexi-
va are also somewhat different (figs. 22, 24, 32, 33).
Other species can also be separated by the characteris-
tics mentioned in the group and species keys. In ad-
dition the parameres of R. chrysomalla are very slight-
ly broader than those of R. plychona but this is only
recognizable when specimens are compared. The
swollen caudal part of the proctiger is relatively longer
in R. chrysomalla than in R. plychona (length flat basal
part/ length swollen apical part 0.34/0.42 and
0.40/0.36 respectively).
The Rhagovelia orientalis-group
Diagnosis: Small or medium sized, length up to 3.7
mm, body generally squat, outlines of abdomen
strongly convergent caudally*. Females not or only
NiesER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
slightly larger than males. Body colour completely
black (except in À. kastanoparuphe), except for a small
orange spot on anterior part of pronotum. Legs black,
usually with a metallic shimmer’, only basal parts yel-
low in some species, middle and hind femur com-
pletely black in most of the species. Juga and proepis-
terna without black spicules. Pronotum long in
apterous specimens, covering the mesonotum. Fore
wing of macropterous specimens with three or four
closed cells, the distal cells reaching the apical third of
the wing. Dealate specimens common*. Abdominal
carinae of macropterous specimens reaching the hind
margin of tergite 2 at most*. Hind trochanter without
teeth or granules, with dense pilosity*. Hind femur of
male slightly to moderately thickened, generally with
a distal row of teeth, proximally without teeth or
granules. Parameres short, crescent-shaped in most of
the species. Abdomen with modifications in most of
the species, dorsally in females and ventrally in males.
Discussion: This species group is a clearly mono-
phyletic group based on several diagnostic characters
(proposed synapomorphies marked with * in diagno-
sis). It shows the close zoogeographical relations be-
tween the Philippines and Sulawesi. Twenty species
are known, 14 from the Philippines (Zettel 1995),
five from the main island of Sulawesi (Nieser & Chen
1933), and one from Sangihe Isle.
Distribution: Philippines (except Palawan), Sula-
wesl.
Key to the species of Sulawesi and adjacent islands
(apterous specimens and macropterous males)
Is Eem alert BE TN 9)
ANSE AO ENEN EE NEE 8
Females
2. Hind margin of tergite 7 with a long, finger-like
process (fig. 34)
— Hind margin of tergite 7 straight or with a short,
triangular process
3. Process on tergite 7 directed backward, tergite 8
with two distinct tufts of hairs in its posterior
Comets) Ws Jatten R. sulawesiana
— Process on tergite 7 directed upward, tergite 8
without distinct tufts of hairs
4. Hind margin of sternite 7 laterally with long
bhckihairs(fie 524) Eee R. cylindros
— _ Hind margin of sternite 7 laterally without long
Rates mer demen ae R. daktylophora
5. Hind margin of tergite 7 straight . À celebensis
— Hind margin of tergite 7 with a small hairy
process in middle or broadly protruding ....6
6. Connexiva and middle of sternite 7 brown,
process of connexivum very long, hind margin of
DI
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
tergite 7 broadly triangular . À. kastanoparuphe
Connexiva and middle of sternite 7 in fully de-
veloped specimens black
Process of connexivum short, but with long
hairs, hind margin of tergite 7 with a very short,
hairy process in middle .... À. pseudocelebensis
Process of connexivum long, acute, process of
tergite 7 generally longer ..... R. daktylophora
Males
8.
Sternites without conspicuous long pilosity,
middle and hind femur basally yellow, connexi-
va brown, paramere distally truncate ........
ROAN EEE da SEO R. kastanoparuphe
Sternites with conspicuous long hairs, middle
and hind femur black, connexiva black, para-
meres distally rounded or pointed
Sternite 6 carinate, long pilosity restricted to this
Carin Drs II R. daktylophora
12%
Fig. 45.
Sulawesi proper: 1 R. achna,
2 R. abra, 3 R. krama and
R. ochra, 4 R. gyrista and R.
sterea, 5 R. gyrista, R. ply-
chona.
Sternite 6 not carinate, pilosity different ... 10
. On sternite 5 and 6, pilosity laterally longer than
along median line R. cylindros
On sternite 5 and 6, pilosity along median line
as long as or longer than laterally ........ 11
. Sternite 7 weakly carinate, ventral margin
strongly concave in lateral view
arte ete RE AN a R. pseudocelebensis
Sternite 7 strongly carinate, ventral margin
straight in lateral view
Tergite 7 about 1.5 times as long as its basal
width er R. sulawesiana
Tergite 7 about 1.1 times as long as its basal
We DER R. celebensis
Rhagovelia celebensis Polhemus & Polhemus
Rhagovelia celebensis Polhemus & Polhemus 1988: 199-200,
figs. 179-186, 229.
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, E side Lake Matana,
Kg. Salura, 2°32'S 121°28'E, 450m, narrow tributary
Lake Matana, 15.X.1993, 14; same, 20.X.1993, 4d
49 apterous, leg. J. P. & M. J. Duffels (zman).
Sulawesi Utara, Mt. Ambang nr. Kotamobagu, 20
km E of alt. m 1210, 8.X1.1985, leg. J. Krikken, mul-
tistr. evergreen forest, soil litter sifted, 19 apt.
(RMNH).
Rhagovelia kastanoparuphe Nieser & Chen
Rhagovelia kastanoparuphe Nieser & Chen, 1993: 274-275,
figs. 30-34,84.
Nieser & Chen (1993) stated a similarity of À. kas-
tanoparuphe and ‘R. celebensis and related forms’.
Because of some characters (especially in colour and
shape of parameres) which are differing from the oth-
er species of the R. orientalis-group, this species was
provisionally placed in the À papuensis-group, which
was regarded polyphyletic. The occurrence of a
dealate specimen and most of the distinctive charac-
teristics mentioned in the diagnosis show that À. kas-
tanoparuphe can best be placed in the À orientalis-
group, although it seems not to be closely related with
any other described species in this group.
Rhagovelia pseudocelebensis Nieser & Chen
Rhagovelia pseudocelebensis Nieser & Chen 1993: 275, figs.
35-40, 80-81.
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, Batusitanduk {2°48'S
120°10'E} N of Palopo, narrow river, 2.XI.1993, leg.
J.P. & M. J. Duffels, 45 39; 15 km W of Palopo,
2°57'10"S 120°07'30"E, gardens and disturbed rain
forest a30X1993x legen]. Pace MJ Duftels, 12
(ZMAN).
Rhagovelia sulawesiana Polhemus & Polhemus
Rbagovelia sulawesiana Polhemus & Polhemus 1988: 198-
199, figs. 158-164, 230.
Material. — Sulawesi Selatan, SW Celebes, 1100m,
Mt. Lompobatang area, Malino {ca 5°15'S
119°48'E}, 2, 8-10.VI.1982, M. A. Lieftinck, 58 29
apt., 1d 19 macr. (RMNH).
Although Polhemus & Polhemus (1988) stated the
similarities between À. sulawesiana and R. celebensis,
they decided to class them within different groups
without explanation. Rhagovelia celebensis was cor-
rectly regarded as a species of the À. orientalis-group,
but À sulawesiana as a species of the À. papuensis-
group. The classification of apterous specimens of
these groups may be difficult using the characters giv-
en by Polhemus & Polhemus (1988), but the
macropterous specimens studied show clearly that À.
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
sulawesiana also belongs to the R. orientalis-group. In
addition the body shape, the teeth on hind femur,
and the lack of spicules on proepisterna and juga are
typical for this group. The shape of the paramere of
male and the long process of the tergite 7 of female
show a close relationship with À. cylindros sp.n. and
R. daktylophora.
Rhagovelia cylindros sp. n.
(figs. 1, 21, 34, 43, 44)
Type material. — Holotype apterous 9 (ZMAN) IN-
DONESIA: Sulawesi Utara, Pulau Sangihe, Desa Laine,
Sungai Laine, 12. Nov. 1994, N9463, leg. N. Nieser
(fig. 44). Sungai Laine [different from N9454/56
which is on the other side of the island!], rather large
pothole at water fall used for swimming (and picnics
on the banks ‘proyek wisata = tourist spot’), a lot of
Hydrilla. Rhagovelia at open to moderately open
spots. Paratypes (NCTN unless otherwise indicated),
same data as holotype, 248 102 apterous, 3d 59
macropterous, distributed as follows: 12 apt. (allo-
type) ZMAN, 16 19 apt., 16 macr. NHMw, 36 39
OXUM. Additional paratypes (adults only) all P.
Sangihe and leg. N. Nieser: Desa Simuang (near
Malahu), Sungai Simuang, 28.VI.1994, N9457.
Mountain stream, water clear, hyaline, boulders,
stones, stretches with sand, 1d 39 apt., 12 macr.
(RMNH); Desa Utaurano, Sungai Apanukang,
14.X1.1994, N9465. Upstream tributary of S. Laine
(N9454 &-56). Mountain stream, bottom boulders,
large stones and conglomerate rock, 5-10m wide,
depth variable (up to >1m, mostly about 0.3 m), ve-
locity of current variable, 336 329 apt., 2d macr.
(MUDH, SEMC 1d 19 apt. each); N9465A: Rather
large pothole, 40x15m c. 1m deep in mountain
stream, virtually stagnant, bottom rock covered with
fine silt. Used e.g. for rearing goldfish in cages in the
ipond3:39ig 15. Ssapt ISA maer (Ods 2 9uapr,
16 macr. numw, 46 39 prec, 2d 29 mBBJ, 2d
22 uscp).
Description. — Apterous form. Rather small gener-
ally dark species. Dimensions. Length d 2.88-3.00,
® 3.15-3.40; width (across mesoacetabula) d 1.20-
1.30, 2 1.32-1.40; width of head & 0.76-0.80, 2
0.76-0.80; width of pronotum d 0.98-1.00, 2 0.92-
1.04.
Colour generally dark grey to black, yellowish
transverse band anteriorly on pronotum narrow,
reaching to inner margins of eyes, indistinct due to a
cover of grey pubescence. Basal third of antennal seg-
ment 1, distal part of anterior and posterior acetabu-
la, apical rim of mesoacetabula, anterior and posteri-
or coxae, anterior and part of posterior trochanters
and in most specimens variable part proximally of an-
39
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
terior femur yellow to light brown. Connexiva entire-
ly grey to black. Pro- and mesopleura except for its
dorso-posterior quarter, pruinose, light grey.
Minute black denticles absent. Posterior three
quarters of pronotum indistinctly punctured, pleura
smooth without recognizable rows of punctures.
Vertex, inter oculus, sides of thorax and abdomen,
antennae and legs with the usual pubescence and se-
tae. Body clothed with short pubescence, virtually ab-
sent laterally in females, superimposed by longer yel-
low bristles which are especially strongly developed
ventrally in males and caudally in both sexes but
much more prominent in females (figs. 21, 34).
Length of antennal segments I: II: III : IV d 0.81
210/421 0 48110 46 210.7892 0:40) ACID AT
Pronotum long, covering mesonotum, shorter than
wide (c. {0.8-0.9}/1.0). Length of metanotum on me-
dian line, 0.1. Abdominal tergites 1-4 subequal in
length (0.15), remaining tergites in female covered by
connexiva, in male tergite 5 subequal, 6 slightly (0.2)
and 7 distinctly (0.4) longer. Abdominal sternites 3-5
subequal, about 0.15 long, sternites 2 and 6 slightly
longer 0.20, sternite 7 distinctly longer, 0.35 in male.
Sternite 2-5 subequal, 0.20; 6 slightly (0.25) and 7
distinctly (0.55) longer in female.
Male. Hind femur slightly incrassate, on average
slightly over five times as long as wide (1.34/0.26).
Ventral margin slightly distally of halfway with a sin-
gle larger spine, half as long as the width of femur, fol-
lowed by a double row of about seven small teeth (fig.
1). Posterior tibia virtually straight, armed beneath
with a row of about 15 small teeth which are shorter
than and covered by the pilosity of the tibia.
Connexiva more or less horizontal to slanting slight-
ly upward (less than 0.157), gradually converging
posteriad. Basal width of abdominal tergite 7 three
quarters its median length (0.3/0.4). Tergite 8 basally
as wide as long (0.35). Abdominal sternites 5 and 6
flattened with an indication of a keel and pilosity lat-
erally longer than medially, sternite 7 ventrolaterally
compressed with a distinct though low and compara-
tively broad, median keel. Parameres as in fig. 43.
Female. Posterior femur as in male, about five
times as long as wide (1.23/0.25). Posterior tibia un-
armed except for a small apical spine. Connexiva
more or less vertical strongly converging on segments
1-5, nearly meeting over abdomen on segment 6 and
anterior part of 7, then diverging to make room for
the erect finger-like projection on tergite 7 (fig. 21).
Apex of connexiva with a triangular caudal projec-
tion, caudal margin accentuated by a dense fringe of
large bristles (fig. 34). Tergites 8 and 9 vertical, only
visible in caudal view.
Macropterous form. — Essentially as apterous form
except for development of hemielytra and thorax.
Length d 3.40-3.46, 9 3.58-3.62, humeral width of
40
pronotum d 1.28-1.42, © 1.37-1.41, median length
of pronotum d 1.18-1.22, 9 1.23-1.28. Pronotum
black orange-yellow transverse band at anterior mar-
gin reaching to inner margins of eyes, rather indis-
tinct due to cover by whitish pubescence. Propleura
with a distinct row of punctures near ventro-posterior
margin. Hemielytra reaching 0.4 beyond apex of ab-
domen, brown with darker veins. A pair of elongate
proximal cells not reaching halfway hemielytron, an
elongate outer apical cell (near costal margin) reach-
ing to one fourth from apex, central cell absent. Keels
on base of abdomen well-developed but short, reach-
ing only to about halfway tergite 2. Connexiva of fe-
male vertical, not bent over abdomen.
Etymology. — Cylindros (kulindros), Greek noun
meaning cylinder, referring to the form of caudal part
of abdomen in female.
Comparative notes. — This species is closely related
with À. sulawesiana and R. daktylophora, with which
it shares the long process on tergite 7 of females.
Females differ from À. sulawesiana in the upwardly
directed process on tergite 7 (posteriorly directed in
R. sulawesiana), from R. daktylophora in the blunt
process of connexiva, which are nearly touching each
other (but clearly separated in À daktylophora), and
from both in the long black hairs laterally on hind
margin of sternite 7. Males differ from all the other
species of the group in the hairs on sternites 5 and 6
which are laterally longer than medially.
The Rhagovelia sarawakensis-group
Diagnosis: Small and slender species, length less
than 3 mm. Colour black with a short orange brown
band on pronotum. Pronotum in apterous specimens
shorter than length of an eye, about one third as long
as the exposed mesonotum. Fore wing with three or
four closed cells slightly reaching distal half.
Abdominal carinae of winged specimens extending
posteriorly to tergite 3. In dealate specimens fore
wing broken in middle, behind closed cells. Tergite 8
of female horizontal.
Distribution: Sri Lanka, Southeast Asia and South
China, Ryukyu Islands, Taiwan, Palawan, Borneo,
Sumatera, Java, Bali, Nusa Tenggara.
Only one species, R samarinda, is reported from
Sulawesi by the record of a single macropterous fe-
male (Polhemus & Polhemus 1988). There are no
further records from Sulawesi, and the species group
is also not known from other parts of Wallacea in-
cluding the Philippines (except Palawan). Therefore
the authors regard this single record as doubtful.
A single male of À. sumatrensis Lundblad, which
according to Polhemus (1990) belongs to this group,
from Lombok (new record) is deposited in RMNH. As
this species was previously recorded from Flores and
Sumbawa (Nieser & Chen 1992) it can probably be
found in most of the Nusa Tenggara.
Check list of species groups and species of
Rhagovelia Mayr known from the province of
Sulawesi.
R. papuensis-group
abra sp. n.
achna sp. n.
blogiokommena Nieser & Chen, 1993
grayi Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
horaia Nieser & Chen, 1993
kalami Nieser & Chen, 1993
krama sp. n.
lorelinduana Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
minahasa Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
ochra sp. n.
pruinosa Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
robina Nieser & Chen, 1993
skoura sp. n.
tsouloufi sp. n.
trichota Nieser & Chen, 1988
tropidata Nieser & Chen, 1993
unica Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
wallacei Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
R. gyrista-group
gyrista sp. n.
hamdjadi Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
R. plychona-group
chrysomalla Nieser & Chen, 1993
plychona sp. n.
R. orientalis-group
celebensis Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
cylindros sp.n.
daktylophora Nieser & Chen, 1993
kastanoparuphe Nieser & Chen, 1993
pseudocelebensis Nieser & Chen, 1993
sulawesiana Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
R. sarawakensis-group
? samarinda Polhemus & Polhemus, 1988
NIESER ET AL.: Rhagovelia from Sulawesi
REFERENCES
Arnett, R. H. jr., Samuelson, G. A. & Nishida, G. M.,
1993. The insect and spider collections of the world. —
Flora and Fauna Handbook 11: i-v, 1-310.
Lansbury, I., 1993. Rhagovelia of Papua New Guinea,
Solomon Islands and Australia (Hemiptera-Veliidae). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 136: 23-54.
Matsuda, R., 1956. A supplementary study of the genus
Rhagovelia (Hemiptera, Veliidae) of the Western
Hemisphere. A deductive method. — University of Kansas
Science Bulletin 38(I): 915-1017.
Nieser, N. & P. P. Chen, 1992. Notes on Indonesian water-
bugs (Nepomorpha & Gerromorpha). — Storkia 1: 30-
40.
Nieser, N., & P. P. Chen, 1993. The Rhagovelia
(Heteroptera: Veliidae) of Sulawesi (Indonesia). —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 136: 259-281.
Polhemus, J. T., 1990. Miscellaneous studies on the genus
Rhagovelia Mayr (Heteroptera: Veliidae) in Southeast
Asia and the Seychelles Islands, with keys and descrip-
tions of new species. — Raffles Bulletin of Zoology 38: 65-
75.
Polhemus, J. T., & D. A. Polhemus, 1988. Zoogeography,
ecology, and systematics of the genus Rhagovelia Mayr
(Heteroptera: Veliidae) in Borneo, Celebes, and the
Moluccas. — Insecta Mundi 2: 161-230.
Yang, C.M. & Polhemus D. A., 1994. Notes on Rhagovelia
Mayr (Hemiptera: Veliidae) from Singapore, with de-
scription of a new species. — The Raffles Bulletin of
Zoology 42: 987-993.
Zettel, H., 1994. Revision der philippinischen Arten der
Gattung Rhagovelia Mayr, 1 Teil (Heteroptera: Veliidae).
— Entomological Problems 25: 33-48.
Zettel, H., 1995. Revision der philippinischen Arten der
Gattung Rhagovelia Mayr (Heteroptera: Veliidae). 2 Teil
— Entomological Problems 26: 43-78.
Received: 30 May 1996
Accepted: March 1997
4]
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
42
JoHN T. POLHEMUS
Colorado Entomological Museum, Englewood, Colorado, USA.
SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF HYDROTREPHES CHINA
(HELOTREPHIDAE: HETEROPTERA) FROM SULAWESI
Polhemus, J. T., 1997. Seven new species of the genus Hydrotrephes China from Sulawesi.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 43-54, figs. 1-55 [issn 0040-7496]. Published 31 October
1997.
A definite locality in Sulawesi is established for Hydrotrephes bouvieri (Kirkaldy). The following
new species are described; Hydrotrephes celebensis Polhemus sp. n., H. kamarora Polhemus sp. n.,
H. marana Polhemus sp. n., H. nieseri Polhemus sp. n., H. taweli Polhemus sp. n., H. variegatus
Polhemus sp. n., and H. viriosus Polhemus sp. n. Some morphological features of Helotrephidae
are discussed.
Dr. J. T. Polhemus, Colorado Entomological Museum, 3115 S. York, Englewood , Colorado
80110 USA.
Key words. — Indonesia; Sulawesi; Helotrephidae; Hydrotrephes new species.
The following descriptions of new taxa and notes on
Hydrotrephes bouvieri (Kirkaldy) are needed for a forth-
coming publication on the Nepomorpha of Sulawesi
by Nieser and Chen. These descriptions have been pre-
pared for some time, intended to be part of a compre-
hensive revision of the genus Hydrotrephes, however the
above intended publication by Nieser and Chen and a
revision of the Helotrephidae of the Philippines in-
tended by Herbert Zettel have persuaded me to instead
deal with the genus on a regional basis. The material
described here was mostly collected by D. A. Polhemus
and myself during a 1985 expedition to the Malay
Archipelago and Southeast Asia supported by the
National Geographic Society. We have collected many
species (mostly undescribed) of Hydrotrephes on Leyte,
Luzon, Mindanao, Mindoro, and Palawan in the
Philippines; Bali, Java, Sulawesi, north and south
Sumatra, Sumba, and Timor in Indonesia; East
Malaysia (Sabah) and West Malaysia. Additional
species of the genus were collected by M. Sat6 on
Bohol and Cebu in the Philippines, and by Taylor and
Messer on Moratai, North Moluccas. Zettel (in litt.)
possesses other species from Thailand, Laos, East
Malaysia (Sarawak), and Indonesia (Nias). Thus the
genus Hydrotrephes, with only six previously described
species from Luzon, Sri Lanka, Sulawesi and Sumatra
(all represented in the J. T. Polhemus Collection), is
actually speciose and widespread; the general distribu-
tion, by region, was given by Polhemus & Polhemus
(1990), along with a pattern of endemism exhibited by
Rhagovelia (Veliidae) and Ptilomera (Gerridae) that is
similar to some Hydrotrephes species on Sulawesi.
The last systematic reviews of the major classifica-
tion of Helotrephidae were given by Esaki and China
(1927, 1928) and China (1935), however Papäcek,
Stys and Tonner (1988) have provided an extensive re-
view and morphological analysis in connection with
the description of a new subfamily. The genus
Hydrotrephes (type species, Helotrephes bouvieri
Kirkaldy) was established by China (1935), after previ-
ously being carefully described by Esaki and China
(1928, as Helotrephes) based on syntypes of bouvieri.
Various authors have dealt with other genera of
Helotrephidae and described new subfamilies, tribes,
genera and species, but no new species of Hydrotrephes
have been described for 66 years.
All measurements are given in millimeters. The
holotypes and some paratypes will be placed in the
Smithsonian Institution (USNM); all other specimens
are in the Polhemus collection (JTPC), except some du-
plicate material that will be distributed to at least the
Nieser Collection (NcTN), American Museum of
Natural History (AMNH), Naturhistorisches Museum
Wien (NHMW) and the Museum Zoologicum
Bogoriense (MBBJ).
SPECIES DISCRIMINATION
A number of characters were evaluated as potential-
ly useful in discriminating species of the genus
Hydrotrephes, some previously used by other authors.
The morphological nomenclature follows Esaki and
China (1928) and Papácek, Stys and Tonner (1988)
unless otherwise noted. I have concluded that that
species discrimination should primarily rely on the
morphology of the male genitalia, and to a lesser degree
43
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Zan
7
2
ss
EL
10
Figs. 1-4. Hydrotrephes bouvieri Kirkaldy. — 1, Male ventral paramere; 2, Male dorsal paramere; 3, Aedeagus; 4, Female ab-
dominal sternite VII. Internal phragma indicated by dashed line.
Figs. 5-11. Hydrotrephes celebensis sp. n. — 5, Cephalonotum, anterior view; 6, Pronotal and genal plates, meso- and proepis-
terna. g - pronotal and genal plates, m - mesoepisternum, p - proepisternum; 7. Ventral abdominal carinae II, III; 8, Male
ventral paramere; 9, Male dorsal paramere; 10, Aedeagus; 11, Female abdominal sternite VII. All scale bars = 0.5 mm.
44
the female abdominal sternite VIT and pattern of dark
markings on the cephalonotum; all other characters are
variable and must be used in conjunction with the for-
mer, with caution. For this reason a key has not been
provided, but figures are presented instead to aid in the
separation of species.
Lateral pronotal and genal plates: These structures
are well developed in all Helotrephini (Esaki & China
1928, fig. la) but lacking in all Limnotrephini. The
shape, particularly of the distinct ‘notch’ below the eye,
is variable, and although sometimes helpful, should
usually not be considered as diagnostic by itself.
Overall body size: The overall size is useful in sepa-
rating species, and seems remarkably constant for indi-
vidual populations of each species, except for the spec-
imens of the sympatric variety of H. nieseri from
northern Sulawesi which are much smaller than the
nominate form (see discussion below). The macropter-
ous form (with a claval suture) is usually darker and
dorsoventrally larger than the brachypterous form
(without a claval suture; hemelytra brachypterous,
hindwings micropterous), and these two morphs may
appear to be different species at first glance.
Male terminalia and genitalia: The morphological
details of the complex terminal abdominal segments
and genitalia of Hydrotrephes males are the most reli-
able characters for species separation. This includes the
ventral laterotergites of segments VII and VIII, the
posterior margin of abdominal segment IX, the para-
meres, and the aedeagus.
Mesopleural and propleural plates: The shapes of
these plates are sometimes useful in discriminating be-
tween closely related sympatric species.
Ventral abdominal carinae: This character was used
by Esaki and China (1927, 1928) and China (1935),
but has proved to be variable and generally unreliable
except for gross features. A few species have extreme
modifications which can be diagnostic.
Prosternal carina: The prosternal carina is variable,
but sometimes helpful when extreme differences are
evident between species.
Female abdominal sternite VII. This structure, often
called the subgenital plate, is sometimes diagnostic and
often helpful, but the differences between species are
often subtle, and closely related species may exhibit a
similar shape.
Color pattern: The pattern of dark markings on the
cephalonotum, in particular on the frons, are helpful in
discriminating between closely related species. While
the pattern may vary considerably in a given popula-
tion, it varies in a predictable way, with certain ‘mark-
ers constant (analogous to the widely used hemelytral
‘eunomy’ in the family Saldidae). The maculations of
the hemelytra are also sometimes useful in separating
sympatric species.
Stridulatory mechanisms: All species of the genus
PoLHEMUS: Hydrotrephes of Sulawesi
Hydrotrephes possess a stridulatory mechanism, as de-
scribed by Polhemus (1990). These appear to be mo-
notonous and not species diagnostic. It is conceivable
that an examination by SEM would reveal diagnostic
fine structure not visible at 80 X.
Hydrotrephes bouvieri (Kirkaldy)
(figs.1-4)
Helotrephes bouvieri Kirkaldy 1904: 129. Syntypes 4 males, 2
of unknown sex, Celebes, de la Savinière, National
Museum of Natural History, Paris [not examined]; Esaki
and China 1927: 281; Esaki and China 1928: 143 (re-
description, figures); Lundblad 1933: 114.
Hydrotrephes bouvieri — China 1935: 594 (new genus, key);
Miyamoto 1952: 2; Poisson 1960: 333; Polhemus 1990:
60 (world checklist).
Material examined. — 46 brachypterous adults, 3
nymphs, Sulawesi Utara, Kab. Bolaang Mongondow,
Lake Mala (Moat), E of Kotamobagu, 0°44' N,
124°27' E, 1000 m el., CL 2113, 10 Sept: 1989, Joa
& D. A. Polhemus (JTPC, NCTN, USNM, MBBJ, NHMW).
Discussion. — The males at hand match in every de-
tail the exhaustive description given by Esaki & China
(1928). The male aedeagus and parameres are shown
in figs. 1-3. Because the female of this species was not
previously known, sternite VII is figured here (fig. 4).
No definite locality was previously established for this
species, as the labels on the syntypes simply gave
‘Celebes’. The habitat of Hydrotrephes bouvieri is un-
usual for the genus, as it was collected in a lake rather
than a stream. The habitat of bouvieri was in tangled
root masses, along the wave undercut edges of isolated
emergent clumps of reeds that formed ‘pedestals’ in
shallow water along the lake shore. Hydrotrephes corpo-
raali China has been collected in both lakes and
streams (Lundblad 1933; Polhemus unpubl.), so it is
likely that H. bouvieri also inhabits streams.
Hydrotrephes celebensis Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 5-11)
Type material: Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Selatan Prov., Marana
River, nr. Camba, 50 km E of Maros, CL 2167, 450 m
el., 14 Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (usnm).
Paratypes, 7 brachypterous adults, 8 macropterous
adults, same data as holotype (JTPC, NCTN, USNM,
MBBJ).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.40 - 2.42 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 2.02 - 2.08 mm.
Colour. — Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish, heavily marked with brown. Cephalonotum with
complex pattern of deep brown markings (fig. 5);
pronotum with irregular transverse light band across
45
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 12-18. Hydrotrephes kamarora sp. n. -12, Cephalonotum, anterior view; 13, Pronotal and genal plates; 14, Ventral ab-
dominal carinae II, III; 15, Male ventral paramere; 16, Male dorsal paramere; 17, Aedeagus; 18, Female abdominal sternite
VII.
middle. Base of scutellum with a transverse deep
brown stripe. Hemelytra, scutellum with strong pat-
tern of deep brown irregular, randomly scattered mark-
ings covering about half of dorsum. Venter brown.
Legs, antennae yellowish, legs darker basally, rostrum
brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, set with small alveoli, in dorsal view
(of entire insect) broader than long (2.08: 1.26), later-
al margins carinate behind eyes. Mesopleural and pro-
pleural plates notched (fig. 6). Eye length/width,
0.54/0.29. Interocular distance 0.86. Rostral segments
1, 2 extremely short; lengths of rostral segments 3: 4;
0.18: 0.43.
Scutellum shining, finely rugulose, set with tiny
alveoli, cach with one slender setae, each surrounded
by a roughly circular transparent region; in some spec-
imens alveoli very clearly delineated due to underlying
46
structure or pigmentation visible through translucent
cuticle; length: width; 1.15: 1.15.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly rugulose, set with alveoli
each bearing a slender seta; distal locking tab (pseudo-
membrane) on right hemelytron of usual form. Hind
wings reduced to small membranous strips. Ventral
carinae of abdominal segments II, III as in fig. 7.
All femora with pectinate bristles beneath, longer
basally. Claws of each leg about half as long as distal
tarsal segment. Male genital segments modified, twist-
ed strongly to the left; aedeagus and parameres as
shown in figs. 8-10. Female abdominal segments sym-
metrical, subgenital plate (sternite VII) as shown in fig.
Wl.
Macropterous form: similar in size, color and struc-
ture to brachypterous form, except for presence of
claval suture and well developed hind wings.
Discussion. — Hydrotrephes celebensis sp. n. is so far
known from a single population. The body size of both
sexes and wing morphs is unusually uniform. The pat-
tern of dark markings on the cephalonotum, and male
genitalia are diagnostic.
Etymology. — The name celebensis refers to the island
of origin.
Hydrotrephes kamarora Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 12-18)
Type material: Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Tengah Prov., stream 10
km SE of Kamarora, Lore Lindu National Park, CL
2156, 950 mel., 8 Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus
(usnm). Paratypes (nymphs not paratypes), Indonesia,
Celebes: 4 brachypterous adults, 6 macropterous
adults, 8 nymphs, same data as holotype (JTPC, NCTN,
USNM); 2 macropterous males, 1 macropterous female,
Sulawesi Tengah Proy., stream 9 km E of Taweli, CL
ICO MIS OEM el tO Oct MOSS AIN SDAL
Polhemus; 1 brachypterous male, 2 brachypterous fe-
males, 1 nymph, Sulawesi Utara Prov., forest stream S
of Lake Mala, CL 2118, 1200 m el., 11 Sept. 1985, J.
T. & D. A. Polhemus (yrPc).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.88 - 3.42 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 1.94 - 2.38 mm.
Colour. — Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish, heavily marked with brown. Cephalonotum often
completely dark anterior to suture, except along eyes
and a small median light streak; lighter colored speci-
mens with a more complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 12); pronotum with irregular transverse
light band across middle. Scutellum basally dark,
lighter posteriorly, with several yellowish areas medial-
ly. Hemelytra dark on basal fourth, lighter posteriorly,
with scattered lighter regions; some specimens almost
completely dark. Venter yellowish brown. Legs, anten-
nae yellowish, rostrum brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, set with alveoli, in dorsal view (of en-
tire insect) broader than long (2.34 : 1.44), lateral mar-
gins carinate behind eyes. Mesopleural and propleural
plates shallowly notched (fig. 13). Eye length/width,
0.58/0.29. Interocular distance 1.19. Rostral segments
1, 2 extremely short; lengths of rostral segments 3: 4;
0.22 : 0.54.
Scutellum shining, not rugulose, set with tiny alve-
oli, each with one slender setae, each surrounded by a
roughly circular transparent region; in some specimens
alveoli very clearly delineated due to underlying struc-
ture or pigmentation visible through translucent cuti-
cle; length: width, 1.48: 1.33.
Hemelytra opaque, shining, set with alveoli each
PoLHEMUS: Hydrotrephes of Sulawesi
bearing a slender seta; distal locking tab (pseudomem-
brane) on right hemelytron of usual form. Hind wings
reduced to small membranous strips. Ventral carinae of
abdominal segments II, III as in fig. 14.
AIl femora with pectinate bristles beneath, longer
basally, densest on anterior femora, sparsest on posteri-
or femora. Claws of each leg about one-third as long as
distal tarsal segment. Male genital segments modified,
twisted strongly to the left; aedeagus and parameres as
shown in figs. 15-17. Female abdominal segments
symmetrical, subgenital plate (sternite VII) as shown in
fig. 18.
Macropterous form: similar in size, color and struc-
ture to brachypterous form, except for presence of
claval suture and well developed hind wings.
Discussion. — Hydrotrephes kamarora sp. n. is so far
known from three populations. The body size of both
sexes and wing morphs is quite uniform within each
population, but varies considerably between popula-
tions. Elevation does not seem to be correlated with
size, as the largest specimens are from the type locality
at 950 m, the smallest from near Lake Mala at 1200 m,
and the intermediates from east of Taweli at 150 m. In
all specimens the scutellum is shining and not rugu-
lose. The pattern of dark markings on the cephalono-
tum, and male genitalia are diagnostic.
Etymology. — The name kamarora is a noun in ap-
position, referring to the village nearest the type locali-
ty.
Hydrotrephes marana Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 19-26)
Type material: Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Selatan Prov., Sungai
Pattanuang at Biseang Labboro Recreation Area, 7 km
SW of Bantimuring, CL 2165, 0-100 m el., 13 Oct.
1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (usnm). Paratypes
(nymphs not paratypes), Indonesia, Celebes: 7
brachypterous males, 1 brachypterous female, 9
nymphs, same data as holotype (JTPC, NCTN); 2
brachypterous males, 1 brachypterous female, Sulawesi
Selatan Prov., Marana River nr. Laiya, CL 2167, 0-100
m el., 14 Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (yrec).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.99 - 3.09 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 2.09 - 2.16 mm.
Colour. — Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish brown to fuscous, moderately marked with brown.
Cephalonotum with complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 19); pronotum largely yellowish brown,
with rather regularly spaced maculations. Base of
scutellum with a broad transverse brown stripe.
Hemelytra, scutellum with numerous small deep
47
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 19-26. Hydrotrephes marana sp. n. -19, Cephalonotum, anterior view; 20, Pronotal and genal plates, meso- and proepis-
terna; 21, Ventral abdominal carinae II, III, CL 2167; 22, Ventral abdominal carina III, CL 2165; right, male; left, female;
23, Male ventral paramere; 24, Male dorsal paramere; 25, Aedeagus; 26, Female abdominal sternite VIT.
brown irregular, randomly scattered markings, not
dense, often anastomosing. Venter brown. Legs, anten-
nae yellowish, rostrum yellowish to brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, densely set with small alveoli, in dor-
sal view (of entire insect) broader than long (2.12 :
1.37), lateral margins carinate behind eyes.
Mesopleural and propleural plates deeply notched (fig.
20). Eye length/width, 0.58/0.29. Interocular distance
1.01. Rostral segments 1, 2 extremely short; lengths of
rostral segments 3: 4; 0.25 : 0.54.
Scutellum faintly shining, finely rugulose, set with
48
tiny alveoli, each with one slender setae, each sur-
rounded by a roughly circular transparent region; in
some specimens alveoli very clearly delineated due to
underlying structure or pigmentation visible through
translucent cuticle; length: width, 1.30: 1.33.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly shining, finely rugulose,
set with alveoli each bearing a slender seta; distal lock-
ing tab (pseudomembrane) on right hemelytron of
usual form. Hind wings reduced to small membra-
nous strips. Ventral carinae of abdominal segments II,
III as in figs. 21-22.
Fore and middle femora with pectinate bristles be-
PoLHemus: Hydrotrephes of Sulawesi
Figs. 27-35. Hydrotrephes nieseri sp. n. — 27, Cephalonotum, anterior view, typical variety; 28, Cephalonotum, anterior view,
variety minutus, 29, Pronotal and genal plates; 30, Ventral abdominal carinae II, III; 31, Male abdominal segment IX, ven-
tral view; 32, Male ventral paramere; 33, Male dorsal paramere; 34, Aedeagus; 35, Female abdominal sternite VII.
neath, longer basally; hind femora mostly bare. Claws of
each leg about one-third to half (on posterior) as long as
distal tarsal segment. Male genital segments modified,
twisted strongly to the left; aedeagus and parameres as
shown in figs. 23-25. Female abdominal segments sym-
metrical, subgenital plate (sternite VII) as shown in fig. 26.
Macropterous form: unknown.
Discussion. — H. marana is so far known only from
a limited area of Sulawesi Selatan Province. The pat-
tern of dark markings on the cephalonotum, and male
genitalia are diagnostic.
Etymology. — The name marana is a noun in appo-
sition, referring to the river where part of the type series
was collected.
Hydrotrephes nieseri Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 27-35)
Type material. — Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Utara Prov., tributary to
Tumpah River, 0° 35' N, 123° 54' E, 62 km SW of
Kotamobagu, CL 2101, -235 m el. 4 Sept. 1985, J. T.
49
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
& D. A. Polhemus (usnm). Paratypes (all collected by
J. T. & D. A. Polhemus; nymphs not paratypes),
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Utara Prov.: 144
brachypterous adults, 14 macropterous adults, 17
nymphs, same data as holotype (JTPC, NCTN, AMNH,
USNM, MBBJ, NHMW); 54 brachypterous adults, 4
macropterous adults, 15 nymphs, Tumpah River, 0°
35' N, 123° 54' E, 60 km SW of Kotamobagu, CL
2100, 211 m el., 3 Sept. 1985; 2 macropterous fe-
males, stream, trib. of Sungai Ongaak Mongondow, 4
km S of Inobonto, CL 2106, 6 Sept. 1985; 24
brachypterous adults, 13 macropterous adults, 2
nymphs, upper Sungai Metelanga and tributary, 10
km Sof sWoloduas Gl 2103, 72 Seper 1985;76
brachypterous males, 2 brachypterous females, warm
stream, 8 km S of Dolodua on Malibagu rd., CL 2110,
7 Sept. 1985; 27 brachypterous adults, 1 macropterous
female, 3 nymphs, Sungai Metelanga, 5 km S of
Dolodua, CL 2111, 7 Sept. 1985; 13 brachypterous
adults, 1 nymph, cave spring and stream at
Komangaan, NW of Kotamobagu, CL 2120, 14 Sept.
1985; 4 brachypterous males, 2 brachypterous females,
1 macropterous female, Pononontuna River at
Tapakulintang, 200 m el., CL 2121, 15 Sept. 1985; 14
brachypterous adults, 2 macropterous females,
Tondano river tributary, S of Airmididi, CL 2127, 20
Sept. 1985; 1 macropterous male, stream W of
Danowudu, E of Manado, CL 2129, 20 Sept. 1985
(ITPE).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.38 - 2.95 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 1.66 - 2.02 mm.
Colour. - Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish brown to fuscous, extensively marked with brown.
Cephalonotum with complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 27, 28); pronotum largely yellowish
brown, broadly embrowned anteriorly along suture,
narrowly dark posteriorly, with a few median macula-
tions in a broad sordid yellowish transverse band. Base
of scutellum with a broad transverse brown stripe.
Hemelytra, scutellum with numerous large brown ir-
regular, randomly scattered markings, not well de-
fined, often anastomosing, more numerous basally.
Venter brown. Legs, antennae yellowish, rostrum
brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, densely set with small alveoli, in dor-
sal view (of entire insect) broader than long (2.02 :
1.08), lateral margins carinate behind eyes.
Mesopleural and propleural plates deeply notched (fig.
29). Eye length/width, 0.50/0.27. Interocular distance
0.97. Rostral segments 1, 2 extremely short; lengths of
rostral segments 3: 4; 0.22 : 0.43.
Seutellum faintly shining, finely rugulose, set with
tiny alveoli, each with one slender setae, each sur-
rounded by a roughly circular transparent region; in
50
some specimens alveoli very clearly delineated due to
underlying structure or pigmentation visible through
translucent cuticle; length: width, 1.30 : 1.22.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly shining, finely rugulose,
set with alveoli each bearing a slender seta; distal lock-
ing tab (pseudomembrane) on right hemelytron of
usual form. Hind wings reduced to small membranous
strips. Ventral carinae of abdominal segments II, III as
in fig. 30.
All femora with pectinate bristles beneath, longer
basally; on hind femora sparse, shorter. Claws of each
leg about one-third as long as distal tarsal segment.
Male genital segments modified, twisted strongly to
the left; ventral view of segment IX shown in fig. 31;
aedeagus and parameres as shown in figs. 32-34.
Female abdominal segments symmetrical, subgenital
plate (sternite VII) as shown in fig. 35.
Macropterous form: similar in size and structure to
brachypterous form, except for presence of claval su-
ture and well developed hind wings, and color usually
darker.
Discussion. — Hydrotrephes nieseri sp. n. has two dis-
tinct varieties, easily separable in most samples on the
basis of size and coloration of the frons, that were ini-
tially considered to be separate species. The male and
female terminalia and all other characters are the same,
however, so that these forms can be considered only as
varieties, not distinct species-group taxa. The larger
specimens with a distinctly separated dark spot on the
lower frons (fig. 27) are the typical variety, and the
smaller forms with the frons completely dark or with a
continuous dark vertical marking on the frons (fig. 28)
are given the varietal name Hydrotrephes nieseri var.
minutus. In a sample from CL 2108 these two varieties
intergrade and exhibit the complete range of coloration
and size, but in most populations the two varieties are
easily separable.
H. nieseri may be separated from its congenors by
the male genitalia (e. g. posterior margin of abdominal
segment IX straight, details of the parameres, shape of
the ‘bird head’ of the aedeagus), and from most species
by the shape of female sternite VII. The latter, howev-
er, is similar in females of H. taweli, which also have a
similar body coloration: females of these species may be
separated by the coloration of the frons. In H. nieseri
the frons is almost always completely dark between the
eyes, almost to the lower eye level (figs. 27, 28), with-
out light areas mesad of the postero-mesal eye margin,
but rarely with a small light region mesad of the antero-
mesal eye margin; in H. taweli there is almost always a
light region next to each inner eye margin (fig. 36),
rarely with the mesal dark region reaching the inner eye
margins, but always with a light area (fig. 36, arrow)
mesad of each postero-mesal eye margin.
è |
40 39
PoLHEMUS: Hydrotrephes of Sulawesi
42
Figures 36-43. Hydrotrephes taweli sp. n. — 36, Cephalonotum, anterior view; consistently light region, arrow; 37, Pronotal
and genal plates; 38. Ventral abdominal carinae II, IH; 39. Male abdominal segment IX, ventral view; 40, Male ventral para-
mere; 41, Male dorsal paramere; 42, Aedeagus; 43, Female abdominal sternite VII.
Etymology. — The name nieseri honours Dr. Nico
Nieser in recognition of his many contributions to the
study of aquatic Heteroptera.
Hydrotrephes taweli Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 36-43)
Type material: Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Tengah Prov., stream 9
km E. of Taweli, NE of Palu, CL 2160, 150 m el., 10
Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (USNM). Paratypes
(nymphs not paratypes), Indonesia, Celebes: 78
brachypterous adults, 75 macropterous adults, 10
nymphs, same data as holotype (JTPC, NCTN, AMNH,
USNM, MBBJ, NHMW);18 brachypterous adults, 1
macropterous male, Sulawesi Utara Prov., Tondano
River tributary, S of Airmididi, CL 2127, 20 Sept.
1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (rec); 5 brachypterous
males, 3 brachypterous females, 38 macropterous
males, 35 macropterous females, 24 nymphs, Sulawesi
Utara Prov., Gunung Klabat, Sg. Giriam, N9452, 23
June 1994, Nico Nieser (JTPC, NCTN).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.52 - 2.74 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 1.84 - 1.91 mm.
Colour. — Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish brown, heavily marked with brown.
Cephalonotum with complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 36), variable, but always with a light area
(arrow) mesad of each postero-mesal eye margin;
pronotum with broad irregular transverse light band
across middle. Scutellum with a basal transverse brown
stripe; basal and medial markings often coalescing to
form a large irregular triangle extending posteriorly be-
yond middle, plus additional dark markings.
Hemelytra extensively marked with large brown irreg-
ular markings, denser basally, often anastomosing, cov-
ering more than half of hemelytral area. Venter brown.
Legs, antennae yellowish, rostrum brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, densely set with small alveoli, in dor-
sal view (of entire insect) broader than long (1.84 :
1.15), lateral margins carinate behind eyes.
Mesopleural and propleural plates deeply notched (fig.
37). Eye length/width, 0.50/0.25. Interocular distance
0.83. Rostral segments 1, 2 extremely short; lengths of
rostral segments 3: 4; 0.14 : 0.47.
Scutellum shining, finely rugulose, set with tiny
51
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
OTE
4
7
=
CES
50
Figs. 44-51. Hydrotrephes variegatus sp. n. — 44, Cephalonotum, anterior view; 45, Pronotal and genal plates; 46, Ventral ab-
dominal carinae II, III; male right; III, female, left; 47, Male abdominal segment IX, ventral view; 48, Male ventral paramere;
49, Male dorsal paramere; 50, Aedeagus; 51, Female abdominal sternite VII.
alveoli, each with one slender setae, each surrounded
by a roughly circular transparent region; in some spec-
imens alveoli very clearly delineated due to underlying
structure or pigmentation visible through translucent
cuticle; length: width, 1.01: 0.97.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly shining, finely rugulose,
set with alveoli each bearing a slender seta; distal lock-
ing tab (pseudomembrane) on right hemelytron of
usual form. Hind wings reduced to small membranous
strips. Ventral carinae of abdominal segments II, III as
in fig. 38.
Fore and middle femora with pectinate bristles be-
neath, longer basally; on hind femora only on basal
half. Claws of each leg about one-half to one-third (on
posterior) as long as distal tarsal segment. Male genital
segments modified, twisted strongly to the left; ventral
view of segment IX shown in fig. 39; aedeagus and
parameres as shown in figs. 40-42. Female abdominal
segments symmetrical, subgenital plate (sternite VII) as
shown in fig. 43.
Macropterous form: similar in size, color and struc-
ture to brachypterous form, except for presence of
claval suture and well developed hind wings.
Discussion. — H. taweli may be separated from its
52
congenors by the morphology of the male and female
abdominal terminalia, and the coloration of the frons.
It is closest to H. nieseri, and the female sternite VII of
the two species are similar, but they may be separated
by the differently formed dark pattern of the frons; see
discussion under A. nieseri.
Etymology. — The name taweli is a noun in apposi-
tion, referring to the village nearest the type locality.
Hydrotrephes variegatus Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 44-51)
Type material: Holotype, brachypterous male:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Selatan Prov., Sungai
Pattanuang at Biseang Labboro Recreation Area, 7 km
SW of Bantimuring, CL 2165, 0-100 m el., 13 Oct.
1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus (usnm). Paratypes
(nymphs not paratypes), Indonesia, Celebes: 33
brachypterous adults, 20 nymphs, same data as holo-
type (JTPC, NCTN, AMNH, USNM, MBBJ, NHMW); 1
brachypterous male, 2 brachypterous females, Sulawesi
Selatan Prov., Marana River nr. Laiya, CL 2167, 0-100
m el., 14 Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus GTPC).
Size. — Brachypterous form: length 2.52 - 2.63 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 1.66 - 1.87 mm.
Colour. — Brachypterous form: ground color yellow-
ish brown to fuscous, moderately marked with brown.
Cephalonotum with complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 44); pronotum largely yellowish brown,
with rather regularly spaced maculations. Base of
scutellum with a transverse brown stripe. Hemelytra,
scutellum with numerous small deep brown macula-
tions, often oval, rather regularly distributed, often
anastomosing. Venter brown. Legs, antennae yellow-
ish, rostrum yellowish to brown.
Structure. — Brachypterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, densely set with small alveoli, in dor-
sal view (of entire insect) broader than long (2.12 :
1.37), lateral margins carinate behind eyes.
Mesopleural and propleural plates deeply notched (fig.
45). Eye length/width, 0.58/0.29. Interocular distance
1.01. Rostral segments 1, 2 extremely short; lengths of
rostral segments 3: 4; 0.25 : 0.54.
Scutellum faintly shining, finely rugulose, set with
tiny alveoli, each with one slender setae, each sur-
rounded by a roughly circular transparent region; in
some specimens alveoli very clearly delineated due to
underlying structure or pigmentation visible through
translucent cuticle; length: width, 1.30: 1.33.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly shining, finely rugulose,
set with alveoli each bearing a slender seta; distal lock-
ing tab (pseudomembrane) on right hemelytron of
usual form. Hind wings reduced to small membranous
PoLHEmus: Hydrotrephes of Sulawesi
strips. Ventral carinae of abdominal segments II, III as
in fig. 46.
All femora with pectinate bristles beneath, longer
basally; hind femora with fewest. Claws of each leg
about one-half as long as distal tarsal segment. Male
genital segments modified, twisted strongly to the left;
ventral view of segment IX shown in fig. 47; aedeagus
and parameres as shown in figs. 48-50. Female abdom-
inal segments symmetrical, subgenital plate (sternite
VII) as shown in fig. 51.
Macropterous form: unknown.
Discussion. — The dorsal dark markings of H. varie-
gatus are much more regularly spaced than in other
species from Sulawesi, and are often absent from the
hemelytra near the base of the scutellum. The pattern
of dark markings on the cephalonotum, and male gen-
italia are diagnostic.
Etymology. — The name variegatus refers to the dor-
sal color pattern of this insect.
Hydrotrephes viriosus Polhemus sp. n.
(figs. 52-55)
Type material: Holotype, macropterous female:
Indonesia, Celebes, Sulawesi Tengah Prov., stream 10
km SE of Kamarora, Lore Lindu National Park, CL
2156, 950 mel, 8 Oct. 1985, J. T. & D. A. Polhemus
Grec; to be placed in the usNM when more material is
available).
Figs. 52-55. Hydrotrephes viriosus sp. n. — 52, Cephalonotum, anterior view; 53, Pronotal and genal plates; 54, Ventral ab-
dominal carinae II, III; 55, Female abdominal sternite VII.
53
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Size. — Macropterous female: length 3.09 mm,
width across base of cephalonotum 2.82 mm.
Colour. — Macropterous female: ground color yel-
lowish brown to fuscous, heavily marked with brown.
Cephalonotum with complex pattern of deep brown
markings (fig. 52); pronotum largely fuscous, with
rather regularly spaced maculations covering all but a
few small irregular yellowish areas near suture. Scu-
tellum with a broad basal transverse brown stripe;
heavily marked with deep brown anastomosed mark-
ings, similar to those on pronotum. Hemelytra with
numerous small brown circular markings; almost all of
these encompass one alveolus, and most alveoli are pig-
mented, but the markings rarely anastomose. Venter
brown. Legs, antennae yellowish, rostrum yellowish to
brown.
Structure. — Macropterous form: cephalonotum
shining, convex, densely set with small alveoli, in dor-
sal view (of entire insect) broader than long (2.82:
1.44), lateral margins carinate behind eyes.
Mesopleural and propleural plates deeply notched (fig.
53). Eye length/width, 0.72/0.47. Interocular distance
1.22. Rostral segments 1, 2 extremely short; lengths of
rostral segments 3: 4; 0.29: 0.58.
Scutellum shining, not rugulose, set with tiny alve-
oli, each with one slender setae, each surrounded by a
roughly circular transparent region; in some specimens
alveoli very clearly delineated due to underlying struc-
ture or pigmentation visible through translucent cuti-
cle; length: width, 1.73: 1.73.
Hemelytra opaque, faintly shining, finely rugulose,
set with alveoli each bearing a slender seta; distal lock-
ing tab (pseudomembrane) on right hemelytron of
usual form. Hind wings well developed, reaching tips
of hemelytra. Ventral carinae of abdominal segments
II, II as in fig. 54.
Fore and middle femora with pectinate bristles be-
neath, longer basally; hind femora mostly bare. Claws
of each leg about one-third as long as distal tarsal seg-
ment. Female abdominal segments symmetrical, sub-
genital plate (sternite VII) as shown in fig. 55.
Brachypterous form: unknown.
Discussion. — It is with some reservations that a sin-
gle female is proposed as a new species, however I am
unable to place this specimen in any of the other
species before me. It is almost twice as large as H.
celebensis, which seems to be its closest congener. The
female sternite VII is different than any other, and
while the shape is superficially similar to A. celebensis,
the internal phragma is in a different location; the
mesopleural and propleural plates have a slightly differ-
ent shape; and the pattern of dark markings on the
cephalonotum and the hemelytra do not match any
other species.
The single specimen is macropterous, suggesting
54
that a more robust population exists somewhere in the
vicinity, and the specimen is a ‘stray.’
Etymology. — The name viriosus, L., robust, strong,
refers to the appearance of this insect.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
My special thanks to Dan A. Polhemus for assistance with
field work and reviewing the manuscript. I am also indebted
to Herbert Zettel and Nico Nieser for helpful reviews and in-
formation, and to the latter for the exchange of specimens. I
wish to thank Dr. Mohammed Amir, and other personnel
from the Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI), Bogor, who
provided assistance in obtaining permits for our field work in
Sulawesi.
This research was based in part on material collected dur-
ing the author's participation in Project Wallace, a joint sci-
entific undertaking sponsored by the Entomological Society
of London and the Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI).
Further support was provided in part by grant 3053-85 from
the National Geographic Society, Washington, D. C., and by
grant BSR-9020442 from the National Science Foundation,
Washington, D. C. This research was carried out as an ad-
junct faculty member of Colorado State University. I thank
these organizations for their continued support of research
into the systematics and zoogeography of aquatic
Heteroptera.
REFERENCES
China, W. E., 1935. New and little-known Helotrephidae
(Hemiptera, Helotrephidae). — Annals and Magazine of
Natural History (10) 15: 593-614.
Esaki, T. & W. E. China, 1927. A new family of Heteroptera.
— Transactions of the Entomological Society of London
TER 279295,
Esaki, T. & W. E. China, 1928. A monograph of the Helo-
trephidae, subfamily Helotrephinae (Hem. Heteroptera). —
EOS, Revista Española de Entomologia 4: 129-172.
Kirkaldy, G. W., 1904. Über Notonectiden (Hemiptera). —
Wiener Entomologische Zeitung 23: 93-135.
Lundblad, O., 1933. Zur Kenntnis der aquatilen und semi-
aquatilen Hemipteren von Sumatra, Java und Bali. —
Archiv für Hydrobiologie, 1933, Supplement-Band 12,
Tropische Binnengewasser 4: 1-195, 263-498.
Miyamoto, S., 1952. Biology of Helotrephes formosanus Esaki
et Miyamoto, with descriptions of larval stages. - Sieboldia
1: 1-10, 3 pls.
Papäcek M., P. Stys & M. Tonner, 1988. A new subfamily of
Helotrephidae (Heteroptera, Nepomorpha) from South-
east Asia. — Acta Entomologica Bohemoslovaca 85: 120-
152, 1 pl.
Poisson, R., 1960. Deux Helotrephes nouveau de l'Afrique
éthiopienne (Insectes-Hétéroptères). — Revue de Zoologie
et de Botanique Africaines 61: 333-341.
Polhemus, J. T., 1990. A new tribe, a new genus and three
new species of Helotrephidae (Heteroptera) from southeast
Asia, and a world checklist. - Acta Entomologica Bohemo-
slovaca 87: 45-63.
Received: 20 November 1996
Accepted: 17 February 1997
R. PUPLESIS, A. DISKUS' & E. J. van NIEUKERKEN’
‘Department of Zoology, Vilnius Pedagogical University, Vilnius
“National Museum of Natural History, Leiden
STIGMELLA DIVINA SP. N., A REMARKABLE SPECIES
FROM TURKMENISTAN AND TURKEY
(FELD © PAER AINE PGW AE)
Puplesis, R, A. Diskus & E.J. van Nieukerken, 1997. Stigmella divina sp. n., A remarkable
species from Turkmenistan and Turkey (Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 140: 55-58, figs. 1-11 (1ssN 0040-7496]. Published 31 October 1997.
Stigmella divina sp. n. is described from the Kopet Dag mountains in Turkmenistan and
Central Anatolia (Turkey). The species cannot be placed in any known species group, because
of its remarkable genitalia. The male possesses a unique androconial patch on the forewing un-
derside.
Correspondence: R. Puplesis, Department of Zoology, Vilnius Pedagogical University,
Studentu 39, Vilnius 2034, Lithuania, e-mail:
[email protected].
Key words. — Nepticulidae; Palaearctic; Central Asia; Stigmella.
The Nepticulidae of Turkmenistan were recently
revised, together with those from other parts of
Central Asia (Puplesis 1994). Since then a few more
species have been described, and a checklist was pub-
lished (Puplesis & Diskus 1995, 1996a, 1996b,
1996c, Puplesis et al 1996). Some of the species col-
lected by the first two authors during the 1993 expe-
dition to the Kopet Dag ridge remain to be described.
One of these is a peculiar species of Stigmella, which
does not fit in any of the recognised species-groups.
The same species was encountered by the third au-
thor amongst unidentified material from Turkey.
The nepticulid fauna of Turkey is still imperfectly
known, there is as yet no general review available, but
a few species were mentioned in several taxonomic
papers (Klimesch 1978, van Nieukerken 1985, 1990,
van Nieukerken & Puplesis 1991).
We describe this species here to point to its unique
set of characters, not fitting into any known species
group, awaiting further revisionary work on western
Palaearctic Stigmella.
Type material is deposited in the collection of the
Department of Zoology of Vilnius Pedagogical
University, Lithuania (VPU), the National Museum of
Natural History, Leiden (RMNH) and the Zoological
Museum, Copenhagen (ZMUC). Terminology of ex-
ternal features and genitalia follows van Nieukerken
et al. (1990) and Puplesis (1994). Genitalia structures
of the Turkmenian specimens were examined and fig-
ured in glycerine.
Stigmella divina sp. n.
(figs. 1-11)
Type material. — Holotype d : Turkmenistan, wes-
tern Kopet Dag, 40 km E Kara Kala (= Garrygala),
800 m, 7.viii.1993, leg. R. Puplesis & A. Diskus
(vpu). Paratypes: 9d, 159 same data as holotype,
25.vi-18.viii.1993 (vru, RMNH); 1 d Turkey, Sivas,
10 km W Giiriin, 1650 m, 27.vii.1989, leg. Fibiger
& Esser, Genitalia slide EJVN 3180 (zmuc).
Diagnosis. — Females can be recognised by the
combination of a yellowish cream thorax and fore-
wing base and the wide fascia. Males, which have a
dark thorax, can easily be recognised by the elongate
yellow androconial patch on the forewing underside.
The male genitalia are characterised by the shape of
the valva with the bifid apex and the dagger shaped
juxta.
Description
Male (fig. 1). — Forewing length 2.3-2.7 mm.
Head: frontal tuft from ferruginous to brown, occa-
sionally fuscous; scape and collar cream; antenna
cream-grey to grey-brown, with 30-31 segments.
>>
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Fig. 1. Stigmella divina, male Paratype, Turkey. Left: dorsal view; right: underside of left wings, showing androconial patch.
Painted by Roland Johansson.
Thorax, tegulae and forewing grey-brown, with some
purplish reflection; area posterior to fascia with inten-
sive reflections, darker. Fascia creamy white, rather
wide, but slightly varying in shape. Underside of
forewing with large cream to yellow elongate spot of
androconial scales, further dark grey. Cilia pale grey
to grey-cream, lustre. Hindwing totally or partly cov-
ered by pale cream scales, underside grey. Abdomen
fuscous, valval lobes and anal tufts brown and lustre.
Female. — Forewing length approximately 2.2-2.4
mm. Head: frontal tuft pale ferruginous to pale
brown; scape and collar cream; antenna grey-brown
to brownish-cream, with 27-28 segments. Thorax,
tegulae and small area of forewing base yellowish
cream. Hindwing grey. Further as male, except an-
droconial scales.
Male genitalia (figs. 2-5, 7-10). — Capsule 285-
315 um long. Vinculum with shallow anterior exca-
vation. Tegumen narrow. Uncus relatively large,
trapezoid, slightly bilobed, surface somewhat papil-
late dorsally. Gnathos with long posterior processes
and short and broad anterior processes. Valva 180-
185 um long, slender triangular, basally joined with
juxta, at apex curved medially (inwards), ending in
two distinct teeth-like processes. Transtilla with long
sublateral processes; transverse bar narrowed in mid-
dle. Aedeagus (figs. 3, 4, 5, 9, 10) 275-310 um long,
basally widened; vesica with several large cornuti,
varying in shape and size; basally or medially with a
group of many spinelike cornuti. Manica absent.
Juxta between valvae, joined to valvae and aedeagus,
apex bifid, resembling the juxta in Stigmella viscerella
(Stainton) (Johansson & Nielsen 1990: figs. 247-
249). Distally the scerite with well sclerotised, slight-
ly bifurcated process.
Female genitalia (fig. 6). — Apophyses long, poste-
riores slightly wider than usually. Accessory sac small,
56
but distinct. Ductus spermathecae slightly longer
than corpus bursae, but very slender, with some nar-
row convolutions. Corpus bursae relatively small and
pectinations on bursae obscure.
Biology
Host-plant unknown. Adults fly from late June to
August.
Distribution (fig. 11)
Turkmenistan (western part of Kopet Dag) and
Turkey (Central Anatolia, Sivas province).
Figs. 2, 3. Male genitalia of Stigmella divina, sp.n., holotype
(western Turkmenistan). - 2, Capsule; 3, Aedeagus. Scale
0.1 mm.
PUPLESIS, DISKUS & NIEUKERKEN: Stigmella divina sp. n.
NN
Ù \ er 5
\ =
4
Figs 4, 5. Aedeagus of Stigmella divina, sp.n., paratype, Fig. 6. Female genitalia of Srigmella divina, sp.n., paratype
(western Turkmenistan). — 4, Ventral view; 5, Lateral view (western Turkmenistan). Scale 0.1 mm.
(same specimen, figured in glycerine). Scale 0.1 mm.
Figs 7-10. Male genitalia of Stigmella divina, sp. n., paratype (Turkey), slide Evy 3180.
SY
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
f \ 7 Fier
) RR U REN È
(SE EEEN ay Distribution of Stigmella
N Cs l | a divina.
SIE 85
? i Fr bp
< IN
SA N \ =
IA ne NC
II SZ zes WA EN
da œ PR } D EN
Ur, Ne SL
IE Ÿ
wae
2 He!
= s o
se in \
[LES Sr —c We
i |
| )
È
2 ECN à
Discussion
We have not been able to determine the position of
Stigmella divina in any of the currently recognised
species groups. It resembles somewhat species in the
S. ulmivora group, but particularly the valvae and an-
droconial scales are very different. Without a phylo-
genetic framework for Stigmella, we prefer to leave S.
divina tentatively unplaced within the genus.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are particularly indebted to Roland Johansson,
for preparing the water-colours and allowing us to use
them. We thank Ole Karsholt for lending us the ma-
terial collected by Fibiger & Esser. The research pre-
sented in this publication was made possible in part
by Grant LAO000&LHXxX100 from the International
Science Foundation.
REFERENCES
Johansson, R. & E.S. Nielsen, 1990. Tribus Nepticulini. —
In Johansson, R. et al.: The Nepticulidae and Oposte-
gidae (Lepidoptera) of North West Europe. — Fauna
Entomologica Scandinavica 23: 239-321.
Klimesch, J., 1978. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Nepticuliden-
fauna von Anatolien und der Insel Rhodos (Lepidoptera,
Nepticulidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 121: 239-
278.
Nieukerken, E. J. van, 1985. A taxonomic revision of the
Western Palaearctic species of the subgenera Zimmer
mannia Hering and Ectoedemia Busck s. str. ( Lepidopte-
ra, Nepticulidae), with notes on their phylogeny. —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 128: 1-164.
58
Nieukerken, E. J. van, 1990. The Trifurcula subnitidella
group (Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae): taxonomy, distribu-
tion and biology. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 133:
205-238.
Nieukerken, E.J. van, E.S. Nielsen, R. Johansson & B.
Gustafsson, 1990. Introduction to the Nepticulidae. — In
Johansson, R. et al. The Nepticulidae and Opostegidae
(Lepidoptera) of North West Europe. — Fauna Entomo-
logica Scandinavica 23:11-109.
Nieukerken, E. J. van & R. Puplesis, 1991. Taxonomy and
distribution of the Trifurcula (Glaucolepis) raikhonae
group (Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 134: 201-210.
Puplesis, R., 1994. The Nepticulidae of Fast Europe and
Asia. — Leiden, Backhuys Publishers. 201 pp + 840 figs.
Puplesis, R. & A. Diskus, 1995. Acalyptris argyraspis sp. n., a
remarkable species from Tadzhikistan (Lepidoptera:
Nepticulidae). — Phegea 23: 51-54.
Puplesis, R. & A. Diskus, 1996a. First record of the genus
Etainia Beirne from Central Asia with description of two
new species and some provisional notes on the world fau-
na (Lepidoptera: Nepticulidae). — Phegea 24: 41-48.
Puplesis, R. & A. Diskus, 1996b. A review of the Stigmella
sorbi species group with descriptions of two new species
from Turkmenistan and Tadzhikistan (Lepidoptera:
Nepticulidae). — Phegea 24: 171-182.
Puplesis, R. & A. Diskus, 1996c. Five new mining
Lepidoptera (Nepticulidae, Bucculatricidae) from Central
Asia. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 139: 181-190.
Puplesis, R., A. Diskus, R. Noreika, & N. Saparmamedova,
1996. Revised check-list of mining Lepidoptera (Nep-
ticuloidea, Tischerioidea and Gracillarioidea) from Central
Asia. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 139: 191-200.
Received:1 May 1997
Accepted: 30 June 1997
Opetre ROHFRITSCH
Institut de Biologie moleculaires des Plantes, C.N.R.S., Strasbourg
MORPHOLOGICAL AND BEHAVIOURAL
ADAPTATIONS OF TEE GATEMIDGE/ZASIOPTERA
ARUNDINIS (SCHINER) (DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDAE)
NOIGOLEE Gi-AND TRANSPORT CONIDIATOF Tis
FUNGAL SYMBIONT
Rohfritsch, O., 1997. Morphological and behavioural adaptations of the gall midge Lastoptera
arundinis (Schiner) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) to collect and transport conidia of its fungal sym-
biont. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 59-66, figs. 1-13. [issN 0040-7496]. Published 31
October 1997.
The gall midge Lasioptera arundinis attacks lateral shoots of the stems of the reed (Phragmites aus-
tralis Trin.) with the help of its fungal symbiont (of the genus Macrophoma). Together with the
fungus, the larvae move up the shoot and penetrate into the stem. Thus allowing both organisms
access to vascular tissues of the host. The larvae feed on the host tissue and on the fungus and the
overwintering larvae are not harmed by the fungal mycelium. This narrow relationship between a
gall midge and fungus is an example of obligate mutualism. The female imago and the first-larval
instar have evolved specific behavioral traits and stuctural adaptations to disseminate the fungus.
The fungal conidia are collected on upper internodes of galled shoots by the female just before
oviposition. The female transports the conidia to an oviposition site in specialized structures on
the cercus (tip of the ovipositor). These structures, called mycangia, are composed of a sclerotized
plate covered with large spoon-like spines which collect the conidia of the right size and shape.
The conidia slide down the collecting spines and enter laterally situated pouches beneath the
spines. The mycangia join the extremity of the oviduct such that eggs and conidia are deposited
together. The first larval stage with its long bristles and numerous spines carries the fungal mate-
rial and disseminates it along the feeding route.
O. Rohfritsch, I. B. M. P., 12, rue du Général Zimmer, 67084 Strasbourg cedex, France.
Key words. — Lasioptera arundinis, Phragmites australis, fungus, mycangia, gall, symbiosis.
There are approximately 4300 described species
within the family Cecidomyiidae (Diptera:
Nematocera); about half are gall inducers (Felt 1940)
and the others are detritus feeders. The ancestral feed-
ing biology of gall midges was thought to be myce-
tophagy (Mamaev 1968, Gagné 1986, Roskam 1992)
whereas the derived taxa belonging to the tribes
Cecidomyiinae and Oligotrophini induce galls, as do
most of the Lasiopterini and all of the Asphondyliini.
Many of the Asphondyliini and Lasiopterini exhibit a
peculiar feature that is reminiscent of the ancestral
mycetophagous condition -the surface of their gall
chamber is covered with a layer of fungal hyphae on
which the larvae feed. These are ambrosia gall midges
which are analogous to ambrosia beetles (Neger
1913) that also feed on symbiotic fungi.
Gall midges of the genus Lasioptera which often oc-
cur on stems of reeds and grasses (Gagné 1989) are
usually associated with a fungal symbiont. Meyer
(1952) observed that the gall of Z.rubi (Schrank) on
Rubus caesius L. lacked the characteristic layer of nu-
tritive cells found in most galls, and instead a mycelli-
um was present along the surface of the larval cham-
ber with intracellular haustories within tissues of the
gall. In contrast, the larvae of some Lasioptera, such as
L. berlesiana Paoli, stay in preformed galleries and
feed on a fungal associate that grows in tunnels which
begin as tephritid oviposition holes on olives (Solinas
1967). L. donacis (Coutin and Faivre-Amiot 1981)
feeds on the fungus Aspergillus niger V. Thieg. grow-
ing in old galleries of a chloropid fly in leaf sheaths of
Arundo donax L.(Coutin and Faivre-Amiot 1981).
Hermann et al. (1993) described the association of L.
ephedricola Cockerell with the fungus Aureobasidium
pullulans (de Bary) Arnaud which forms a dark ring
around gall chambers on Ephedra trifurca Torr.
Skuhravä and Skuhravy (1981, 1992) described the
life cycle of L. arundinis Shinner and L. hungarica
59
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
60
Möhn which induce galls within stems of the com-
mon reed Phragmites australis Trin. in central Europe
and found that galls of both contain a fungus consid-
ered to be of the genus Sporothrix. Developmental
morphology of the gall of L.arundinis has also been
described (Rohfritsch 1992) and at the end of this
study, it was suggested that the fungus has a narrow
and obligatory relationship with the inducer. It was
suggested that without the larvae, the fungus would
be unable to attack the stem of reeds and that the lar-
vae need the fungus to penetrate to the stem medulla
and to obtain food. It is known that the first-instar
larvae of L.arundinis carry the conidia upwards with-
in the stem and that all nearby larvae follow the same
entrance route. However, the question remains as to
how the first-instar larvae come in contact with the
fungus.
There have been several suggestions as to the mech-
anism by which fungi are brought into the galls in-
cluding non-specific air borne inoculation (Batra and
Lichtwardt 1963), contamination of the eggs by adult
feces (Haridass 1987), and the specific transfer of fun-
gal spores by the ovipositor or abdominal mycangia
(Bissett and Borkent 1985). Mycangia are pockets on
the bodies of insects that selectively collect and trans-
port fungi (Batra and Lichtwardt 1963). According to
Borkent and Bissett (1985), the conidia carried by
Lasiopterini are entrapped by two dorso-lateral
groups of strong setae on uromerVIII. These authors
also observed conidia among the setae of the cercus;
however, in another study, Tastäs-Duque and Sylvén
(1989) were not able to find conidia on the setae of
uromerVIII of L. rubi. Hermann et al.(1993) found
that adults of L. ephedricola have structures on their
ovipositors which could serve as mycangia, but were
unable to find fungal propagules on the ovipositors of
newly emerged females. Hermann et al. (1993) con-
cluded that host leaves were the source of fungi for ei-
ther newly hatched larvae, or females prior to oviposi-
tion, or that oviposition occurs on or near an
inoculum source.
The purpose of the present paper is to demonstrate
that: 1) females emerging from their pupae do not
ROHFRITSCH: Mycangia of Lasioptera arundinis
carry the fungus, 2) females collect conidia on the up-
per internodes of attacked shoots, 3) mycangia are
present on the cercus which selectively collect conidia
from the epidermis of the leaf sheath, 4) conidia and
eggs are deposited simultaneously, 5) larvae dissemi-
nate the fungus along the dispersal route and aid its
progress into the stem.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
Insect rearing
Lateral shoots of common reed attacked by L.
ae 2
arundinis were collected in January from the ‘Parc de
Pourtales’ near Strasbourg, France. The whole shoots,
about 25cm long, were kept at room temperature
(22°) in a glass jar covered with muslin under natural
daylight.
Preparation for light microscopy
Non-fixed material. — The fungal flora present on
the leaf sheaths was observed in one of the staining so-
lutions described below either separately from the
plant or on a peel of the epidermis. The appendages
of the ovipositor and the cercus were observed in a
similar way. Stains used were: (1) coton blue which
selectively stains the fungal mycelium, (2) lactic
reagent (Gazet du Chatelier 1948, Rohfritsch
1992b), which makes the tissue partially transparent
and stains starch, oils, cutin and lignin, (3) toluidine
blue which stains nucleus, cytoplasma and cell walls.
Fixed material. — Fixative: Formaldehyde-Alcohol-
Acetic acid (ethanol 70% 90 ml, glacial acetic acid
5ml, formaldehyde 5ml). Portions of the internodes
(about 3cm long) were fixed over a period of 24h at
room temperature. Smaller pieces of the fixed mater-
ial (1cm) were embedded in paraffin and sectioned in
3-5 um slices with a microtome (Jung, Heidelberg)
and transferred to glass slides. After paraffın removal,
the sections were stained with toluidine blue or with
safranine-light green.
Dissections were photographed with a Zeiss
Tessovar while histological sections were pho-
tographed with a Leitz microscope.
Figs. 1-7: Lateral shoots of common reed attacked by Lasioptera arundinis and its associated fungus. Bar scale: 0.5 cm for Figs. 1-
4. 100 pm for figs. 5-7.— 1, Attacked shoot with mature larvae, basal internodes. The fungal mycelium has plugged the entrance
le)
split; 2, Upper internode of the attacked shoot. The fungus has grown through the leaf sheath and conidia are present on the epi-
dermis; 3, Dissection of an internode filled with fungus, which contains numerous larval chambers (arrows); 4, Dissection of an
upper internode. The fungus (arrow) is only present in the stem cortex, without the larva it does not reach the medulla (M). —
Figs. 5-7: Cross sections of galled stems; 5, Section through the cortical tissue of a young reed stem. Both larvae and fungus have
penetrated the medulla. The entrance cavity is covered by the fungal mycelium. The vascular bundles (vb) are accessilble to the
feeding larva; 6, Section through a maturing gall. All stem cells are hypertrophied. The entrance split is filled with a mat of black
mycelium (arrow). The fungus has attacked the most inward vascular bundles (vb). The larva is feeding on young fungal hyphae
growing on the plant tissue; 6a, Detail of fig.6 showing the larval feeding site; 7, Section through a mature gall. The larva has
stopped feeding, the black fungal mycelium fills the whole medullar cavity.
61
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
an
<
{le
62
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Biology of L.arundinis and gall development
Larvae of L.arundinis and its associated fungus pro-
duce a thickening and shortening of lateral shoots of
common reed. Galls are made from hypertrophied
stem tissue and hypertrophied medulla (figs. 1 and 3).
There are 1 to 25 larvae per internode, with most lar-
vae found in the central part of the shoot. Each inter-
node constitutes one larval chamber in young galls.
Later, the proliferating fungus isolates each larva in an
individual chamber, so that the mature gall appears as
multi-chambered. The uppermost internodes are free
oflarvae and fungi but between galled and normal tis-
sues | or 2 internodes are superficially attacked by the
fungus (figs. 2, 4). Overwintering larvae use their
spatula to bore an exit hole in mid-May. Adults exit
the gall at the end of June. Only lateral shoots dam-
aged at their tops by other invertebrates are attacked.
Each female lays from 60 to 110 eggs under the basal
leaf sheath (Skuhrava & Skuhravy 1981). All freshly
hatched larvae move along the same route towards the
apex. The larvae carry conidia and disseminate the
fungus along their route. In addition, the larvae at-
tack the plant tissue with their mandibles, creating a
stress and a discrete wounding on the plant epider-
mis. The fungus is now able to penetrate into the epi-
dermis and invade the cortical tissue of the stem
(Rohfritsch 1992). With the help of the fungus, the
larvae enter the stem and move upwards; the fungus
produces a longitudinal gallery in the cortical tissue
which allows the larvae to progress through the nodes
of the stem upwards. The fungus produces cell disso-
ciation and the larval activity enlarges the cavity (fig.
5). Both organisms enhance proteosynthesis of ad-
joining cells, with some cells developing the cytologi-
cal characteristics of nutritive cells. When the third-
instar larvae reach the medulla, the fungus invades the
medullar parenchyma and the innermost vascular
bundles (figs.6, 6a). The mycelium soon covers the
larval cavity and fills the medulla once the larvae stop
feeding (figs. 3, 7) (Rohfritsch 1992).
ROHFRITSCH: Mycangia of Lasioptera aründinis
Emergence of the gall midge and conidia collection
Attacked shoots were collected at the end of
January and observed regularly each week. Within 2
weeks, the larvae bored exit holes through the fungal
mycelium and the leaf sheaths, except the outermost
sheath. Adults exited the galls 3 weeks later. Males
emerged first and newly emerged females were free of
fungal material. The ovipositor was retracted after
mating, then the females flew about and finally
alighted on the leaf sheath of an upper shoot intern-
ode. The ovipositor was extruded and the surface of
the leaf sheath was palpated. The visited internode
was not galled but the fungus was present along a nar-
row strip in the stem cortical tissue. From this super-
ficially located infection, the fungus had grown
through the leaf sheath and produced mycelium and
conidia on the epidermis (figs. 2, 11). As was general-
ly observed with ambrosia gall midges (Borkent &
Bissett 1988), we never observed L. arundinis picking
up fungal material directly from the gall surface. The
observed Lasioptera gall midge found the fungal coni-
dia on the galled host plant but not on the gall direct-
ly. It is not known how the females distinguish the 5
or more different fungi present on the surface of the
same leaf sheath.
Mycangia
Borkent & Bissett (1988) reported that female
Lasioptera species use specialized structures located on
uromerVIII of the female abdomen to carry conidia
and transfer them to the host plant during oviposi-
tion. Like Tastas-Duque & Sylvén (1989), I was un-
able to find conidia on uromer VIII, even after the fe-
male had visited the upper internodes of the galled
shoot (fig. 9). However by examining the whole
ovipositor in lactic reagent, I found distinct mycangia
on the cercus near the tip of the ovipositor, close to
the outlet of the oviduct (figs. 8, 10, 12). The paired
mycangia were made up of pockets located beneath
the sclerotized plate which carried large spoon-like
spines. These spines have been previously observed
Figs. 8-13: Structural adaptations of Lasioptera arundinis for carrying fungal symbiont. Bar scale : SOum in figs. 8 and 9,10um
in all other figures. — 8: Posterior part of the ovipositor with the mycangial structures on uromer X. The superior lamella of
uromer X is covered with spines(sp) and spoon-like sensilla (ss). The apical portion of the superior lamella is covered with sen-
sory hairs (sh). Arrow indicates the entrance into the mycangia. Asterisk indicates the outlet which joins the oviduct. The ovi-
positor was processed in lactic reagent, and photographed in ethanol; 9, Portion of ovipositor showing spines (sp) on uromer
VIII; 10, Mycangial pouch on uromer X. The conidia are collected by the spoon-like spines on the sclerotized plate. The coni-
dia glide down the spines and enter the pouch (the entrance is indicated by an arrow). During oviposition, the conidia leave the
pouch via the outlet (asterisk) which joins the oviduct (ov). Stain: lactic reagent. Insert: Detail of the conidia present in the my-
cangial pouch; 11, Conidia observed on the leaf sheath of the upper internode of the attacked shoot. This is the same intern-
ode shown in fig.2. Stain: lactic reagent; 12, Same mycangia as in fig.10, mycangia were observed in ethanol after treatment
with lactic reagent, (the conidia have been removed) ss: spoon-like spines, ov: oviduct. Entrance into the mycangia is indicated
by an arrow; outlet indicated by asterisk; 13, Section of first- instar larva (L) showing long bristles and numerous spines.
63
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
on other Lasioptera species (Skuhravá & Skuhravy
1981, Tastäs-Duque & Sylvén 1989); however, the
pockets just beneath the spines have not been seen. I
found a few conidia on the spoon-like spines and at
least 30 conidia of the same type in each pocket be-
neath the spines. The shape and the size of conidia
corresponded with the shape of the spines. The spines
evidently pick-up the conidia when the ovipositor lat-
erally palpates the surface of the leaf sheath, retaining
only conidia of the right size and shape. The conidia
then slip to the base of the spine and, with the help of
other spines, are guided into the cavity opening at the
top of the two laterally situated pouches, beneath the
sclerotized plate (fig. 10). Five females were examined
and only one type of conidia was present in their my-
cangia. Small fragments of mycelium were sometimes
present. An exit hole at the bottom of the mycangia
joins the extremity of the oviduct (figs. 10, 12) such
that during oviposition both eggs and conidia are de-
posited.
The mycangia of L. rubi are similar to the struc-
tures described above. Because the female could not
find its fungal symbiont on the gall surface or along
nearby plant surfaces, the mycangia were empty (un-
published results).
Fungus
The fungus previously associated with this gall was
described as belonging to the genus Sporothrix of the
Deuteromycetes (Skuhravá & Skuhravy 1981); how-
ever, the size and shape of the conidia are similar to
those of the genus Macrophoma (Borkent & Bissett
1988). Borkent & Bissett suggested that the fungal
genus Macrophoma was specifically associated with
the ambrosia gall midges. The conidia carried by
L.arundinis had a distinct terminal structure, a sort of
dense rim at their top (fig. 11). Otherwise, the coni-
dia shared the characteristic features of Macrophoma
conidia, as described in Borkent & Bissett (1988)
with similar shape, a truncated base, indicative of
holoblastic ontogeny, they were first hyaline and
aseptated, and at later stages developed brownish pig-
ments and one septa. According to Borkent & Bissett
these ambrosia fungi may be referred to the
coelomycetes anamorphous genera and all the
anamorphous observed in the gall midge mycangia
could be considered congeneric.
The nutrition of the fungus was biotrophic and it
was feeding inter- and intracellularly without ever
killing the cells. The fungus had long slender
‘prospektiv’ hyphae which dispersed intercellularly,
and were directed straight to the vascular bundles.
These hyphae produced cell wall dissociation. Along
this open route and especially near the larvae, large
cytoplasma-enriched hyphae developed intercellular-
ly with haustoria inside the cells. Near the end of lar-
64
val development, the old, highly chitinized mycelium
formed a dense mat along the medullar cavity and,
once the larvae stopped feeding, they filled the cavity.
This mycelium was unable to fruit on the gall surface.
Along the entrance canal, the plant reacted by lignify-
ing its cell walls such that the fungus was stopped in
its lateral progression.
Thus the fungus can only develop towards the cen-
ter of the stem. From the medulla the fungus attacked
only the innermost vascular bundles and fructifica-
tion did not occur. No larvae were observed along the
youngest attacked internodes; the fungus invaded
only the cortical parenchyma and produce a superfi-
cial gallery along the internode. From here the fungus
was able to produce fructifications by growing
through the leaf sheath (figs. 2,4, 11).
Fungal dispersion via the larva
First-instar larvae have unusually long bristles and
many spines (fig. 13), between which fungal material
was found. It is via these bristles and spines that the
fungus comes in contact with the young epidermis of
the host. Larval activity also results in cell wounding
(Rohfritsch & Shorthouse 1982, Rohfritsch 1992)
which allows the fungus to invade the reed stem.
Larvae later help the fungus to reach the different lay-
ers of vascular bundles and finally the medulla. The
fungus is apparently unable to join the medulla with-
out the larvae and can not progress up the stem (fig.
4).
Galls of L. arundinis on the stems of reed appear to
be ambrosia galls. As in the case of ambrosia beetles,
the gall midge collects and carries its symbiont in spe-
cialized structures: the mycangia. This is the first re-
ported observation of fungal collecting and transport-
ing behaviour by gall midges and also the first
description of mycangial pouches in the genus
Lasioptera. These fungus collecting structures are lo-
calized on the cercus. They are composed of two lat-
eral pouches, associated with spoon-like setae. These
large hooked setae have also been observed on L. hun-
garica (Skuhrava & Skuhravy 1981) and L. rubi
(Tastás-Duque & Sylvén 1988) where they were
thought to serve as sensilla which register chemical
stimuli both by olfaction and contact. My observa-
tions have shown that the sensilla are able to discrim-
inate the fungal conidia not only by olfaction but also
by their shape and size and thus they may help the
midge to find its symbiont on the leaf sheath of the
right internode. It is possible that chemical signals are
involved in recognizing the correct fungal symbiont.
Thus it is incorrect to conclude that the ovipositor
picks up fungal conidia similar to the way in which a
finger picks up objects when it is run across a surface.
The gall of L. arundinis is therefore a model of mu-
tualistic association between a gall midge and its fun-
gal symbiont where both organisms feed and develop
on the stems of reed. Together they are able to enter
into the stem tissues and feed on vascular tissues with
the midge larvae also feeding on the fungus; they first
feed on young, tender hyphae budding in the larval
chamber and later on the older mycelium (Rohfritsch
1992). The larvae do not only use the mycelium to
enter the reed stem and locate food, but to attain pro-
tection as well. In this association, the fungus is dis-
persed into a highly specialized and protected niche.
With the help of gall-midge larvae, it gains access to
young tissues of the elongating shoot.
It also is apparent that coevolution between gall
midges and fungi has taken place as evidenced by
physical traits such as the mycangia of the imago and
the long bristles and spines of the larvae. There are
also behavioural traits of the insect for collecting and
carrying specific fungal spores and to inoculate them
in a specific manner in the plant tissue along a line
which is the larval dispersal route. Success of this
plant-fungus-larva interaction is mainly dependent
on larval behavioral traits. The fungus is controlled by
plant defense reactions and by the larvae and, the in-
sect appears to control physiological processes and
morphogenetic expression of the fungus including
conidia germination, stimulation of mycelial growth
and control over this growth.
Ambrosia gall midges have evidently evolved the
means of using and manipulating the fungus, and the
fungus may have reciprocated by evolving similarly
accommodating traits such as fructifications on upper
internodes of attacked shoots, along with a particular
size and structure of conidia. The fungus in turn
shifted from a saprophytic to a biotrophic mode of
life and has avoided plant defense reactions. The fun-
gus now remains under the control of the gall midge
to avoid competition for food and space and the pro-
liferating dense mycelium never destroys the overwin-
tering larvae.
Thus ambrosia galls such as this result from the ac-
tivity of both the insect and the fungus. Cell wall
maceration is produced by the fungus but cell activa-
tion to high proteosynthesis which characterize nutri-
tive tissues of most gall-inducing insects can also be
induced by biotrophic fungus. Furthermore, the hy-
pertrophic gall growth may result from the activity of
both organisms. The fungus does not reach the
medulla in the upper internodes where it develops
without the larva; it does not develop a thick myceli-
um and has less influence on growth of the internode.
Consequently, both organisms stay in a narrow mu-
tualistic relationship. The fungus is collected, trans-
ported and deposited via highly evolved mycangia.
According to Bissett & Borkent (1988), all Zasioptera
carry the same kind of conidia, all from the genus
ROHFRITSCH: Mycangia of Lasioptera arundinis
Macrophoma. It thus can be speculated that all
Lasioptera female imagoes have mycangia beneath the
spoon-like spines on their cerci. To observe the coni-
dia in the mycangia, it is necessary to give the midge
the opportunity to collect them and it is essential to
avoid ethanol for material preservation or observa-
tion.
REFERENCES
Batra, L. R. & R. W. Lichtwardt, 1963. Association of fun-
gi with some insect galls. — Journal of the Kansas
Entomological Society 36: 262-278.
Bissett, J. & A. Borkent, 1988. Ambrosia galls: The signifi-
cance of the fungal nutrition in the evolution of the
Cecidomyiidae (Diptera). — In: K. A. Pirozynski & D. L.
Hawksworth, ‘Coevolution of fungi with plants and ani-
mals’ 9: 203-225. Academic Press, London.
Borkent, A. & J. Bissett, 1985. Gall midges (Diptera:
Cecidomyiidae) are vectors of their fungal symbionts. —
Symbiosis 1: 185-194.
Coutin, R. & A. Faivre-Amiot, 1981. Interrelations
écologiques et symbiotiques complexes entre insectes et
végétaux, Lasioptera donacis n. sp. (Diptera: Cecido-
myiidae) et Arundo donax L. — Gongr. Nat. Soc. Sav.
Perpignan, Sc. Fasc. II, 195-201.
Felt, E. P., 1940. Plant galls and gall makers. — Comstock,
New York, 364 pp.
Gagné, R. J., 1986. The transition from fungus-feeding to
plant-feeding in Cecidomyiidae (Diptera). — Proceedings
of the Entomological Society of Washington 88: 381-
384.
Gagné, R. J., 1989. The plant-feeding gall midges of North
America. Comstock Publications Ass., Cornell University
Press. Ithaca and London, 356pp.
Gazet du Chatelier, G., 1948. Un nouveau réactif pour
analyse des poudres et des coupes végétales. — Annales
Pharmaceutiques Franç. VI 35.
Haridass, E. T., 1987. Midge-fungus interactions in a cu-
curbit stem gall. — Phytophaga 1: 57-74.
Hermann, R. P., Holly, G. Bynum and A. B. Alexander,
1993. Interaction between the black yeast Aureobasidium
pullulans and the gall midge Lastoptera ephedricola in gall
formation on the desert shrub Ephedra trifurca. —
Ecography 16: 261-268.
Mamaey, B. M., 1968. Evolution of gall forming insects.
Gall midges. — Akademia Nauk, Leningrad. 235pp. [In
Russian]. Translated 1975, British Library, pp. 316.
Meyer, J., 1952. Cécidogenése de la galle de Lastoptera rubi
Heeger et rôle nourricier d’un mycelium symbiotique. —
C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 234: 2556-2558.
Neger F. W., 1913. Ambrosiagallen. — Biologie der
Pflanzen. Leipzig, p. 511.
Rohfritsch, O., 1992a. A fungus associated gall midge,
Lasioptera arundinis (Schiner), on Phragmites australis
(Cav.). — Trin. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 139 Lettres bot.(1) 45-
59.
Rohfritsch, O., 1992b. Etude de la structure du végétal a
l’aide de techniques simples. — Rev. Fr. Histotechn. 5: 1,
31-35.
Rohfritsch, O. & J. D. Shorthouse, 1982. Insect galls. — In
G. Kahl & J. Schell. Molecular biology of plant tu-
mors:131-152. Academic Press, New York
65
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Roskam, J. C., 1992. Evolution of the gall inducing guild. —
In: J. D. Shorthouse & O. Rohfritsch, Biology of insect
induced galls: 34-49. Oxford University Press, New
York.
Skuhravá, M. & V. Skuhravy, 1981. Die Gallmiicken
(Cecidomyiidae, Diptera) des Schilfes (Phragmites com-
munis Trin.). — Studies CSAV 3: 1-150.
Skuhravä, M. & Skuhravy, 1992. Biology of gall midges on
common reed in Czechoslovakia. — In: J. D. Shorthouse
& O. Rohfritsch, Biology of insect induced galls: 196-
207. Oxford University Press, New York.
Solinas, M., 1967. Osservazione biologiche condotte in
66
puglia sulla Prolasioptera berlesiana Paoli, con particulare
rifermento ai rapporti simbiotici con Dacus oleae Gmel. e
con la Sphaeropsis dalmatica (Thiim.) gigante. —
Entomologica 3: 129-176.
Tastás-Duque, R. & E. Sylvén, 1989. Sensilla and cuticular
appendages on the female abdomen of Lasioptera rubi
(Schrank) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae). — Acta Zoologica
(Stockholm) 70: 163-174.
Received: 2 September 1996
Accepted: 3 March 1997
Louis M. ROTH
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, U. S. A.
THE COCKROACH GENERA PSEUDOTHYRSOCERA
SHELFORD, HAPLOSYMPLOCE HANITSCH,
AND EPISYMPLOCE BEY-BIENKO
(BEAT TARA) BEAIRELLIDAE BEAT TELLINAE)
Roth, L.M. 1997. The cockroach genera Pseudothyrsocera Shelford, Haplosymploce Hanitsch, and
Episymploce Bey-Bienko (Blattaria: Blattellidae, Blattellinae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140:
67-110, figs. 1-123 [rssn 0040-7496]. Published 31 October 1997.
Twelve species of Pseudothyrsocera are redescribed and one new species, P. perkinsi, is described. A
key is given to identify the males. The genus is divided into two species groups. Leptothyrsocera is
a junior synonym of Pseudothyrsocera. Ischnoptera sinensis Walker (= Episymploce sinensis) is trans-
ferred to Pseudothyrsocera.
Eight species of Haplosymploce are redescribed, and a key to males is given. New synonyms are:
Symploce bicolorata Roth is Haplosymploce montis (Shelford), and Symploce ferruginea Roth is
Haplosymploce nigra (Hanitsch). Mopsera andamanica Princis, Pseudomops pica Walker, Pseudo-
thyrsocera ruficollis Shelford, and P. moultoni Hanitsch are transferred to Haplosymploce. Haplo-
symploce guttifera (Walker) is Beybienkoa guttifera [= its junior synonym Beybienkoa papuensis
(Roth)], and Haplosymploce walkeri Princis is Hemithyrsocera walkeri.
Two new species of Episymploce, E. simmonsi n. sp. and E. parafissa n. sp., are described and sev-
eral species of Symploce are transferred to that genus. Several new records of Episymploce are given.
Lectotypes are designated for the following species: Pseudothyrsocera montana Shelford,
Pseudomops pica Walker, Thyrsocera circumcincta Stal, T. lugubris Stal, T. rufiventris Stal, T. semi-
cincta Stal, Ischnoptera montis Shelford, and /. nigra Hanitsch.
Dr. L. M. Roth, 81 Brush Hill Road, P.O. Box 540, Sherborn, Ma 01770, U.S.A.
Key words. — Pseudothyrsocera; Haplosymploce, Episymploce, Blattellidae; cockroaches; taxonomy;
redescriptions; new species; new combinations; new records.
This work is a continuation of my studies of cock-
roaches from the Indo-Australian regions. Two gen-
era, namely, Pseudothyrsocera Shelford and
Haplosymploce Hanitsch, are revised. A third genus,
Episymploce Bey-Bienko, is included because some of
its diagnostic characters are similar to these two gen-
era.
In this paper I redescribe 12 species of
Pseudothyrsocera, describe one new species, and pro-
vide a key to distinguish the males. Leptothyrsocera
Princis is a synonym of Pseudothyrsocera. I have divid-
ed Pseudothyrsocera into two species groups, one of
them having characters annectant to Episymploce.
I recognize ten species (one with a query) of
Haplosymploce and redescribe eight of them;
Pseudothyrsocera andamanica (Princis) belongs in
Haplosymploce. Symploce bicolorata Roth is
Haplosymploce montis (Shelford), and Symploce ferrug-
inea Roth is Haplosymploce nigra (Hanitsch).
Two new species of Episymploce are described, and
several species of Symploce are transferred to that
genus.
The following museums and their curators or col-
lection managers loaned me specimens: ANSP -
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, PA,
U.S.A; Mr. Donald Azuma; BPBM - Bernice P.
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A.; HECO -
Hope Entomological Collections, Oxford University,
England; Dr. George C. McGavin and Mr. I
Lansbury; Mczc - Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, Cambridge, mA, U.S.A.; MNHG -
Museum für Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitàt zu
Berlin, Germany; Dr. Kurt Günther; NMWA -
Naturhistoriches Museum Wien, Vienna, Austria;
Dr. U. Aspöck & Dr. A.P. Kaltenbach; Nrss -
Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Sweden; Per
Inge Persson; RMNH - National Museum of Natural
History (Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie),
Leiden, The Netherlands; Mr. J. van Tol; zis -
67
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Zoological Institute, Lund, Sweden; Dr. Roy
Danielsson; zman - Zoologisch Museum, Univer-
siteit van Amsterdam, The Netherlands; Mr. Willem
Hogenes; zmuc - Zoological Museum, Copenhagen,
Denmark; Soren Langemark.
SYSTEMATIC PART
Key to genera Pseudothyrsocera, Haplosymploce,
and Episymploce
I Radial vein of hind wing simple (figs. 8, 10) or
sometimes with a pseudoposterior branch (fig.
41). Intercercal processes present (fig. 82) or
absent (fig.3)
— Radial vein of hind wing with a distinct poste-
rior branch (fig. 112). Intercercal processes ab-
ont (i WG). TA II Episymploce
DI Hind wing cubitus vein with one or two com-
plete and usually no (rarely 1) incomplete
branches (figs. 8, 10, 16. Intercercal processes
absent (figs LS AR Pseudothyrsocera
= Hind wing cubitus vein with four to seven
complete and two to four incomplete branches
(fig. 89). Intercercal processes present (fig. 79)
RE EE le ee le erge Haplosymploce
Genus Pseudothyrsocera Shelford
Pseudothyrsocera Shelford, 1906: 250.- Princis 1951: 54
(footnote, selected type species, Blatta xanthophila
Walker), 1969: 953 (literature).
Mopsera Hebard, 1929: 78. Type species: Phyllodromia rec-
tangulariter-vittata Brunner, by monotypy.
Leptothyrsocera Princis, 1965: 152. Type species:
Pseudothyrsocera fulva Hebard, by monotypy. Syn. n.
Diagnosis. — Some of the antennal segments may
or may not be plumose. Tegmina and wings narrow,
fully developed, the former with simple, straight radi-
al vein, discoidal sectors longitudinal (fig. 32). Hind
wing with radial vein simple, or questionably
branched, straight, media vein simple or forked, cubi-
tus vein with mostly one or two, and usually no or
rarely one incomplete branches, apical triangle absent
or subobsolete; anterior field comparatively narrow
(figs. 8, 10, 16). Front femur usually Type B, (fig.
20d), rarely Type A, (fig. 12), B, or intermediate be-
tween A and B (figs. 20a-d); pulvilli on four proximal
tarsomeres of all legs, tarsal claws simple, symmetri-
cal, arolia present, may be greatly reduced. Male: first
and seventh abdominal terga specialized (figs. 15,
17), or only the seventh with a tergal gland (fig. 28).
Supraanal plate symmetrical, paraprocts dissimilar,
intercercal processes absent (fig. 11). Subgenital plate
(visible portion in the pinned specimen) usually is
asymmetrical, or nearly so, its shape variable (e.g.,
68
figs. 6, 14, 26, 37, 42). One (figs. 26, 35, 37) or usu-
ally two styles are present, and if the latter they are
similar (figs. 29, 47) or dissimilar (fig. 14). Genitalia
with three distinct phallomeres (e.g., fig. 37): genital
hook on the left side, with a preapical incision (fig. 6);
median phallomere simple (e.g., fig. 14), or bifurcate
on distal half (figs. 6, 19, 37); right phallomere con-
sisting of two or more sclerites, one of them often a
clac st, 19):
Remarks.- Princis (1965: 152) erected the mono-
typic genus Leptothyrsocera, and designated
Pseudothyrsocera fulva Hebard as its type species. He
selected the following characters given by Hebard in
his description of fulva as the diagnostic features of
the genus: Tegmen with the cubitus vein at the distal
end of the anal field geniculate (abruptly bent in an
obtuse angle) and there giving off a vein. Radius of
hind wing with a bifurcation. Front femur Type B,
[the front femur of fulva is Type B,, Type B,, or in-
termediate between Types A and Type B (figs. 20a-
d)]; four proximal tarsomeres of the hind tarsi with
very small pulvilli, tarsal claws symmetrical, unspe-
cialized, arolia very small. Princis stated that
Leptothyrsocera can be separated from Pseudothyrsocera
by bifurcation of the radius vein of the hind wing.
The geniculate cubitus of the tegmen may be found
in some species of Pseudothyrsocera (e.g., fig.32).
Sometimes it is difficult to decide whether or not the
radius is bifurcated. Rehn (1951: 20) states that the
radius usually has an apical posterior branch which
may be either simple or show secondary divisions,
and at times it has become indistinguishable or lost;
his drawing (fig. 2) shows the branch distinctly pro-
jecting posteriorly between the radius and media
veins. There is no question that the radius is bifurcat-
ed if the branch arises somewhere along its length and
extends posteriorly between it and the media vein, as
is characteristic of most Episymploce (fig. 112),
Hemithyrsocera (fig. 108) and many other genera. The
radial veins of species of Pseudothyrsocera are essential-
ly unbranched. In Pseudothyrsocera fulva the so-called
bifurcation continues as a straight line from the ra-
dius and does not project distinctly posteriorly be-
tween the radius and media; the penultimate apical
ramus with its five small branches (in the &) is wide-
ly separated from the small terminal vein (Hebard
1929: pl. 6, fig. 2) and both Hebard and Princis con-
sider the vein to be bifurcated; I interpret this type of
radial vein as having a pseudoposterior branch (figs.
41, 45). The lengths and branching of the apical rami
of the radius (Rehn's 1951 terminology) may vary
among species (e.g. figs. 8, 16, 31, 41, 45), and the
branch may protrude very slightly posteriorly. The
presence of one additional small terminal spine on the
anteroventral margin of the front femur (Type B,) in
Leptothyrsocera is of no generic importance here be-
cause these small stout spines may or may not be pre-
sent or are about the same length as piliform spinules
(figs. 20a-d). I can see no distinct differences between
Leptothyrsocera and Pseudothyrsocera and I consider
the former a junior synonym. Hebard (1929) includ-
ed only the type species in Mopsera and suggested that
Phyllodromia castanea Brunner (listed with a query in
Princis's catalog) might also belong in this genus.
Princis (1969: 954) listed Mopsera as a synonym of
Pseudothyrsocera and I agree with him. The genus
Mopsella Hanitsch (1936: 394) which Bruijning
(1947: 226) renamed Hanitschia, because the original
name was preoccupied, is nearest to Mopsera accord-
ing to Hanitsch (1936: 394): ‘Points of agreement be-
tween Mopsella and Mopsera are: small size and deli-
cate structure; broad interocular space; simple, not
plumose, antennae; narrow and elongate tegmina and
wings; radial vein of tegmina and wings simple (i.e.,
not forked); discoidal sectors of the tegmina longitu-
dinal; ulnar [= cubitus] vein of hind wings with com-
plete branches; apical triangle absent. The chief dif-
ferences are: Mopsella has a broad, not elongate
pronotum; its hind femora are weakly spined (front
femora missing); the costal and axillary veins of the
wings are much fewer in number than in Mopsera.’
The so-called differences between these two genera
do not clearly separate them and they are most likely
synonyms (of Pseudothyrsocera). Unfortunately, the
type species, Mopsella toxopei Hanitsch, is known
only from a unique female and the male should be ex-
amined before a final decision can be made regarding
its correct generic placement.
The male genital hook of Pseudothyrsocera is on the
left side which places it in the Blattellinae of
McKittrick's (1964) system. I divide Pseudothyrsocera
into the following two species groups and their sub-
groups:
1. fulva-species-group. — Subgenital plate variable
in shape, the exposed portion (in the pinned speci-
men) not distinctly trigonal, without a process mid-
way on the thickened left lateral margin (figs. 14, 19).
One (fig. 37) or two styles (fig. 19) present.
Subgroup (a). Only the seventh abdomninal ter-
gum specialized. — Species: perkinsi; rubronigra; xan-
thophila.
Subgroup (b). Abdominal terga one and seven spe-
cialized.- Species: fulva; rectangularitervittata; scutig-
era.
2. lugubris-species-group. — Visible portion of the
subgenital plate trigonal, usually with a process mid-
way on the lateral margins, left side incrassate, with a
pair of similar or dissimilar or similar styles usually
close together at the apex (figs. 47, 56), or sometimes
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
more widely separated (fig. 67).
Subgroup (a). Only the seventh abdominal tergum
specialized. — Species: circumcincta; henrici; lugubris;
rufiventris.
Subgroup (b). Only the first abdominal tergum
specialized. — Species: sinensis.
Subgroup (c). First and seventh abdominal terga
specialized. — Species: montana.
The /ugubris-species-group has subgenital plates
and styles similar to those of many species of
Episymploce and they may be a link between
Pseudothyrsocera and Episymploce.
Key to males of Pseudothyrsocera
1. Shape of the exposed portion of the subgenital
plate variable, not trigonal, left side not thick-
ened and without a process midway on the lat-
eral margin, with one or two styles (Figs. 14,
19, 26) (fulva-species-group)
= Shape of the exposed portion of the subgenital
plate trigonal, the left side thickened and with
a lateral process near the middle of the margin
(except in henrici), two styles present(figs. 42,
47, 49, 56, 67) (lugubris-species-group) .. 7
. Tergal gland on segments one and seven (figs.
15 sel Deer er ann mens nt an Gaia 3
— Tergal gland only on segment seven (figs. 9,
28, 34)
3 (2). Apex of the subgenital plate with a very large
process that is upturned obliquely to the left
and bearing a minute terminal style, second
style absent (figs. 5-7). Pronotal disk with a
broad, dark, round, O-shaped macula (fig.2)
Ke ERS. rectangularitervittata
= Subgenital plate, styles, and pronotum not as
above ned cent Net 4
4 (3). Apex of supraanal plate with a pair of small
contiguous styles (fig. 19). Supraanal plate as
in fig. 18. Pronotal disk without a dark macula
We ATROCE IO EL eS fulva
= Apex of subgenital plate roundly produced,
with a minute spinelike style at the apex (fig.
26). Pronotal disk with a large, dark macula
(Ag DR ia ora scutigera
. Subgenital plate rounded apically, with a small
spinelike style on the right posterolateral cor-
ner and a minute hidden style medially (figs.
13, 14). Supraanal plate as in figs. 9, 11 ....
Ru er be che den av Ses xanthophila
= Subgenital and supraanal plates not as above
. Hind margin of subgenital plate rounded, not
produced, medially with a pair of similar, al-
most contiguous styles (fig. 29) .. rubronigra
69
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 1-8. Pseudothyrsocera rectangularitervittata (Brunner), males from Kuching, Sarawak: 1, head; 2, pronotum; 3, supraanal
plate and paraprocts (ventral); 4, abdominal terga five to ten and subgenital plate (dorsal); 5, supraanal and subgenital plates
(end view); 6, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); 7, elongated process of the subgenital plate, and penultimate sternum
(left lateral view); 8, left hind wing [a = simple (unbranched) radial vein].
70
— Apex of subgenital plate produced and bearing
at its apex a large, broad style, second style ab-
SCHALEN eee aomeos ooo Ok perkinsi
7 (1). Abdominal terga one and seven specialized.
Supraanal plate and paraprocts as in fig. 55
LE es PEN eee nt montana
= Only abdominal tergum one or seven special-
ized. Supraanal plate and paraprocts not as
ADOVE eR TTC M LA 8
. Only abdominal segment one specialized (fig.
1B in Roth 1987c). Styles similar, very large,
close together (fig. 1D in Roth 1987c)
SN vn A AR PRE he ent i le LS sinensis
= Only abdominal segment seven specialized.
Stylesinotas DOS repre rei tia. Lee 9
9 (8). Left style elongated, spinelike, erect, located at
the apex of the subgenital plate, right style well
separated from it; midway on the left and right
margins of the subgenital plate without a
membranous process (fig. 67) ...... henrici
= Left style not as above, both styles close togeth-
er at the apex of the plate; a small membranous
process is located midway on the left margin of
the subgenital plate (a process occurs on the
right side, but it may be greatly reduced or sub-
obsoleto)i(fies 47 49) DO 10
10 (9) Pronotum completely dark or with a very nar-
row yellowish line along the anterior margin
(fig. 38). Supraanal plate and paraprocts as in
AO a rufiventris
= Pronotum dark, with a distinct pale ring
around the entire border of the disk (figs. 43,
LS) one A RR ME RA ci 11
11(10) Supraanal plate with median region roundly
produced, the curved hind margin with a row
of dark setae (fig. 50). Abdominal terga and
STEEMATO LAN OI SIAM erst ere D circumcincta
- Supraanal plate as in fig. 46. Abdominal terga
reddish brown or black, sterna reddish
fulva-species-group
Pseudothyrsocera rectangularitervittata (Brunner)
(figs. 1-8)
Phyllodromia rectangulariter-vittata Brunner, 1898: 203, pl.
XVI, fig. 3 (female) (p. 107, recte vittata Br., lapsus cala-
mi). Holotype @ [not examined], Baram, N.W. Borneo
(Sarawak); probably in the Genoa Museum, Italy. —
Kirby 1904: 91; Shelford 1908a: 13; Hanitsch 1923: 411.
Mopsera rectangularitervittata (Brunner). — Hebard 1929:
78, pl. 5, fig. 6, pl. 6, fig. 1 (male and female); Bruijning
1948: 98; Princis 1969: 954.
Pseudothyrsocera rectangularitervittata (Brunner). — Princis,
1969: 956.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Specimens examined. — Borneo. NMWA: los
Grabowsky, coll. Br. v. W. Sarawak. ansp: Kuching
[1°32'N 110°20'E], Sarawak, 16 (terminalia slide
454), 9.v.1900, Dyak coll. [all that remains of this
specimen is one badly damaged wing, and the termi-
nal abdominal segments in a vial attached to the pin.
Hebard's description of the genus apparently was
based only on this one specimen, presumably before
it was badly damaged. I prepared a slide of the termi-
nal segments and genitalia, see figs. 3, 6.]. HECO: N.
Borneo, Kuching, 36, 1899, Dyak coll., pres. 1899
by R. Shelford.
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
width greater than the distance between large round
ocellar spots (fig. 1). Pronotum suboval widest be-
hind the middle (fig. 2). Tegmina and wings fully de-
veloped extending beyond end of abdomen, the for-
mer with simple radial vein and longitudinal
discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple, straight ra-
dial vein, medial vein simple, or bifurcate distally,
weakly concave, cubitus vein weakly concave with
one or two complete and no incomplete branches,
apical triangle absent (fig. 8). Front femur Type B,
with seven or eight long and short stout proximal
spines that decrease strongly in length distad succeed-
ed by a short row of five or six piliform spinules ter-
minating in three large spines; pulvilli on four proxi-
mal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetrical, simple,
arolia present. First abdominal tergum with a tuft of
setae anteromedially; fifth abdominal tergum with a
deep, wide, inverted U-shaped excavation; seventh
abdominal segment with a tuft of setae on an antero-
medial elevation (fig. 4). [According to Hebard
(1929: 78) the male is specialized on abdominal seg-
ment one (‘median segment’) and segments five to
seven (‘fourth to sixth’}. Although the fifth tergum is
deeply excavated (fig. 4), there are no setae, depres-
sions, or clear areas on it and I do not consider this
segment and the sixth specialized. Only segments one
and seven (fig. 4) have a group of medial setae.
Supraanal plate symmetrical, with hind margin
broadly V-shaped (may be deflexed so that the V is
not seen from above), right and left paraprocts small,
dissimilar sclerites; medially between the cerci is a
membranous shelf, intercercal processes absent (fig.
3). Subgenital plate elongate, strongly convex, at its
apex a huge upturned process obliquely to the left, at
its apex a small style (figs. 5-7). Genitalia as in fig. 6:
hook on the left side, elongate, with a preapical inci-
sion; median phallomere divided near the middle, the
distal half with a two-pronged asymmetrical struc-
ture; right phallomere consisting of three sclerites,
one of which is a reduced cleft and another is a plate
bearing setae along one margin.
Colour. — Head with occiput and vertex dark
7
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
©) 1 mm
Figs. 9-14. Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila (Walker), males. 9-13, from holotype: 9, abdominal terga seven to ten (supraanal
plate); 10, hind wing; 11, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 12, front femur (anterior view); 13, subgenital plate and
ninth laterotergites (ventral); 14, subgenital plate (from holotype), and genitalia (from Forsten Belang) (dorsal; arrow indi-
cates the vestigial left style).
brown, remainder brownish yellow, labrum dark (fig.
1). Pronotal disk with a broad, black ring surround-
ing a yellowish macula, lateral region yellowish, sub-
hyaline (fig. 2). Tegmina brownish-hyaline, anterior
margin yellowish. Wings infuscated, darker in the
costal region and near the apical margin in both ante-
rior and posterior fields (fig. 8). Abdominal terga
brownish with lateral zones brownish yellow, seg-
72)
ments seven to nine darker except for brownish yel-
low lateral maculae, supraanal plate completely dark
(fig. 4). Abdominal sterna brownish yellow. Cerci
dorsally with proximal cercomeres dark brown, re-
maining segments and ventral surface, yellowish. Legs
brownish yellow.
Female: Not seen.
Measurements (mm). Length, 9.6-11.0; pronotum
length X width, 2.8-3.1 X 3.3-3.5; tegmen length,
10.1-10.5; interocular width 0.7-0.8.
Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila (Walker)
(figs. 9-14)
Blatta xanthophila Walker, 1868: 230 (male).
Thyrsocera xanthophila (Walker). — Kirby 1904: 78.
Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila (Walker). — Shelford 1906:
250; 1907: 489, pl. 30, figs. 1, 2 (male); 1908a: 5; Princis
1969: 954.
Specimens examined. — Holotype d (terminalia
slide 270) of Blatta xanthophila, Menado, Celebes,
Wallace, W.W. Saunders colln., purchased and pres.
'73 by Mrs. F.W. Hope; Type Orth. 51, in HECO.
Additional specimens. — Sumatra. NMWA: Sumatra,
Deli, Bandar Baroe, 19, 23.1.22, Fulmek 1921-26,
coll. R. Ebner (det. Hanitsch, 1931). RMNH: Belang,
Forsten, 16 (terminalia slide 207) (labelled xan-
thophila by Bruijning).
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
width slightly greater than the distance between an-
tennal sockets. Pronotum suboval. Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending beyond end of ab-
domen, former with simple radial vein and longitudi-
nal discoidal sectors. Hind wing with straight, simple
radial vein, media and cubitus veins weakly curved,
former simple, the latter with one to three complete
and no incomplete branches, apical triangle absent
(fig. 10). Front femur intermediate between Type A,
and B, with the row of preterminal spines very short
and stout, not piliform-like (fig. 12); pulvilli on four
proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple, symmetri-
cal, arolia small. First abdominal tergum unspecial-
ized; hind margin of fifth tergum straight; seventh
tergum with a pair of deep fossae separated by a pale
medial elevation, setae absent (fig. 9); ninth lateroter-
gites dissimilar, the right one with a spinelike process
(fig. 13); supraanal plate produced, the apex narrow-
ly concave with a dark downwardly directed spine in
each corner (fig. 11; the spines are not seen in dorsal
view, fig. 9); paraprocts dissimilar the left one with
one and the right with two spinelike sclerotizations;
intercercal processes absent (fig. 11). Subgenital plate
narrow, elongate, densely covered with long slender
setae on the posterior half, hind margin rounded, left
style subobsolete, the right one small spinelike arising
within the margin on the dorsal surface (figs. 13, 14;
both styles cannot be seen in the pinned specimen
which made Shelford conclude that they are absent;
his 1907: pl. 30, fig. 2 drawing of the subgenital plate
shows an elongated process on the left side of the
plate which I did not see in my specimen.). Genitalia
as in fig. 14: hook on the left side, with a preapical in-
cision; median phallomere a simple curved rod; right
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
phallomere consisting of three sclerites one of them a
cleft.
Colour. — Yellowish without distinctive markings.
Tegmina brownish yellow hyaline. Hind wing with
proximal or more portion of anterior field yellowish,
remainder darkly infuscated (fig. 10). Cerci yellowish
on both surfaces.
Female (previously undescribed): Head with inte-
rocular space greater than the distance between an-
tennal sockets. Pronotum suboval. Front femur is dis-
tinctly Type B, with four to six stout spines
decreasing in length distad, succeeded by seven pili-
form spinules, terminating in three larger terminal
spines [the male front femur is intermediate between
Types A and B, with the preterminal spines short and
stout which are similar to piliform spinules in length
(fig. 12)]. Tegmina and wings fully developed, ex-
tending beyond the end of the abdomen, the former
with longitudinal sectors. Hind wing with simple ra-
dial and media veins, cubitus vein with two complete
and no incomplete branches, apical triangle absent.
Supraanal plate trigonal, apex rounded. The coloura-
tion is yellowish, essentially unicolorous, and similar
to the male.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). — Length,
10.0 (9.5); pronotum length X width, 3.2 X 3.5-
3.7 (3.2 X 3.7); tegmen length, 10.0-11.0 (11.5); in-
terocular width, 0.9-1.0 (1.0).
Remarks. — Princis (1969: 954) questioned the
Sumatra record of xanthophila but the species does
occur on that island.
Pseudothyrsocera fulva Hebard
(figs. 15-20)
Pseudothyrsocera fulva Hebard, 1929: 79, pl. 6, fig. 2 (habi-
tus) (female). — Hanitsch 1929a: 269 (incorrectly syn-
onymized with Pseudothyrsocera rubronigra Hanitsch);
1932a: 64 (incorrectly synonymized with rubronigra).
Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila (nec Walker). — Hanitsch
1929a: 269; Bruijning 1948: 93, fig. 42 [misidentifica-
tion and incorrectly synonymized fulva with xanthophila
(Walker) ]}.
Leptothyrsocera fulva (Hebard). — Princis 1965: 152, 1969:
953.
Specimens examined. — Holotype 2, Fort de Kock
[0°19'S 100° 22'E], Sumatra, 920 m, 1.1922, E.
Jacobson; Type no, 1147, in ansp. Additional speci-
mens. — ZMAN: same locality and collector as holo-
type, 12, vi.1922, 16 (terminalia slide 51), 29 (one
labelled Pseudothyrsocera rubronigra Hanitsch, by
Hanitsch), 1924, 16, 49, 1925, 22 (one labelled
Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila Walker, by Hanitsch),
1926. One retained in MCZC. RMNH: Fort de Kock,
73
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 15-20. Pseudothyrsocera fulva Hebard, from Fort de Kock, Sumatra. 15-19, males: 15, first abdominal tergum; 16, hind
wing; 17, abdominal terga five to seven; 18, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 19, subgenital plate and genitalia (dor-
sal); 20, front femora (anterior views) (a, male, b-d, females).
74
Sumatra, 920 m, 1d, 1926, E. Jacobson; 14, 19,
Sumatra Exp., 1877-1878; Suban Ajam, Sum., 19,
vii.1916; Forsten Belang, 1d. One retained in Mczc.
HECO: Fort de Kock, Sumatra, 920 m, 18,1%, 1925,
29, 1926, E. Jacobson (misidentified as xanthophila
by Hanitsch).
Redescription. — Male: Head slightly or distinctly
exposed, eyes wide apart, interocular space greater
than distance between ocellar spots and antennal
sockets. Pronotum suboval, widest behind middle.
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending be-
yond end of abdomen, former with longitudinal dis-
coidal sectors. Hind wing with straight, simple, radi-
al vein, media and cubitus veins straight or weakly
curved, the latter with one bifurcated or two com-
plete and no incomplete branches, apical triangle ab-
sent (fig. 16). Front femur Type B, or intermediate
between A, and B,, the large proximal spines decreas-
ing sharply in length so that they become very short
stout spines about the same length as the small num-
ber of piliform spinules (fig. 20a); pulvilli on four
proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetrical, sim-
ple, arolia small. First abdominal tergum with setae
on anterior half, these densest anteromedially (fig.
15); fifth abdominal tergum without setal tufts or
clear areas (not specialized), hind margin deeply, con-
cavely excavated; sixth segment not specialized, sev-
enth tergum with a pair of depressions anteromedial-
ly, separated by a longitudinal ridge bearing setae (fig.
17); supraanal plate with hind margin broadly exca-
vated, paraprocts dissimilar, the right one with a ser-
rated sclerotization, the left one with a spinelike
process; intercercal processes absent (fig. 18).
Subgenital plate asymmetrical, the apex produced, di-
rected dorsad and bearing a pair of small dissimilar
contiguous styles, the right one with a large terminal
spine (fig. 19). Genitalia as in fig. 19: hook on the left
side, with a preapical incision; median phallomere
apically acute, with a distal branch whose apex is spic-
ular; right phallomere consisting of two sclerites, one
of them a reduced cleft, distal margin of the other se-
tose.
Female: Front femur Type B, (fig. 20d) or B,, or in-
termediate between Types A and B, the large stout
proximal spines decreasing sharply in length, these
followed by a few minute piliform spinules (some
small stout spines about the same length as spinules
may occur among the slender spinules; fig. 20c); at
least 2 females have no piliform spinules and the short
row of spines that preceed the 3 terminal spines are
stout and about the same length as piliform spinules
(Type A; fig. 20b). Supraanal plate symmetrical,
rounded, apex reaching slightly beyond margin of
subgenital plate.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Colour. — Head, pronotum, cerci, and legs brown-
ish yellow; basal antennal segments brownish yellow,
remainder dark brown to black. Tegmina reddish
brown-hyaline gradually becoming pale along the an-
terior margin. Hind wing with yellowish tinge, apex
of anterior field and margin of posterior field infus-
cated. First abdominal segment and terga six to ten
dark brown, remainder brownish yellow. The tegmi-
na and dark markings on the abdomen usually are
lighter in the female.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). — Length,
10.0-11.1 (9.0-11.3); pronotum length X width,
3.1-34 X 3.6-3.9 (3.3-3.5 X 3.6-4.1); tegmen
length, 10.0-11.6 (10.0-11.6); interocular width, 1.1
(182);
Remarks. — Although rectangularitervittata and ful-
va have been misidentified, their subgenital plates,
styles, and genital phallomeres are distinctly different.
Hanitsch (1929a: 268, 269) reported 11 specimens
of Pseudothyrsocera xanthophila and five examples of
rubronigra from Fort de Kock (same data as speci-
mens examined here) and stated that the two species
differed in colour; because Hebard's fulva also came
from Fort de Kock, Hanitsch synonymized it with
xanthophila. Bruijning (1948: 94) accepted
Hanitsch's identifications and synonymy stating that
the only difference between these two species is
colour and concluded that rubronigra is a dark morph
of xanthophila and synonymized the two species.
Clearly, rubronigra (figs. 27-31) differs from fulva
(figs. 15-19), as well as xanthophila (figs. 9-14) and
the three species are distinct. Bruijning's (1948: fig.
42) drawing of the subgenital plate and styles is that
of fulva and not xanthophila as he indicated.
Pseudothyrsocera scutigera (Walker)
(figs. 21-26)
Pseudomops scutigera Walker, 1868: 212 (male).
Pseudothyrsocera scutigera (Walker). — Kirby 1904: 77;
Shelford1906: 250, 1907: 489, 1908a: 5; Hanitsch 1915:
34, 1923: 397, 1931: 393; Hebard 1929: 10 (scutiger);
Bruijning 1948: 95; Princis 1969: 954 (literature).
Specimens examined. — Holotype, d [abdomen
missing], Sarawak, Wallace in Mr. Saunders collec-
tion; Type Orth. 52 in HECO. Additional specimens.
— Sabah. zits: Malaysia, Sabah, Sipitang [5°05'N
115°33'E] Mendolong, 14, 8.xii.1987, T1B/W4,
14 (terminalia slide 423), 25.iv.1988, 16,
11.v.1988, 16, 14.iii. 1988, S. Adebratt. One re-
tained in Mczc. Unknown country. RMNH: Orut
Ratuna, 18, v.1865, Van Hasselt (reported by
Bruijning, 1948: 95).
75
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 21-26. Pseudothyrsocera scutigera (Walker), males from Sabah: 21, pronotum; 22, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ven-
tral); 23, first abdominal tergum; 24, seventh abdominal tergum; 25, hind wing; 26, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
Redescription. — Male: Head exposed, interocular
width slightly greater than distance between ocellar
spots. Antennae not plumose. Pronotum suboval,
sides deflexed, widest behind middle (fig. 21).
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending be-
yond end of abdomen, former with longitudinal dis-
coidal sectors. Hind wing radial and media veins sim-
ple, straight, cubitus straight with a single complete
and no incomplete branches, apical triangle
76
absent (fig. 25). Front femur Type B, with four or five
large or stout proximal spines; pulvilli on four proxi-
mal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple, symmetrical, aro-
lia well developed. First abdominal tergum special-
ized with setal groups anteromedially, the densest in a
raised middle region (fig. 23). Seventh abdominal ter-
gum with a pair of shallow depressions separated by a
longitudinal ridge bearing two rows of setae (fig. 24).
Supraanal plate with sides of hind margin oblique,
0.5 mm
nr
gato 2 mm
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Figs. 27-31. Pseudothyrsocera rubronigra (Hanitsch), male lectotype. 27, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 28, seventh
abdominal tergum; 29, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); 30, left tegmen; 31, left hind wing.
apical region rounded, weakly indented medially;
paraprocts dissimilar, left one with a small hooklike
sclerotization, right one with two dissimilar spinelike
sclerotizations; intercercal processes absent (fig. 22).
Subgenital plate practically symmetrical, hind margin
with a rounded protruding structure medially, which
may represent a nonarticulated style bearing a minute
apical seta; to the left of this structure is a long slender
seta or one that is swollen medially (fig. 26). Genitalia
as in fig. 26: hook on the left side with a preapical in-
cision; median phallomere slender, simple; right
phallomere consisting of two sclerites of which one is
a cleft.
Female: Unknown.
Colour. — Head black, labrum lighter, maxillary
palpomeres one to three and basal half of the fourth
pale, remainder black; antennae with about the first
30 antennomeres black succeeded by about 30 white
segments, remainder black. Pronotum with a large
black macula surrounded by yellow (fig. 21);
mesonotum dark, metanotum yellow. Tegmina with
part of anterior region reddish, remainder black. First
abdominal tergum black except for yellow lateral
zones, segments two to five yellow, the sixth black ex-
cept for yellow lateral areas, seven to ten black except
for pale apex on supraanal plate. Abdominal sterna
yellow, subgenital plate dark. Front coxae black on
basal half, rest white, mid and hind coxae mostly
black their distal parts and outer margins, and
trochanters white, femora, tibiae and tarsae dark red-
dish brown. Cerci white, their proximal segments
with yellowish tinge.
Measurements (mm) (the holotype is smaller than
the others and is shown in parentheses). — Length,
8.6-10.5 (abdomen missing); pronotum length X
width, 2.8-3.0 X 3.1-3.2 (2.5 X 2.8); tegmen
length, 10.6-11.2 (10.0); interocular width, 0.9-1.0
(0.8).
Remarks. — The distinctive colour markings (par-
ticularly the pronotal macula) separates this species
from others in the genus.
Pseudothyrsocera rubronigra (Hanitsch)
(figs. 27-31)
Phyllodromia rubro-nigra Hanitsch, 1923: 412, fig. 11 only,
(male only, not female). — Bruijning 1948: 93 (incorrect-
ly synonymized with xanthophila).
LU
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 32-37. Pseudothyrsocera perkinsi sp. n., male holotype: 32, left tegmen; 33, left hind wing. 34, seventh abdominal ter-
gum; 35, single style at the apex of the subgenital plate (ventral); 36, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 37, subgenital
plate and genitalia (dorsal; a, left phallomere; b, median phallomere; c, sclerites of the right phallomere; d, style).
Pseudothyrsocera rubro-nigra (Hanitsch). — Hanitsch 1928:
14, 1929a: 269, 1932a: 64; Hebard 1929: 10 (exclusive
OL LIL
Pseudothyrsocera fulva (nec Hebard). — Hanitsch 1929a: 269
(misidentification).
Mopserina rubronigra (Hanitsch). — Princis 1965: 152 (ex-
clusive of 9°).
Hemithyrsocera rubronigra (Hanitsch). — Princis 1971: 1127
(literature, exclusive of ‘9 ’).
78
Specimens examined. — Lectotype d (selected by
Hebard 1929: 79) (terminalia slide 267), Gunong
Angsi, Negri Sembilan, Malaya, [2°45'N 102°10'E]
2000'-2790', iv.1918, Hanitsch; Type Orth. 263'/, in
HECO. Additional specimens. — Malaya. HECO: same
data as lectotype, 1, Type Orth. 2637/, (see remarks,
below).
Redescription. — Male: Head exposed, eyes bul-
bous, somewhat reduced, interocular space greater
than the distance between antennal sockets and ocel-
lar spots; proximal antennal segments weakly
plumose. Pronotum suboval. Tegmina and wings ful-
ly developed extending beyond end of abdomen, the
former narrow with longitudinal discoidal sectors
(fig. 30). Hind wing with simple, thickened costal
veins, media and radial veins straight, simple, cubitus
vein straight, with one long complete and no incom-
plete branches, apical triangle absent (fig. 31).
Anteroventral margin of front femur Type B,, with
five to seven large proximal spines; pulvilli on four
proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple, symmetri-
cal, arolia small. First abdominal tergum unspecial-
ized. Seventh abdominal tergum with a small group
of setae anteromedially (fig. 28). Supraanal plate hind
margin with oblique sides and broadly subtruncate
apex, right and left paraprocts dissimilar, intercercal
processes absent (fig. 27). Subgenital plate weakly
asymmetrical with a pair of similar, almost contigu-
ous styli mesad on the hind margin; each style con-
sists of a small base arising within the margin of the
plate succeeded by a rectangular segment and termi-
nating in an articulated spine (fig. 29). Genitalia as in
fig. 29: hook on the left side, with a preapical inci-
sion, median phallomere, slender, simple, apex acute,
right phallomere consisting of two sclerites one of
which is a cleft, and near it are two small spines.
Colour. — Head orangish, unicolourous, maxillary
palpomeres dark brown, proximal antennal segments
and apex blackish, remainder yellowish. Pronotum
orangish without markings. Tegmina dark reddish
brown-hyaline, veins very dark. Hind wing weakly in-
fuscated, anterior region and apex of anterior field
darker (fig. 31). Abdominal terga light brown, termi-
nal segments darker. Abdominal sterna light brown,
subgenital plate darker. Coxae and femora orangish,
the latter apically dark, tibiae and tarsi blackish
brown. Cerci yellowish white.
Female. Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 7.8; pronotum
length X width, 2.2-2.3 X 2.6; tegmen length, 9.4-
9.5; interocular width, 1.0-1.1.
Remarks. — Hanitsch (1923) reported only two
syntypes, one male and one female, in his original de-
scription. These two specimens have handwritten
species labels. The ‘female’ actually is a male and is a
new species described below as perkinsi. There is a
third male (listed above as additional specimens) la-
belled Type Orth. 263°/,); it has the same data as the
lectotype and is clearly rubronigra but is not a syntype
and does not have a handwritten identification label.
Hanitsch noted that the ‘2’ of rubronigra was larg-
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
er and the shape of the pronotum differed from the
male but he considered them to be the same species.
Hebard (1929: 79) disagreed and correctly stated that
the two sexes were different species. Princis (1965:
152) actually examined the “Typen (d 2)’ of rubron-
igra and concluded that they belonged to the same
species, were not related to ‘Pseudothyrsocera’ fulva
Hebard and placed it in Mopserina Princis which he
later (1971: 1124) synonymized with Hemithyrsocera,
and incorrectly listed (p. 1127) rubronigra under that
genus.
Pseudothyrsocera perkinsi sp. n.
(figs. 32-37)
Phyllodromia rubro-nigra Hanitsch (in part, ‘paralectotype’
male, incorrectly determined as ‘9°), 1923: 412, fig. 12
only.
Specimen examined. — d holotype (terminalia
slide 268), Gunung Angsi, Negri Sembilan, Malaya,
[2°45'N 102°10'E] 2000'-2790', iv. 1918, Hanitsch
(Type Orth. 2637, of Phyllodromia rubro-nigra
Hanitsch, 6, not ® as indicated); in HECO.
Description. — Male: Head almost completely hid-
den, eyes bulbous, somewhat reduced, wide apart, in-
terocular space greater that the space between ocellar
spots and antennal sockets; antennae missing.
Pronotum suboval. Tegmina and wings fully devel-
oped, the former narrow with longitudinal discoidal
sectors (fig. 32). Hind wing with thickened costal
veins, all but the preterminal one simple; radial vein
simple, media curved, cubitus vein curved with two
complete and no incomplete branches, apical triangle
absent (fig. 33). Front femur Type B, with six large
proximal spines; pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres,
tarsal claws simple, symmetrical, arolia small. First
abdominal segment unspecialized. Seventh abdomi-
nal tergum with two small groups of setae medially
(fig. 34). Supraanal plate subtrapezoidal, paraprocts
dissimilar, the right one terminating in several small
spines, intercercal processes absent (fig. 36).
Subgenital plate distinctly asymmetrical, the distal
half of the left margin excavated, with a single large
style at the apex (figs. 35, 37). Genitalia as in fig. 37:
hook on the left side, with a preapical incision; medi-
an phallomere slender with a distal branch that termi-
nates in several small spines; right phallomere consist-
ing of two sclerites one of which terminates in a
narrow row of minute setae.
Colour. — Head and pronotum unicolorous,
orangish; maxillary palpomeres three and four pale,
terminal segment light brown. Tegmina blackish
with a narrow orangish stripe along most of the ante-
rior margin (fig. 32). Wings darkly infuscated, anteri-
or and apical regions darker (fig. 33).
79,
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 38-42. Pseudothyrsocera rufiventris (Stàl), male from Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands: 38, pronotum (the very nar-
row yellow anterior margin is asymmetrical and is missing on the right side); 39, abdominal terga seven to ten and subgeni-
tal plate (dorsal); 40, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 41, hind wing (a, pseudobranch of the radial vein); 42, sub-
genital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
Female: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Pronotum length X
width, 3.3-3.7; tegmen length, 11.3; interocular
width, 1.1.
Etymology. — The species is dedicated to my friend
Dr. Philip Perkins, Collection Manager, Entomology
Department, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University.
Remarks. — See above remarks under rubronigra.
80
The single huge style at the apex of the subgenital
plate is unique for the genus.
lugubris-species-group
Pseudothyrsocera rufiventris (Stàl)
(figs. 38-42)
Thyrsocera rufiventris Stal, 1877: 33 (male). — Sjöstedt 1933: 3.
Hemithyrsocera rufiventris (Stal). — Kirby 1904: 77.
Pseudothyrsocera rufiventris (Stal). — Shelford 1908a, 5;
1908b: 469; Princis 1969: 956 [listed as a synonym of P.
signata (Brunner); see remarks, below].
Specimens examined. — Lectotype, d (here desig-
nated; with an unpublished lectotype label written by
Princis, 1968), Ins. Phillipp.; in Nrss. Philippine
Islands. Ansp: Surigao [9°45'N 125°30'E],
Mindanao, 2d (one labelled Pseudothyrsocera lugubris
(Stal) by Hebard, 1928) (one with terminalia slide
455); N.W. Panay [?7°20'N 124°14'E], 1d, Baker
(labelled Pseudothyrsocera rufiventris (Stal) by Hebard,
1928).
Redescription. — Male: Head exposed, interocular
distance greater than the distances between ocellar
spots and antennal sockets; antennae not plumose.
Pronotum suboval, widest behind the middle (fig.
38). Tegmina and wings fully developed, narrow, ex-
tending beyond end of abdomen, the former with
simple, straight radial vein and longitudinal discoidal
sectors. Hind wing with radial and media veins sim-
ple, straight, cubitus vein straight with two complete
and one long incomplete branch, apical triangle ab-
sent (fig. 41). Front femur Type B, with four large
proximal spines; pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres,
tarsal claws symmetrical, simple, arolia small. First
abdominal tergum unspecialized. Seventh abdominal
tergum with a pair of shallow medial depressions with
minute spaced setae (which may be white), setal
groups absent; the depressions are separated by a lon-
gitudinal ridge (fig. 39) and there is a clear membra-
nous zone in the anterior part of the ridge which is
hidden by the overlapping sixth tergum in the pinned
specimen. Supraanal plate symmetrical, trigonal, apex
shallowly notched; paraprocts dissimilar darkly scle-
rotized, the right one with two spinelike processes, in-
tercercal processes absent (fig. 40). Subgenital plate
convex, trigonal, the sides upturned, asymmetrical,
with a large spinelike process about midway on the
left margin and a small dark seta on the opposite side;
a pair of small similar styles occur apically on the dor-
sal surface within the margin (not visible in ventral
view) (figs. 39, 42). Genitalia as in fig. 42: hook phal-
lomere large, on the left side with a preapical incision
and three groups of setae on the shaft just before the
curved region; median phallomere with a small acute
sclerite apically; right phallomere consisting of two
sclerites one of which is a reduced cleft.
Colour. — Very dark. Head with reddish eyes, ocel-
lar spots yellowish, antennae and maxillary palpi
black, clypeus and labrum somewhat lighter.
Pronotum usually solidly black or with a narrow in-
complete yellowish line along the anterior margin
(fig. 38). Tegmina black with a hyaline spot (very in-
distinct in lectotype) in the subcostal area. Hind
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
wings very dark brown. Abdominal terga black,
supraanal plate dark reddish brown or black.
Abdominal sterna reddish, apex of subgenital plate
with a dark blotch. Legs black, outer margins of cox-
ae yellow. Cerci black.
Female: Not seen.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 12.0-14.5; prono-
tum length X width, 3.6-4.1 X 4.2-4.7; tegmen
length, 12.0-14.5; interocular width, 1.0-1.1.
Remarks. — Shelford (1908a: 5) listed P. semicincta
as a synonym of rufiventris, and Princis (1969: 956)
listed rufiventris as a synonym of P. signata. However,
the pronontum of rufiventris is virtually all dark ex-
cept for a subobsolete pale anterior margin (fig. 38);
the pronotum of signata (= semicincta) is shiny black
with yellow very narrow on the anterior, and lateral
margins (may be absent), and broad posteriorly (figs.
57, 59). Until the male of signata is found and com-
pared with rufiventris, I am listing them separately.
The male subgenital plate, styles, and genitalia of
rufiventris (fig. 42), lugubris (fig. 47) and circumcinc-
ta (fig. 49) are very similar. These taxa can be separat-
ed by the differences in the pronotal markings and
the shapes of the supraanal plates (cf. figs. 39, 46, 50).
Pseudothyrsocera lugubris (Stal)
(figs. 43-47)
Thyrsocera lugubris Stal, 1877: 33 (male). — Sjöstedt 1933: 3.
Hemithyrsocera lugubris (Stal). — Kirby 1904: 77.
Pseudothyrsocera lugubris (Stal). — Shelford 1908a: 5; Princis
1969: 955 (literature exclusive of synonymy).
Specimens examined. — Lectotype, d (here desig-
nated; with an unpublished lectotype label written by
Princis 1968), no exact locality, Ins. Phillip.
[Philippine Islands], Semper; in NRss. — Para-
lectotypes. Phillipine Islands. Nrss: same data as lec-
totype, 3d (1 with terminalia slide 72).
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
space slightly greater than distance between ocelli-
form spots and antennal sockets; antennae not
plumose. Pronotum suboval, widest behind middle
(fig. 43). Tegmina and wings fully developed extend-
ing beyond end of abdomen, former with longitudi-
nal discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple, straight
radial and media veins, cubitus vein straight with two
long complete and no incomplete branches, apical tri-
angle absent (fig. 45). Front femur Type B, with three
large proximal spines, or with an additional one or
two small spines; pulvilli on four proximal tar-
someres, tarsal claws symmetrical, simple, arolia pre-
sent. First abdominal tergum unspecialized. Seventh
abdominal tergum with a pair of nonsetose depres-
81
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 43-47. Pseudothyrsocera lugubris (Stäl), males from the Philippines: 43, lectotype, pronotum; 44-47, paralectotype: 44,
seventh abdominal tergum; 45, hind wing; 46, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 47, subgenital plate and genitalia
(dorsal; a, spinelike process on the left side; b, thickened left margin; c, small spinelike process on the right side).
sions separated by a longitudinal ridge; a narrow clear
zone anteromedially is seen in a slide preparation but
is hidden by the overlapping sixth segment in the
pinned specimen (fig. 44). Supraanal plate with me-
dian portion roundly produced or with a shallow me-
dial indentation (visible in pinned specimens), the
hind margin with some small spines, right and left
paraprocts dissimilar, intercercal processes absent (fig.
46). Subgenital plate asymmetrical, trigonal, the left
side with a large spinelike process and a broad round-
ly thickened border covered with fine setae, the right
margin with a minute spinelike process; a pair of sim-
ilar closely spaced serrated styli located at apex of
plate (fig. 47). Genitalia as in fig. 47: elongated geni-
82
tal hook on left side with a preapical incision; median
phallomere a curved rod with an acute membrane en-
closing the apex; right phallomere consisting of two
small sclerites, one a cleft.
Colour. — Head black, clypeus lighter, genae and
ocelliform spots yellow; antennae and maxillary palpi
black. Pronotum completely black or with a narrow
yellowish band along posterior margin and indistinct
dull reddish narrow band around the remaining mar-
gin (lectotype) (fig. 43), or dull reddish on hind mar-
gin only. Tegmina reddish brown or black with a yel-
lowish-hyaline mark on distal half of subcostal
region. Hind wings dark brown. Abdominal terga
dark reddish brown or black. Abdominal sterna red-
dish, subgenital plate dark brownish. Legs black, cox-
ae with outer margin yellow. Cerci black.
Female: Not seen.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 11.5-14.0; prono-
tum length X width, 3.3-4.0 X 3.9-4.5; tegmen
length, 12.0-14.0; interocular width, 1.0-1.1.
Remarks. — The species is closest to rufiventris (see
remarks under that species).
Pseudothyrsocera circumeincta (Stal)
(figs. 48-52)
Thyrsocera circumcincta Stàl, 1877: 33 (male). — Kirby 1904:
77 (synonymized under signata); Shelford 1908a: 5,
1908b: 469; Sjöstedt, 1933: 3.
Pseudothyrsocera circumcincta (Stal). — Shelford 1908a: 5;
1908b: 469; Princis 1969: 955 (listed as a synonym of
lugubris).
Specimens examined. — Philippine Islands. nass:
Holotype d (terminalia slide 73), of Thyrsocera cir-
cumcincta Stäl, Ins. Philipp. no exact locality,
Semper [Princis wrote ‘Pseudothysocera lugubris (Stal),
K. Princis, 1968’ on back of holotype label]; same
data as holotype, 19 (with handwritten label, ‘... =
circumcincta, teste Shelford’). Ansp: Imugan
OMAN Ono 2E NE zon Sr labelled
Pseudothyrsocera circumelusa (Stal) 9, by Hebard
1928].
Redescription. — Male: Head exposed, interocular
width greater than space between ocellar spots and
antennal sockets; antennae not plumose. Pronotum
suboval, widest behind middle (fig. 48). Tegmina and
wings fully developed, discoidal sectors of former lon-
gitudinal. Hind wing with radial and medial veins
simple, straight, cubitus vein straight with two long
complete and no incomplete branches, apical triangle
absent (similar to fig. 45). Front femur Type B, with
four long or three long and three short stout spines;
pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws sym-
metrical, simple, arolia small. First abdominal tergum
unspecialized. Seventh abdominal tergum with a pair
of shallow depressions separated by a longitudinal
nonsetose ridge (similar to fig. 44). Supraanal plate
medially broadly produced, the rounded hind margin
with a dense row of small uniform spines, paraprocts
dissimilar, intercercal processes absent (fig. 50).
Subgenital plate trigonal, with a spinelike process
midway on the left side, the margin posterior to it
thickened and covered with small setae; right and left
styles similar, spinelike (fig. 49). Genitalia as in fig.
49: hook on the left side with a preapical incision;
median phallomere a slender rod; right phallomere
consisting of two sclerites one of them a reduced cleft.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Colour. — Head black, genae and ocellar spots
white; maxillary palpi and antennae black. Pronotum
black, completely surrounded by a broad yellow band
(fig. 48). Tegmina light reddish brown-hyaline, sub-
costal region lighter. Abdominal terga and sterna
orangish. Cerci dark brown. Legs dark reddish
brown, outer margins of coxae, and trochanters pale.
Female: Head slightly exposed, interocular width
greater than space between ocelliform spots; antennae
not plumose. Pronotum suboval (fig. 51). Tegmina
and wings fully developed extending beyond end of
abdomen, former with longitudinal discoidal sectors.
Hind wing with straight, simple, radial and media
veins, cubitus vein straight with two long complete
branches, apical triangle absent. Front femur Type B,
with four large proximal spines, tarsal claws simple,
symmetrical, arolia present. Supraanal plate broadly
trigonal, apex rounded (fig. 52).
Colour. — Head black, ocelliform spots and genae
yellow, maxillary palpi and antennae black.
Pronotum black completely surrounded by a broad
yellow margin (fig. 51). Tegmina dark reddish
brown, subcostal region yellow-hyaline. Wings dark
brownish. Abdominal terga black with triangular yel-
low marks on the posterolateral corners of segments
two to seven or two to six, supraanal plate completely
dark (fig. 52). Abdominal sterna black, lateral and
hind margins yellowish, basal half of subgenital plate
dark, distal half reddish. Legs black, outer margins of
coxae yellow.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). — Length,
10.0 (10.5-13.4); pronotum length width, 3.1 X
4.0 (3.4-3.8 X 4.3-4.5); tegmen length, 10.5 (10.0-
11.7); interocular width, 0.9 (1.1).
Remarks. — Pseudothyrsocera circumcincta is clearly
closely related to /ugubris because of the similarities of
their subgenital plates. Princis (1969: 955) consid-
ered the former to be a synonym of the latter.
However, there is a distinct difference between their
sizes and supraanal plates; also their colours are strik-
ingly different and I prefer to treat them as distinct
taxa until additional specimens are studied to show
the extent of variation.
Kirby (1904: 77) synonymized P. circumcincta
(Stal) with szgnata but I am treating them separately.
Unfortunately, the latter was based on females only.
Brunner incorrectly described the posterolateral cor-
ners of the first five abdominal terga as having trian-
gular yellow spots whereas the signata holotype has
yellow lateral corners on segments three to five (as in
semicincta, fig. 58). The two females that I have de-
termined as circumcincta have a black abdomen with
yellow posterolateral corners on terga two to seven
(fig. 52), or two to six.
83
TUDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 48-52. Pseudothyrsocera circumcincta (Stal). 48-50, male holotype: 48, pronotum; 49, subgenital plate and genitalia (dor-
sal); 50, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 51, 52, female from Imugan, Luzon, Philippine Islands: 51, pronotum; 52,
abdomen (dorsal) (first tergum not shown).
84
Eee
mR
È
È
È;
RER
à a
IR Bean
Ton
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Figs. 53-56. Pseudothyrsocera montana (Shelford), males from Kuching, Sarawak. 53, lectotype, pronotum and proximal re-
gion of the tegmina; 54-56, paralectotype: 54, hind wing; 55, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 56, subgenital plate
and genitalia (dorsal).
Pseudothyrsocera montana Shelford
(figs. 53-56)
Pseudothyrsocera montana Shelford, 1906: 251 (male). —
Shelford 1908a: 5; Hanitsch 1915: 35, 1923: 463;
Hebard 1929: 10; Bruijning 1948: 95.
Specimens examined. — Lectotype (here designat-
ed), d, Mt. Matanga, nr. Kuching, N.W. Borneo
[Sarawak], about 3000', vi.1900, pres. 1906 by the
Sarawak Museum; Type Orth. 49'/, in Heco.
Paralectotype. Sarawak. HECO: 14 (terminalia slide
299), same data as lectotytpe, Type Orth. 49°/,.
Redescription. — Male: Head with vertex exposed,
interocular space greater than the distance between
antennal sockets; antennae slight thickened, not
plumose. Pronotum suboval (fig. 53). Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending beyond end of ab-
domen, the former with longitudinal discoidal sec-
tors. Hind wing with simple radial and media veins,
cubitus vein with two complete and no (left wing) or
one (right wing) incomplete branches (paralecto-
type), apical triangle absent (fig. 54). Front femur
Type B, with seven stout proximal spines; pulvilli on
four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetrical,
simple, arolia present. First abdominal tergum with a
group of setae anteromedially. Seventh abdominal
terga with a pair of shallow fossae containing sym-
metrically spaced small setae (seen in slide prepara-
tion). Supraanal plate trigonal, sides weakly concave,
apex slightly indented, intercercal processes absent,
right and left paraprocts with dissimilar spinelike
85
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
2mm
processes (fig. 55). Subgenital plate asymmetrical, the
posterior half trigonal (that portion visible in the
pinned specimen), left side roundly thickened, with
an elongated process near the middle of the lateral
margins, the one on the right side larger; a pair of nar-
rowly separated dissimilar spinelike styles, the right
one slightly longer, are located at the apex of the plate
(fig. 56; Shelford did not see the right style which was
upturned and hidden in the pinned specimen, and he
incorrectly stated that there is only one style).
Genitalia as in fig. 56: hook on the left side, very
large, apex with a preapical incision; median phal-
lomere a curved rod with a very small preterminal
process; right phallomere consisting of three sclerites
one of them a small cleft.
Female: Unknown.
Colour. — Head, maxillary palpi, antennae, prono-
tum, meso-, metanotum, and abdominal terga black.
Tegmina black with a yellowish spot on the distal half
86
Figs. 57-60. Pseudothyrso-
cera spp. 57-59, P. signata
(Brunner): 57-58, female
lectotype of Thyrsocera
semicincta Stal, pronotum,
and abdomen; 59, female
holotype of P. signata,
pronotum. 60, P. circum-
clusa (Stal), female lecto-
type, pronotum.
2mm
of the subcostal field (fig. 53).
Hind wings infuscated (fig. 54). Abdominal sterna,
coxae and femora reddish; cerci and apices of femora,
tibiae, and tarsi, black.
Measurements (mm). Length, 11.5; pronotum
length X width, 4.4 X 5.4; tegmen length, 14.2;
interocular width, 1.4.
Pseudothyrsocera signata (Brunner)
(figs. 57-59)
Thyrsocera signata Brunner, 1865: 119 (female).
Pseudomops signata (Brunner). — Walker 1869: 135.
Hemithyrsocera signata (Brunner). — Kirby 1904: 77.
Pseudothyrsocera signata (Brunner). — Shelford 1908a: 5.
Thyrsocera semicincta Stal, 1877: 33 (female). — Sjöstedt
193333:
Hemithyrsocera semicincta (Stal). — Kirby 1904: 77.
Pseudothyrsocera semicincta (Stäl). — Princis 1969: 956 (listed
as a synonym of signata).
Specimens examined. — Holotype 2 of Thyrsocera
signata Brunner, Philippines (no exact locality),
Thorey, coll. Br. v. W.; in NMWA. Lectotype (here
designated; with an unpublished lectotype label writ-
ten by Princis, 1968), ® of P. semicincta, Ins.
Philipp., no exact locality (Philippine Islands) [with
Princis's handwritten ‘Pseudophoraspis rufiventris
(Stal), K. Princis, 1968’ on back of his ‘lectotype’ la-
bel]; in Nrss. Paralectotype. NRSS: same data as lecto-
type, 12 (with handwritten label, rufiventris, teste
Shelford). Additional specimens. — ANSP: no exact lo-
cality, 12, Acc. No. 11998, Bu. of Sci., P.I. (det. as
semicincta by Hebard 1928).
Redescription. — Female: Head slightly exposed,
interocular width greater than distance between ocel-
lar spots and antennal sockets; antennae not plumose.
Pronotum suboval (fig. 57). Tegmina and wings fully
developed extending beyond end of abdomen, dis-
coidal sectors of former longitudinal. Hind wing with
radial and media veins straight, simple, cubitus vein
straight with two long complete and no incomplete
branches, apical triangle absent. Front femur Type B,
with three or four large proximal spines; pulvilli on
four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetrical,
simple, arolia present. Supraanal plate trigonal, apex
rounded.
Colour. — Head black, genae black; maxillary palpi
and antennae black. Pronotum black with a narrow
yellow band on anterior margin and on posterior and
distal parts of lateral margins (fig. 57, 59). Tegmina
black with a yellowish-hyaline mark on distal half of
subcostal zone. Hind wing black-hyaline. Abdominal
terga black with a large triangular yellow macula in
posterlolateral corners of segments three to five (fig.
58). Abdominal sterna reddish, or reddish with
brown areas medially on proximal half or more. Legs
black or brownish black, coxae with yellowish white
outer margins. Cerci black.
Male: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 13.0-14.0; prono-
tum length X width, 4.2-4.3 x 4.8-5.1; tegmen
length, 13.2-15.0; interocular width, 1.2.
Remarks. — Shelford (1908a: 5) listed P. semicincta
as a synonym of rufiventris but the pronotum of the
former is incompletely or completely ringed by yel-
low (figs. 57, 59) which is lacking in rufiventris (fig.
38) and I provisionally list the two taxa separately un-
til males are studied. I agree with Princis in consider-
ing semicincta a synonym of signata; the posterolater-
al corners of three abdominal terga are yellow (fig. 58)
in both taxa. There is a slight difference in the yellow
border of the pronotum, where it is narrowly com-
plete in signata and lacking laterally in semicincta.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Pseudothyrsocera circumclusa (Stäl)
(fig. 60)
Thyrsocera circumclusa Stal, 1877: 34 (female). — Shelford
1908b: 469 (synonimized under circumcincta), 1908a: 5
(synonimized under circumcincta); Sjöstedt 1933: 3.
Hemithyrsocera circumclusa (Stal). — Kirby 1904: 77.
Pseudothyrsocera circumclusa (Stal). — Princis 1969: 955 (list-
ed as a synonym of lugubris).
Specimens examined. — Lectotype, ® (here desig-
nated; with an unpublished lectotype label written by
Princis, 1968), (abdomen missing), Ins. Philipp., no
exact locality, (Philippine Islands) (with handwritten
‘Pseudothyrsocera lugubris (Stal), K. Princis, 1968’ on
back of his lectotype label); in NRss.
Redescription. — Female: Head exposed, interocu-
lar width greater than distance between ocellar spots
and antennal sockets. Pronotum suboval, widest be-
hind middle (fig. 60). Tegmina and wings (damaged)
fully developed, former with longitudinal discoidal
sectors. Front femur Type B, with four large proximal
spines, pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal
claws symmetrical, simple, arolia present (only one
front leg present, all others missing). All but first two
abdominal terga missing.
Colour. — Head black, ocellar spots and genae yel-
low, with two small red dots between antennal sock-
ets. Pronotal disk black completely surrounded by a
broad yellow band, and with one round and two
smaller red maculae on each side within the dark mar-
gins of the disk anteriorly (fig. 60). Only the first two
abdominal terga are present and these are dark brown
without yellow lateral corners. Legs dark brown, out-
er margins of coxae whitish.
Male: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Pronotum length X
width, 3.7 X 4.3; tegmen length, 11.8; interocular
width, 1.1.
Remarks. — Shelford (1908a: 5) synonymized cir-
cumclusa with circumcincta. Princis (1969: 955) listed
circumclusa as a synonym of lugubris, perhaps because
of Shelford's synonymy and because Princis believed
that circumcincta is conspecific with lugubris.
However, none of the other species of
Pseudothyrsocera have the small red markings on the
pronotum present in circumclusa and I am listing it
separately until the male is discovered.
Pseudothyrsocera henrici Hanitsch
(figs. 61-67)
Pseudothyrsocera henrici Hanitsch, 1935:
Bruijning 1947: 226; Princis 1969: 954.
17 (male). —
87
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
0.5 mm
a
0.5 mm
Figs. 61-67. Pseudothyrsocera henrici Hanitsch, male holotype: 61, head and maxillary palps; 62, pronotum; 63, hind wing;
64, supraanal plate and paraprocts; 65, seventh abdominal tergum; 66, ninth abdominal tergum and laterotergites (dorsal; the
laterotergites are turned under the tergum); 67, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
Specimen examined. — Holotype, & (terminalia
slide 5), Latimondjong Mountains, Uru, Sulawesi,
800 m, viii-ix.1930, G. Heinrich; in MNHG.
Redescription. — Male: Head exposed, interocular
space about the same as the width between antennal
sockets; fifth maxillary palpomere enlarged and
88
longer than the fourth (fig. 61); antennae not
plumose (Hanitsch incorrectly described them as
plumose). Pronotum suboval (fig. 62). Tegmina and
wings fully developed, extending beyond end of ab-
domen, the former with simple radial vein, and longi-
tudinal discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple radi-
al and media veins, cubitus vein with two complete
and no distinct incomplete branches (one small,
curved, venule), apical triangle absent (fig. 63). Front
femur Type A, (as in fig. 12); pulvilli on four proxi-
mal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple, symmetrical, aro-
lia present. First abdominal tergum unspecialized.
Seventh abdominal tergum with a pair of shallow de-
pressions anteromedially (hidden by the overlapping
sixth tergum) separated by a clear, nonsetose region
(fig. 65). Ninth laterotergites weakly dissimilar, the
ventral margin of the left one acute at the posterior
end, the same margin of the right plate rounded (fig.
66). Supraanal plate produced, symmetrical, hind
margin with concave sides, apex shallowly indented;
intercercal processes absent; paraprocts dissimilar, the
right one with a small spinelike process basally (fig.
64). Subgenital plate, trigonal, asymmetrical, the left
side roundly thickened and setose, without a process
(also absent on the right side) near the middle; locat-
ed apically is a long, slender, sclerotized, articulated,
erect, spinelike left style; well separated to the right
and lying against the surface of the plate, is the small-
er, dissimilar right style which is dark on its proximal
half and becomes membranous and colourless distally
(this style is completely hidden in the pinned speci-
men; Hanitsch incorrectly stated that styles are absent
even though the large left one is exposed in the
pinned specimen.) (fig. 67). Genitalia as in fig. 67:
hook on the left side with a small preapical structure;
median phallomere a simple, apically blunt rod; right
phallomere much smaller than the genital hook, con-
sisting of three sclerites, one of them a small cleft.
Colour. — Head with occiput and vertex black,
shading into dark reddish brown (fig. 61); palps and
antennae dark. Pronotum brownish yellow, lateral
borders subhyaline, hind border whitish (fig. 62).
Tegmina hyaline, reddish brown, weakly infuscated
in the apical region. Wings darkly fuscated, region
between the media and cubitus veins mostly colour-
less (fig. 63). Abdominal terga dark brown, medial
gland area on segment seven pale (fig. 65).
Abdominal sterna light brownish. Legs dark reddish
brown, coxae weakly infuscated. Cerci dark brown on
both surfaces, apical segment pale.
Female: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 17.0; pronotum
length X width, 2.9 X 3.2; tegmen length, 10.0; in-
terocular width, 0.8.
Remarks. — Hanitsch (1935) stated that henrici is
closely allied to xanthophila, the other
Pseudothyrsocera from Sulawesi, but differs in colour.
However, although there are some similarities be-
tween the two taxa, (e.g. Type A, front femur, only
the seventh abdominal tergum specialized, widely
separated styles), I place henrici in the lugubris
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
species-group, and xanthophila in the fulva-species-
group because of differences in the shapes of their
subgenital plates.
Pseudothyrsocera sinensis (Walker) comb. n.
Ischnoptera sinensis Walker, 1869: 148 (male).
Phyllodromia sinensis (Walker). — Shelford 1908a: 13.
Periplaneta apicalis Shiraki (in part), 1931: 181 (female not
male as indicated; female = Hebardina sp.). — Asahina
19794339:
Symploce sinensis (Walker). — Bey-Bienko 1950: 155, figs.
54-56 (male & female); Princis 1959: 134 (male).
Episymploce sinensis (Walker). — Asahina 1979: 339, figs. 1A-
C, 3A, 4A-E (male & female); Roth 1987c, 130, figs. 1A-
I, 2A-C (redescriptions).
The shape and markings of the tegmina and wings
(Asahina 1979, fig. 3A; Roth 1987c, figs. 1H, I) are
characteristic of Pseudothyrsocera. The trigonal shape
of the subgenital plate and styles (Roth 1987c, fig.
1C) place the species in the /ugubris-species-group.
Distribution of Pseudothyrsocera by species:
circumcincta: Philippines
circumclusa: Philippines
fulva: Sumatra
henrict: Sulawesi
lugubris Philippines
montana: Sarawak
perkinsi: Malaya
rectangularitervittata: Borneo; Sarawak
rubronigra: Malaya
rufiventris: Philippines
scutigera: Sabah; Sarawak
signata: Philippines
sinensis. Hong Kong; Taiwan
xanthophila: Sulawesi; Sumatra
Distribution by country or regions:
Borneo: rectangularitervittata
Hong Kong: sinensis
Malaya: perkinsi; rubronigra
Philippines: circumcincta; circumclusa; lugubris;
rufiventris; signata
Sabah: scutigera
Sarawak: montana; rectangularitervittata, scutigera
Sulawesi: henrici; xanthophila;
Sumatra: xanthophila
Taiwan: sinensis
Genus Haplosymploce Hanitsch
Haplosymploce Hanitsch, 1933b: 236. — Hanitsch 1933a:
128; Princis 1951: 56 (footnote: selected /schnoptera ni-
gra Hanitsch as the type species).
89
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
0.5 mm
Figs. 68-73. Haplosymploce spp. 68-71. H. pica (Walker): 68, pronotum and proximal part of the tegmina (male lectotype);
69, hind wing (® paralectotype from Sumatra); 70, 71, male paralectotype from Singapore: 70, supraanal plate, intercercal
processes, and paraprocts (ventral); 71, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal). 72, 73, H. ruficollis (Shelford), male holotype:
72, supraanal plate, intercercal processes, and paraprocts (ventral); 73, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
90
Princis (1969: 875) listed six species of
Haplosymploce, namely: nigra Hanitsch, montis
Shelford, reversa Walker, guttifera Walker, walkeri
Princis, and curta Hanitsch. Symploce bicolorata Roth
is a junior synonym of H. montis, and Symploce fer-
ruginea Roth is a junior synonym of Haplosymploce
nigra.
Pseudothyrsocera pica Walker, P. ruficollis Shelford,
P. moultoni Hanitsch, and P. andamanica (Princis)
are transferred to Haplosymploce. Blatta guttifera
Walker belongs in the genus Beybienkoa Roth, and
Beybienkoa papuensis (Roth) originally described as a
Symploce is a junior synonym of Beybienkoa guttifera.
Haplosymploce walkeri Princis (= Blatta elegans
Walker) is Hemithyrsocera walkeri. | have not seen
Haplosymploce curta Hanitsch (male unknown) but
am retaining it in that genus until the male is de-
scribed.
Rediagnosis. — Hanitsch's diagnosis of this genus
is: ‘Front femur armed after Type A; radial vein both
of tegmina and wings simple, ulnar [= cubitus] vein
sigmoid, with several complete and one or more in-
complete branches, no apical triangle’. A study of the
species of Haplosymploce listed in Princis's catalogue
shows that variation of the above characters makes it
difficult to place some of the species in this genus and
a rediagnosis follows: Antennae not plumose.
Tegmina and wings fully developed, the former with
simple radial vein and longitudinal or weakly oblique
discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple radial vein,
cubitus vein oblique, or subsigmoid, with three to
five complete and zero to four incomplete branches,
apical triangle absent. Front femur variable: Type A
(fig. 85), or B (figs. 81, 84), (more than one type of
femur may occur in the same species); pulvilli on four
proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple, symmetri-
cal, arolia small. Male: First and seventh abdominal
terga specialized (figs. 87, 88), or only the first seg-
ment with a medial gland. Paraprocts dissimilar, large
intercercal processes present on the ventral surface of
the subgenital plate near the bases of the cerci (e.g.,
figs. 70, 74, 82, 90 ). Subgenital plate asymmetrical,
generally similar in shape in all the species (e.g., figs.
71, 73, 83, 91); styles small, similar in shape, equal or
slightly different in length, cylindrical, (figs. 71, 73,
83, 91, 100). Genital hook on the left side, with a
preapical incision; median phallomere a stout or slen-
der rod, sometimes with a setal patch near the acute
apex (figs. 80, 83, 100).
Remarks. — The shapes of the male subgenital plate
and styles, are similar in all species of Haplosymploce.
I place eight of the ten species of Haplosymploce,
whose males are known, in the following two species
groups:
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
1. pica-species-group. — Only the first abdominal
tergum specialized. Front femur Type A. Cubitus
vein of hind wing with three or four complete and no
incomplete branches. Species: bicolor; moultoni; pica;
ruficollis.
2. nigra-species-group. — First and seventh abdom-
inal terga specialized. Front femur Type A or B.
Cubitus vein of hind wing with four or five complete
and two or three incomplete branches. Species: an-
damanica; montis (= bicolorata); nigra (= ferruginea);
reversa.
Key to known males of Haplosymploce
1. Only the first abdominal tergum specialized.
Front femur Type A. Cubitus vein of the hind
wing with three or four complete and no in-
complete branches. (pica-species-group) ..2
= Abdominal terga one and seven specialized.
Front femur Type A or B. Cubitus vein of hind
wing with four or five complete and two or
three incomplete branches. (nigra-species-
group)
Tegmina yellowish, with the basal and apical
regions black. Wings with base and apex black
(MESZ) ONE RL Re bicolor
+ Tegmina with pale spots in the subcostal zone
and bases of the anal zone (figs. 68) ...... 3
Pronotumtblack eee nein. ieee pica
— Pronotum red
Pronotal disk with a solid dark macula sur-
rounded by pale orange-yellow (fig. 93)
ROMEU AGL OURS SE ne DEAN rene andamanica
Pronotal disk completely dark
Tegmina pale yellowish-white, transparent,
strikingly lighter than the dark pronotum (fig.
8A in Roth 1985b) .... montis (= bicolorata)
Tegmina and pronotum dark
Femora pale with their apices dark brown (figs.
84-86). Supraanal plate, paraprocts, and inter-
gercaliprocessestas insfig:19 ON. iti reversa
= Femora completely dark (as in fig. 81).
Supraanal plate, paraprocts, and intercercal
processes as in fig. 82, and figs. 10F, G, in
Roth 985 ba BANNER nigra (= ferruginea)
pica-species-group
Haplosymploce pica (Walker) comb. n.
(figs. 68-71)
Pseudomops pica Walker, 1868: 213 (male).
Thyrsocera pica (Walker). — Kirby 1904: 78.
Pseudothyrsocera pica (Walker). — Shelford, 1906: 250, 1907:
488; 1908a: 5, pl.1, fig. 3 [habitus]; Hanitsch 1915: 34,
pl. 7, fig. 37 (male) [habitus], 1919: 72, 1923: 463;
Hebard 1929: 10; Bruijning 1948: 95.
91
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
0.5 mm
Figs. 74-77. Haplosymploce spp. 74-76, H. bicolor (Shelford), male holotype: 74, supraanal plate, intercercal processes, and
paraprocts (ventral); 75, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); 76, left tegmen (top) and hind wing (bottom). 77, H. moul-
toni (Hanitsch), female holotype, left tegmen (top) and hind wing (bottom).
Specimens examined. — Lectotype, d (here desig-
nated), (terminalia slide 296), Singapore, Wallace,
Mr. Saunder's collection; Type Orth. 47°/, in HECO.
Paralectotypes. Singapore. HECO: 1d (terminalia
slide 297), same data as lectotype, Type Orth. 47'/..
Sumatra. Heco. 19, Wallace, in Mr. Saunder's
Collection, Type Orth. 47/..
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
space greater than the width between antennal sock-
ets; fifth maxillary palpomere longer than the fourth;
antennae with proximal and distal segments not
plumose, the antennomeres between them thickened
and densely plumose. Pronotum subparabolic,
smooth, hind margin rounded (fig. 68). Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending beyond the end of
the abdomen, the former with longitudinal discoidal
sectors. Hind wing with simple radial vein, cubitus
92
vein with three or four complete and no incomplete
branches, apical triangle absent (fig. 69). Front femur
Type A, with four long proximal spines succeeded by
a row of short stout equal spines (stouter than spin-
ules), pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal
claws symmetrical, simple, arolia small. First abdom-
inal tergum with a median setose gland. Seventh ab-
dominal tergum unspecialized. Supraanal plate sym-
metrical, transverse, median region broadly produced
and setose; intercercal processes large, paraprocts dis-
similar, the left one sclerotized with three terminal
spines (fig. 70). Subgenital plate asymmetrical, left
side of hind margin shallowly excavated, with a pair
of cylindrical styles, the left one larger (fig. 71).
Genitalia as in fig. 71: hook on the left side with a
preapical incision and with a minutely spicular clear
membrane; median phallomere a curved, apically
acute rod; right phallomere consisting of three scle-
rites one a cleft, another with four or seven small
spines.
Female: Front femur with five or six long proximal
spines succeeded by a row of slender spinules and ter-
minating in three heavy spines (Type B.). Supraanal
plate trigonal, sides weakly concave, apex rounded,
reaching hind margin of subgenital plate.
Colour. — Head black, shiny; maxillary palpomeres
and antennae black. Pronotum black. Tegmina black
with subcostal (mediastine) area white, and with a
large, white macula at the base of the anal field (fig.
68). Hind wing darkly infuscated except for a colour-
less proximal region in the anterior field (fig. 69).
Abdomen black. Coxae with basal region black, dis-
tally and part of the outer border whitish; femora, tib-
iae and tarsi black.
Measurements (mm) (@ in parentheses). Length,
9.8 (11.2); pronotum length X width, 3.3-3.6 X
3.6-3.9 (3.9 X 4.2); tegmen length, 11.5-12.0
(13.3); interocular width, 1.1-1.2 (1.4).
Remarks. — The subgenital plate, styles and geni-
talia are similar to those of Pseudothyrsocera ruficollis
(see remarks below, under that species).
Haplosymploce ruficollis (Shelford) comb. n.
(figs. 72-73)
Pseudothyrsocera ruficollis Shelford, 1906: 251, pl. 14, fig. 6
(habitus) (male). — Shelford 1908a: 5; Hanitsch 1915:
35, pl. 7, fig. 36 (habitus), 1923: 463; Hebard 1929: 10;
Bruijning 1948: 95.
Specimen examined. — Holotype, ¢ (terminalia
slide 298), Penang [Pinang, Malaysia], Cantor; Type
Orth. 48 in HECO.
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
space greater than the distance between antennal
sockets; antennae missing. [When Shelford described
the species, the antennae were mutillated. He stated
that when intact specimens are found the basal half of
the antennae probably would be plumose, as in pica.
Hanitsch (1915: 35) did see two additional speci-
mens from Sarawak and Selangor, and found that the
antennae are plumose]. Pronotum subparabolic.
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending be-
yond end of abdomen, the former with longitudinal
discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple radial and
media veins, cubitus vein with three complete and no
incomplete branches, apical triangle absent. Legs
missing. First abdominal tergum with a setose gland.
Seventh abdominal tergum unspecialized. Supraanal
plate with the median region produced, intercercal
processes large, similar, paraprocts dissimilar, the left
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
one with three terminal spines (fig. 72). Subgenital
plate asymmetrical, the hind margin on the left side
weakly excavated, with a pair of similar, widely sepa-
rated styles (fig. 73). Genitalia as in fig. 73: hook on
the left side with a preapical incision; median phal-
lomere a slender, curved, apically acute rod; right
phallomere consisting of four sclerites one of which is
a small cleft.
Colour. — Head and pronotum red; maxillary palpi
and antennae black. Tegmina black with a yellowish-
white macula on the subcostal (mediastinal) region
and at the base of the anal field. Wings dark brown,
pale in the proximal region, veins mostly dark (yel-
lowish at the bases of the veins in the anterior and
posterior fields). Coxae with their outer borders and
distal ends yellowish-white.
Female: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 12.0; pronotum
length X width, 3.7 X 4.2; tegmen length, 13.2; in-
terocular width, 1.3.
Remarks. — Shelford (1906: 251) was correct in
saying that ruficollis is most closely allied to pica, a
conclusion supported by the strong similarity in the
two species of the subgenital plate, styles, genitalia,
supraanal plate, paraprocts, and intercercal processes
(cf. figs 70, 71 with 72, 73). In fact, ruficollis may
eventually prove to be a colour variant of pica. The
tegminal colour and markings are similar (the medial
macula is much larger and more distinct in moultoni),
but the colour differences of the head and pronotum
are strikingly different and readily separate the two
taxa.
Haplosymploce bicolor (Shelford) comb. n.
(figs. 74-76)
Pseudothyrsocera bicolor Shelford, 1909: 612 (male). —
Hanitsch 1915: 36 (male), 1923: 463; Hebard 1929: 10;
Bruijning 1948: 94; Princis 1969: 955.
Specimen examined. — Holotype, d (terminalia
slide 300), Mt. Matang, N.W. Borneo [Sarawak],
vi.1900; Type Orth. 50 in HECO.
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
space greater than the distance between the antennal
sockets; about the basal two thirds of the antennae
densely plumose. Pronotum suboval. Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending beyond end of ab-
domen, the former with longitudinal discoidal sectors
(fig. 76, top). Hind wing with simple radial and me-
dia veins, cubitus vein with four complete (not five as
stated by Shelford) and no incomplete branches, api-
cal triangle absent (fig. 76, bottom). Front femur
93
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 139, 1996
Figs. 78-83. Haplosymploce spp. males. 78-80, H. montis (Shelford), holotype: 78, seventh abdominal tergum; 79, subgenital
plate, intercercal processes, and paraprocts (ventral); 80, genitalia (dorsal). 81-83, Haplosymploce nigra Hanitsch: 81, (lecto-
type) front femur (anterior surface); 82, 83 (paralectotype): 82, supraanal plate, intercercal processes, and paraprocts (ventral;
a, left intercercal process; b, left paraproct); 83, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
Type A,, or A, (the first of the four terminal spines is
only slightly longer than the one preceding it); pulvil-
li on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetri-
cal, simple, arolia small. First abdominal tergum with
94
a setal specialization. Seventh abdominal tergum un-
specialized. Supraanal plate transverse, symmetrical,
midregion of the hind margin produced, intercercal
processes, large, similar, right and left paraprocts dis-
similar (fig. 74). Subgenital plate almost symmetrical,
styli widely separated (fig. 75; Shelford (1909) stated
that the left style is much longer than the right one;
however, the slide preparation shows that the left
style is damaged and is missing the distal region.).
Genitalia as in fig. 75: hook on the left side with a
preapical incision; median phallomere a slender, api-
cally acute rod and near the apex, but separated from
it, is a small, dark, dense group of setae; right phal-
lomere consists of three sclerites one of which is a
cleft.
Colour. — Head black; maxillary palpi black; basal
two thirds of the antennae black, the distal third be-
yond the plumose region, yellow. Pronotum black.
Proximal and apical region of the tegmina black, the
intermediate zone yellowish with a small dark spot in
the middle, and with a yellowish spot in the subcostal
region (fig. 76, top). Wings with base and apex black-
ish, remainder hyaline (fig. 76, bottom). Abdominal
terga and sterna black. Legs black except for the cox-
ae whose apical halves and outer margins are yellow-
ish.
Female: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 11.5; pronotum
length X width, 4.4 X 5.4; tegmen length, 14.2;
interocular width, 1.4.
Remarks. — The striking colour of the tegmina and
wings readily identify this species.
Haplosymploce moultoni (Hanitsch) comb. n.
(fig. 77)
Pseudothyrsocera moultoni Hanitsch, 1915: 36, pl. 3, fig. 16
(female). — Hanitsch 1923: 463; Hebard 1929: 10;
Bruijning 1948:95; Princis 1969: 955.
Specimen examined. — Holotype 9, Mt. Merinjak,
Sarawak, 2200 feet, 19.v.1914, Moulton; Type Orth.
260 in HECO (The specimen is fragmented and parts
are mounted on cards.)
Redescription. — Female: Head with interocular
space greater than the distance between antennal
sockets; antennae missing (according to Hanitsch, the
antennae are plumose). Pronotum _ parabolic.
Tegmina and wings fully developed extending be-
yond end of abdomen, the former with longitudinal
discoidal sectors (fig. 77, top). Hind wing with sim-
ple radial and media veins, the cubitus vein with four
complete and one incomplete branches, apical trian-
gle absent (fig. 77, bottom). Front femur Type A;
pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws sym-
metrical, simple, arolia small. Supraanal plate dam-
aged.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Colour. — Head reddish brown with a large black
macula on the genae; antennae black, except for a few
distal white segments, terminal antennomeres black
(from Hanitsch). Tegmina reddish brown with three
large maculae, one occupying almost the entire anal
field, a second medially, and the third at the apex (fig.
77, top). Hind wing with apical region of the anteri-
or field dark brown and black, remaining region yel-
lowish; posterior field infuscated, darker basad and
posteriorly (fig. 77, bottom). Abdomen reddish
brown. Legs with coxae black basally, yellowish dis-
tally and along the outer border, femora black with a
yellowish band along the ventral margin, tibiae, tarsi,
and cerci black.
Male: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 12.5; pronotum
length X width, 4.6 X 5.3; tegmen length, 14.3;
interocular width, 1.5.
Remarks. — Based on the colour and pattern of the
tegmina and wings, moultoni and bicolor may prove to
be synonyms when the male of the former is found,
and larger series are examined to determine the extent
of colour variation.
Haplosymploce montis (Shelford)
(figs. 78-80)
Ischnoptera montis Shelford, 1906: 266, pl. XVI, fig. 10
(male). —Shelford 1908a: 7; Hanitsch, 1915: 39, 1923:
463.
Parasymploce montis (Shelford). — Hebard 1929: 10.
Haplosymploce montis (Shelford). — Bruijning 1948: 76, figs.
13, 37; Princis 1950a: 178.
Symploce bicolorata Roth, 1985b: 148, figs. 8, 9 (male not fe-
male, see remarks). Syn. n.
Specimens examined. — Holotype d of Jschnoptera
montis Shelford (terminalia slide 258), N.W. Borneo,
Sarawak, Mt. Matang nr Kuching, 2.v.1902, pres.
1905 by the Sarawak Museum; Type Orth. 57, in
HECO. Additional specimens. — Sabah. RMNH: N.
Borneo, 12.5 km S. Nabawan, Kg. Pamuntaria, nr.
river, 116.27E 5.02N, 400 m, 16, 16.xi. 1987, J.
Huisman & R. de Jong. BPBM: Tawau, Quoin Hill,
Cocoa Res. Sta., light trap, d holotype No. 13472
(wing on slide 214), 17.ix.1962, and 1d paratype
(terminalia slide 213), 3.ix.1962, Y. Hirashima, of
Symploce bicolorata Roth; Tawau, Quoin Hill, Cocoa
Res. Sta., Malaise, 225 m, 26, 20.ix.1962, Y.
Hirashima, in jungle, light trap, 26, 3-7.vii.1962, H.
Holtmann; Forest Camp, 19 km north of Kalabakan,
IG, MIDP EO mis le sl C2 RICE
Kuncheria. zits: Malaysia, Sabah, Sipitang,
Mendolong, 1d, 25.xi.1987, AlL, 1d, 5.iv.1988,
18, 30.iv.1988, 16, 6.1v.1988, 34, 5.v.1988, 16,
95
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 84-92. Haplosymploce reversa (Walker). 84-85, front femora (anterior surfaces): male and female respectively, from
Kedah Peak; 86-91, male holotype: 86, front femur (anterior surface); 87, first abdominal tergum (pinned specimen); 88, sev-
enth abdominal tergum (slide preparation); 89, hind wing; 90, supraanal plate, intercercal processes, and paraprocts (ventral);
91, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); 92, female from Kuala Lumpur, supraanal plate (dorsal).
96
i11.1989, S. Adebratt. Two retained at mczc. Malaya.
BPBM: Malay Pen., S.E. Pahang, Rompin Mining
Co., Railway Track, 50 km, 1d, 9.iv.1961, KJ.
Kuncheria. Sumatra. RMNH: Tanangtalu, 14,
v.1915, E. Jacobson. ZMAN: Bandar Baru, 850 m,
Ld, 11.1921, J.B. Corporaal (Sumatran specimens re-
ported by Bruijning 1948: 76).
Remarks. — The distal parts of the supraanal and
subgenital plates (and styles) are missing from the
type of montis but the intercercal processes and para-
procts (fig. 79), genital phallomeres (fig. 80), and the
specializations on the seventh (fig. 78) and first ab-
dominal terga are intact. The front femur is Type A,
but the row of preterminal spines are small and simi-
lar in length but stouter than piliform spinules; other
specimens of montis have Type B, or intermediate be-
tween A, and B, (a mixture of piliform spinules and
stout spines of the same length). These structures, as
well as the distinctive colour pattern of dark reddish
brown pronotum and pale yellowish-white semi-
transparent tegmina (although there is some variation
in the pronotal colour, some being lighter than oth-
ers) are so similar to those of Symploce bicolorata Roth
(1985c: fig. 8) that I am synonymizing the two
species. The measurements (mm) of the present male
specimens are as follows: Length, 11.0-16.0; prono-
tum length X width, 3.5-4.0 X 4.1-4.6; tegmen
length, 14.0-15.0; interocular width, 0.8.
The female paratype of S. bicolorata from Pelawan
besar, Kalimantan, is not Haplosymploce montis but is
possibly a species of Symploce.
Haplosymploce nigra (Hanitsch)
(figs. 81-83)
Ischnoptera nigra Hanitsch, 1928: 15, pl. 1, fig. 6 (male).
Haplosymploce nigra (Hanitsch), 1933b: 237; Bruijning
1948: 76; Princis 1969: 875.
Symploce ferruginea Roth, 1985b: 152, figs. 10, 11 (male and
female). Syn. n.
Specimens examined. — Lectotype, d (here desig-
nated), Mentawe[a]i Island, Siberoet, 15.ix.1924,
ERE Karny; | Type Orth. 3251/2) in ECO:
Paralectotype: Sumatra. HECO: N. Pagi Island, West
Sumatra, Type Orth. 325/, 1d (terminalia slide
256), x.1924, C.B.K. & N.S. Additional specimens.
— West Malaysia. HECO: Pahang, Fraser's Hill, 4000
ft., d holotype (terminalia slide 193) of Symploce fer-
ruginea Roth (Type Orth. 970), 1.vi.1932, H.M.
Pendlebury. Sabah. BPBM: Forest Camp, 19 km north
of Kalabakan, 60 m, light trap, ® paratype of
Symploce ferruginea Roth, 29.x.1962, Y. Hirashima.
zits: Malaysia, Sabah, Sipitang, Mendolong, 19,
29.x11.1987, AIL, 19, iii.1988, 19, 5.iv.1988, 1988,
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
19, 6.iv.1988, 19, 5.v.1988, W5L, 12, 19.iv.1988,
S. Adebratt. Two retained in Mczc. RMNH: Malaysia-
SE. Sabah, nr. Danum Valley Field C., c. 150 m,
WO Mal. trap 5, 19, 20.vi. —12.vii.1987, C. v.
Achterberg & D. Kennedy; N. Borneo, Sabah, 24 km
on rd. Keningau-Kimanis (N. side), 116.03E 5.27N,
1350 m, 12, 19.xi.1987, J. Huisman & R. de Jong.
Redescription. — Male: Head hidden, interocular
space about the same as the distance between anten-
nal sockets. Pronotum suboval. Tegmina and wings
fully developed extending beyond end of abdomen,
the former with simple radial vein and weakly oblique
discoidal sectors. Hind wing with simple radial vein,
cubitus oblique, weakly sigmoid, with four or five
complete and two or three incomplete branches, api-
cal triangle absent (Hanitsch 1928: pl.1, fig. 6). Front
femur with eight or nine stout proximal spines, the
basal five or six about equal in length, the others
much smaller, succeeded by five to eight piliform
spinules and three large terminal spines (fig. 81)
[Type B,; Hanitsch (1928: 15) stated that the anteri-
or edge of the front femur of nigra has ‘... 4 large
spines, followed by 5 shorter ones (type A).’; actually
the stout spines are succeeded by a short row of pili-
form spinules which classify the femur as Type B);
pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws sym-
metrical, simple, arolia small. First abdominal tergum
with a large depression and a dense group of setae me-
dially. Seventh abdominal tergum with a depression
and large medial tuft of setae. Supranal plate, para-
procts, and intercercal processes as in fig. 82.
Subgenital plate and genitalia as in fig. 83.
Female (illustrated in Roth, 1985b, figs. 11A-C).
Front femur Type A,. Cubitus vein of hind wing
oblique or subsigmoid, with six or seven complete
and three incomplete branches, apical triangle absent.
Supraanal plate trigonal.
Colour. — Varies from dark reddish brown to
blackish brown. Legs (femora, tibiae, tarsi), and cerci
dark. Wings dark brown.
Measurements (mm) ( in parentheses). — Length,
10.2-10.7 (12.0-18.0); pronotum length X width,
3.3-3.4 X 4.0-4.1 (4.3-4.7 X 5.2-5.8); tegmen
length, 11.5-12.5 (16.5-19.5); interocular width, 0.9
(0.9-1.0).
Remarks. — I am synonymizing ferruginea with ni-
gra because the differences between their males are
minor. Similarities between the intercercal processes,
paraprocts, and genitalia suggest a close relationship
between Haplosymploce nigra and H. montis (cf., figs.
79, 80, with 82 and 83).
97
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
<<< S
EB
Coma
Sa
Figs. 93-101. Haplosymploce andamanica (Princis), types. 93-100, male holotype: 93, pronotum; 94, subgenital plate (ven-
tral); 95, supraanal plate, paraprocts, and intercercal processes (ventral); 96, glandular region on first abdominal tergum; 97,
gland on seventh abdominal tergum (slide preparation); 98, hind wing; 99, abdominal terga seven to ten (supraanal plate);
100, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal); 101, female paratype, supraanal plate (dorsal).
Haplosymploce reversa (Walker)
(figs. 84-92)
Ischnoptera reversa Walker, 1869: 147 (male). — Kirby 1904:
81; Shelford 1907: 489, 1908a: 7; Hanitsch 1915: 37,
1923: 398.
Parasymploce reversa (Walker). — Hebard 1929: 10.
Haplosymploce reversa (Walker). — Bruijning 1948: 78, fig.
38; Princis 1969: 875.
Specimens examined. — Holotype, d (terminalia
slide 257), Singapore, Wallace, W.W. Saunders coll.,
98
purch. and pres. '73 by Mrs. F.W. Hope; Type Orth.
54 in HECO [Mr. I. Lansbury informed me that the
holotype was almost totally destroyed in the return
mail; he placed the remnants in a ‘container’ and at-
tached it to the type pin]. Additional specimens. —
West Malaysia. HECO: Kuala Lumpur, Malay Pen.,
19, ex coll. Dept. Agric.; Kedah Peak, 3300 ft., 1d,
EAO DEE IL Sp ZEIGE
Redescription. — Male: Interocular space slightly
less than distance between antennal sockets.
Pronotum subparabolic. Tegmina and wings fully de-
veloped extending beyond end of abdomen, the for-
mer with simple radial vein and longitudinal dis-
coidal sectors. Hind wing with simple radial vein,
cubitus vein with five complete and three or four in-
complete branches, apical triangle absent (fig. 89),
the triangular region folded when at rest. Front femur
Type A, (fig. 86, holotype; six spines preceding the
three long terminal spines are small and about the
same length but are stouter than piliform spinules)
(the femur of a male from Medan, Sumatra, also is
Type A,, see Bruijning 1948: 78, fig. 38), or Type B,
with nine stout proximal spines decreasing in length
distad, succeeded by six piliform spinules and termi-
nating in three large spines (fig. 84, d from Kedah
Peak, West Malaysia); pulvilli on four proximal tar-
someres, tarsal claws symmetrical, simple, arolia
small. First abdominal tergum with a pair of deep fos-
sae divided medially by a longitudinal ridge bearing a
dense group of setae and with setae along the anterior
margins of the fossae (fig. 87). Seventh abdominal
tergum with two, almost contiguous groups of setae
in a shallow depression (fig. 88; this gland may be
hidden by the overlapping sixth tergum). Supraanal
plate symmetrical hind margin convexly rounded, en-
tire; intercercal processes weakly dissimilar, spinelike,
right and left paraprocts dissimilar, the right one with
a curved, spinelike process and a dark sclerite bearing
three small, dark, spines (fig. 90). Subgenital plate
asymmetrical with dissimilar styles, the left one more
slender (fig. 91). Genitalia as in fig. 91: hook on the
left side with a preapical incision; also on the left side
is a setose sclerite; median phallomere a dark, curved,
apically acute rod with a small setose sclerite near the
apex; right phallomere consisting of at least two scle-
rites one of which is a reduced cleft.
Female: Interocular space about the same as dis-
tance between antennal sockets. Cubitus vein of hind
wing with five or six complete and two incomplete
branches, apical triangle absent. Front femur Type A,,
(sometimes the last four or five spines are longer than
the preceding ones thus appearing to be Type A,, or
A,, as in fig. 85). Supraanal plate subtrigonal, sides of
the hind margin concave, apex rounded (fig. 92).
Colour. — Head reddish brown without markings;
proximal segments of antennae dark brown, remain-
der light brown; segments four and five of maxillary
palpi and last segment of labial palpi dark brown,
other segments pale. Pronotum reddish brown, with-
out markings, lateral borders opaque. Tegmina hya-
line, reddish brown. Hind wing with costal vein re-
gion yellowish, its margin darkened (fig. 89), veins
yellowish. Abdominal terga and sterna reddish
brown. Basal half of dorsal surface of the cerci light
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
brown, distal half and ventral surface dark brown.
Coxae and most of the femoral surface reddish
brown, apexes of the femora (figs. 84-86), tibiae and
tarsi dark brown.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). — Length,
13.5 (13.5-14.7); pronotum length X width, 3.6-4.0
X 4.3-4.6 (4.0-4.1 X 4.6-5.0); interocular width,
OFZO)
Remarks. — The shape of the female's subgenital
plate of reversa resembles that of the female of
Haplosymploce nigra (= ferruginea; see Roth, 1985b:
nee)
Haplosymploce andamanica (Princis) comb. n.
(figs. 93-101)
Mopsera andamanica Princis, 1951: 59, pl. 6, fig. 64 (male
& female).
Pseudothyrsocera andamanica (Princis). — Princis 1969: 956.
Specimens examined. — Holotype d (terminalia
slide 111), Port Blair, Andaman Islands, Roeppstorff;
in zMuc. Paratype. Andaman Islands. zmuc: 19,
same data as holotype.
Redescription. — Male: Head surface rough and
with small setae, interocular width the same as the
distance between antennal sockets; fifth maxillary
palpomere distinctly longer than the fourth.
Pronotum suboval, widest behind the middle, surface
densely punctate and punctulate, and covered with
small setae (fig. 93). Tegmina and wings fully devel-
oped extending beyond the end of the abdomen, the
former with longitudinal discoidal sectors. Hind
wings with subcosta extending to about the middle of
the anterior margin, costal veins thickened, not
clubbed, radial and media veins simple, cubitus vein
weakly curved, with four complete and two incom-
plete branches, apical triangle absent (fig. 98). Front
femur Type B, with 7 large proximal spines; pulvilli
on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws simple,
symmetrical, arolia very small. First abdominal ter-
gum medially with a pair of raised ridges and a deep
fossa, and two groups of setae originating along the
anterior margin and overlapping the fossae; a pair of
filamentous membranes, apparently arising from the
posterior margin of the metanotum extends to the
first abdominal tergum (fig. 96). Seventh abdominal
tergum with a deep medial fossa in which are a dense,
group of curved setae (figs. 97). Supraanal plate ap-
pears to be trapezoidal, in the pinned specimen, be-
cause the hind margin is deflexed ventrad (fig. 99); in
the slide preparation the hind margin is convexly
rounded (fig. 95) with long setae along the hind mar-
gin; a pair of similar intercercal processes are spinelike
99
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
0.5 mm
Figs. 102-104. Beybienkoa guttifera (Walker). 102-103, male holotype: 102, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal; the left
hooklike phallomere and right style are missing); 103, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 104, male subgenital plate and
genitalia, from near Mt Tozer, Queensland, Australia (dorsal) (from Roth, 1991, fig. 64A, as Beybienkoa papuensis).
and have a small spine apically; right and left para-
procts are dissimlar, each consisting of a stout curved
sclerite the right one bearing seven stout spines api-
cally and the left one with three apical spines (fig. 95).
Subgenital plate asymmetrical, the hind margin to the
left of the midline excavated, with a pair of dissimilar
styles separated by the width of the excavation, the
right style larger (figs. 94, 100). Genitalia as in fig.
100: hook on the left side with a preapical incision,
and surrounded by a spicular membrane; near the
hook is a dense, dark group of setae; median phal-
lomere a slender, apically acute rod, above it is a dense
group of dark setae near the apex; right phallomere
with three sclerites one of which is a cleft.
100
Female: Interocular width slightly greater than in
male. Front femur Type B.. Supraanal plate strongly
trigonal, apex acute (fig. 101).
Colour. — Head black, only the clypeus and
mouthparts partly brownish; maxillary palpomeres
blackish; basal segments of the antennae blackish, re-
mainder brownish yellow. Pronotal disk with a solid
dark macula competely surrounded by pale orange
yellow (fig. 93). Tegmina dark reddish brown. Hind
wing hyaline, without infuscation, veins brownish.
Abdominal terga with middle segments orange yel-
low, distal terga dark brown. Abdominal sterna with
proximal segments orange yellow, distal segments
blackish brown. (Female hind margin of subgenital
plate orangish). Coxae and legs blackish brown.
Measurements (mm) (2 in parentheses). — Length,
13.5 (12.0); pronotum length X width, 3.4 X 4.3
(3.7 X 4.4); tegmen length, 14.0 (14.0); interocular
width, 0.5 (0.7).
Remarks. — Princis (1969: 956) placed this species
in Pseudothyrsocera. However, the hind wing vena-
tion, subgenital plate, styles, and intercercal process-
es, are similar to those structures in species of
Haplosymploce, and I am transferring andamanica to
this genus.
Haplosymploce curta (Hanitsch)
Symploce curta Hanitsch, 1932c: 264 (female).
Haplosymploce curta (Hanitsch). — Hanitsch 1933a: 128;
Bruijning 1947: 218; Princis 1969: 876.
Holotype (not examined), 2, Mampoegrot
(Mampoe cave), S. Celebes, S. Leefmans, ix.1929; the
type is supposed to be in the Leyden Museum, but ac-
cording to Bruijning (1947: 218) it is not there and
probably is in the collection of the Buitenzorg
Museum (now Museum Bogor).
Description (from Hanitsch 1932c). — Female:
Head exposed, interocular space as wide as the dis-
tance between antennal sockets. Pronotum sub-orbic-
ulate, anterior margin straight to weakly emarginate,
hind margin obtusely produced. Tegmina short,
reaching to the middle of the supraanal plate: 11
costals, the ninth and eleventh forked, the tenth four-
branched; radial vein simple, discoidal sectors longi-
tudinal. Wings as long as the tegmina, subcostal vein
bifurcate; 8 costals, radial and media veins straight,
simple, cubitus vein with three complete and two in-
complete branches, apical triangle absent. Front fe-
mur Type A. Supraanal plate trigonal, keeled.
Colour. — Head dull orange, antennae rusty red-
dish brown. Pronotal disk dull orange, margins dark-
er. Tegmina golden amber. Wings faintly orange,
costal and apical regions dark orange. Cerci dull or-
ange. Abdominal sterna dull reddish orange. Legs dull
brownish yellow.
Male: Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Total length, 11.0; prono-
tum length X width, 4.0 X 4.3; tegmen length, 8.8.
Remarks. — Until the male is found I am provi-
sionally retaining the species in Haplosymplce because
its cubitus vein of the hind wing has three complete
branches and its front femur is Type A.
? Haplosymploce castanea (Brunner) comb. n.
Phyllodromia castanea Brunner, 1898: 204, pl. 16, fig. 7
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
(male). — Kirby 1904: 93; Shelford 1908a: 13; Hanitsch
1923: 402.
? Mopsera castanea (Brunner). — Hebard 1929: 78; Bruijning
1948: 98.
? Pseudothyrsocera castanea (Brunner). — Princis 1969: 956.
Holotype (not examined), 4 , Brunei, Borneo; sup-
posedly in Brunner's collection in NMWA but it is
not there (Kaltenbach, personal communication).
Description (from Brunner). — Male: Reddish
brown. Vertex exposed, the front rusty red brown.
Pronotum elongate, lateral margins pale. Marginal
field of the tegmen brownish yellow. Wing not very
infumate. Cubitus vein of hind wing with four
branches. Legs and abdomen reddish brown.
Measurements (mm). — Body length, 11.0; prono-
tum length X width, 3.0 X 3.3; tegmen length,
10.5.
Remarks. — Brunner's meagre description is not
sufficient to place castanea in Pseudothyrsocera un-
equivocally. I am provisionally placing it in
Haplosymploce because the cubitus vein of the hind
wing has four (?complete) branches.
Distribution of Haplosymploce by species:
andamanica: Andaman Islands
bicolor. Sarawak
? castanea: Brunei
curta: Sulawesi
montis: Sabah; Sarawak; Sumatra
moultoni: Sarawak
nigra: Mentawai Island; Sabah; Sumatra; West
Malaysia
pica: Singapore, Sumatra
reversa: Singapore; West Malaysia
ruficollis. Malaysia
Distribution of Haplosymploce by country or
region:
Andaman Islands: andamanica
Brunei: ? castanea
Malaysia: ruficollis
Mentawai Islands: nigra
Sabah: montis, nigra
Sarawak: bicolor, montis, moultoni
Singapore: pica; reversa
Sulawesi: ? castanea; curta
Sumatra: nigra; pica
West Malaysia: nigra; reversa
The following two species, Blatta guttifera and
Blatta walkeri, which were listed by Princis (1969:
875, 876) under Haplosymploce belong in two differ-
ent genera and are redescribed here as new combina-
tions:
101
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 105-109. Hemithyrsocera walkeri (Princis), male holotype of Blatta elegans Walker: 105, pronotum; 106, seventh ab-
dominal tergum showing the medial gland and lateral lobes; 107, supraanal plate, subobsolete intercercal processes, and para-
procts (ventral); 108, hind wing; 109, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
Beybienkoa guttifera (Walker) comb. n.
(figs. 102-104)
Blatta guttifera Walker, 1868: 230 (male).
Phyllodromia guttifera (Walker). — Kirby 1904: 93;
Shelford1907: 493, 1908a: 14.
Haplosymploce guttifera (Walker). — Princis 1969: 875.
Symploce papuensis Roth 1985d: 300, figs. 1A-J (male). Syn.
n.
Beybienkoa papuensis (Roth). — Roth 1991: 656, figs. 64A-C
(male & female).
Specimen examined. — Holotype, d (terminalia
slide 302), Aru Island [Moluccas], Mr. Saunders coll.;
Type Orth. 97 in zeco. [the type is in very poor con-
dition].
102
Remarks. — Unfortunately the hind wings are bad-
ly damaged, the right style and hook left phallomere
are missing from the type (fig. 102). However, this
species so closely agrees with the description of
Symploce papuensis (Roth 1985d: 300) and later its
new combination Beybienkoa papuensis (Roth 1991:
656) (from Papua New Guinea and Queensland,
Australia), that I am synonymizing the two species.
Similarities are found in the pronotum and head
markings (see figs. 1A, B in Roth, 1985d), the
supraanal plate and paraprocts (fig. 103), subgenital
plate and left style (right style broken off); cf. figs.
102 and 104. There is only a minor difference in the
right genital phallomere, one of whose sclerites in
papuensis has four spines (fig. 104), whereas there are
nine in guttifera (fig. 102), but I consider this in-
traspecific variation. The hind wing cubitus vein of
papuensis has two long complete and zero to one in-
complete branches, apical triangle distinctly devel-
oped (fig. 1J in Roth, 1985d).
Hemithyrsocera walkeri (Princis) comb. n.
(figs. 105-109)
Blatta elegans Walker (nec Eschscholtz, 1822) 1868: 226
(male).
Phyllodromia elegans (Walker),- Kirby 1904: 92; Shelford
1907: 492, 493, 1906: 13; Hanitsch 1915: 55, 1923:
463.
Parasymploce elegans (Walker). — Hebard 1929: 10.
Haplosymploce walkeri Princis 1969: 876.
Specimen examined. — Holotype, d (terminalia
slide 303), Sarawak, Wallace, in Mr. Saunder's coll.;
Type Orth. 95 in HECO.
Redescription. — Male: Head with interocular
space distinctly less than the distance between anten-
nal sockets. Pronotum suboval, hind margin pro-
duced (fig. 105). Tegmina and wings fully developed
extending beyond end of abdomen, the former with a
branched radial vein and longitudinal discoidal sec-
tors. Hind wing with simple costal veins, radial vein
branched before the middle, media and cubitus veins
deeply concave, the latter with two complete and no
incomplete branches, apical triangle well developed
(fig. 108). Front femur Type A,; pulvilli on four prox-
imal tarsomeres, tarsal claws symmetrical, apparently
with subobsolete serrations, arolia present. First ab-
dominal tergum unspecialized. Seventh abdominal
tergum with a medial setose gland and dark, well de-
veloped lateral lobes (fig. 106). Supraanal plate hind
margin convexly rounded, entire; intercercal process-
es greatly reduced; right and left paraprocts dissimilar
(fig. 107). Subgenital plate asymmetrical with a small
cylindrical right style, and on the left side a large,
darkly sclerotized, curved structure (possibly a left
style) (fig. 109). Genitalia as in fig. 109: hook on the
left side, without a preapical incision; median phal-
lomere a stout rod with a slender filament arising
from its upper third, right phallomere consisting of
two large sclerites one of which is a cleft structure.
Female: Unknown.
Colour. — Head brownish yellow with a dark band
on the vertex; last maxillary palpomere, and antennae
dark. Pronotum with a pair of large dark bands very
narrowly separated medially, and with two large
brownish yellow maculae on the posterior half, later-
al and anterior borders brownish yellow (fig. 105).
Tegmina reddish brown. Hind wings infuscated,
costal area darker (fig. 108). Legs brownish yellow.
Cerci brownish.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 10.6; pronotum
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
length width, 3.1 3.7; tegmen length, 13.0; in-
terocular width, 0.4.
Remarks. — Hebard (1929: 10) listed this species
(and three others) in a table as … elegans. Princis
(1969: 876) assumed he placed them in Parasymploce
because several taxa listed before them were placed in
that genus. If he meant the dots to represent
Parasymploce, he was correct because Parasymploce is a
junior synonym of Hemithyrsocera (Roth 1995: 962).
The gland and lateral lobes of the seventh tergum,
wing venation and distinct apical triangle, subgenital
plate and genitalia of walkeri are typical of
Hemithyrsocera (= Parasymploce), and the species
clearly is not a Haplosymploce as claimed by Princis.
The subobsolete serrations on the tarsal claws is un-
usual for the genus.
New combinations, new species, and new records
of Episymploce
Genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko
Episymploce Bey-Bienko, 1950: 157; Asahina, 1979: 352;
Roth, 1986b,: 355; 1986c: 173; 1987a: 455; 1987b: 111;
1987c: 125; 1987d: 143 (generic revision, new species).
Diagnosis. — Tegmina and wings fully developed
(rarely with reduced tegmina and wings in the fe-
male), the former with longitudinal discoidal sectors.
Hind wing with radial vein usually branched before
or after the midpoint; cubitus weakly or distinctly
curved with one to seven (rarely none) complete
branches, and none to seven incomplete rami, apical
triangle subobsolete or absent (fig. 112).
Anteroventral margin of front femur Type A, B,
(rarely B), or intermediate between the two types;
pulvilli on four proximal tarsomeres, tarsal claws sym-
metrical, simple, arolia present. Male: First abdomi-
nal tergum with or without a gland. Seventh abdom-
inal tergum always specialized (figs. 111, 113).
Supraanal plate often asymmetrical, the hind margin
may be invaginated, excised (fig. 116), sometimes en-
tire, or with a symmetrical or asymmetrical process
(fig. 120); right and left paraprocts dissimilar; inter-
cercal processes absent (figs. 116, 120). Subgenital
plate asymmetrical, often trigonal with the left (figs.
111, 115), or right and left sides setose and incrassate
(the thickened region may vary in length, and some-
times is absent); usually there is a spinelike process on
each side about midway on the lateral margin, these
differing in length on the right and left sides (these
are similar to subgenital plates of the /ugubris-species-
group of Pseudothyrsocera; see fig. 47). Two similar or
dissimilar styles usually occur on the apical end of the
subgenital plate (fig. 118). Genitalia consisting of
103
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
SSS
Figs. 110-118. Episymploce simmonsi sp. n., male paratype: 110, pronotum; 111, abdominal terga seven to ten, and subgeni-
tal plate (dorsal); 112, hind wing (a, posterior branch of the radial vein); 113, seventh abdominal tergum; 114, ninth ab-
dominal tergum and laterotergites (dorsal; the laterotergites are turned under the tergum); 115, eighth abdominal sternum,
ninth laterotergites, and subgenital plate (ventral); 116, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 117, left style and thickened
corner of the subgenital plate; 118, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal).
three phallomeres, the hook occurring on the left side
(fig. 118), placing the genus in the Blattellinae.
Remarks. — The hind wing venation of
Haplosymploce is similar to that of Episymploce except
that its radial vein is unbranched (or has a pseudopos-
terior branch). Also the former genus has intercercal
104
processes which are lacking in Episymploce.
In my revision of Episymploce (Roth, 1987a: 150) I
described and redescribed 53 species. In this paper I
describe two new species and transfer some species of
Symploce, raising the total number in the genus to
about 70.
Episymploce simmonsi sp. n.
(figs. 110-118)
Specimens examined. — Holotype, d, Indonesia,
Sulawesi, Tengah, Gng., Sinsing, above Sinsing
Camp, SW. of Luwuk, understory/canopy lowland
rainforest at light, 200 m, Sample Sul. 16, 16.x.1989,
J.P. Duffels; in ZMAN. Paratypes: Sulawesi. ZMAN:
Indonesia, Sulawesi Tenggara, Centipede Camp, nr.
Gng. Watowila, NE. of Kolaka, c. 3°49'S 121°40'E,
canopy undisturbed hilly rainforest at light, 1100 m,
Sample Sul. 31, 1d (terminalia slide 47), 2.xi.1989,
Sample Sul. 34, 12, 5.xi.1989, J.P. Duffels.
Description. — Male: Head slightly exposed, inter-
ocular space the same as distance between ocellar
spots. Pronotum suboval (fig. 110). Tegmina and
wings fully developed extending beyond end of ab-
domen, the former with longitudinal discoidal sec-
tors. Hind wing with five subcostal veins and ten sim-
ple costal veins, radial vein with a branch originating
before the middle, terminating in one forked and one
simple branch; media and cubitus veins concave the
former simple, the latter with four complete and two
small incomplete branches, apical triangle subobso-
lete (fig. 112). Front femur Type A,; pulvilli on four
proximal tarsomeres of all legs, tarsal claws simple,
symmetrical, arolia small. First abdominal tergum
with a row of setae along an anterior ridge and a few
setae anteromedially. Seventh abdominal tergum
with a pair of deep, dark fossae anteromedially, with a
row of setae along the anterior margins of the depres-
sions; between the fossae is a triangular elevation
bearing a group of setae (figs. 111, 113). Right and
left ninth laterotergites similar, ventral margins with-
out dark setae (fig. 114). The supraanal plate hind
margin has a U- or V-shaped medial excavation form-
ing a pair of lobes that do not reach the hind margin
of the subgenital plate if their apexes are deflexed
(holotype, fig. 111); in the paratype the lobes are not
deflexed and their tips reach the hind margin of the
plate; each lobe has a minute dark terminal spine; in-
tercercal processes absent; right and left paraprocts
dissimilar, the right one with a small sclerotized, api-
cally rounded process and a large, more lightly sclero-
tized plate, left paraproct with a darkly sclerotized
plate (figs. 111, 116). Subgenital plate asymmetrical
the hind margin truncate, left side roundly thickened
or swollen and bearing minute spicules or spines;
styles, which are not visible in ventral view (fig. 115),
are strongly dissimilar, the right one large, spinelike,
lying pressed against the right side of the plate, left
one much smaller, corkscrew shaped, arising near the
base of the swollen margin (figs. 111, 115, 117, 118).
Genitalia as in fig. 118; hook on the left side with a
preapical incision, median phallomere a slender rod,
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
its apex darkly sclerotized and acute, right phallomere
consisting of about four sclerites one of which is a
small cleft.
Female: Supraanal plate convexly rounded. Branch
of radial vein of hind wing terminally forked.
Colour. — Head yellowish brown without mark-
ings, labrum darker; maxillary palpomeres two and
three pale, segments four and five dark brown.
Pronotum with a pair of irregular, oblique blackish
stripes that reach the anterior and posterior borders,
background colour yellowish brown (fig. 110).
Tegmina without markings, hyaline, light brown,
humeral area lighter. Hind wing infuscated (fig. 112).
Abdominal terga brown with yellowish lateral bor-
ders, fossae on abdominal tergum seven black; in the
holotype, the supraanal plate has a pair of dark round
maculae anteromedially (fig. 111), which is absent in
the paratype, remainder yellowish brown. Abdominal
sterna and legs light brown. Cerci light brown dorsal-
ly, darker ventrally.
Measurements (mm) (® in parentheses). Length,
13.5-14.0 (12.8); pronotum length X width, 3.1-3.4
X 3.8-4.1 (3.0 X 3.7); 14.0-14.2 (12.7); interocular
space, 0.4-0.6 (0.8).
Etymology. — The species is dedicated to Dr.
Emory Simmons, mycological taxonomist, friend,
and former colleague at the U.S. Army Research and
Development Laboratories, Natick, MA.
Remarks. — Compared with the other known
species on Sulawesi, the subgenital plate, and styles of
simmonsi come closest to those of Episymploce sulawe-
siensis Roth (cf. figs. 117-118 with figs. 6C, E, in
Roth 1986c). The two species differ strongly in their
pronotal markings, and shapes of the supraanal plate
and ninth laterotergites (cf. figs. 110, 111, 114, 116,
with figs. 6A, B, G in Roth, 1986c).
Episymploce parafissa sp. n.
(figs. 119-123)
Specimen examined. — Holotype 4 (terminalia
slide 50), Indonesia, Sulawesi, Tengah, Totop camp
alonguBatuieriverm 0922 SES OLE RS WAMOL
Luwuk, Sample Sul. 21, understory/canopy lowland
rainforest, at light, 120 m, 21.x.1989, J.P. Duffels; in
ZMAN.
Description. — Male: Head hidden, interocular
space greater than distance between ocellar spots.
Pronotum suboval (fig. 119). Tegmina and wings ful-
ly developed extending beyond end of abdomen, the
former with longitudinal discoidal sectors. Hind wing
with simple, thickened costal veins, radial vein with
an apically forked branch arising near the middle,
105
TIJDSCHRIET VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 119-123. Episymploce parafıssa sp. n., male holotype: 119, pronotum; 120, supraanal plate and paraprocts (ventral); 121,
seventh abdominal tergum; 122, ninth abdominal tergum and laterotergites (dorsal; the laterotergites are folded under the
tergum); 123, subgenital plate and genitalia (dorsal; the arrow indicates the subobsolete right style).
media vein simple, cubitus vein with two complete
and three incomplete branches, apical triangle small.
Front femur Type A; pulvilli on four proximal tar-
someres, tarsal claws symmetrical, simple, arolia
small. First abdominal tergum unspecialized.
Abdominal tergum seven with a pair of shallow, non-
setose depressions separated by a clear longitudinal
zone (fig. 121). Supraanal plate strongly asymmetri-
cal, hind margin deeply excavated forming two lobes,
the right one terminating as a stout spinelike process
and two dissimilar spinelike processes arising on the
ventral surface; intercercal processes absent; para-
procts dissimilar sclerotized plates, the left one larger
(fig. 120). Ninth laterotergites dissimilar, the left one
larger and with a fringe of minute spicules along the
ventral margin, these absent from the smaller right
106
plate (fig. 122). Subgenital plate asymmetrical with a
small apically spined structure protruding from the
hind margin and to its right a very small left style and
a subobsolete right style; midlateral margins of the
plate without processes (fig. 123; both styles are not
visible ventrally in the pinned specimen and the right
style can be detected under high magnification in the
slide preparation). Genitalia as in fig. 123: hook on
the left side, with a preapical incision; median phal-
lomere a curved simple rod, apex blunt; right phal-
lomere consisting of at least two distinct sclerites one
of which is a reduced cleft.
Colour. — Head black, ocellar spots whitish,
clypeus and labrum pale; maxillary palpi and anten-
nae black. Pronotum blackish with a broad yellow
border laterally and posteriorly and a small yellow
mark anteriorly (fig. 119). Tegmina dark reddish
brown with a yellow band along the subcostal region
and along about two thirds the length of the costal
zone. Abdominal terga dark brown, the lateral bor-
ders yellow. Supraanal plate reddish brown with a yel-
lowish spot on the distal margin of each lobe on either
side of the excavation. Abdominal sterna brown, yel-
low along the lateral margins. Legs dark brown.
Female. Unknown.
Measurements (mm). — Length, 9.7; pronotum
length X width, 3.0 X 3.5; tegmen length, 10.5;
interocular width, 0.8.
Remarks. — The pronotal markings of parafissa are
similar to those of fissa (cf. fig. 119, with fig. 9A in
Roth 1986c) and both have the hind margin of the
the supraanal plate deeply excavated (cf. fig. 120,
with fig. 9B in Roth, 1986c). Although there are dis-
tinct specific differences in the styli, detailed structure
of the supraanal plate and paraprocts, and the ninth
laterotergites, indicate that these two species are close-
ly related.
The following species of Symploce are transferred to
Episymploce, I had placed these in Symploce because
they have symmetrical supraanal plates, without
modified hind margins. One of the characters used to
separate Episymploce from Symploce was an asymmet-
rical plate, or if symmetrical its hind margin was ex-
cised or showed some modification. However, I now
believe that some species may have symmetrical, un-
modified supraanal plates, and belong in Episymploce,
provided other features (especially the subgenital
plate, styles, and wing venation) are characteristic of
the genus.
Episymploce falcifera (Hanitsch) comb. n.
Ischnoptera falcifera Hanitsch, 1925: 81, figs. 4, 5.
Symploce falcifera (Hanitsch). — Hebard 1929: 10; Roth
1985a: 456, figs. 1A-J. [Sarawak].
Episymploce juxtafaleifera (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce juxtafalcifera Roth, 1985a: 459, figs. 2A-J, 3A-1.
(Borneo, Philippines, Singapore].
Episymploce tibangensis (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce tibangensis Roth, 1985a: 460, figs. 4A-J. [Sarawak.
Episymploce busuangensis (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce busuangensis Roth, 1985a: 461, figs. 5A-K
[Philippines].
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Episymploce talinasensis (Roth) comb n.
Symploce talinasensis Roth, 1985a: 464, figs. GA-I.
[Philippines].
Episymploce torrevillasi (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce torrevillasi Roth, 1985a: 464, figs. 7A-J, 8A-G
[Philippines].
Episymploce telephoroides (Walker) comb. n.
Blatta telephoroides Walker, 1871: 23.
Allacta telephoroides (Walker). — Kirby 1904: 100.
Phyllodromia telephoroides (Walker). — Shelford 1908a: 12.
Gislenia telephoroides (Walker). — Princis 1959: 125 (incor-
rectly synonymized with Blatta brevipes Walker).
Symploce telephoroides (Walker). — Roth 1985a: 468, figs.
9A-I [India].
Episymploce dispar (Princis) comb. n.
Symploce dispar Princis, 1957: 147, fig. 14. — Roth 1985a:
468, figs. 10A-M. [Flores].
Episymploce forficula (Bey-Bienko) comb. n.
Symploce forficula Bey-Bienko, 1957: 906. — Roth 1986a:
379, figs. 3A-I. [China, Thailand].
Episymploce perakensis (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce perakensis Roth, 1986a: 379, figs. 4A-G. [West
Malaysia].
Episymploce quadripunctata (Hanitsch) comb. n
Phyllodromia quadri-punctata Hanitsch, 1915: 57, pl.1, fig.
Il
‘Phyllodromia quadripunctata Hanitsch. — Hebard 1929:
1%
Symploce quadripunctata (Hanitsch). — Princis 1969: 886;
Bruijning 1948: 83; Roth 1986a: 386, figs. 8A-G, 9A-E
(redescription).
Episymploce bipinnacula (Roth) comb. n.
Symploce bipinnacula Roth, 1986a: 389, figs. 10A-I. [South
Vietnam].
Episymploce ligulata Bey-Bienko
Episymploce ligulata Bey-Bienko, 1957: 911, fig. 12.
Symploce ligulata (Bey-Bienko). — Roth 1985c: 214, 1986a:
391, figs. 12A-J. [China, Thailand].
Episymploce popovi Bey-Bienko
Episymploce popovi Bey-Bienko, 1957: 910.
Symploce popovi (Bey-Bienko). — Roth 1985c: 214, 1986a:
394. [China].
107
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Episymploce marginata Bey-Bienko
Episymploce marginata Bey-Bienko, 1957: 911.
Symploce marginata (Bey-Bienko). — Roth 1985c: 214,
1986a: 394.
NEW RECORDS
Episymploce sundaica (Hebard)
Symploce sundaica Hebard, 1929: 64, pl. 4, fig. 5, pl. 5, fig.
2 (male & female).
Episymploce sundaica (Hebard). — Roth 1985c: 214, 1986b:
365, figs. 7-13 (synonymy and redescriptions male & fe-
male).
Specimen examined. — Sabah. RMNH: N. Borneo,
16 km NE. of Tenom, orchid garden surr. by planta-
tions, 180 m, 1d, 06-1986, J. Huisman. Philippine
Islands. ansp: Zambalea Province, Luzon, 2d, 19,
x11.1917, W. Boettcher.
Remarks. — Episymploce sundaica is a very widely
distributed species with at least seven synonyms. The
type is from Sumatra but the species is found in Java,
Kalimantan (East Borneo), Laos, Okinawa, Papua
New Guinea, possibly Sulawesi (Celebes), Thailand,
and Taiwan; in Sabah, it was previously reported
from Sensuron (Roth 1986b: 371-373).
Episymploce malaisei malaisei (Princis)
Symploce malaisei Princis, 1950b: 217, figs 14, 15 (male &
female).
Episymploce malaisei malaisei (Princis). — Roth 1987c: 136,
figs. 3A-K (redescription).
Specimen examined. — Burma. ansp: Myitkyina,
Upper Burma, at tent lights or environs of town, 14,
10.vi.1945, J.W.H. Rehn.
Remarks. — This subspecies also is found in China.
Episymploce suknana Roth
Episymploce suknana Roth, 1987b: 119, figs. GA-J (male).
Specimens examined. — India. mczc: Alagar hill,
about 16 km from the ancient temple city of
Madurai, rainforest, about 900 m, 34 (one with ter-
minalia in vial), 49, reared from nymphs (killed
26.vii.1994), A. Padmanabhan.
Measurements (mm) (& holotype in brackets; 9
in parentheses). — Length, 18.5-20.0 [19.0] (19.4-
22.5); pronotum length X width, 4.3-4.6 X 5.5-5.8
[4.6 X 6.1] (4.8-5.3 X 6.0-6.5); tegmen length,
17.5-18.1 [20.0] (19.0-20.5); interocular width, 0.6
(0.9).
108
Remarks. — This species was previously known
from the unique male holotype from Sukna, 55 km
south of Darjeeling. The specimens have a large black
macula on the pronotum and the head is black except
for the pale clypeus. The male supraanal and subgen-
ital plates and genitalia agree well with those of the
holotype.
According to Padmanabhan (personal communica-
tion), the nymphs of suknana are shiny black and
rarely have a pair of orange spots on the pronotum.
The immatures live in holes under stones. Adults also
occur under stones and litter and rarely are seen on
shrubs. Females carry their oothecae for two to three
days before depositing them. Eggs hatch in 34 to 36
days.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am indebted to Dr. Horst Bohn of the
Zoologisches Institut der Universitit München,
Germany, for critically reviewing the manuscript and
his suggestions. I thank the Australian Biological
Resources Survey (ABRS) for partial support, and the
museums, curators and collection managers indicated
in the introduction, who loaned me specimens.
REFERENCES
Asahina, S., 1979. Taxonomic notes on Japanese Blattaria.
XII. The species of the tribe Ischnopterites, II (ind.
Taiwanese species). — Japanese Journal of Sanitary
Zoology 30: 335-353.
Bey-Bienko, G. Ya. 1950. Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Insects.
Blattodea. — Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R.,
Institute of Zoology, Moscow, n.s. 40, 343 pp. (Russian).
Bey-Bienko, G. Ya., 1957. Blattodea. The results of the
Chinese-Soviet zoologico-botanical expeditions to south-
western China. — Entomologischeskoe Obozrenie 36:
895-915 (Russian, English summary).
Bruijning, C.F.A., 1947. An account of the Blattidae
(Orthoptera) from Celebes, the Moluccas, and New
Guinea. — Zoologische Mededelingen, Leiden 27: 205-
252:
Bruijning, C.F.A., 1948. Studies on Malayan Blattidae. —
Zoologische Mededelingen Leiden 29:1-174.
Brunner de Wattenwyl, C. 1865. Nouveau Systeme des
Blattaires. — G. Braumuller: Vienna, 426 pp.
Brunner de Wattenwyl, C., 1898. Orthopteren des
Malayischen Archipels, gesammelt von Prof. Dr. W.
Kükenthal in den Jahren 1893 und 1894. —
Abhandlungen Herausgegeben von der
Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 24:
189-288, pls. XVI-XX.
Hanitsch, R., 1915. Malayan Blattidae. — Journal of the
Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 69: 17-178.
Hanitsch, R., 1923. Malayan Blattidae. Part II. — Journal of
the Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society 1: 393-
474.
Hanitsch, R., 1925. VIII. On a collection of Blattidae from
northern Sarawak, chiefly Mt. Murud and Mt. Dulit. —
Sarawak Museum Journal 3: 75-106.
Hanitsch, R., 1928. Spolia Mentawiensia. Blattidae.
Bulletin of the Raffles Museum Singapore, Straits
Settlements 1: 1-44.
Hanitsch, R., 1929a. Fauna Sumatrensis - Blattidae. —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 72: 263-302.
Hanitsch, R., 1929b. Dr. E. Mjöberg's zoological collec-
tions from Sumatra. — Arkiv för Zoologi 21A: 1-20.
Hanitsch, R., 1931. On a collection of Malayan Blattidae
from the British Museum (Natural History). — Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, Series 10, 7: 385-408.
Hanitsch, R., 1932a. Beccari and Modigliani's collection of
Sumatran Blattidae in the Museo Civico, Genoa. —
Annali del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Genova 56:
48-92.
Hanitsch, R., 1932b. On a collection of blattids from the
east coast of Sumatra. — Miscellanea Zoologica
Sumatrana 62: 1-8.
Hanitsch, R., 1932c. On some cave-dwelling blattids from
Celebes. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 75: 264-265.
Hanitsch, R., 1933a. The blattid fauna of the Celebes, based
chiefly on the collections made by P. & F. Sarasin. —
Verhandlungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in
Basel 44: 119-150.
Hanitsch, R., 1933b. On a collection of Bornean and other
Oriental Blattidae from the Stockholm Museum. —
Entomologisk Tidskrift, Stockholm 54: 230-245.
Hanitsch, R., 1935. On further blattids (Orth.) from
Celebes. — Stylops 4: 14-19.
Hanitsch, R., 1936. Fauna Buruana. — Treubia, Supplement
7: 389-400.
Hebard, M., 1929. Studies in Malayan Blattidae
(Orthoptera). — Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 81: 1-109.
Kirby, W.F., 1904. A synonymic catalogue of Orthoptera.
Orthoptera, Euplexoptera, Cursoria, et Gressoria
(Forficulidae, Hemimeridae, Blattidae, Mantidae,
Phasmidae). — British Museum: London, vol. 1, 501 pp.
McKittrick, F.A., 1964. Evolutionary studies of cockroach-
es. Cornell University, Agricultural Experiment Station,
New York State College of Agriculture, Ithaca, Memoir
389: 1-197.
Princis, K., 1950a. Indomalaische und australische
Blattarien aus dem Entomologischen Museum der
Universität in Lund. — Opuscula Entomologica 15: 161-
188.
Princis, K., 1950b. Entomological results from the Swedish
expedition 1934 to Burma and British India. — Arkiv för
Zoologi 1: 203-222.
Princis, K., 1951. Neue und wenig bekannte Blattarien aus
dem Zoologischen Museum, Kopenhagen. — Spolia
Zoologica Musei Hauniensis 12: 5-72.
Princis, K., 1957. Zur Kenntnis der Blattarien der Kleinen
Sundainseln. — Verhandlungen Naturforschende
Gesellschaft, Basel 68: 132-159.
Princis, K., 1959. Revision der Walkerschen und
Kirbyschen Blattarientypen im British Museum of
Natural History. London.III. — Opuscula Entomologica
24: 125-150.
Princis, K., 1965. Kleine Beiträge zur Kenntnis der
Blattarien und ihrer Verbreitung. VII. (Orthoptera). —
Eos 41: 135-156.
Princis, K., 1969. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea, Fam.:
Blattellidae. — In Beier (ed.): Orthopterorum Catalogus
13: 711-1038. 's-Gravenhage.
ROTH: Blattaria, Blattellidae, Blattellinae
Princis, K., 1971. Blattariae: Subordo Epilamproidea, Fam.:
Ectobiidae. — In Beier (ed.): Orthopterorum Catalogus
14: 1039-1224. 's-Gravenhage.
Rehn, J.W.H., 1951. Classification of the Blattaria as indi-
cated by their wings (Orthoptera). — Memoirs of the
American Entomological Society 14: 1-134, Pls. XIII.
Roth, L.M., 1985a. The genus Symploce Hebard. LI. Species
from Borneo, Flores, India and the Philippines.
(Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae). — Entomologica
Scandinavica 15: 455-472.
Roth, L.M., 1985b. The genus Symploce Hebard. IV.
Species from Borneo (Kalimantan, Sabah, Sarawak),
Sumatra and West Malaysia. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria,
Blattellidae). — Entomologica Scandinavica 16: 139-159.
Roth, L.M., 1985c. A taxonomic revision of the genus
Blattella Caudell (Dictyoptera, Blattaria: Blattellidae). —
Entomologica Scandinavica, Supplement No. 22: 1-221.
Roth, L.M., 1985d. The genus Symploce Hebard. II. Species
from New Guinea. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae).
— Entomologica Scandinavica 15: 299-331.
Roth, L.M., 1986a. The genus Symploce Hebard. V. Species
from mainland Asia (China, India, Iran, Laos, Thailand,
South Vietnam, West Malaysia). (Dictyoptera: Blattaria,
Blattellidae. — Entomologica Scandinavica 16: 375-397.
Roth, L.M., 1986b. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. I.
Species chiefly from Java, Sumatra and Borneo
(Kalimantan, Sabah, Sarawak) (Dictyoptera: Blattaria,
Blattellidae). — Entomologica Scandinavica (1985) 16:
355-374.
Roth, L.M., 1986c. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. II.
Species from Sulawesi (Celebes). (Dictyoptera: Blattaria,
Blattellidae). — Entomologica Scandinavica 17: 173-188.
Roth, L.M., 1987a. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. Ill.
Species from Laos, North and South Vietnam and
Thailand. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae). —
Entomologica Scandinavica (1986) 17: 455-474.
Roth, L.M., 1987b. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. IV.
Species from India. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae).
— Entomologica Scandinavica 18: 111-123.
Roth, L.M., 1987c. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. V.
Species from China. (Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae).
— Entomologica Scandinavica 18: 125-141.
Roth, L.M., 1987d. The genus Episymploce Bey-Bienko. VI.
Species from Taiwan and the Japanese Islands
(Dictyoptera: Blattaria, Blattellidae). — Entomologica
Scandinavica 18: 143-153.
Roth, L.M., 1991. The cockroach genera Beybienkoa, gen.
nov., Escala Shelford, Eowilsonia gen. nov., Hensaussurea
Princis, Parasigmoidella Hanitsch and Robshelfordia
Princis (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blattellidae). -
Invertebrate Taxonomy 5: 553-716.
Roth, L.M., 1995. The cockroach genera Hemithyrsocera
Saussure and Symplocodes Hebard (Dictyoptera:
Blattellidae: Blattellinae). — Invertebrate Taxonomy 9:
959-1003.
Shelford, R., 1906. Studies of the Blattidae. — Transactions
of the Entomological Society of London 1906: 231-280.
Shelford, R., 1907. Studies of the Blattidae (continued). —
Transactions of the Entomological Society of London
1906: 487-519.
Shelford, R., 1908a. Orthoptera. Fam. Blattidae, Subfam.
Phyllodromiinae. — Genera Insectorum 73: 1-29.
Shelford, R., 1908b. Studies of the Blattidae. — Transactions
of the Entomological Society of London (1907): 455-
470.
109
TIJDSCHRIET VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Shelford, R., 1909. Descriptions of some new genera and
species of Blattidae. (Orth.). — Deutsche Entomologische
Zeitschrift 1909: 611-624.
Shiraki, T., 1931. Orthoptera of Japanese empire. Part II.
Blattidae. — Insecta matsumurana 5: 171-209.
Sjöstedt, Y., 1933. Orthopterentypen im naturhistorischen
Reichsmuseum zu Stockholm. 6. Blattidae. — Arkiv for
Zoologi Stockholm 25A (15): 1-17.
Stal, C., 1877. Orthoptera nova ex insulis Philippinis de-
scripsit. — Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhand-
lingar 34 (10): 33-58.
Walker, F., 1868. Catalogue of the Specimens of Blattariae
in the Collection of the British Museum. — British
Museum (Natural History): London, pp. 1-239.
Walker, F., 1869. Catalogue of the Specimens of
Dermaptera Saltatoria and Supplement to the Blattaria in
the Collection of the British Museum. British Museum
(Natural History): London, pp. 119-156.
Walker, F., 1871. Supplement to the catalogue of Blattariae.
— British Museum: London, pp. 1-43.
Received: July 1996
Accepted: December 1996
Index to genera and species
Valid names of genera and species in italics, syn-
onyms in roman type
AllactaSaussure&@Zehntnen en aan vee oie 107
andamanica Princis (Haplosymploce) .. 67, 91, 98, 99, 101
apicalis Shiraki (Pseudothyrsocera)
Bey bienodiothe rs ke ee eee eee 91
bicolor Shelford (Haplosymploce) ..... ND OON
bicolorata Roth (Haplosymploce) … 6791953977
bipinnacula Roth (Episymploce) .................. 107
AG Altin acus 4660000000808 00 68, 73, 91, 102, 107
brevipes Walker (Episymploce) ................... 107
busuangensis Roth (Episymploce) .................. 107
castanea Brunner (? Haplosymploce) ............ 69, 101
circumcincta Stal (Pseudothyrsocera)
TS ace yard ED 69, 71, 83, 84, 86, 87-89
circumclusa Stal (Pseudothyrsocera) ........ 83, 86, 87, 89
curta Hanitsch (Haplosymploce) ............... 91, 101
Aisparnincisy EDP ONE CCE TOO EEE 107
dlezing Wallac (GG) RP ee 91, 102, 103
Episymploce Bey-Bienko ....... 67-69, 89, 103, 104, 105
falcifera Hanitsch (Episymploce)
ferruginea Roth (Symploce)
forficula Bey-Bienko (Episymploce) ...............- 107
fulva Hebard (Pseudothyrsocera) ....... 68, 73, 74, 75, 89
juluzspecieseroup EEE CE CC LE CCC 69, 71, 89
Gislenia PHI ORIO ee 107
guttifera Walker (Beybienkoa) ............. 91, 100, 102
anssen naine EE 69
Haplosymploce Hanitsch … 67, 68, 89, 101-103, 105
110
Elebardina Bey. Bienkon ser 89
Hemithyrsocera Saussure ............. 68, 78, 81, 87, 91
henrici Hanitsch (Pseudothyrsocera) ....... 69, 71, 87, 89
Ischnoptera,Bunmeisten nr EEE SINE G5), 97 1107
juxtafalcifera Roth (Episymploce) .................. 107
EeptothyrsoceralDrineis REPARER EEE ET 67, 68, 69, 73
ligulata Bey-Bienko (Episymploce) ................ 107
lugubris Stal (Pseudothyrsocera) . . 69, 71, 81, 82, 83, 87-89
leu brie SPECIES groups rr er 69, 81, 89, 104
malaisei malaisei Princis (Episymploce) ............. 108
marginata Bey-Bienko (Episymploce) … 108
montana Shelford (Pseudothyrsocera) … 69, 71, 85, 89
montis Shelford (Haplosymploce) 67, 91, 94, 95, 97, 98, 101
Mopsellalanitsche On PME RE EE Er 69
Mopseravlele DATA EEE rier EEE 68, 69, 71, 99, 101
Moon Ines MEER 78
moultoni Hanitsch (Haplosymploce) ...... 91-93, 95, 101
nigra Hanitsch (Haplosymploce) 67, 91, 94, 97, 98, 99, 101
aM 6.00.0,0.0000 0 8.0.0.00.000 0000006000 91
papuensis Roth (Beybienkoa) ......... 91, 100, 102, 103
parafissa Roth (Episymploce) ............. 105, 106, 107
BarasymploceiHlebard res ee 95, 98, 103
Perakensi Roum EPTO 107
baan amd saas III E 89
perkinsi Roth (Pseudothyrsocera) … … 69, 71, 79, 89
Phyllodromia Serville . .. 69, 71, 77, 79, 89, 101-103, 107
pica Walker (Haplosymploce) ........ 9091519293 101
DICASPÉCIESSIOUPI EE ETTI TIE 91
popovi Bey-Bienko (Episymploce) ................. 108
IESCUGOMOPISENI MEER RETI STAI
Pseudothyrsocera Shelford . . 67, 68, 69, 92, 93, 95, 99, 101
quadripunctata Hanitsch (Episymploce) ............ 107
rectangularitervittata Brunner (Pseudothyrsocera)
RR, ah aloe salata 69, 70, 71, 85, 89
reversa Walker (Haplosymploce) ......... 91, 96, 98, 101
rubronigra Hanitsch (Pseudothyrsocera)
Cp a Re cot et RR LALA
ruficollis Shelford (Haplosymploce) ....... 90, 91, 93, 101
rufiventris Stal (Pseudothyrsocera) 69, 71, 80, 81, 83, 87, 89
scutigera Walker (Pseudothyrsocera) ....... 69, 75, 76, 89
semicincta Stal (Pseudothyrsocera) . .............. 85-87
signata Brunner (Pseudothyrsocera) … . . 83, 85, 86, 87, 89
simmonsi Roth (Episymploce) ................ 104, 105
sinensis Walker (Pseudothyrsocera) ........... 69, 71, 89
suknana RotkEdisymploce) ECO EEE RENE 108
sulawesiensis Roth (Episymploce) .................. 105
sundaica Hebard (Episymploce)
Symploce Hebard . 89, 91, 95, 97, 101, 102, 105, 107, 108
talinasensis Roth (Episymploce) ................... 107
telephoroides Walker (Episymploce) ................ 107
NhyrsoceralBurmeist ee 81, 83, 86, 87, 92
tibangensis Roth (Episymploce) nace II 107
torrevillasi Roth (Episymploce) ................... 107
toxopeu laniesch/(Mopsella)ea ern TICO 69
walkeri Princis (Hemithyrsocera)
xanthophila Walker (Pseudothyrsocera) . ................
Re AS CHOUIMEN
Museon, Department of Biology, Den Haag
REVISION OF THE GENUS
METAEUCHROMIUS BLESZYNSKI
(LEPIDOPTERA: PYRALIDAE: CRAMBINAE)
Schouten, R. T. A., 1997. Revision of the genus Metaeuchromius Bleszynski (Lepidoptera:
Pyralidae: Crambinae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 111-127, figs. 1-28. [issn 0040-
7496]. Published 31 October1997.
The species of the genus Metaeuchromius Bleszynski, 1960 are revised. Metaeuchromius is a se-
nior synonym of Pseudeuchromius Bleszynski, 1965. Pseudeuchromius latus (Staudinger, 1870)
and Diptychophora euzonellus Hampson, 1896 are transferred to Metaeuchromius. Three new
species are described: M. latoides (Turkey), M. changensis (China) and M. inflatus (Nepal).
Newly discovered scent organs on the male abdominal sternite are figured and described. A key
is provided together with full (re)descriptions of all species, with notes on distribution and bi-
ology.
R. È A. Schouten, Museon, Department of Biology, Stadhouderslaan 41, 2517 HV Den
Haag, The Netherlands. E-mail
[email protected]
Keywords. — Pyralidae; Crambinae; Metaeuchromius, key; new species; checklist; tympanal or-
gans; abdominal scent organs.
Metaeuchromius was described as a monotypic
genus for Eromene yuennanensis Caradja, 1937.
Bleszynski (1965) described the second species of the
genus, Metaeuchromius circe. Eromene latus
Staudinger, 1870 was transferred to the genus
Pseudeuchromius by Bleszynski (1965) and is now in-
cluded in the genus Metaeuchromius. Diptychopora eu-
zonellus Hampson, 1896 is here transferred to
Metaeuchromius. Metaeuchromius flavofascialis Park,
1990 is the most recently described species. At the
start of this study the genus comprised three species.
In this article three new species are described and two
species are transferred to Metaeuchromius.
Thus, the genus now contains eight species.
Metaeuchromius has its main distribution in the east-
ern Palaearctic. Only M. latusand M. latoides occur in
the more western part of the Palaearctic.
Bleszynski (1965) erected the monotypic genus
Pseudeuchromius for Euchromius latus (Staudinger,
1870). Comparing the diagnoses given by Bleszynski
(1965) of Pseudeuchromius and Metaeuchromius the
following characters to distinguish Pseudeuchromius
from Metaeuchromius are found: (1) The more or less
closed cell of the hind wing; (2) The elongated
apophyses.
Ad. (1) Upon checking various specimens of
Pseudeuchromius latus 1 found that the cell of the hind
wing in this species is also more or less closed. Ad (2)
In my opinion the elongation of the apophyses is not
a very strong character at the generic level. The elon-
gated apophyses of P. latus can be regarded as an sec-
ondarily derived character to facilitate the deposition
of eggs in narrow and relatively deep locations.
This together with the newly discovered abdominal
scent organs, which are found in P. latus, M. yuenna-
nensis (type species of Metaeuchromius) and several
other species of Metaeuchromius, have made me de-
cide to synonymize Pseudeuchromius with Meta-
euchromius.
Material and methods
The formula for the black terminal dots mentioned
in the species descriptions is read as follows; 2-2-3-2
stands for: the black terminal dots closest to the apex
start with a group of two, followed by a second group
of two dots, a group of three dots and finally a group
of two dots near the tornus (fig. 7).
The spelling of the localities is taken literally from
the labels as to make tracing of the material easier. For
the Chinese material the equivalent in Pinyin tran-
scription is given.
Distribution maps are based on personally exam-
ined material only.
The purpose of the key is to make identification as
easy as possible, starting with external characters and,
101
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
- 4, RR 5
yf ft,
,
Figs. 1-2. M. euzonellus. — 1, Specialized scales covering the opening of the abdominal scent organ. 2, ‘Pits’ (see arrow) in ab-
dominal scent organ.
when unavoidable, followed by characters of the gen-
italia. Identification can be difficult or even impossi-
ble if the specimen is not in a good condition. In such
cases the genitalia have to be checked.
The terminology of the tympanal organs follows
Maes (1985).
Abbreviations for specimen depositories follow
Arnett et al. (1993).
Metaeuchromius Bleszynski, 1960
Metaeuchromius Bleszynski, 1960: 217. Type species:
Eromene yuennanensis Caradja, 1937: 151.
Pseudeuchromius Bleszynski, 1965: 90. Type
Eromene lata Staudinger, 1870: 204. Syn. n.
species:
Characteristics
The genus Metaeuchromius is externally very simi-
lar to Euchromius Guenée, 1845 and Miyakea
Marumo, 1933. Metaeuchromius is in my opinion
more closely related to Miyakea than to Euchromius.
This in the light of Miyakea and Metaeuchromius
sharing the rounded not forwardly protruding frons,
the ‘broad’ fore wings, the absence of a sclerotized
spinula and the apex of the gnathos directed upward.
Both genera also share the closed cell of the hindwing.
Landry (1995) sets Euchromius and Platytes sepa-
rate from the other Crambini as the most plesiomor-
phic group. This based on the synapomorphic char-
acter-state 11 (0): RS of the forewing free from other
radial veins. Both Metaeuchromius and Miyakea share
this synapomorphy with them.
The character-states by which Euchromius and
Platytes are placed in the Crambini are: character 15
(0): cell of the hindwing open; 27 (1): apex of the
gnathos directed downward; 41 (1): papillae anales
not coalesced.
112
Character-state 41 (1) is also found in Meta-
euchromiusand Miyakea. Character-state 15 (0) is not
found in Metaeuchromius and Miyakea (the cell of the
hind wing is closed), but I agree with Landry (1995:
37) this apomorphic character may have arisen inde-
pendently. As regarding to character-state 27 (1) the
same arguments may apply for Metaeuchromius and
Miyakea as for Ancylolomia (Landry 1995: 44): ‘the
most parsimonious solution regarding character-state
changes in this character is that the apomorphic state
occurs once in the Crambini except Ancylolomia and
independently in Calamotropha, Evergestis and
Scoparia. My conclusion based on the former para-
graphs is: Metaeuchromius is more closely related to
Miyakea than to Euchromius. A phylogenetic analysis
is not within the scope of the present study. Therefor
I make no comment of the relationship of Meta-
euchromius within the Crambinae. To make a more
scientifically thorough decision whether Meta-
euchromius and Miyakea form a monophyletic group
with Euchromius and Platytes two conditions must be
fulfilled: A) both genera must be included in the
cladistic analysis. B) The cladistic analysis must be
carried out with a monophyletic group and not by us-
ing a geographical area with taxa whose monophylet-
ic origin is highly disputable.
External characters
Metaeuchromius has no character at genus level to
distinguish it from Miyakea and Euchromius. For the
description of wings patterns etc. refer to Schouten
(1988).
Male genitalia
The uncus is broad (except in M. euzonellus), end-
ing in a sharp-pointed tip. Gnathos is simple hook-
shaped as long as the uncus. The tegumen has no spe-
cial shapes or structures. Sacculus present or incon-
spicuous. Processus of sacculus absent. Processus infe-
rior valvae absent. Processus basalis present or not,
usually rounded. Cucullus oblong to elongated usual-
ly ending in a sharp-pointed tip. Juxta variable, v-
shaped, rectangular or slender. Vinculum without
any special structures. Aedeagus varying from short to
long and slender, armed with many minute to one
cornutus and cornuti small to large.
Female genitalia
Papillae analis normal to small. Apophyses posteri-
ores and anteriores short to very long. Ostium simple.
Ductus bursae short or long, with or without scleroti-
zation, with or without a pouch-shaped enlargement.
Ductus seminalis slender. Bursa copulatrix rounded
or oblong, with or without signa, or sclerotization.
Tympanal organs
In Metaeuchromius the tympanum and conjunc-
tivum make an angle and the bulla tympani are of the
‘open’ type. Consequently, Metaeuchromius has tym-
panal organs of the ‘Crambidae’ type, as defined by
Minet (1982) and Maes (1985).
Description of the tympanal organs in
Metaeuchromius (figs. 3, 4). — The praecinctorium is
simple sac-shaped, no thorn-like sclerotization at the
connection with the pons tympani. The bulla tympa-
ni are bean-shaped. The fornix tympani, supporting
the conjunctivum, are well developed and clearly vis-
ible. The rami tympani are not connected, not form-
ing a well defined semi-circle as in Euchromius and
Miyakea. The sacci tympani are open and not very
deep. The processi tympani vary in size, but are small
to almost absent in /ata. The processi tympani are
dorsal-ventrally orientated and thus it is not always
possible to measure their size. The spinula is not scle-
rotized. The venula prima, situated lateral to the
fornix tympani, is always present. The venula secun-
da, posterior of the fornix tympani, is more or less an
extension of the venula prima and not very well de-
veloped in some species.
Abdominal scent organs
The presence of abdominal scent organs in
Crambinae species was up to now unknown. Several
species of Metaeuchromius i.c. yuennanensis, changen-
sis, circe, lata and euzonellus have abdominal scent or-
gans on sternite III of the males. The scent organs can
be classified as type 5 as used by Scoble (1992). The
type 5 scent organs consist of a group of scales which
cover a separately located glandular area. The scales
can be differentiated in various ways. The type 5 or-
gans are found on various parts of the body e.g. legs,
wings, abdomen. The type 5 scent organs have been
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
discovered on several families, Noctuidae,
Nymphalidae and Sphingidae (Scoble 1992). The
scent organs in males are generally believed to be used
when a male is in close contact with a female.
Diagnosis
(1) The dorsal insertion of the ductus ejaculatorius
is subterminal; (2) The gnathos is simple, hook-
shaped; (3) Sternite III of the males bear a more or
less developed pair of ‘scent organs’ sometimes with
specialized scales (except in flavofascialis and inflatus);
(4) The frons is rounded; (5) M1 of the hindwing is
located in the lower angle of the more or less closed
cell; (6) The ramus tympani is not connected, thus
not semicircular; (7) The saccus tympani is ‘open
and small; (8) The spinula is not sclerotized.
Checklist of Metaeuchromius Bleszynski
changensis sp. n.
circe Bleszynski, 1965
euzonellus (Hampson, 1896) comb. n.
flavofascialis Park, 1990
inflatus sp. n.
latoides sp. n.
latus (Staudinger, 1870) comb. n.
yuennanensis (Caradja, 1937)
Key to the species of Metaeuchromius Bleszynski
The key can only be used when specimens are in a
good condition. For a definite identification always
check the genitalia.
1. Six, seven or eight black dots at termen of the
forewing MON AS, CENT. to, be ER... D
— Four to five black dots at termen of the forewing
N RAE nn Weder Ae SE euzonellus
2. Groundcolour of the forewing pure white, usu-
ally a clear dark brown to black spot in posterior
ACI TINI NOI inflatus
— Groundcolour of the forwing dirty to creamy
WIEN RI I IT 3
SAM edialfasca wish 4
—22:Medialkraseiayellowishe Se ne ee 6
4. Males (male of /atoides unknown) ...... latus
Female ARE se re Rh 5
5. Bursa copulatrix with one minute signum latus
— Bursa copulatrix without a signum_.. . latoides
GAMElindwine darkibrown ere wed 20 oe circe
— Hindwing creamy white to grey or light grey-
brown. 0 IV. REL Rn SPER ER en 7
7. Medial fascia convex
— Medial fascia straight
8. Females (female of flavofascialis unknown)
ES IHREN. IR Wen: changensis
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
3
Figs. 3-4.— 3, M. euzonellus. Abdomen, ventral aspect showing the tympanal organs and the abdominal scent organs on stern-
ite III. 4, M. changensis. Abdomen, ventral aspect showing the tympanal organs and the rounded scent organs on sternite III.
AMIE Re er Vath ae om rd de 9
9. Large group of cornuti on the vesica occupying
two-thirds of the length of aedeagus (fig. 16) ..
DSP Oe PRON, PMC ede changensis
— vesica with a group of cornuti occupying less
than one-third of the aedeagus (fig. 20)
ao dt dei RS flavofascialis
Metaeuchromius changensis sp. n.
(figs. 4, 6,9, 12, 16)
Type-material. — Holotype: d Chang Yang A.E.
Pratt Coll. May 1888’, GS 17849. Paratypes: 2
4, Chang Yang A.E. Pratt Coll. June 1888’, GS
17854, other male without abdomen. 2d 19 ,'Siang-
yang-fu [=Xiangfan] China W. 5000ft /93’, without
abdomen. All type-material in BMNH.
Diagnosis. — Externally very similar to the other
species in the genus. Differs in male genitalia (female
genitalia unknown) in having asymmetrical valvae in
114
combination with the aedeagus as long as or longer
than the length of the larger valve.
External characters (fig. 12). — Wingspan 14-17
mm. Frons not produced forward, creamy white,
dark brown centre; vertex creamy white to brown; the
length of the labial palp is two to two and a half times
the eye diameter, sides brown becoming lead-grey,
grey from above, creamy white from below; maxillary
palp brown, terminal part creamy white; on antenna
creamy white, inconspicuous darkly ringed. Thorax
brown; patagia brown; tegulae brown, inner side
lined creamy white. Forewing, groundcolour creamy
white densely suffused with ochreous to dark brown
scales, posterior area with one, more or less clear, dark
brown spot; medial fascia straight, running to one-
third of the dorsum; subterminal line brown-grey,
about midway between terminal dots and termina-
tion of posterior area; area adjacent to terminal black
dots white; seven black terminal dots, formula 2-3-2;
fringes shiny evenly grey. Hindwing light to dark
grey, subterminal fascia present, termen darkly bor-
dered; fringes creamy white with darker line.
Abdomen (figs. 4, 6). — Scent organs incorporated
in the abdomen, roundish, kidney-shaped, small
opening laterally directed. Wall of scent organs with
pits. No special scale formation observed in relation
to the scent organs.
Male genitalia (fig. 16). — Uncus normal, tapering
to sharp pointed tip; gnathos equal in length, dorsal
thorns absent; valvae asymmetrical, sacculus slender
in one valve, normal in the other, processus basalis
small somewhat rectangular, cucullus ending in bent
pointed tip, unequal in size; juxta oblong; vinculum
normal; aedeagus as long as or longer than length of
larger valve, with many cornuti, total length of cor-
nuti shorter than length of aedeagus.
Female genitalia. — Unknown, the only available
female specimen lacks an abdomen.
Biology. — Unknown. Specimens caught in May
and June. Found at an altitude of 1650 m.
Distribution (fig. 9). — Eastern part of China.
Metaeuchromius circe Bleszynski, 1965
(figs. 10, 14, 18, 23)
Metaeuchromius circe Bleszynski, 1965: 87. Holotype:
3 ,'Kwansien F.7.30', GS 7251 BM. BMNH.
Material. — 1d 49. China: Changyang, 19
(BMNH); Kwansien, 16 19 (BMNH); Siang-yang-fu
[=Xiangfan], 29 (BMNH).
Diagnosis. — Differs from all other species in hav-
ing dark brown wings in combination with a
wingspan of 14-16 mm.
External characters (figs. 14). — Wingspan 14-16
mm. Frons not produced forward, mingled creamy
white with brown, vertex creamy white to brown; the
length of the labial palp is two to two and a half times
the eye diameter, sides creamy white at base then
brown, creamy white and terminally brown, light
brown to brown from above, creamy white from be-
low; maxillary palp creamy white, darkly ringed at
base of last segment; antenna creamy white to brown.
Thorax brown; patagia creamy white with two broad
longitudinal dark brown stripes; tegulae dark brown,
inner side clearly lined creamy white. Forewing,
groundcolour creamy white very densely suffused
with ochreous to dark brown scales; medial fascia sin-
gle, yellow, nearly straight to slightly convex, inner
side whitish bordered, sometimes with small yellow-
ish spot, fascia running to ca. one-third of the dor-
sum; subterminal line dark brown, about midway be-
tween terminal black dots and termination of
posterior area; area adjacent to terminal black dots
white; seven black terminal dots, formula 2-3-2;
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
fringes shiny, evenly grey. Hindwing dark brown,
subterminal fascia absent; fringes light brown with
dark brown line.
Abdomen. — Sternite III with elongated groove,
without pits. The slide is too badly made to describe
scale formation if present.
Male genitalia (fig. 18). — Uncus stout, tapering to
sharp pointed tip; gnathos equal in length, dorsal
basal part bluntly enlarged; sacculus inconspicuous;
processus basalis small, inconspicuous; costa stronger
sclerotized ending in pointed tip; cucullus normal;
juxta broad triangular; vinculum short, rectangular;
aedeagus with circa four large cornuti.
Female genitalia (fig. 23). — Papillae anales indent-
ed; tergite VIII semi-connected forming inconspicu-
ous projection-like sclerotization; ostium simple;
ductus bursae short, sclerotized, terminal part broad-
ened, sac-like; ductus seminalis not found in slide;
bursa copulatrix oblong, without signum.
Biology. — Unknown. Specimens have been caught
in July and August. Found at an altitude of 1650 m.
Distribution (fig. 10). — East and central China.
Remarks. — Bleszynski (1965) quotes the holotype
label as ‘Kwansien F.7.31°, but upon checking, it
reads ‘F.7.30’.
Metaeuchromius euzonellus (Hampson, 1896) comb. n.
(Hes 212259015212)
Diptychophora euzonella Hampson, 1896: 18. Lectotype: d,
‘Khasis June, 1894 Nat. Coll’, GS 7481 (BMNH).
Material. — 206 39. India: Assam: Cherrapunji,
46 29 (BMNH); Khasi Hills, 7& (BMNH); Khasis, Id
19 (BMNH).
Diagnosis. — Resembles species with forewing
groundcolour white, differs in having five or four
black terminal dots. Differs in male genitalia in hav-
ing a fish-hook shaped gnathos, strongly bent down-
ward with upward curved tip. Differs in female geni-
talia from all other species in having tergite VIII
armed with sharp pointed tips.
External characters (fig. 13). — Wingspan 12-13
mm. Frons slightly produced forward, white; vertex
white; the length of the labial palp is three times the
eye diameter, with sides white at base, becoming
brown-grey, white from above and below; maxillary
palp white, brown at base; on antenna white, brown-
ish on upper half. Thorax, patagia and tegulae brown-
ish white. Forewing groundcolour white, densely suf-
fused with dark-brown scales, anterior part with
yellow-brown patch at costa, sometimes a second
brown patch near the medial fascia; medial fascia sin-
gle, slightly convex, running to halfway of the dor-
LS
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 5-6. — 5, M. latus. Specialized scales covering the shallow, elongated scent organ. Arrow points to the terminal edge of
the glandular groove. 6, M. changensis. Abdominal scent organ with small opening (arrow) and "pits" in the wall of the ab-
dominal scent organ.
sum; subterminal line diffuse, brown, about midway
between terminal dots and termination of posterior
area; area adjacent to terminal dots white; five or four
black terminal dots, formula 3-2 or 3-1; fringes shiny,
evenly lead-grey, two white patches. Hindwing
creamy white to light brown, subterminal fascia pre-
sent, termen darkly bordered; fringes white with
brownish line.
Abdomen (figs. 1-3). — Scent organs incorporated
in the abdomen, round, large opening laterally direct-
ed. Wall of scent organs with large pits. Scent organs
covered with relatively broad scales. Tips of scales
touch scent organ pit. Scales can be put at a right an-
gle from the abdomen, thus spreading the scent or-
gans' contents (fig. 3).
Male genitalia (fig. 21). — Uncus strongly bent, tip
curved upward; gnathos proceeding beyond uncus,
dorsal thorns elongated; sacculus inconspicuous; cos-
ta armed with very stout double pointed projection,
smaller one with curved tip, cucullus slender, tip
pointed; juxta narrow; aedeagus slender, armed with
tooth-like cornutus.
Female genitalia (fig. 27). — Papillae anales small,
indented; membrane of tergite VIII without scleroti-
zation, tergite VIII with sharp pointed tips; ostium
simple with broadly rounded projection; ductus bur-
sae long; ductus seminalis narrow; bursa copulatrix
roundish, with spined area, without signum.
Biology. - Unknown. Caught in April, May, June,
July and September.
Distribution (fig. 9). — India: Assam.
116
Fig. 7. Wing pattern. aa = anterior area; d = dorsum; df =
double fascia; f = fringe; fl = fringe line; Pa = posterior area;
sf = subterminal fascia; sl = subterminal line; t = termen; td
= terminal dots.
f Pa df aa
sl Pa d
Metaeuchromius flavofascialis Park, 1990
(fig. 10, 20)
Metaeuchromius flavofascialis Park, 1990: 139. Holotype: à,
Chuncheon, GW, 30.V11.1988 (K.T. Park), GS 1840.
Kangweon National University, Chuncheon.
Material. — 66. China: West Tien-mu-shan
[=Tianmu Shan], 1d (BMNH). Korea: Chuncheon,
2d (kNuc), 1d (Rras); Sogumgang, 1d (kNuc); Mt.
Samag, 1d (KNUC).
Diagnosis. — Externally very similar to the other
species of the genus. Differs in male genitalia (female
unknown) in having the cucullus ending in a slender
tip, in combination with the group of cornuti occu-
pying less than one-third of the length of the aedea-
gus.
External characters. - Wingspan 13 mm. Frons not
produced forward, creamy white; vertex creamy
white; the length of the labial palp is one and a half
times the eye diameter, with the sides creamy white at
base becoming brown, creamy white to brown from
above and below; maxillary palp creamy white, dark-
ly ringed at base of last segment; on antenna creamy
white with some inconspicuous darker scales. Thorax
creamy white to light brown; patagia creamy white
with two broad longitudinal brown stripes; tegulae
brown, inner side lined creamy white. Forewing
groundcolour creamy, white densely suffused with
ochreous to dark brown scales, posterior area with
one or two small inconspicuous dark brown spots;
medial fascia nearly straight, running to circa one-
third of the dorsum; subterminal line brown, about
midway between terminal dots and termination of
posterior area; area adjacent to terminal black dots
white; seven black terminal dots, formula 2-3-2;
fringes shiny, evenly grey. Hindwing creamy white to
light grey, subterminal fascia very inconspicuous, ter-
men darkly bordered; fringes creamy white with dark-
er line.
Abdomen. — No indication of scent organs or spe-
cial formation of scales on sternite III.
Male genitalia (fig. 20). — Uncus tapering to sharp
pointed tip; gnathos about equal in length to uncus,
dorsal thorns absent; sacculus inconspicuous, proces-
sus basalis slender, fold reaching to the middle of the
tip of the valvae, cucullus ending in sharp pointed tip;
juxta elongated, more or less rectangular; aedeagus
relatively large, vesica with one group of cornuti.
Female genitalia. — Female unknown.
Biology. — Unknown. Caught in July, August and
September. The locatity of Mt. Samag was at 650 m
altitude.
Distribution (fig. 10). — Eastern part of China and
Korea.
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
Fig. 8. Distribution map. M. latus (dots) and M. latoides (tri-
angle).
Fig. 9. Distribution map. M. yuennanensis (squares), M.
changensis (dots), M. inflatus (triangle) and M. euzonellus
(diamond).
Fig. 10. Distribution map. M. circe (triangles), M. flavofas-
cialis (diamond).
119072
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 11-14. — 11, Metaeuchromius yuennanensis. 12, Metaeuchromius changensis. 13, Metaeuchromius euzonellus. 14,
Metaeuchromius circe.
Fig. 15. Metaeuchromius latus
118
Metaeuchromius inflatus sp. n.
(figs. 9, 22, 28)
Type-material. — Holotype d ‚Nepal Prov. Chisa-
pani Garhi Bhainse Dobhan 730m 16.-20.VII.1967
leg. Dierl-Schaft Staatsslg. München’, GS RS 483.
Paratype 9, same data as holotype, GS RS 501, both
in ZSMC.
Diagnosis. — Resembles species with groundcolour
of forewing white. Differs in male genitalia in having
the processus basalis strongly swollen, rounded. Can
be distinguished in female genitalia in having the os-
tium lip-shaped in combination with broad, strongly
sclerotized ductus bursae continued into a sac-like
part.
External characters. - Wingspan 11-13 mm. Frons
not produced forward, white to creamy white; vertex
creamy white, the length of the labial palp is one and
a half to two times the eye diameter, with the sides
white to creamy white, tip brown-grey, light brown
from above, white to creamy white from below; max-
illary palp white, dark brown ringed at base of last
segment; antenna white-brown ringed. Thorax, pata-
gia and tegulae white with yellow scales. Forewing
groundcolour pure white, densely suffused with
brown scales; medial fascia single more or less
straight, running to halfway to one-third of the dor-
sum; subterminal line brown, closer to termination of
posterior area than to terminal black dots; area adja-
cent to terminal black dots broad, white; seven black
terminal dots, formula 2-3-2; fringes shiny, white
with brown lines in upper half, brown at base and
white terminally in lower half. Hindwing white, sub-
terminal fascia absent, termen with inconspicuous
dark spot at inner corner; fringes white.
Abdomen. — No indication of scent organs or spe-
cial formation of scales on sternite III.
Male genitalia (fig. 22). — Uncus long, slender, ta-
pering to sharp pointed tip; gnathos equal in length-
to the uncus, without dorsal thorns; processus basalis
large, roundish, swollen, cucullus ending in inwardly
bent tip; juxta somewhat rectangular; vinculum long,
pointed; aedeagus relatively large, with two large cor-
nuti.
Female genitalia (fig. 28). — Papillae anales more or
less fused; ostium relatively large, with small lip; duc-
tus bursae broad, strongly sclerotized in upper part,
followed by enlarged sac-like part, ending slightly
swollen above bursa copulatrix; ductus seminalis nar-
row; bursa copulatrix oblong, without signa.
Biology. — Unknown. The specimens were caught
in July at 730m altitude.
Distribution (fig. 9). — Only known from Nepal.
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
Metaeuchromius latoides sp. n.
(fig. 8, 26)
Type-material— Holotype: 9 ‘Turquie Acigol
U.V., 31-7-1973 U. Dall'Asta GS R.S.470 (in
MAES).
Diagnosis. — Differs from most species in having a
whitish medial fascia. Differs from M. latus in having
eight black terminal dots (this character may turn out
to be invalid when more material is collected). Differs
in female genitalia from M. /atus in lacking the small
roundish signum in the oblong bursa copulatrix.
External characters. - Wingspan 19 mm. Frons not
produced forward, creamy white mottled with
brown; vertex creamy white mottled with brown; the
length of the labial palp is two and a half times the eye
diameter, creamy white mottled with brown; maxil-
lary palp lost on holotype; on antenna creamy white
to brown. Thorax and patagia creamy white mottled
with dark brown; tegulae creamy white, coarsely
brown mottled. Forewing groundcolour creamy
white, densely suffused with ochreous to dark brown
scales, posterior area with two , more or less clear,
dark brown spots; medial fascia single, convex, white,
running to about halfway of the dorsum, subterminal
line brown, about midway between terminal dots and
termination of posterior area; area adjacent to termi-
nal dots yellow to white; eight or nine black terminal
dots, formula 2-2-3-1 or 2-2-3-2; fringes too worn to
be described. Hindwing brownish, light subterminal
fascia present, termen darkly bordered; fringes
brownish.
Male genitalia. - Unkown.
Female genitalia (fig. 26). — Papillae anales small;
membrane and tergite VIII very long, tergite very
lightly sclerotized, apophyses very long; ostium very
simple, roundish; ductus bursae normal swollen un-
der ostium, finely wrinkled; ductus seminalis narrow;
bursa copulatrix weakly sclerotized, oblong, without
signa.
Biology. — Unknown. the holotype was caught at
the end of July.
Distribution (fig. 8). — Turkey.
Metaeuchromius latus (Staudinger, 1870) comb. n.
(ites, 5p, 5925)
Eromene lata Staudinger, 1870: 204. — Holotype 9,
‘Graecia Kr.’, GS 1147 (in ZMHB).
Pseudeuchromius latus (Staudinger, 1870) — Bleszynski,
1965: 90.
Pseudochromius latus (Staudinger). — Maes 1986: 79 [lapsus
calami].
Material. — 56, 139. Greece: Graecia Kr. 19
119
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 16-17. Male genitalia; ventro-caudal aspect, valvae spread; aedeagus separated, lateral aspect. — 16, Metaeuchromius
changensis, 17, Metaeuchromius yuennanensis. Scale bar 0.5 mm.
120
(zMHB); 2 km SW of Anoyia, 18 (gras); Mt.
Taygetos, 1d (rras), 38, 29 (zmuc); Zachlorou,
16,22 (BMNH), 19 (RTAS), 72 (zmuc).
Diagnosis. — Differs from most species in having a
whitish medial fascia. Differs from M. latoides in hav-
ing six or seven black terminal dots (this character
may turn out to be invalid when more material be-
comes available). Differs in female genitalia from M.
latoides (male unknown) in having a small signum in
the roundish bursa copulatrix.
External characters (fig. 15). — Wingspan 18-22
mm. Frons not produced forward, creamy white to
light brown; vertex creamy white; the length of the
labial palp is three times the eye diameter, with the
sides light brown to creamy white at base, becoming
lead-grey, brown from above, creamy white from be-
low; maxillary palp brown; on antenna creamy white,
darkly ringed. Thorax light brown to brown; patagia
brown; tegulae brown evenly mottled. Forewing
groundcolour creamy white, densely suffused with
ochreous to dark brown scales, posterior area with
two more or less clear dark brown spots; medial fascia
single, convex, white, running to halfway to one-third
of the dorsum; subterminal line dark-brown, about
midway between terminal dots and termination of
posterior area; area adjacent to terminal dots yellow
to white; six or seven black terminal dots, formula 2-
3-1 or 2-3-2; fringes evenly lead-grey. Hindwing light
grey, subterminal fascia present, termen darkly bor-
dered; fringes grey to creamy white.
Abdomen (fig. 5). — Scent organs only indicated by
minute fold of sternite III, pits absent. Sternite III
armed with elongated broad scales.
Male genitalia (fig. 19). — Uncus stout, tapering to
sharp double pointed tip; gnathos equal in length or
slightly shorter than uncus, dorsal thorns absent; sac-
culus inconspicuous, sclerotized, processus basalis in-
conspicuous, costa stronger sclerotized to halfway,
stronger sclerotized part ending pointed, cucullus
broad, rounded; juxta elongated; vinculum long,
pointed; aedeagus very large, posterior part swollen,
with one elongated group of short cornuti.
Female genitalia (fig. 25). — Papillae anales small;
membrane and tergite VIII very long, tergite very
lightly sclerotized, apophyses very long; ostium very
simple, round; ductus bursae widening proximal to
the ostium, then wrinkled, distal half with contorted
slightly sclerotized lining; ductus seminalis narrow;
bursa copulatrix roundish, with one very small
roundish signa.
Biology. — Habitat at 600 m altitude: shrubby and
hilly area grazed occasionally by sheep. Specimens
were caught in the last week of June, July and August
at an altitude of 600 to 1000 m.
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
Distribution (fig. 8). — So far only found in Greece;
records from Turkey (e.g. Maes 1986) may refer to
M. latoides.
Remarks. — Bleszynski (1965) does not mention a
signum in his description nor is one present in the
drawing of the female genitalia. Upon checking the
holotype, it turned out to have a small signum.
Perhaps due to not removing the genitalia from the
abdomen and not colouring the slide Bleszynski
missed seeing the small signum.
Metaeuchromius yuennanensis (Caradja, 1937)
(figs. 9, 11, 17, 24)
Eromene yuennanensis Caradja, 1937: 151. Lectotype: 5, Li-
kiang. (China). Provinz Nord-Yuennan, 4.8.1934. (not
10.6.1935 as stated in Bleszynski 1965) H. Hone’.
Muzeul de Istoria Naturala ‘Grigore Antipa’, Bucuresti.
Metaeuchromius yuennanensis (Caradja, 1937) Bleszynski,
1960: 217. — Bleszynski 1963: 112.
Material. — 96, 72. China: Likiang, 2d, 19
(BMNH), 16, 19 (RTAS), 34, 39 (zemk), 2d, 29
(Bucu); West Tianmu Shan, 16 (ZEMK).
Diagnosis. — Differs in male genitalia from all
species in having the valvae asymmetrical and the cu-
cullus ending in a bent, slender tip, in combination
with the total length of the group of cornuti about
equal to that of the aedeagus. Differs in female geni-
talia (female of M. changensis is unknown) in having
the ductus bursae split in two parts, of which one is
strongly sclerotized and partly armed with spines,
ending less sclerotized and somewhat wrinkled.
External characters (fig. 11). — Wingspan 16-20
mm. Frons not produced forward, creamy yellow-
white; vertex creamy yellow-white; the length of the
labial palp is twice that of the eye diameter, with the
sides creamy white at base becoming brown, light
brown from above, creamy white from below; maxil-
lary palp light brown, darkly ringed at base of last seg-
ment, terminal part light brown; on antenna creamy
white, inconspicuously ringed. Thorax brown; pata-
gia yellow-brown; tegulae brown, inner side clearly
lined creamy white. Forewing groundcolour creamy
white, densely suffused with grey and ochreous to
dark brown scales, posterior area with more or less
clear dark spot near medial fascia; medial fascia single,
slightly convex, running to one-fourth to one-third of
the dorsum; subterminal line brown, about midway
between terminal dots and termination of posterior
area; area adjacent to terminal black dots white; seven
black terminal dots, formula 2-3-2; fringes shiny,
evenly grey. Hindwing creamy white to grey, subter-
minal fascia clearly present, termen darkly bordered;
fringes creamy white with faint darker line.
121
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 18-20. Male genitalia; ventro-caudal aspect, valvae spread; aedeagus separated, lateral aspect. — 18, Metaeuchromius circe,
19, Metaeuchromius latus, 20, Metaeuchromius flavofascialis. Scale bar 0.5 mm.
122
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
Figs. 21-22. Male genitalia; ventro-caudal aspect, valvae spread; aedeagus separated, 21 ventral aspect, 22 lateral aspect. — 21,
Metaeuchromius euzonellus, 22, Metaeuchromius inflatus. Scale bar 0.5 mm.
Abdomen. — Two scent organs incorporated in the
abdomen, roundish, kidney-shaped, with small open-
ing laterally directed. Wall of scent organs with pits.
No special scale formation observed in relation to the
scent organs.
Male genitalia (fig. 17). — Uncus tapering to sharp
pointed tip; gnathos equal in lengthto uncus, dorsal
thorns absent; valvae asymmetrical, sacculus slender
in one valve, normal in the other, processus basalis
somewhat rectangular, cucullus asymetrical, ending
in bent pointed tip unequal in size; juxta large some-
what oblong; vinculum normal; aedeagus shorter
than length of smaller valve, with many very long cor-
nuti, total length of cornuti as long as length of aedea-
gus.
123
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 23-25. Female genitalia; ventral aspect. — 23, Metaeuchromius circe, scale bar 0.5 mm; 24, Metaeuchromius yuennanensis,
scale bar 0.5 mm; 25, Metaeuchromius latus. Scale bar 0.85 mm.
124
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
SE
=
Be
5
Ÿ
on
v
Td
E
5)
FH
oo
È
\O
N
a
Ra
Eu
26,
aspect. —
ventral
Metaeuchromius latoides, scale
bar
DIA
euzonellus,
mm;
0.5 mm;
0.85
Metaeuchromius
scale
28,
scale
bar
Metaeuchromius inflatus,
bar 0.5 mm.
125
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Female genitalia (fig. 24). — Papillae anales idened;
ostium simple; ductus bursae split in two parts, one
very long strongly sclerotized part with many spines
which ends sac-like, wrinkled and less sclerotized, sec-
ond part; ductus seminalis narrow; bursa copulatrix
oblong, without signum.
Biology. — Unknown. The specimens have been
caught in August and September at an altitude of up
to 3000 m.
Distribution (fig. 9). — China. See also under re-
marks.
Remarks. — There may be another species very sim-
ilar to M. yuennanensis occurring in Japan, or M.
yuennanensis itself inhabits Japan. A specimen was
found identified as M. yuennanensis in the BMNH. The
lack of abdomen makes it impossible to decide
whether it belongs to a new species or not.
Metaeuchromius yuennanensis tibetanus Bleszynski
Metaeuchromius yuennanensis tibetanus Bleszynski, 1965: 87.
Holotype: d, Batang. (Tibet). Im Tal des Yangtze (ca.
2800 m) 13.9.1936. H. Hône. Paratypes 1d, 29
22.9.1936, 18.9.1936, 1.9.1936. All in Bucu.
Diagnosis. — The slightly lighter colouration of the
fore wings is the only distinguishing character for this
subspecies.
Biology. — Unknown. The specimens have been
caught in September at an altitude of 2800 m.
Discussion
The males of Metaeuchromius yuennanensis, M.
changensis, M. latus, M. circe and M. euzonellus have
ventrally located abdominal scent organs which pro-
vide these species with a synapomorphic character.
M. latoides is only known from the unique female.
Comparing this species with the other females of
Metaeuchromius it can be seen to be most closely re-
lated to M. latus. This conclusion is based on the al-
most similar features of the genitalia. The only differ-
ence is the presence of a signum in M. latus and the
presence of two extra black terminal dots in M. /a-
toides. This very close relationship allows the conclu-
sion that the up to now unknown male of /atoides
must also have abdominal scent organs.
The males of M. flavofacialis and M. inflatus lack
these male scent organs. However, the placement by
Dr. Park of flavofascialis in the genus Metaeuchromius
is in my opinion justifiable considering the other
characters it shares with the other members of the
genus. M. inflatus also lacks the abdominal scent or-
gans, but in light of other characters (wing pattern,
gnathos and valvae) it most logically belongs in
126
Metaeuchromius. M. euzonellus has the Sc and R, of
the forewing partly fused, but the presence of the ab-
dominal scent organs are regarded as being more im-
portant. Also, within several other Crambinae genera,
and even within a single species, the fusion of Sc and
R, are known to be variable.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to thank the following persons and institutes
for loans of material without which this study would
not have been possible. Dr. W. Dierl (zsmc,
München, Germany), Dr. O. Karsholt (zmuc,
Kopenhagen, Denmark), Dr. K. Maes, (MRAC,
Tervuren, Belgium), Dr. M. Mey (zmx8, Berlin,
Germany), Prof. Dr. K. T. Park (kNuc, Kangweon,
Korea), Dr. D. Stuning (ZFMK, Bonn, Germany).
Dr. B. Landry is acknowledged for his comments
on the manuscript.
As always I am greatly indebted to Mr. M. Shaffer
(BMNH, London, United Kingdom) for his encour-
agements, help and great expertise on which I can al-
ways rely and ask for.
Visits to the BMNH, ZSMC and zmuc have been
made possible by grants awarded by the
Uyttenboogaart-Eliasen Stichting.
REFERENCES
Bleszynski, S., 1960. Studies on the Crambidae (Lepi-
doptera). Part XXIX. Species of the genus Euchromius
Gn. — Acta Zoologica Cracoviensia 5: 203-247.
Bleszynski, S., 1963. Studies on the Crambidae
(Lepidoptera). Part 40. A review of the genera of the fam-
ily Crambidae with data on their synonymy and types. —
Acta Zoologica Cracoviensia 3: 91-132.
Bleszynski, S., 1965. Crambinae. In: H.G. Amsel, H.
Reisser und F. Gregor, Microlepidoptera Palaearctica.
Vol. 1: i-xlvii, 1-533. Wien.
Caradja, A. & E. Meyrick, 1937. Materialen zur einer
Mikrolepidopterenfauna des Yülingshanmassivs (Provinz
Yiinnan). — Iris 51: 137-182.
Gaskin, D. E., 1974. The species of Pareromene Osthelder
(Pyralidae: Crambinae: Diptychophorini) from Malaysia,
Indonesia and New Guinea. — Journal of Entomology (B)
43(2): 185-208.
Gaskin, D. E., 1985. Morphology and reclassification of
the Australasian, Melanesian and Polynesian
Glaucocharis Meyrick (Lepidoptera: Crambinae: Dipty-
chophorini). — Australian Journal of Zoology, Suppl.
Series No. 115: 1-75.
Hampson, G. F., 1896. On the classification of the
Schoenobiinae and Crambinae, two subfamilies of moths
of the Pyralidae. — Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 1895: 897-974.
Landry, B., 1995. A phylogenetic analysis of the major lin-
eages of the Crambinae and of the genera of Crambini of
North America (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). - Memoirs on
Entomology, International 1, 242 pp. Associated
Publishers, Gainesville.
Maes, K., 1985. A comparative study of the abdominal tym-
panal organs in Pyralidae (Lepidoptera) I. Description,
terminology, preparation technique. — Nota Lepi-
dopterologica 8(4): 341-350.
Maes, K., 1986. Pyralidae from Turkey. — Nota Lepi-
dopterologica 9(1-2): 78-80.
Meyrick, E., 1930-1936. Exotic Microlepidoptera. 4.: 1-
642. London.
Minet, J., 1982. Les Pyraloidea et leur principales divisions
systématiques. — Bulletin de la Société entomologique de
France 86 (1981): 262-280.
Park, K. T., 1990. Two new species of Pyralidae
SCHOUTEN: Metaeuchromius
(Lepidoptera from Korea). — The Korean Journal of
Entomology 20 (3): 139-144.
Schouten, R.T.A., 1988. Revision of the species of the genus
Euchromius Guenée, 1845 (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae:
Crambinae) occurring in the Afrtropical region. —
Zoologische Verhandelingen Leiden 244: 1-64.
Scoble, M. J., 1992. The Lepidoptera: form, function and
diversity. — Oxford University Press, New York, 404 pp.
Staudinger, O., 1870. Beitrag zur Lepidopterenfauna
Griechenlands. — Horae Societatis Entomologicae
Rossicae 7: 3-304.
Received: 1995
Accepted: March 1997
127
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
BOOK REVIEW
Bengt A. Bengtsson, 1997. Scythrididae. — Micro-
lepidoptera of Europe (P. Huemer, O. Karsholt &
L. Lyneborg eds.) vol. 2, 301 pp., 14 colour plates,
419 figs. Hardback, 2417 cm. Apollo Books,
Stenstrup. [ISBN 87-88757-11-0]. Price DKK 500.—
excl. postage.
The second volume of this new series (see this jour-
nal, vol. 139: 84 for a review of the first volume),
treats 237 species of this relatively unknown family of
micro-moths. These moths, often day-flying, are
most abundant in the mediterranean region. This is
the first time that this family is revised for this large
geographic area, resulting in 40 (!) new species (three
of which are described by Passerin d'Entreves) and in
many other nomenclatural changes. The speciose
genus Scythris is divided into 64 informal species-
groups.
There is a short general introduction and a check-
list. All species are briefly described with the follow-
ing entries: diagnosis, male genitalia, female genitalia,
distribution, biology, and often: remarks. Most are il-
lustrated in colour, as water-colours, made by the au-
thor, with the right pair of wings depicted only. The
male and female genitalia are illustrated in simple
line-drawings.
The author is to be congratulated for bringing to-
gether this overwhelming amount of information in a
relatively short time. The descriptions are adequate,
and the water-colours look nice. It is unfortunate that
they are not printed bigger. They are 4-5 X natural
size (measured from size in the description: I have not
been able to find an indication of the magnification),
but particularly some of the smaller ones show very
little detail. The white species are almost invisible
against the white paper background, why haven’t
they been brought together, and printed on a darker
background? The black-and-white drawings are rela-
tively bold, and do not compare with the quality of
the colour-plates.
This series is announced as an identification series.
128
In this light it is to be regretted that the book does not
provide any help to the inexperienced user, to get fa-
miliar with the overwhelming number of similarly
looking moths. The author believes that leafing
through colour plates and genitalia-illustrations is the
quickest way to arrive at a species identification (page
11). However, one needs to have an enormous mem-
ory for forms, when comparing 237 species. With all
the problems which keys can provide, I would have
much preferred to have some sort of key, to bring
structure in this large amount of variation. That
should not necessarily be a dichotomous key, but
could have been a table of distribution of some im-
portant character-states. Also the species-groups do
not really help, because there is no indication how to
identify a species into a group. With modern com-
puter technology, the design of a key would have
been quite well possible, even with this amount of in-
formation. Another omission is, in my opinion, an
index to hostplants. Even with the little knowledge
about this topic for the scythrids, it would have facil-
itated the search for certain hosts.
My final comments are on the design of this book.
Although this may be partly affected by personal
taste, the design of this book is very unbalanced.
There has apparently been no professional graphic
designer, the used font is too big, there are too many
different font types, and there is often too much
white on the page. By using a smaller font and two
colums, many pages could have been spared, and used
to print the colour-illustrations somewhat larger. The
distribution catalogue remains (see review vol. 1) also
rather unpractical, especially because the countries are
listed alphabetically and not geographically.
This work is, in conclusion, an important contribu-
tion to the taxonomic knowledge of European and
Mediterranean Microlepidoptera, and, despite the
somewhat disappointing design, printing, and lack of
keys, to be recommended for all serious lepidopterists.
[Erik J. van Nieukerken]
Braprey J. SINCLAIR
Department of Environmental Biology, University of Guelph
A NEW SPECIES OF ORNITHOICA RONDANI FROM
NEW CALEDONIA (DIPTERA: HIPPOBOSCIDAE)
Sinclair, B.J. 1997. A new species of Ornithoica Rondani from New Caledonia (Diptera:
Hippoboscidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 129-132, figs. 1-6 [1ssN 0040-7496].
Published 31 October 1997.
Ornithoica caledonica sp.n. (pusilla group) is described from New Caledonia, collected from the
endemic flightless bird Rhinochetos jubatus. In addition, Ornithoctona plicata (von Olfers) was
collected from the endemic pigeon Ducula goliath. A total of six species of Hippoboscidae are
now recorded from New Caledonian birds.
Bradley J. Sinclair. Present address: Biosystematics Laboratory, Graduate School of Social and
Cultural Studies, Kyushu University 01, Ropponmatsu 4-2-1, Fukuoka-shi, 810 Japan.
Key words. — Diptera, Hippoboscidae, Ornithoica, new species, New Caledonia.
Ectoparasites including louse flies (Diptera:
Hippoboscidae) were collected as part of a survey of
the parasites and their impact on two birds endemic
to New Caledonia; the kagu (Rhinochetos jubatus
Verreaux & Des Murs) and the notou (Ducula goliath
(Gray)). Field work was conducted by Dr Frederic
Beugnet in association with the CIRAD agency.
The louse fly, Ornithoica caledonica sp. n. (assigned
to the O. pusilla (Schiner) group) was collected from
the kagu. The kagu is a pale grey, mid-sized (58 cm),
flightless bird (Delacour 1966). Although flightless,
the kagu has large, brightly marked, flexible wings,
believed to be used for sexual displays (Lindsey
1993). It is a diurnal bird, inhabiting dense rain-
forests, and forages on insects, snails, and earthworms
(Lindsey 1993). The kagu is an endangered species,
with an estimated 200 breeding pairs. The wide-
spread louse fly, Ornithoctona plicata (von Olfers) was
collected from the notou, a large (50 cm) endemic pi-
geon, which inhabits montane forests (Delacour
1966).
Prior to this study five species of Hippoboscidae
were recorded from New Caledonian birds, including
the endemic species Myophthiria neocaledonica Maa,
and the widespread species Olfersia aenescens
Thomson, Ornithoctona plicata, Ornithoica exilis
(Walker), and Ornithophila metallica (Schiner) (Maa
& Marshall 1981, Maa 1989).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Material based on this study will be deposited in
the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
France (MNHP) and Canadian National Collection of
Insects, Ottawa, Canada (cnc). Specimens of O.
pusilla were borrowed from the United States
National Museum of Natural History, Washington,
USA (usnM).
Terms follow those of McAlpine (1981), except
male terminalia where terms of Cumming et al.
(1995) are followed. Male and female abdomens were
removed, macerated in hot 85% lactic acid, and ex-
amined in glycerin.
TAXONOMY
Ornithoica pusilla group
Species of the O. pusilla group are distinguished
from the remaining species of Ornithoica on the basis
of female tergite 6 medially divided and by clusters of
more than 30 pairs of large anchor-like spines near
the apex of the abdomen (Maa 1966).
Key to species of O. pusilla group
1. Apex of female abdomen with dense cluster of
anchor-like spines, base of spines in contact with
neighbouring spines; female tergite 6 subtrian-
gular; male laterite 6 bearing one long, stout and
one:shontisetal mann, O. pusilla (Schiner)
- Apex of female abdomen with anchor-like spines
not densely clustered, base of spines not in con-
tact with neighbouring spines; female tergite 6
rectangular; male laterite 6 bearing five long,
SOO GALS 4 0.0.0 0.0 00.000.505 O. caledonica sp.n.
129
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 1-6. Female and male abdomens and male terminalia of Ornithoica caledonica sp. n. — 1, female, dorsal view; 2, female,
ventral view; 3, male terminalia, lateral view; 4, female laterite 7; 5, male, dorsal view; 6, male, ventral view.
Abbreviations: hypd, hypandrium; Itg 7, laterite 7; pgt, postgonite; ph, phallus; phapod, phallapodeme; pregen pl, pregenital
plate; pregen tb, pregenital tubercle; span pl, supra-anal plate.
130
Ornithoica caledonica sp. n.
(figs. 1-6)
Type examined. — Holotype 9 : ‘NEW CALEDONIA /
Parc Rivière Bleue / 1992-94; ex. Kagu / coll. F.
Beugnet, / Y. Létocart & R. Gadet’; ‘HOLOTYPE /
Ornithoica | caledonica | Sinclair’ (MNHP).
Paratypes: Same data as holotype (1d, 39, cnc;
26,39, MNHP).
Recognition. — Females distinguished from O.
pusilla by a rectangular tergite 6, narrowly divided
and lacking long stout setae, crescent-shaped supra-
anal plate, pregenital tubercle bearing one long seta
and one long spine-like seta, subtriangular laterite 7,
and apex of abdomen with anchor-like spines less
densely clustered. Males are distinguished by 5 long,
strong setae on laterite 6 and by the slender ventral
arm of the phallapodeme.
Etymology. — Named in reference to the type lo-
cality.
Description
Female. — Wing length 3.25-3.5 mm
Thorax. Presutural scutum (prescutum) with long,
pale setae, about as dense as scutellum; postsutural
scutum (scutum) largely bare, with transverse row of
pale setae along posterior margin. Scutellum with 2
long and 3 shorter pairs of dark, subapical setae.
Anterior margin of prosternum truncate.
Wing. Microtrichia covering only extreme tip of
cell r,,,; cells r,. and m,,, mostly covered by mi-
crotrichia except for basal fifth; cell cuA, with patch-
es along vein.
Abdomen. Richly spinose; syntergite 1+2 with
short, fine setae; dorsal setae on tergites 3-6 shorter
than length of tergites; lateral setae on tergites 3-5
more pronounced; lateral setae on tergite 5 twice
length of tergite; tergite 5 longer than 3 or 4; tergite 6
narrowly divided medially into pair of broad rectan-
gular sclerites, lacking long stout setae. Laterite 2 with
marginal setae longer than tergites 3 and 4 combined;
ventrolateral margin of laterite 2 with short, spine-
like setae; laterite 7 subtriangular, with 3 strong setae
and 4 setulae. Dorsolateral membranous region above
level of spiracles lacking setae. Sternite 1 with numer-
ous marginal setae and 1 median spine-like seta; disc
of venter with 7-8 rows of slender setae, basal ring
pale; setae lacking anterior to pregenital tubercle; pre-
genital tubercle paired, bearing 1 long strong seta and
1 long spine-like seta. Anchor-like spines clustered in
2 widely separate groups; spines equal in size; base of
spines not in contact with neighbouring spines.
Supra-anal plate with anterior and posterior sclerites
SINCLAIR: Hippoboscidae from New Caledonia
clearly separated, both crescent-shaped; anterior scle-
rite thinly sclerotized; posterior sclerite with 2 pairs of
setulae, outer pair longer than median; pregenital
plate somewhat ‘“L’-shaped.
Male. — Similar to female. Tergites 3-5 broader
than female; tergite 6 widely divided into pair of sub-
rectangular sclerites; laterite 6 slender, bearing 5 long,
strong setae; spiracle 7 lying anterior to 6; ventrolat-
eral setae mounted on slightly raised sockets.
Terminalia: Phallapodeme (basal apodeme) subtrian-
gular, ventral edge constricted forming long slender
process; postgonite or gonostylus (tip of penis valve)
strongly arched and tapering, margin with row of se-
tulae; phallus (aedeagus) slender, tapering to point,
encased in membranous sheath.
Remarks. — Prior to this study, the O. pusilla group
was monotypic. Ornithoica pusilla is widespread
among the atolls and small islands of the central
Pacific, and found on a variety of hosts (Maa 1966,
Maa 1989).
Ornithoica caledonica was collected on the kagu, an
endemic bird of uncertain relationships, assigned to
the Rhynochetidae of the order Gruiformes (rails,
cranes, buttonquail and allies) (Lindsey 1993). The
kagu is restricted to La Grand Terre or the main is-
land of New Caledonia.
Ornithoctona plicata (von Olfers)
Material examined. — NEW CALEDONIA: Parc
Rivière Bleue, ix.1993-xii.1994, ex. Notou, F.
Beugnet, Y. Létocart & R. Gadet (2d ,cnc).
Remarks. — Specimens of Ornithoctona plicata were
collected on the notou, an endemic pigeon (Ducula
goliath). This hippoboscid is widespread on islands in
the Pacific and Indian Oceans and has been recorded
from about 50 genera of land and aquatic birds (Maa
& Marshall 1981). In New Caledonia, O. plicata was
previously recorded from Grande Terre and the
Loyalty Is. (Maa 1989). In New Guinea, O. plicata
has been collected on Ducula zoeae and in Vanuatu
(New Hebrides) it has been collected on D. pacifica
(Maa 1969, Maa & Marshall 1981).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Sincere thanks to F. Beugnet (Ecole Vétérinaire de
Lyon, Marcy L'Etoile) for encouraging me to exam-
ine these specimens. All specimens were collected as
part of a project supported by the crrap agency of
New Caledonia. F. C. Thompson (usnm) is thanked
for loan of specimens of O. pusilla.
131
TIJDSCHRIET VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
REFERENCES
Cumming, J. M., B. J. Sinclair, & D. M. Wood, 1995.
Homology and phylogenetic implications of male geni-
talia in Diptera - Eremoneura. — Entomologica scandi-
navica 26: 120-151.
Delacour, J. A., 1966. Guide des oiseaux de la Nouvelle-
Caledonie. — Delachaux & Niestlé. 172 pp.
Lindsey, T., 1993. Flutter of hope for a national emblem. —
GEO Australia. 15(3): 50-58.
Maa, T. C., 1966. Studies in Hippoboscidae (Diptera). The
genus Ornithoica Rondani (Diptera: Hippoboscidae). —
Pacific Insects Monographs 10: 10-124.
Maa, T. C., 1969. Synopsis of the genera Ornithophila amd
Ornithoctona with remarks on their habitat diversification
(Diptera: Hippoboscidae). — Pacific Insects Monographs
20: 1-23.
132
Maa, T. C., 1989. 114 [Chapter] Family Hippoboscidae.
Pp. 785-789 in Evenhuis, N.L. (Ed.) Catalog of the
Diptera of the Australasian and Oceanic Regions. —
Bishop Museum Press and E.J. Brill. 1155 pp.
Maa, T.C. & A. G. Marshall, 1981. Diptera Pupipara of the
New Hebrides: Taxonomy, zoogeography, host and ecol-
ogy. — Quarterly Journal of Taiwan Museum 34(3,4):
213-232.
McAlpine, J. F., 1981. Morphology and terminology -
Adults [Chapter] 2. — In: McAlpine, J.F. et al. Manual of
Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 1. — Agriculture Canada Mono-
graph 27: vi + 1-674.
Received:20 March 1996
Accepted: 4 February 1997
J. van TOL
National Museum of Natural History, Leiden, The Netherlands
THE GENUS PROCORDULIA MARTIN IN WESTERN
MALESIA (ODONATA, CORDULIIDAE)
Descriptions and records of Malesian Odonata, 4 *)
Tol, J. van, 1997. The genus Procordulia Martin in western Malesia (Odonata, Corduliidae).
Descriptions and records of Malesian Odonata, 4. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140: 133-
146, figs. 1-27. [rss 0040-7496]. Published 31 October 1997.
The species of the genus Procordulia occurring in Malaysia, the Philippines and Indonesia, excl.
New Guinea, are discussed and a key to the species is provided. P. papandayanensis is described
from Java, and P. lompobatang and P. rantemario from SW Sulawesi. These new species all be-
long to the P. sambawana group of species.
J. van Tol, National Museum of Natural History, P. O. Box 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The
Netherlands.
Key words. — Procordulia; Malesia; Java; Sulawesi; new species.
*) Part 3: Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 138: 131-141.
All species of Procordulia Martin of the western
part of Malesia are assigned to an apparently mono-
phyletic group, the so-called ‘sambawana group. P.
sambawana Foerster was formerly considered a wide-
spread, although rather variable species (e.g. Lieftinck
1930) in which possibly several geographical races
could be distinguished. Later, Lieftinck (1977: 165)
provisionally split off the Javan specimens for which
the name P. karnyi Fraser was available. Although this
observation was cryptically published without com-
ment, this opinion was followed in the recent check-
list by Davies & Tobin (1985), but not by Tsuda
(1991). Lieftinck also mentioned the existence of two
undescribed species on Sulawesi (Celebes) (Lieftinck
1977: 167). All further studies on Corduliidae by
Lieftinck remained, however, unfinished and unpub-
lished.
In the present paper descriptions or diagnoses of
eight species from the Lesser Sunda Islands, Java,
Sumatra, Borneo, Sulawesi (Celebes) and Mindanao,
are provided. Three species are described as new to
science. This paper focuses on the species of western
Malesia, although also new species from New Guinea
are available in various collections. Also, a first at-
tempt is made to understand the relationships of the
Malesian Corduliidae at a higher level. A more de-
tailed analysis of the species groups now united in
Procordulia, and a general discussion of the Indo-
Australian genera of Corduliidae, has to await the de-
scriptions of new Papuan representatives of
Procordulia and Hemicordulia. Finally, the biogeogra-
phy of the western Malesian species is briefly dis-
cussed.
Abbreviations for museums and institutions follow
the ‘codens’ in Arnett & Samuelson (1986).
SYSTEMATIC PART
Procordulia Martin, 1907 [1906]
Type species. — Cordulia affinis Selys, 1871 [select-
ed Ris 1910: 437].
The closely related genera Hemicordulia Selys and
Procordulia can be distinguished (Martin 1907) by (a)
the presence of auriculae in Procordulia (absent in
Hemicordulia), (b) the presence of a cross-vein in the
anal triangle of Procordulia (absent in Hemicordulia),
and (c) a distinct anal angle in the hind wing of
Procordulia (rounded in Hemicordulia).
The distinguishing characters of both genera are,
however, not so clear (e.g. Watson et al 1991: 218)
anymore, especially since the discovery of several in-
termediate forms in the Pacific. The status of both
genera is further evaluated in the discussion section of
this paper.
133
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
134
Key to the males of western Malesian species of
Procordulia
1. Base of male superior appendage in lateral view
distinctly separated from the main stem (figs. 3-
4). Usually 6 Ax in hind wing ............. 2:
— Base of male superior appendage in lateral view
smoothly continuing into the main stem.
Characteristically 5 Ax in hind wing
2. Males with two Cux in hind wing, the distal Cux
forming an infratriangle (fig. 24). Superior ap-
pendage with sharp lateral tubercle. Lesser Sunda
Islands, Mindanao and ? Sulawesi
— Males with one Cux in hind wing. Superior ap-
pendage with or without lateral tubercle. Java and
S Ula Wes IEA e U. SIME ER AEN QE a 4
3. Superior appendage very long and slender, c. 2.8
mm (fig. 3). Hind wing 35-37 mm. Lesser Sunda
ISA 0 IS MEME ART P. sambawana (Foerster)
— Superior appendage more robustly built with tip
club-shaped. Hind wing 40 mm. Mindanao ...
BER OUR AEEA edet P. moroensis Lieftinck
4. Lateral tubercle on superior appendage approxi-
mately in the middle and sharp (fig. 4). Hind
wing characteristically with 5 Ax and 7 Px.
Sulawesussr ran Asa el POPE) Aon 5
— Superior appendage without lateral tubercle (fig.
12). Hind wing characteristically with 6 Ax and 8
BSE Matt ANRT ER Et Er P. karnyi Fraser
5. Superior appendage in lateral view slender (fig.
4), with lateral tubercle hardly visible in dorsal
Vo (ir) CE RE P. lompobatang sp. n.
— Superior appendage in lateral view relatively ro-
bust (fig. 5), with lateral tubercle conspicuous in
dorsal view (fig. 18) ...... P. rantemario sp. n.
6. Superior appendage with a subterminal, bluntly
shapedhtuberclei(fie. 14)MJava Reno 0 enn
NRW LL, P. papandayanensis sp. n.
— Superior appendage straight, with a lateral carina,
but without a tubercle (figs. 15-16)
7. Abdomen fusiform, relatively short. Hind wing
32-33 mm. N Borneo ... P. fusiformis Lieftinck
— Abdomen only somewhat constricted at segment
3. Hind wing 34-35 mm. Java
POONA. ita RU à RIEN P. artemis Lieftinck
VAN Tor: Procordulia of western Malesia
Procordulia artemis Lieftinck
(figs. 15, 19, 28)
Procordulia artemis Lieftinck, 1930: 159-162, figs. 23-25
[original description, habitat]. Lectotype: Kawah
Kamodjan. 19.iv.1930. Lft. in RMNH [examined]. —
Lieftinck 1933: 399-429 [biology, descriptions];
Lieftinck 1934: 431-432 [material, habitat, habits, ovipo-
sition]; Lieftinck 1971: 75 [lectotype designation]; Lief-
tinck 1977: 164 [compared with P. fusiformis].
Diagnosis. — Small and slender species. Male with
superior appendage slender, in lateral view in the
middle hardly wider that at base; base not conspicu-
ously heavier, tip not club-shaped (figs. 15, 19).
Arculus in forewing approximately midway between
Ax1 and Ax2. One Cux. Female with cylindrical ab-
domen without swollen basal segments. Appendages
c. 1.8 mm. Genital valve short, projecting caudad
from sternite 8, c. 1/4 of the length of segment 9,
shorter than wide, margin with V-shaped excision
with a depth of c. 1/4 of length of valve.
Apparently closely allied to P. fusiformis, which,
however, has a conspicuous spindle-shaped abdomen.
Superior appendages of both species very slender,
without lateral tubercle; those of artemis c. 7-8 times
as long as width in middle, and with acute tip in dor-
sal view (fig. 19), those of fusiformis c. 6 times as long
as width in the middle, with a sharp tip (fig. 22).
Ecology. — Lieftinck (1933) provides an interesting
account of the ecology of this species. Larvae were
found in swamps and crater lakes.
Remark. — Locality data of the lectotype as given by
Lieftinck (1971) are a free interpretation of the data
actually available with the specimen. This method
was also followed for many species.
Material examined. — Long series from Java
(RMNH).
Distribution. — Java, South Sumatra.
Procordulia fusiformis Lieftinck
(figs. 16, 22, 28)
Procordulia fusiformis Lieftinck, 1977: 162-164, fig. 3 [orig-
inal description, distribution].
Diagnosis. — Small size and spindle-shaped ab-
domen distinguish this species from other Procordulia
Figs. 1-10. Procordulia species. 1-3, P. sambawana, 4, P. lompobatang, 5-10, P. cf. lompobatang. — 1, anal appendages of male
holotype, dorsal view; 2, idem, right lateral view; 3, superior appendage male, left lateral view; 4, superior appendage male,
left lateral view; 5-7, female Bulluballija, abdomen left lateral view, dorsal view, and valvula vulvae in ventral view; 8-10, fe-
male Loka, abdomen left lateral view, dorsal view and valvula vulvae in ventral view.
135
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
species (Lieftinck 1977).
Male with superior appendage (figs. 16, 22) slen-
der, but not as straight as in P. artemis; base some-
what heavier, top straight, not club-shaped, without
lateral tubercle. Arculus in forewing about midway
between Axl and Ax2. One Cux in hind wing.
Apparently most closely related to P. artemis (see un-
der that species).
Material examined. — N. Borneo. Mt. Kinabalu.
Mesilau Camp. 4.iv.1964. 5000 ft. Coll. S. Kueh,
1d paratype (in RMNH, ex BMNH).
Distribution. — Northern
? Sarawak).
(Sabah,
Borneo
Procordulia karnyi Fraser
(He 11213, 21526328)
Procordulia karnyi Fraser, 1926: 472-473 [original descrip-
tion, d 9 Java, Mt Tengger]. — Lieftinck 1930: 162-164
[type discussed]; Lieftinck 1971: 95 [lectotype designat-
ed: Mts. Tengger, 1200 m, 8 Dec 1920, H. Docters van
Leeuwen]; Davies & Tobin 1985: 65 [specific status];
Tsuda 1991: 225 [as synonym of P. sambawanal.
Procordulia sambawana |pro parte]. — Lieftinck 1953: figs.
58-59 (and ? 60) [d anal appendages, genitalia, # last ab-
dominal segments].
Description
Male adult. — A relatively large and robust
Procordulia. Head densely setose, darkbrown at up-
perparts. Labrum pale yellowish white, mandibles
and labrum pale brown; clypeus olive-brown with
pale coloured transversal depression against labrum.
Frons brownish with bilobed upper parts with blue-
green metallic shine, coarsely punctate. Depressions
between frons and vertex deep; vertex high, truncat-
ed, punctulate, metallic green; occiput dark brown,
slightly convex behind, shining. Eyes brown in dried
specimens.
Synthorax rather robust, brilliant metallic green,
areas against sutures more brownish without metallic
shine, synthorax covered with long, slender, creamish
white setae; ventral side of thorax and spaces between
wings light brown. Legs long and slender;
trochanters, fore femur and posterior side of middle
and hind femur brown, legs otherwise dark brown.
Wings almost hyaline with a very slight yellowish tint
covering the whole surface, colouring somewhat more
conspicuous at wing tip and wing base; veins dark
brown. Neuration rather similar to that in P. sam-
bawana, pterostigma oblique, in fore and hind wing
2.0 mm wide; membranula brownish grey, paler part
at wing base intermediate between that of P. sam-
bawana and of papandayanensis (fig. 26). Nodal index
in forewing 6.8 | 9.6 or 6.9 | 8.7, in hind wing 8.5 |
6.8 or 8.6 | 6.7. Forewing with one cross-vein in tri-
angle, subtriangle three-celled; one Cux. Hind wing
without cross-veins in triangle; one Cux, no subtrian-
136
gle. Both wings without cross-vein in supratriangle,
no supplementary bridge cross-vein at subnodus.
Arculus oblique, in hind wing situated midway be-
tween Axl and Ax2. Anal angle of hind wing with
distinct edge, anal triangle with a short vein in its api-
cal third.
Abdomen slender, slightly constricted in the mid-
dle of segment 3, then gradually enlarged towards the
end of segment 6, where it is broadest. Basal segments
slightly swollen, much higher than wide, greatest
width 3 mm. Segment 3-5 rounded above, then sub-
triangular in diameter, from about the middle of seg-
ment 6 to the middle of segment 9 with an indistinct
median longitudinal crest. Venter flattened. Segment
10 with crest on dorsum. Auriculae small, knob-like,
brown. Coloration dark bronzed-black, first three
segments with distinct metallic green or coppery-red
shine; middle segments with slight coppery-red reflex
and segment 9-10 almost black. Dorsum of segment
1-2 covered with long setae. Sides of segment 1-2 and
basal half of 3 very shining. Ventral sides of tergites
dull brownish, their terminal fifth darkened.
Accessory genitalia on segment 2 not very prominent,
dark brown. Genital lobe subtriangular in general
outline, with acute tip; posterior hamuli somewhat
shorter than the lobe, thick at base, then constricted
and considerably narrowed, strongly curved inwards,
then outwards, straight in the median plane.
Anal appendages with superiors 2.75 mm long, in
dorsal view (fig. 21) relatively slender at base, distal
part club-shaped; base rather heavy, with a sudden
transition between the base and the main stem; on
stem no or hardly any trace of a lateral tubercle (figs.
ED):
Female. — Similar to the male, but head more
brownish, vertex brown without metallic shine.
Wings generally with more conspicuous yellowish
shine than male; nodal index forewing 5.9 | 9.6, hind
wing 8.6 | 7.7. Hind wing with one Cux. Abdomen
more robust than male, with purple shine. Basal seg-
ments slightly swollen; appendages c. 2.3 mm; genital
valve projecting caudad from sternite 8, c. 1/3 the
length of segment 9, somewhat shorter than wide
with V-shaped excision c. 2/5 the length of the valve.
Differential diagnosis. — Males of Procordulia of
Java can be distinguished by the shape of the superior
appendage (figs. 11-12, 14-15). For distinguishing
characters with P. papandayanensis, see under that
species.
Ecology. — Possibly a species inhabiting running
waters. The data of Lieftinck (1933, sub nom. P. sum-
bawana) may or may not include material of P.
karnyi. In the light of the records of adults taken in
1961 (see below), I presume that at least the ultimate
larva from E Java (Mt. Lawoe, little fall near Serangan
above Madioen, ca. 1300 m, 29 Sep 1927, leg. A.
van Tor: Procordulia of western Malesia
Figs. 11-16. Procordulia species. 11-12, 14-16, superior appendage of male in lateral view, 13, last abdominal segments of fe-
male. — 11, P. karnyi, holotype, right lateral view; 12-13, P. karnyi, Java, Baturraden; 14, P. papandayanensis, Java, Mt.
Papandajan; 15, P. artemis, Java; 16, P. fusiformis.
Vorstman) can be attributed to P. karnyi.
Other material examined. — Java: E Java, Tengger
Mis; 38) Dec 1920, He Di via. 1d. [lectotypel
(RMNH); E Java, Tengger Mts, 6 Dec 1920, H.
Docters van Leeuwen, 12 (BMNH) [not seen]; W
Java, Preanger, Sitoe Lembang, 1600 m, Dec 1936,
F. C. Drescher, 16 (BMNH); S Java, Mt. Tangkuban
Prahu, 1300-1400 m, 16 (BMNH, ex coll. Lieftinck);
Batoerraden, Mt. Slamat, ca. 2500 ft, F. C. Drescher,
PrmDec 19275 19 Apr 192952, Apr 1930, 33 TS
(BMNH, ex coll. Lieftinck); Java occ., H. Fruhstorfer,
38 19 (Museum Berlin) [not seen]; W Java, Situ
Lembang, 1600 m, Dec 1936, F. C. Drescher, 5$
(RMNH); W Java, slopes of Mt Gedeh and Pangrango,
series of both sexes (RMNH); Mt. Patuha,
Patuhawattee, 1750 m, 3 Jun 1935, J. van Marle, 19
(RMNH); E Java, Mt. Ardjuno, Djunggo, 1600 m, Jan
1936, M. E. Walsh, 16 (RMNH); E. Java, Mt. Lawu,
2000 m, Tjemorosewu, 24 Feb 1961, ‘Vole en forêt
vierge très près du sol, vol rapide, capture difficile,
137
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 17-22. Superior anal appendages of male Procordulia. — 17, P. lompobatang; 18, P. sambawana; 19, P. artemis, 20, P. pa-
pandayanensis, 21, P. karnyı, 22, P. fusiformis. Scale bar 1 mm.
semble ici assex commune’, P. Jauffret, 18 19
(RMNH, ex coll. A. Heymer). — Sumatra. W Sumatra,
Lebong Tandai, 1920-23, C. J. Brooks, 16 (headless)
(BMNH); Central W Sumatra, Mt. Dempo, Gunung
Agung Estate, 1500-2000 m, 11 Sep 1941, W. C.
Verboom, 14 (bred from larva, emerged Bogor 2 Jan
1942) (RMNH).
Distribution. — Java, Sumatra.
138
Procordulia lompobatang sp. n.
(figs. 4-10, 17, 23, 28)
Procordulia irregularis Martin, 1907 [1906]: 16-17 [original
description] [partim, male Celebes only].
? Procordulia sumbawana. — Martin 1907 [1906]: 17 [par-
tim].
Procordulia sambawana. — Lieftinck 1953: figs. 63-64 [d
anal appendages].
Procordulia celebensis Lieftinck, ms name.
Type material. — Holotype d: ‘H. Fruhstorf.
Celebes mer.’ [white, round, handwritten], “Neonyx
nitens [white, handwritten in unknown hand],
‘Procordulia sumbawana (Frst) / det vdWleele]’
[white with black margin, handwritten], ‘det MA
Lieftinck 75 / Procordulia celebensis Lieft. / holotype’
[white, partly in print], ‘RMNH Leiden / Procordulia
lompobatang Van Tol / det. J. van Tol, 1988’ [white,
partly in print], ‘Holotype’ [red, in print] in RMNH. —
Paratypes: Lansbg Celebes ?, 1d in 1RSN [this speci-
men is also a paralectotype of Procordulia irregularis
Martin]; Celebes mer, 16 (Fruhstorfer) in RMNH; S
Celebes, Lompa Battau, 3000’, Mar 1896, 46
(Fruhstorfer) in MNHN; SW Celebes, Mt Lompo-
batang, Parasalawaki, 1600-1650 m, 3, 4 and 8 Jul
1936, 3d (L. J. Toxopeus) in RMNH; S Celebes,
Kanrapia, 3 km E of Buluballija, 2000 m, 30 Oct
1965, 28 (R. Straatman) in RMNH; SW Celebes,
Lompobatang complex, 1100 m, Malino resthouse, 2
Jun 1982, 14 (M. A. Lieftinck) in RMNH.
Other material. — Celebes mer, 1 2 (Fruhstorfer) in
rmnh; S Celebes, Lompa Battau, 3000’, Mar 1896,
12 (Fruhstorfer) in MNHN; S Celebes, Loka, Mt
Lompobatang, 1200 m, May 1949, 19 (C. Franssen)
in RMNH; S Celebes, 82 km ESE of Makassar,
Buluballija, 1700 m, 12 Oct 1965, R. Straatman,
12(R. Straatman) in RMNH.
I have also examined in sMFD Frankfurt 116 and
22, with various labels (nos. O-37065 to O-37075,
37104 and 37100, ex collection Ris), but probably all
belonging to the series collected by H. Fruhstorfer on
the Lompobatang in March 1896. I have not exam-
ined these specimens since 1986, and thus did not in-
clude them in the type series. I have not included any
females in the paratype series, since at least two types
of females can be distinguished (see below). It is not
clear whether one or more species are involved.
Description
Male adult, holotype. — A relatively large and ro-
bust Procordulia. Head densely setose, dark brown at
upper parts. Labium pale yellowish white, mandibles
and labrum yellowish, labrum with subtriangular,
olive-brown basal marking; clypeus olive-brown.
Frons yellowish with the bilobed upperparts with
blue-green metallic shine, coarsely punctate.
Depressions between frons and vertex deep; vertex
high, truncate, punctulate, metallic green; occiput
dark brown, slightly convex behind, very shining.
Eyes brown in dried specimens.
Synthorax rather robust, brilliant metallic green,
covered with long, slender, creamish white setae; ven-
tral side of thorax and spaces between wings light
brown. Legs long and slender, trochanters and anteri-
or side of fore and middle legsbrown; legs otherwise
darkbrown. Wings almost hyaline with a very slight
van Tor: Procordulia of western Malesia
yellowish tint covering the whole surface, although
somewhat more conspicuous towards the wing base.
Neuration very similar to that in P. sambawana; neu-
ration dark brown; pterostigma oblique, in fore and
hind wing 1.85 mm wide; membranula brownish
grey, somewhat lighter at extreme base. Nodal index
of holotype fore wing 6.8 | 8.6, hind wing 7.5 | 5.7.
Fore wing with one cross-vein in triangle, subtriangle
three-celled; one Cux. Hind wing without cross-veins
in triangle; one Cux (no subtriangle). Arculus
oblique, in hind wing in all specimens situated mid-
way between Axl and Ax2. Anal angle (fig. 23) in
hind wing with distinct edge, triangle with a short
vein in its apical third. Membranula dark-grey, only
somewhat paler at its very base.
Abdomen slender, slightly constricted in the mid-
dle of segment 3, then gradually enlarged towards the
end of segment 6, where it is broadest. Basal segments
slightly swollen, much higher than wide, greatest
width 3.25 mm. Segment 3-5 rounded above, then
subtriangular in diameter, from about the middle of
segment 6 to the middle of segment 9 with an indis-
tinct median longitudinal crest. Venter flattened.
Segment 10 with crest on dorsum. Auriculae small,
knob-like, brown. Coloration dark bronzed-black,
first three segments with distinct metallic green shine;
middle segments with slight coppery-red reflex and
segment 9-10 almost black. Dorsum of segment 1-2
covered with long setae; sides of segment 1-2 and
basal half of 3 very shining. Ventral sides of tergites
dull brownish, their terminal fifth darkened.
Accessory genitalia on segment 2 not very prominent,
dark brown. Genital lobe subtriangular in general
outline, with acute tip; posterior hamuli of about
equal length as the lobe, thick at base, then constrict-
ed and considerably narrowed, strongly curved in-
wards, then outwards, straight in the median plane.
Anal appendages with superiors 2.9 mm long, in
dorsal view (fig. 17) relatively slender at base, distal
part more knob-like; a small tubercle just visible
about halfway in lateral view (fig. 4), the distal part
beyond the tubercle somewhat widened, especially at
ventral side.
Female. — Generally as male. Head as male, but
vertex with metallic shine; occiput castaneous.
Synthorax as male; hind wings in teneral specimens
with yellow tint, adult female wings brownish yellow,
especially against the wings. Neuration very similar to
P. sambawana, including two Cux in the hind wing
(only one female with one Cux in left hind wing);
frontal side of pterostigma 2.5 mm (Loka) or 2.0 mm
(Buluballija); arculus oblique, in hind wing midway
between Axl and Ax2. Abdomen stoutly built, hard-
ly constricted. Genital valve and appendages with
much variation between the specimens. Loka speci-
men (figs. 8-10) with genital valve protruded from
189
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 23-26. Base of hind wing of male Procordulia. — 23, P. lompobatang, 24, P. sambawana; 25, P. papandayanensis 26, P.
karnyi.
140
abdomen with angle of 60°, length c. 1/2 of segment
9, V-shaped excision c. 1/3 of valve; anal appendages
long and slender, 2.7 mm. Buluballija specimen (figs.
5-7) with much larger valve, 2/3 the length of seg-
ment 9, V-shaped excision less deep; anal appendages
straight and shorter, 1.8 mm long.
Ecology. — A species of mountainous areas.
Distribution. — SW Sulawesi (Celebes) (fig. 28).
Procordulia moroensis Lieftinck
fig. 28
Procordulia moroensis Lieftinck, 1977: 164-167, figs. 4-5
[original description, distribution Mindanao]. Holotype
3, Mindanao I., Upper Eden, 1000 m, 2.xi.1965 (in
USNM) [not examined].
Diagnosis. — Adequately described by Lieftinck
(1977).
Remarks. — In the original description, Lieftinck
(1977) notes that ‘this stout species approaches the
two Procordulia occurring in Celebes, both of the P.
sambawana group, …. In the characters used here it
stands apart from the Sulawesi species by the 6 Ax
veins in the hind wing. The superior anal appendages
are indeed very similar to the Sulawesi taxa.
Remarkably, it seems to be especially close to P.
rantemario, which was unknown to Lieftinck. In lat-
eral view, however, the superiors are quite different,
in P. moroensis more or less club-shaped, and P.
rantemario smoothly widening nearly from the base.
P. rantemario is also c. ten percent smaller than P. mo-
roensis.
Procordulia papandayanensis sp. n.
figs. 14, 20, 25, 28
? Procordulia sumbawana; Lieftinck 1933: 429 [larvae] [at
least part of the material was collected on sites where the
present species has been found].
Type material. — Holotype d: ‘W Java, 2250 m /
Mt. Papandajan / pondok, 9.vii.1934 / M. A.
Lieftinck’, with on reverse side ‘P. sambawana | dt.
Lieftinck’ [white label, both texts in Lieftinck’s
hand], ‘Museum Leiden / ex verz. M. A. Lieftinck’
[printed], ‘Holotype’ [red, printed], ‘RMNH Leiden
holotype / Procordulia papandayanensis Van Tol / det
J. van Tol, 1996’ [partly printed, partly handwritten]
UvT 6787]. — Paratypes: All specimens from W Java.
Gunung Gedeh, c. 2000-2600 m, 116; Gunung
Papandajan, 2300-2600 m, 74; Gunung Tangkuban
Prahu, 1400 m, 16 (all RMNH); W Java, Mt.
Papandajan, 5000 ft, 23 Nov 1929, 18 (C.
Longfield) in BMNH (det. P. sumbawana by C.
Longfield).
van Tor: Procordulia of western Malesia
Description
Male. — A relatively large and robust species of
Procordulia, stouter than P. sambawana, although
with some variation. Head densely setose, darkbrown
at upperparts, paler otherwise. Labium and man-
dibles pale yellowish white, labrum more brownish.
Clypeus olive-brown with a rectangular, paler depres-
sion along labrum. Frons light to olive-brown, or
dark yellowish, with the bilobed upperparts with
blue-green metallic shine, coarsely punctate.
Depression between frons and vertex deep; vertex
high, truncated, punctulate, with only inconspicuous
metallic green shine, less than in other species; oc-
ciput chestnut brown, slightly convex posteriorly,
very shining, densely setose, rear side with a dense
fringe of long setae. Eyes brown in dried specimens.
Synthorax robust, metallic green lees brilliant than
related species, covered with long, slender, creamish
white setae; ventral side of thorax and spaces between
wings light brown. Legs long and slender, trochanters
brown, legs otherwise dark brown. Wings almost hya-
line with a yellowish tint covering the whole surface,
especially near the wing base. Neuration dark brown;
pterostigma oblique, in fore and hind wing c. 2.0 mm
wide; membranula off-white, darker posteriorly.
Nodal index fore wing 6.8 | 8.6, in hind wing 7.5 |
5.7 in nearly all specimens. Fore wing with one cross-
vein in triangle, supratriangle without cross-veins,
subtriangle three-celled, one Cux. Hind wing with-
out cross-veins in triangle and supra-triangle; one
Cux. Arculus oblique, in hind wing in all specimens
situated midway between Axl and Ax2. Anal angle
(hind wing) with distinct edge; anal triangle with a
short vein in its apical third. Supplementary bridge
cross-vein at subnodus.
Abdomen more robust than in P. sambawana,
slightly constricted in the middle of segment 3, then
gradually somewhat enlarged toward the end of seg-
ment 6, where it is broadest. Basal segments slightly
swollen, much higher than wide, greatest width 3.2
mm. Segment 3-5 rounded above, then subtriangular
in diameter, from about the middle of segment 6 to
the middle of segment 9 with an indistinct median
longitudinal crest. Venter flattened. Segment 10 with
crest on dorsum. Auriculae small, knob-like, brown.
Coloration dark bronzed-black, first three segments
with metallic shine greenish or coppery-red; middle
segments with slight coppery-red reflex and segment
9-10 almost black. Dorsum of segment 1-2 sparsely
covered with long setae. Sides of segment 1-2 and
basal half of 3 very shining. Ventral sides of tergites
dull brownish, their terminal fifth darkened.
Accessory genitalia on segment 2 not very promi-
nent, dark brown. Genital lobe subtriangular in gen-
eral outline, with acute tip; posterior hamuli some-
what shorter than the lobe, thick at base, then
141
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
constricted and considerably narrowed, strongly
curved inwards, then outwards, straight in the medi-
an plane.
Anal appendages with superiors 2.5 mm long in
dorsal view; in dorsal view (fig. 20) relatively slender
at base, slightly widening from base to apex, the tips
somewhat curved outwards; in lateral (fig. 14) view
transition of base to stem smooth without distinct an-
gle, at c. 1/4 from the top a bluntly shaped ventral tu-
bercle; top club-shaped.
Female. — Unknown.
Differential diagnosis. — The males of Procordulia
species of Java can be distinguished by the shape of
the superior appendage. In P. papandayanensis the top
is more or less club-shaped with a sub-terminal ven-
tral blunt tubercle, which is absent in the other
species. In P. karnyi the appendage is rather robust,
while the transition of the base to the stem is charac-
teristically distinct as in P. sambawana. The ap-
pendage of P. artemis is much more slender and tubi-
form.
Distribution. — Java, where is seems to be confined
to higher altitudes.
Procordulia rantemario sp. n.
(figs. 5,10, 18, 28)
Type material. - Holotype d: Indonesia. SW
Sulawesi. 30 km NE of Enrekang. SW slope of Gn
Rantemario. Sg. Gowa Sarumpa'pa at Gowa camp
(Pos 2). Fast flowing stream, rapids, ponded sites.
Primary rain forest. Shade; w=3-5 m, d=10-30 cm.
Altitude 1800 m. 3°24'15"S 120°00'30"E. 6-9 Nov
1993. Leg. J. van Tol [JvI no 1730] (in RMNH). —
Paratypes 16 39, same data [JvT 1731-1734] (16
19 in MBBJ, other specimens in RMNH).
Description
A relatively small and slender representative of the
P. sambawana group.
Male. — [JvT 1730]. Head and thorax densely se-
tose. Head: Labium yellowish white, mandibles and
labrum yellowish, labrum with subcircular brown
base, rest orange-yellow; frons olive-brown with
bilobed dorsal parts brownish black with blue-green
metallic shine, coarsely punctate; depression between
frons and vertex deep; vertex brown with hardly de-
tectable metallic shine, high, truncate, punculate; oc-
ciput brown, slightly convex, finely punctulate. Eyes
in dried specimens dark green below and brown
above.
Synthorax slender, greenish with blue metallic
shine; ventral side of thorax pale brown. Legs long
and slender; trochanter of fore and middle leg and an-
terior side of tranchanter of hind leg middle brown;
142
anterior side of femora middle brown (in hind leg re-
duced to longitudinal stripe); remaining parts of legs
brownish black. Wings hyaline with very slight yel-
lowish tint; anal triangle and cubital space of hind
wing with dark yellow tint; neuration similar to P.
sambawana, nervature dark brown, pterostigma
oblique, in fore and hind wing anteriorly approxi-
mately 1.9 mm wide; membranula isabel coloured at
base, more brownish near apex; nodal index fore wing
6.8 | 9.5, hind wing 7.5 | 5.6; triangle of fore wing
with one cross-vein, subtriangle three-celled, one Cux;
triangle of hind wing without cross-vein, one Cux (no
subtriangle); Arculus oblique, in fore wing closer to
Ax2 than to Ax1; anal angle in hind wing with distinct
edge, anal triangle with short vein in its apical third.
Abdomen slender, slightly constricted at the mid-
dle of segment 3, then gradually enlarged towards the
end of segment 6, where it is broadest. Segments 2-9
with conspicuous green metallic shine; basal segments
slightly swollen, higher than wide; from segment 4-9
with lateral carina, making segments triangular in di-
ameter; from middle of segment 4 to middle of seg-
ment 10 with (especially rostrally rather inconspicu-
ous) dorsal carina, base of segment 10 with
conspicuous crest; auriculae small, knob-like, brown;
coloration segments 1-9 bronzed black with green
metallic shine on all segments, but segment 10 rather
dull and hardly metallic; dorsum of segment 1-2 with
long setae; dorsal sites of tergites with brownish yel-
low markings against lateral carina, more or less cen-
tral on segment 4, covering anterior three-quarters of
segments 5-7, basal half of segment 8 and basal quar-
ter of segment 9; ventrum most light brown.
Accessory genitalia on segment 2 not very prominent,
dark brown; genital lobe elongate subtriangular, more
straight than in P. lompobatang, tip acute; posterior
hamuli in ventral view of about the same length as the
lobe, solid at base, then constricted and considerably
narrowed, curved inwards, the tip curved outwards as
well as towards the body. Anal appendages with supe-
rior approximately 2.5 mm long, in dorsal view (fig.
18) much more robust than in sambawana or lompo-
batang, basal half more or less straight up to a con-
spicuous extero-lateral tooth; the distal half curved
inwards, only somewhat widening with distal one-
third approximately parallel; in lateral view (fig. 5)
with conspicuous edge at base (as in lompobatang),
side margin running distally in lateral tooth, knob-
like distal part conspicuously widening, starting prox-
imally to lateral tubercle; inferior appendage rather
short.
Measurements: Hind wing 36 mm; abdomen incl.
appendages 36 mm.
Variation: Male paratype has wing formula
forewing 5.8 | 8.5, hindwing 7.5 | 5.7. Other charac-
ters similar as in holotype.
Female. — Generally as the male, but much more
robust. Head as male, but labium rather pale, yellow-
ish white; wings hyaline without conspicuous yellow
tint; neuration similar to male, also one Cux in hind
wing (compare P. lompobatang); frontal side of ptero-
stigma ca. 2.0 mm; Arculus oblique, in hind wing
halfway between Axl and Ax2. Abdomen rather
stout, only somewhat constricted at posterior half of
segment 3 and base of segment 4. Genital valve rather
short, covering approximately two-fifths of entral side
of segment 9, emarginate with emargination approxi-
mately one-third of length of valve; anal appendages
straight, ca. 2 mm.
Etymology. — Rantemario, name of the mountain
of the type locality; a noun in apposition.
Distribution. — Only known from the type locality,
Gn. Rantemario, one of the tops in the Latimojong
mountains.
Procordulia sambawana (Foerster)
figs. 1-3, 18, 24, 28
Somatochlora sambawana Foerster, 1899: 64-65 [holotype
d, Insel Sumbawa / zwischen Floris / u. Sumba / d.
Pagenstecher don. 1898] [ummz, examined].
Procordulia sambawana (Foerster). — Lieftinck 1936: 148-
149 [material Lombok and Sumba only]; Lieftinck 1953:
191-193, figs. 61-62 [partim, only records Lesser Sunda
Islands] [references, material Sumbawa, geographical
variation]; Lieftinck 1954: 122 [partim, only specimens
Lesser Sunda Islands] [synonymy, range, ecology].
Procordulia sumbawana (Foerster) [incorrect emendation];
Martin 1907: 17 [partim, only records Lesser Sunda
Islands]; Lieftinck 1930: 162-164 [partim, only records
Lesser Sunda Islands] [comparison with P. artemis].
Other material examined. — Lesser Sunda Islands,
W Flores, Rana Mese, 1300 m, 5-8 Apr 1958, A. M.
R. Wegner, 96 (RMNH); Soemba, Fruhstorfer, 16
(IRSN); Insel Sumbawa bei Flores, 1898, Dr. A.
Pagenstecher, 19 (ummz) [with Cux 2 | 1]; Lombok,
Sambalun, 4000’, Apr 1896, H. Fruhstorfer,
19 (RMNH). — [Doubtful record]: Celebes, Bua
Kraeng, 5000 ft, Feb 96, Fruhstorfer, 16 (BMNH)
[with Lieftinck’s label ‘P. spec. nov. Celebes’].
Lieftinck examined: Lombok, Sapit 2000’, Apr
1896, H. Fruhstorfer, 24 19 (zmus).
Description
Male. — A relatively large and robust Procordulia,
although with some variation. Head densely setose,
dark brown at upperparts, paler otherwise. Labium
and mandibles pale yellowish white, labrum more
brownish. Clypeus olive-brown with a rectangular,
paler depression along labrum. Frons light brown or
dark yellowish with the bilobed upperparts with blue-
green metallic shine, coarsely punctate, Depressions
between frons and vertex deep; vertex high, trunctat-
van Tot: Procordulia of western Malesia
ed, punctulate and hardly shining, metallic green; oc-
ciput chestnut-brown, slightly convex posteriorly,
very shining, rear side with a dense fringe of long se-
tae. Eyes brown in dried specimens.
Synthorax relatively slender, brilliant metallic
green, covered with long, slender, creamish white se-
tae; ventral side of thorax and spaces between wings
light brown. Legs long and slender; trochanters and
anterior side of fore and middle legs brown; legs oth-
erwise dark brown. Wings almost hyaline with a very
slight yellowish tint covering the whole surface.
Neuration with nervature darkbrown; pterostigma
oblique, in fore and hind wing c. 2.0 mm wide; mem-
branula brownish grey, off-white in basal 1/6th.
Nodal index in fore wing 6.9 | 9.6, in hind wing 9.6 |
5.8 or 8.6 | 6.8. Fore wing with one cross-vein in tri-
angle, supratriangle without cross-veins, subtriangle
three-celled, one Cux. Hind wing without cross-veins
in triangle and supra-triangle; characteristically with
two Cux. Arculus oblique, in hind wing in all speci-
mens situated in the middle between Ax1 and Ax2.
Anal angle (hind wing) with distinct edge; triangle
with a short vein in its apical third. Supplementary
bridge cross-vein at subnodus.
Abdomen slender, slightly constricted in the mid-
dle of segment 3, then gradually somewhat enlarged
towards the end of segment 6, where it is broadest.
Basal segments slightly swollen, much higher than
wide, greatest width 2.75 mm. Segment 3-5 rounded
above, then subtriangular in diameter, from about the
middle of segment 6 to the middle of segment 9 with
an indistinct median longitudinal crest. Venter flat-
tened. Segment 10 with crest on dorsum. Auriculae
small, knob-like, brown. Coloration dark bronzed-
black, first three segments with distinct metallic green
shine; middle segments with slight coppery-red reflex
and segment 9-10 almost black. Dorsum of segment
1-2 sparsely covered with long setae. Sides of segment
1-2 and basal half of 3 very shining. Ventral sides of
tergites dull brownish, their terminal fifth darkened.
Accessory genitalia on segment 2 not very prominent,
dark brown. Genital lobe subtriangular in general
outline, with acute tip; posterior hamulus shorter
than the lobe, thick at base, then constricted and con-
siderably narrowed, strongly curved inwards, then
outwards, straight in the median plane.
Anal appendages with superiors 3.5 mm long, in
dorsal view relatively slender at base, widening at c.
1/5 from the base and distal 4/5th more or less
straight; a sharp, tooth-like tubercle at about midway
in lateral view.
Distribution. — Lombok, ? Sumba, Sumbawa,
Flores, ? Sulawesi.
Differential diagnosis. — Can be distinguished from
other species in this group by the virtually straight su-
143
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
perior anal appendage with a sharp lateral tubercle ap-
proximately midway, and the presence of two Cux in
the hindwing.
Remarks. — The present data are insufficient to de-
cide whether P. sambawana is indigenous to Sulawesi.
It is not unlikely that the Sulawesi male mentioned
above was mislabelled. Mislabelling of Indonesian
material collected by Fruhstorfer is, unfortunately,
common (see Van Tol 1987: 163). On the other
hand, the collections of apparently genuine Sulawesi
females of Procordulia are heterogeneous. All speci-
mens have two Cux in the hind wing, a character oc-
curring otherwise only in the males of Procordulia
sambawana. Lieftinck considered the Sulawesi speci-
men distinct from P. sambawana, but I can not dis-
tinguish this specimen from material from the Lesser
Sunda Islands.
Discussion
Affinities of genera
Several efforts have been made in the past (e. g.
Martin 1907, Lieftinck 1953, 1977) to understand
the systematics of the genus Procordulia Martin and
related genera, or the Corduliidae in general
(Needham 1908, Williamson 1908). Nevertheless,
the relationships of the corduliine genera, and those
of the species included in Procordulia plus
Hemicordulia, remain poorly understood (e.g.
Watson 1981: 1148).
It is also unclear which character or characters are
diagnostic for each genus. In the Pacific islands, the
easternmost part of their ranges, both genera cannot
be kept apart based on the characters used so far.
Lieftinck (1977) also notes that females are difficult
to assign to any of both genera. Besides, the species of
the Australian region, particularly several included in
Procordulia so far, differ from their Malesian con-
generics in many ways. Especially the position of the
New Zealand Procordulia grayi (Selys, 1871), origi-
nally described in the genus Cordulia, subgenus
Epitheca and later included in Somatochlora by
Martin (1907), has been questioned already several
times (see Rowe 1987). The Procordulia species of
Malesia, on the other hand, are quite uniform and
presumably form a monophyletic group. Their pat-
tern of speciation may contribute to our understand-
ing of the biogeographical history of this region.
Although a more detailed systematic and biogeo-
graphical analysis has to wait for the future when also
the species of New Guinea, Australia and the islands
in the Pacific have been included, a few notes may
summarize our present state of understanding.
Most indo-australian Corduliinae are united in
Procordulia and Hemicordulia. A few oriental species
with obvious Palaearctic relationships are attributed
144
to Cordulia Leach, while several aberrant Malesian
species are arranged in monospecific genera as
Antipodochlora Fraser, Guadalca Kimmins, Hetero-
naias Needham & Gyger and Pentathemis Karsch (see
Watson 1969). The relationships of these genera are
unknown, since they have been characterized by aut-
apomorphies only. As noted above, the difference be-
tween the two genera that mainly concern us here is
less distinct in the eastern parts of their ranges.
Hemicordulia mumfordi Needham from the
Marquesas Islands is remarkable in this respect, since
it has a cross-vein in the anal triangle. Based on a pre-
liminary cladistic analysis, it appears that this cross-
vein, also being more oblique, is not homologous to
that in Procordulia. For this analysis the South-
American genus Rialla was used as outgroup. The
choice of a remotely related outgroup in phylogenet-
ic analysis is certainly not without problems, and the
results of this cladogram have to be used with care.
The genus Hemicordulia is aberrant within the
Corduliidae for two characters, viz. it lacks an angu-
lated base of the male hind wing, as well as auricles
(oreillets). The characters should be interpreted as
autapomorphies. Hemicordulia is not restricted to
Australia and Southeast Asia. H. virens (Rambur) oc-
curs on Mauritius, H. similis (Rambur) on Mada-
gascar and the Seychelles, while H. asiatica is wide-
spread and known from Uganda, South India,
Ceylon and Assam (Pinhey 1962). Fraser (1949) at-
tributed the occurrence of Hemicordulia on the
Mascarene islands and Madagascar to the strong mi-
gratory tendencies of some species. He also states that
‘there is good evidence to show that they [A. virens
and A. similis] are lineal descendents of H. asiatica.
Both remarks would be in support of an Indo-
Australian origin of the genus, with westward migra-
tion in a later phase. The preliminary analysis seems
to indicate that Procordulia grayi and P. jacksoniensis
are not closely allied to Procordulia + Hemicordulia (as
defined by their type species).
Biogeographical notes
The distribution of the western Malesian species of
Procordulia is illustrated in fig. 27. The genus is
known from the southern tip of Sumatra, Java,
Lombok, Sumba, Sumbawa and Flores, the south-
western peninsula of Sulawesi, the northern part of
Borneo and the island of Mindanao. This distribu-
tion pattern may be compared with the comments on
the biogeographical relationships between the
Philippines and Sulawesi as summarized by Vane-
Wright (1990) and of the relationship of microconti-
nents in this region by Michaux (1991, 1994, 1996).
Relationship between Sulawesi and the Philippines
have been proposed earlier by Wallace and by Croizat
(1958), who suggested a relation between Sulawesi
Procordulia
artemis
fusiformis
karnyi
lompobatang
moroensis
papandayanensis
rantemario
sambawana
Sp oane Lo
Fig. 27. Distribution of western Malesian Procordulia species.
and the Philippines via Halmahera. Vane-Wright
demonstrates the faunal regions of the Philippines,
and postulates that the Philippines, rather than
Sulawesi, will provide the key to our understanding of
the evolution of Southeast Asia. His conclusion is
that the Philippines have a derived Sunda Shelf fau-
na. Due to recent geological uplift the land area of the
islands is considerably larger now than before. These
conditions may have induced exchanges between fau-
nal elements from the Philippines to Sulawesi and
from Sulawesi to the Moluccas.
Studies of McCabe & Cole (1989), on the other
hand, indicate that the Banda, Sulu and Celebes Sea
are composed of old oceanic crust surrounded by
younger, actively spreading oceanic crust. Michaux’
conclusion of these data is, that western Sulawesi,
eastern Borneo and parts of Mindano formed a single
tectonic unit and share a common history. This mi-
crocontinent would be of Gondwanic origin, and
have a collision age of (possibly) late Cretaceous.
Thirdly, also more recent climatic changes may
have influenced the possibilities for dispersal of
mountainous species. It is largely unknown what
van Tor: Procordulia of western Malesia
kind of vegetation dominated during the Pleistocene
glaciations, but lower sea levels may have opened cor-
ridors for species now confined to higher altitudes.
The relative close relationships of the species of the
P. sambawana group, as based on morphological
characters, suggest a Pleistocene rather than a
Cretaceous time of splitting of the lineages.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This paper started on annotations by the late Dr.
M. A. Lieftinck. I have carefully re-examined and
measured all specimens myself, and all conclusions in
this paper are mine. I gratefully acknowledge the kind
help and hospitality of Stephen J. Brooks (BMNH),
and Mark O'Brien (UMMz).
REFERENCES
Arnett, R. H. & G. A. Samuelson, 1986. The insect and spi-
der collections of the world. — E. J. Brill / Flora and Fauna
Publications, Gainesville.
Croizat, L., 1958. Panbiogeography. Volumes
Privately published.
1-2b.
145
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Davies, D. A. L. & P. Tobin, 1985. The dragonflies of the
world. À systematic list of the extant species of Odonata.
Vol. 2. Anisoptera. — Rapid Communications Societas
Internationalis Odonatologica (Supplement) 5: i-xi + 1-
151.
Foerster, F., 1899. Contributions à la faune odonatologique
Indo-Australe. — Annales de la Société entomologique de
Belgique 43: 63-72.
Fraser, F. C., 1926. Notes on a collection of dragonflies
(Order Odonata) from the Dutch East Indies and de-
scriptions of four new species from the neighbouring con-
tinent. — Treubia 8 (3/4): 467-494, figs. 1-7.
Fraser, F. C., 1949. Notes on the Odonata of Mauritius. 1.
The genus Hemicordulia Selys. — Proceedings of the royal
Entomological Society of London (Series B) 18: 130-134,
fig. 1
Lieftinck, M. A., 1930. Contributions to the dragonfly-fau-
na of the Dutch East Indies. — Treubia 12: 135-166, figs.
1-25.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1933. The life-history of Procordulia
artemis Lieft. (Odon., Cordul.), with comparative notes
on the biology of P. sumbawana (Förster). — Inter-
nationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie und
Hydrographie 28: 399-435, figs. 1-14.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1934. An annotated list of the Odonata of
Java, with notes on their distribution, habits and life-his-
tory. — Treubia 14: 377-462, 1 map.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1936. Die Odonaten der Kleinen Sunda-
Inseln. — Revue suisse de Zoologie 43 (5): 99-160, figs. 1-
19.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1953. The Odonata of the island of Sumba
with a survey of the dragonfly fauna of the Lesser Sunda
Islands. — Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft Basel 64: 118-228, figs. 1-73.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1954. Handlist of Malaysian Odonata. A
catalogue of the dragonflies of the Malay peninsula,
Sumatra, Java and Borneo, including the adjacent small
islands. — Treubia (Supplement) 22: i-xiii 1-202, 1 map.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1971. A catalogue of the type-specimens of
Odonata preserved in The Netherlands, with a supple-
mentary list of the Odonata types described by Dutch sci-
entists deposited in foreign institutional collections. —
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 114: 65-139 + plate 1-7.
Lieftinck, M. A., 1977. New and little known Corduliidae
(Odonata: Anisoptera) from the Indo-Pacific region. —
Oriental Insects 11 (2): 157-179, figs. 1-14.
Martin, R., 1907 [1906]. Cordulines. — Collections
Zoologiques du Baron Edm. de Selys Longchamps 17: 1-
94, figs. 1-99 + plate 1-3.
MacCabe, R. & J. Cole, 1989. Speculations on the late
Mesozoic and Cenozoic evolution of the Southeast Asian
margin. — In: Z. Ben-Avrahim (Ed.), The evolution of the
Pacific Ocean margins. Oxford University Press, New
York: 143-160.
Michaux, B., 1991. Distributional patterns and tectonic de-
velopment in Indonesia: Wallace reinterpreted. —
Australian Systematic Botany 4: 25-36, figs. 1-3, tabs 1-2.
146
Michaux, B, 1994. Land movements and animal distribu-
tions in east Wallacea (eastern Indonesia), Papua New
Guinea and Melanesia). — Palaeogeography, Palaeoclima-
tology, Palaeoecology 112: 323-343, figs. 1-5, tables 1-6.
Michaux, B. 1996. The origin of southwest Sulawesi and
other Indonesian terranes: a biological view. — Palaeo-
geography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 122: 167-
183, figs. 1-4, tables 1-5.
Needham, J. G., 1908. Critical notes on the classification of
the Corduliinae (Odonata). — Annals of the Ento-
mological Society of America 1 (4): 273-280, figs. 1-8.
Pinhey, E., 1962. A descriptive catalogue of the Odonata of
the African continent (up to December 1959). Part II. —
Publicaçôes culturais Museu do Dundo 59: 165-322.
Ris, F., 1910. Odonata. — p. 417-420, figs. 1-27. In: W.
Michaelsen & R. Hartmeyer, Die Fauna Südwest-
Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger siidwest-australis-
chen Forschungsreise 1905. Band 2, Lieferung 24.
Gustav Fischer, Jena.
Rowe, R. J., 1987. The dragonflies of New Zealand. —
Auckland University Press: 1-260 + colour plates 1-16,
figs., maps.
Selys Longchamps, M. E., 1871. Synopsis des Cordulines. —
Bulletin Acad Belg (2) 31: sep. 1-128.
Tol, J. van, 1987. The Odonata of Sulawesi and adjacent is-
lands. Part 1. The genus Diplacina Brauer on Sulawesi. —
Zoologische Mededelingen 61: 160-176, figs. 14-39,
table 1.
Tsuda, S., 1991. Distributional list of world Odonata 1991.
— Privately published, p. 1-362.
Vane-Wright, R. I., 1990. The Philippines — Key to the bio-
geography of Wallacea? — In: W. J. Knight & J. D.
Holloway, Insects and the rain forests of South East Asia
(Wallacea). p. 19-34, figs. 1-9, table 1.
Watson, J. A. L., 1969. The structure and affinities of
Pentathemis membranulata Karsch (Odonata:
Corduliidae). — Proceedings of the royal Entomological
Society of London (Series B) 38: 83-88, figs. 1-10.
Watson, J. A. L., 1981. Odonata (dragonflies and dam-
selflies). — p. 1139-1167, figs. 1-9. In: A. Keast,
Ecological biogeography of Australia. Junk, The Hague.
Watson, J. A. L., G. Theischinger & H. M. Abbey, 1991.
The Australian dragonflies. A guide to the identification,
distribution and habitats of Australian Odonata. —
CSIRO, Canberra and Melbourne: i-vii + 1-278, figs. 1-
101 + unnumbered figs.
Williamson, E. B., 1908. A new dragonfly (Odonata) be-
longing to the Cordulinae, and a revision of the classifica-
tion of the subfamily. — Entomological News 19: 428-
434, figs., plate 18.
Received: 3 January 1997
Accepted: February 1997
Kr
È = si x = |
dt TUE N ord i mb, hinter
ad lama Ihe ries Weel nt LV DI | vdi = Wi A
$ Cara LL. i em 1 RE L et
A haar) : de (PA oe fe
È, lil
j
i)
bomb
na ha U
Le Av f
Ve LL i
| FA | à}
DU
len NI i
wu kp Lal
rel a
Alm
À Vee hia
fm, Vil
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Volume 140, no. I
Articles
13
43
55
59
67
129
133
P. N. Bellinger & W. N. Ellis
Generic names of Collembola: Supplement 1984-1996.
M. V. Kozlov
The new aurora species-group of the genus Nemophora Hoffmannsegg, with two
new species from Taiwan (Lepidoptera, Adelidae)
N. Nieser, H. Zettel & P. P. Chen
Ten new species of Rhagovelia (Heteroptera: Veliidae) from Sulawesi (Indonesia).
J. T. Polhemus
Seven new species of Hydrotrephes China (Helotrephidae: Heteroptera) from
Sulawesi.
R. Puplesis, A. Diskus & E. J. van Nieukerken
Stigmella divina sp. n., a remarkable species from Turkmenistan and Turkey
(Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae).
O. Rohfritsch
Morphological and behavioural adaptations of the gall midge Lasioptera arundinis
(Schiner) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) to collect and transport conidia of its fungal
symbiont.
L. M. Roth
The cockroach genera Pseudothyrsocera Shelford, Haplosymploce Hanitsch, and
Episymploce Bey-Bienko (Blattaria: Blattellidae, Blattellinae).
R. Schouten
Revision of the genus Metaeuchromius Bleszynski (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae:
Crambinae).
B. J. Sinclair
A new species of Ornithoica Rondani from New Caledonia (Diptera: Hippoboscidae).
J. van Tol
The genus Procordulia Martin in western Malesia (Odonata, Corduliidae).
Book review
128
B. A. Bengtsson, 1997. Scythrididae. — Microlepidoptera of Europe (P. Huemer,
O. Karsholt & L. Lyneborg eds.) vol. 2. [E. J. van Nieukerken]
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam
Published 31 October 1997 ISSN 0040-7496
KK
E;
RNB
À A ho
Volume 140, no. 2, 1997 | ISSN 00407
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary
entomology since 1858
‚Netherlands Journal of Entomology
Published by the Netherlands Entomological Society
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
À journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of öriginal papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging’ (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300,— (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 140 (1997).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
MCZ
LIBRARY
Institute for Systematics and Population Biology (Zoological Museum), University of Amsterdam
APR 2 7 1998
Paur L. TH. BEUK
A HARVARD
REVISION OF THE RADHA GROUP OF THE GENUS INIVERSITY
PLATYLOMIA STAL, 1870 (HOMOPTERA, CICADIDAE)
Beuk, P. L. Th., 1998. Revision of the radha group of the genus Platylomia Stal, 1870
(Homoptera, Cicadidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 147-176, figs. 1-51, tab.
1. [rssN 0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
The name radha group is proposed for a monophyletic group of six species of the genus
Platylomia Stal, 1870. The species are found in India, Bhutan, Nepal, Indo-China, Peninsular
Thailand, China, and Taiwan. Five species are redescribed [P. bivocalis (Matsumura, 1907),
P. bocki (Distant, 1882), P. ficulnea (Distant, 1892), P. pendleburyi Moulton, 1923, and P.
radha (Distant, 1881)] and one species (P. malickyi) is described as new. P. operculata Distant,
1913, and P. similis (Distant, 1888) are brought into synonymy with P. radha. Lectotypes are
designated for Dundubia bocki, Cosmopsaltria ficulnea, P. operculata, D. radha, and D. similis.
A key to the males and distribution maps of the species are presented. The features character-
ising the P. radha group and the relations between the species in the group are briefly dis-
cussed.
P. L. Th. Beuk, Institute for Systematics and Population Biology (Zoological Museum),
University of Amsterdam, Plantage Middenlaan 64, NL-1018 DH Amsterdam, Netherlands.
Key words. — Platylomia, radha group; phylogeny; taxonomy; new species; Southeast Asia.
The genus Platylomia was erected by Stal (1870) as
a subgenus of Cosmopsaltria Stal, 1866, to accommo-
date the single species Cicada flavida Guérin-Méne-
ville, 1834, that was distinguished from the species of
Cosmopsaltria sensu stricto by a broader thorax and
more undulating lateral margins of the thorax. Distant
(1905) raised Platylomia to generic level, redefined it
and gave the following diagnosis: head as broad as or
broader than anterior margin of mesonotum; head as
long as or just shorter than distance between eyes;
pronotum as long as distance between anterior margin
of mesonotum and ‘base’ of cruciform elevation; later-
al margin of pronotal collar always with a tooth that
usually is pointed; abdomen much longer than length
of head, pronotum and mesonotum; timbal organs
completely covered; rostrum just reaching between to
beyond posterior coxae; opercula curved to the lateral
part of the abdomen, elongate with a proximal con-
striction and a rounded or attenuate apex; and tegmi-
na and wings hyaline but often infuscate on veins.
Based on these diagnostic characters, a large variety
of species has been gathered in the genus Platylomia,
notwithstanding the fact that not all species fully fit
the diagnosis, and that a lot of variation can be ob-
served in the structure of the genitalia (compare e.g.
Hayashi 1978: fig. 24 [P. saturata (Walker, 1858)]
and fig. 4 below).
The genus Platylomia is currently placed in the
subtribe Dundubiaria of the tribe Dundubiini to-
gether with the genera Orientopsaltria Kato, 1944,
Dundubia Amyot & Serville, 1843, Macrosemia Kato,
1925, Meimuna Distant, 1905, Haphsa Distant,
1905, Ayesha Distant, 1905, and Khimbya Distant,
1905 (Duffels & Van der Laan 1985). The genus
contains about 35 species (Metcalf 1963; Duffels &
Van der Laan 1985; Beuk 1996) from the Southeast
Asian mainland, the Greater Sunda Islands, Sulawesi,
and the Philippines. The genus has not yet been sub-
ject of a phylogenetic study and it is not clear whether
it represents a monophyletic unit or not. However, it
appears that at least some monophyletic groups with-
in Platylomia can be recognised. In the present paper
the species of one such group are revised and the
‘Platylomia radha group’ is introduced to accommo-
date them. The group at present comprises six species
(including one new) distributed with certainty in
India, Bhutan, Nepal, Indo-China (Burma,
Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam), Peninsular
Thailand, China, and Taiwan. Records from Japan
could not be confirmed.
This paper is part of a study into the phylogeny
and biogeography of Platylomia and the other genera
of the Dundubiaria. The results from the phylogenet-
ic reconstruction below are too preliminary to draw
147
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
any conclusions about the biogeography of this
group.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
References in the literature to species treated below
were checked whenever possible. Older references
were traced using Metcalf (1963) and Duffels & Van
der Laan (1985). References that could not be
checked are marked with an asterisk (*).
The following abbreviations were used for collec-
tions mentioned in the descriptions:
BMNH Natural History Museum, London (former
British Museum Natural History)
BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu
CASC California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, California
FOYP Forest Office of Yunnan Province, China
ISNB Institute Royale des Sciences Naturelles de
Belgique, Bruxelles
IZUI Institut für Zoologie der Universität Inns-
bruck, Innsbruck
MCZ Museum of Comparative Zoology, Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts
MNKM Muzium Negara Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur
MNHN Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle,
Paris
MSNG Museo Civico di Storia Naturale ‘G.
Doria’, Genova
NHMS Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm
NSMT National Science Museum (Natural His-
tory), Tokyo
NWAS Museum of Entomology, North-western
Agricultural University, Yangling, Shaanxi
OPU Osaka Prefecture University, Osaka
SEMK Snow Entomological Museum, Lawrence,
Kansas
SUU Saitama University, Urawa
TARI Taiwan Agricultural Research Institute,
Taichung
USNM Unites States National Museum, Smithson-
ian Institution, Washington D.C.
UZMK Universitets Zoologiske Museum, Koben-
havn
ZEMK Zoologisch Forschungsinstitut und Muse-
um Alexander Koenig, Bonn
ZMAN Instituut voor Systematiek en Populatie-
biologie (Zoölogisch Museum), Amster-
dam
The following geographical sources have been con-
sulted: ‘Andrees allgemeiner Handatlas’ (Ambrosius
1921), ‘Atlas van Tropisch Nederland’ (Anonymous
1938), ‘The Times Atlas of the World’ (Anonymous
1994), ‘Nelles Road Atlas Southeast Asia excluding
Indonesia’ (Anonymous 1992), ‘Thailand, Indochina
148
& Burma Handbook’ (Eliot et al. 1994), GEonet
Names Server of the U.S. Defence Mapping Agency
(www URL: http://www.nima.mil/gns/html/index.html).
The locations of several collection sites of L. Fea were
determined with Gestro (1904).
Arrows in illustrations point to certain important
features mentioned in the descriptions or other parts
of the text.
PAUP 3.1.1 was used to perform the cladistic analy-
sis to study the relationships between the species of
the P. radha group.
Descriptions were made from numerous specimens
from collections. It should be noted that many species
when alive or freshly collected will be green rather
than ochraceous or brownish.
Measurement were made using a sliding calliper.
Most specimens measured were selected at random or
all available specimens were measured but sometimes
specimens were selected to include extremes of both
ends of the range of variation.
PHYLOGENY OF THE P. radha GROUP
A preliminary phylogenetic analysis was carried out
to investigate the relationships within the P. radha
group. Three outgroups were used for this analysis:
two distant relatives, viz. Meimuna mongolica
(Distant, 1881) and Platylomia tonkiniana (Jacobi,
1905), and one closer relative, viz. Platylomia flavida
(Guérin Méneville, 1834). The characters used are
discussed below and the matrix is given in table 1.
1. — Shape of tergite 3: 0, longer laterally than medi-
ally; 1, virtually equally long laterally and medially.
In the P. radha group and P. flavida tergite 3 is vir-
tually equally long laterally and medially, and the an-
terior margin of tergite 3 is virtually straight. In all
other species of the Dundubiaria, except those of the
Dundubia terpsichore group (see Bloem & Duffels
1976: fig. 1) and Platylomia larus (Walker, 1858)
from Sri Lanka, tergite 3 is considerably longer later-
ally than medially and the anterior margin of tergite 3
is distinctly concave.
2. — Posterolateral and posterior spots on pronotal
collar: 0, present; 1, absent.
The basic pattern in the Dundubiini consists of
several pairs of markings on the pronotal collar, usu-
ally an anterolateral pair, a posterolateral pair and a
posterior pair. Relative positions and sizes can vary
and often all three pairs are present though one may
be less distinct. In a number of groups one or more
spots are reduced or even absent, for example, in most |
species of Dundubia all spots are absent (see also
Overmeer & Duffels 1976, Beuk 1996). The pos- |
terolateral and posterior spots are absent only in some |
Table 1. Character state matrix for the species of the P.
radha group and outgroups used in the cladistic analysis.
=
ho
3 4 5
M. mongolica 0
P. tonkiniana 0
JP flavida 1
P. bivocalis 1
P. pendleburyi 1
P. malickyi 1
P. radha 1
P. bocki 1
P. ficulnea 1
rie mi SiS
jee eee HE oo
ler se RO
FSG
groups en several not-closely related species (e.g., P.
amicta (Distant, 1889) and relatives, P. radha group
and Platylomia virescens Distant, 1905).
3. — Shape of timbal covering: 0, shorter than broad;
1, as long as or longer than broad.
In the Dundubiini the timbal coverings are usually
shorter than broad at the base. The timbal coverings
are as long as or longer than broad at base in the
species of the P. radha group and in several other
species (e.g., in species of Aola Distant, 1905).
However, the character of this feature is not identical
in the P. radha group and the other species. In the
species of the P. radha group the timbal coverings are
elongated and the timbal organs are almost complete-
ly covered. In the other species the timbal coverings
are narrowed medially and the timbal organs are thus
partly exposed.
4. — Central fasciae pronotal disc; 0, wholly or partly
developed and black; 1, present as dot on posterior
margin of disc or weakly developed and brown.
Similar to the markings on the pronotal collar the
basic pattern in the Dundubiini consists of an elabo-
rate pattern of dark markings on the pronotal disc.
The pattern of markings usually consists of darkening
of the lateral margins, dark fasciae on the oblique fis-
sures and dark central fasciae. In some groups these
markings are strongly reduced so that at most the
central fasciae are distinct but even these can be whol-
ly or partly absent, e.g., in most species of Dundubia
(see also Overmeer & Duffels 1976, Beuk 1996).
In some species of the Dundubiini the transverse
part of the suture between the pronotal disc and
pronotal collar is darkened while the markings on the
disc are otherwise mostly reduced. It is possible that
the dark dot on the posterior margin of the disc is a
remainder of this transverse darkening and not a re-
mainder of the central fasciae. In that case the results
of the analysis carried out here do not change because
then character state 1 would read ‘absent or only
weakly developed and brown.’
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
5. — Shape uncus lobes: 0, gradually narrowing from
bases onwards (fig. 37); 1, rather abruptly narrowing
near bases (figs. 4, 16).
In the Dundubiaria the shape of the uncus lobes
ranges from two more or less flat lobes to a rather
complex three-dimensional structure. Irrespective of
this shape there usually is a gradual narrowing from
near the basal part of the uncus towards the distal
margin of the uncus lobes even though the lobes may
broaden again distally. In only few species there is a
more abrupt narrowing near the basal part of the un-
cus.
The analysis (exhaustive search) resulted in a single
most parsimonious tree (tree length 5; CI = 1.0, RI =
1.0) which is given in fig. 1. The tree given shows the
two distant relatives in a basal polytomy.
There are some conclusions that can be drawn
from this preliminary analysis. The elongation of the
timbal coverings (character 3 state 1) is a synapomor-
phy for the species of P. radha group. Within the P.
radha group P. radha, P. bocki and P. ficulnea are
grouped together on the basis of the more abrupt nar-
rowing of the uncus lobes near their bases (character
5 state 1). These species are indeed very similar as is
also clear from the descriptions below. Most charac-
ters that can be used to separate these species (mark-
ings on tegmina, shape of opercula) do not have
much phylogenetic significance (see also Beuk 1996).
The clade with P. radha is placed in polytomy with
P. pendleburyi and P. malickyi because they share the
(almost) complete reduction of the central fasciae
M. mongolica
P. tonkiniana
P. flavida
P. bivocalis
P. pendleburyi
P. malickyi
P. radha
P. bocki
P. ficulnea
Fig. 1. Cladogram showing relationships between species of
P. radha group with M. mongolica, P. tonkiniana and P.
flavida as outgroup. Synapomorphies (0??1) are indicated;
see table 1 for the matrix and text for characters.
149
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
(character 4 state 1). Whether this is a good synapo-
morphy should become clear after further analysis of
other groups in the Dundubiaria since this character
state can also be found in most species of Dundubia
(see also Beuk 1996).
Only tentative conclusions can be drawn about the
phylogenetic position of the P. radha group. Within
Platylomia it appears that P. flavida is a close relative
since it shares a synapomorphy with the P. radha
group: the shape of tergite 3 (character 1 state 1). P.
flavida may constitute the sistergroup of the P. radha
group. From the analysis it would appear that the ab-
sence of the posterolateral and posterior markings on
the pronotal collar (character 2 state 1) would also be
a synapomorphy for the clade P. flavida + P. radha
group but as remarked above this state also occurs in
Dundubia and it might indicate a relationship be-
tween this clade and Dundubia.
TAXONOMY
Platylomia Stal, 1870
Cosmopsaltria subg. Platylomia Stal, 1870. Type-species (by
monotypy): Cicada flavida Guérin-Méneville, 1834
Platylomia; Distant (1905) [raised to generic level]
The Platymia radha group
Diagnosis
Large cicadas: d: 40.0-56.5 mm, 9: 38.0-48.0
mm. Body generally ochraceous brown, head and
thorax with some darker markings. Opercula uni-
colorous brownish, only darkened in lateroproximal
corner, male opercula elongate. Dorsal part of ab-
domen usually darker than head and thorax. Timbal
coverings of male elongate, at least as long as broad at
base. Pygofer rather narrow; basal part of uncus short,
narrower than maximum width uncus, and little glo-
bose.
Head. — Postclypeus brown to castaneous, slightly
darker dorsally and usually paler on anteromedial
spot, little swollen. Anteclypeus brownish, some-
times darkened on lateral surfaces. Vertex brownish,
usually darker on vertex lobes and with dark brown
to black markings in area of ocelli and often
along posterior margin. Rostrum brownish, darkened
at tip only; reaching between to distinctly be-
yond hind coxae but never further than halfway ster-
nite 1.
Thorax. — Pronotum slightly to distinctly broader
than head, brown to castaneous but sometimes with
greenish tinge. Pronotal disc with dark brown to
black pattern ranging from small split medial spot at
transverse part of pronotal suture to more elaborate
150
pattern including central fasciae and transverse bands
just posterior of anterior margin and on transverse
part of pronotal suture. Pronotal collar broad, medi-
an length 0.2-0.3 times the median length of prono-
tal disc; posterior margin black; lateral part of collar
with darker brown to blackish markings that may be
connected with transverse band on pronotal suture;
anterolateral corner with lateral tooth. Mesonotum
ochraceous brown to brown, sometimes with green-
ish tinge on paler parts, occasionally posterior half
partly castaneous; disc with pattern of narrow fasciae
consisting at least of paramedian fasciae, lateral fasci-
ae usually absent. Cruciform elevation concolorous
with mesonotal disc or slightly paler. Area enclosed
by arms of cruciform elevation and parts of mesono-
tal disc occasionally with waxy coating. Katepimeral
lobe usually longer than broad at base.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina hyaline to brown-
ish hyaline, always with indistinct brownish reticula-
tion along distal margin and sometimes in apical cells;
tegmina either without markings, or with markings
on second, third, fifth, and seventh apical cells and at
apices of longitudinal veins of apical cells, or interme-
diate; basal cell partly fumose. Wings hyaline to pale
brownish hyaline, infuscate along very narrow strip
posterior of first anal vein.
Legs. — All legs ochraceous to brownish with vary-
ing dark pattern on fore legs, mid tibiae and tarsi, and
hind tibiae and tarsi. Fore femur posteroventrally
with middle spine shorter than proximal spine; prox-
imal spine slender, middle spine more pointed than
proximal spine, often broadened at base and thus
more triangular; distal spine short but distinct, either
pointed or blunt, sometimes also broadened at base.
Hind tibiae with 3-5 anterodorsal spines and 2-6 an-
teroventral spines, occasionally with single anterior
spine.
Male operculum. — Operculum rather variable in
length and shape, reaching from anterior margin of
fifth to just beyond posterior margin of seventh ab-
dominal segment; ochraceous to brown but some-
times with greenish tinge and sometimes partly cov-
ered with waxy coating, some parts near latero-
proximal corner dark brown to black. Medial margin
weakly convex for short distance proximal of con-
striction, distal of constriction convex for at least
some distance. Apex lateral of midline, rounded or
angularly rounded to gully-shaped. Lateral margin
convex for short distance proximal of constriction,
concave at level of timbal covering, distal of constric-
tion convex but often straight or sometimes even con-
cave on distal third.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen 1.2-1.5 times as long
as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites
brownish to dark castaneous but usually paler lateral-
ly, tergites 3-7 either with or without darker spots
near lateral margin; sternites and ventral parts of ter-
gites paler than dorsal parts but sometimes less so on
segments 6-7. Tergites usually with a pattern of waxy
coating and/or whitish dusting. Posterior margins of
tergites (5) 6-7 with spinules. Sternite 7 with very
shallow to rather deep posteromedial emargination.
Timbal covering brownish to castaneous but some-
times with greenish tinge, about 1.0-1.3 times as long
as wide.
Male genitalia. — Yellowish brown to dark brown.
Basal pygofer lobes narrow and ridge-like to broad
and rounded. Basal part of uncus little globose, short,
and rather narrow. Uncus lobes short and gradually
narrowing distally or first narrowing and then some-
what broadening distally; distal margin ranging from
smooth and sinuous to adorned with lobule or trian-
gular projections; laterodistal corner produced to
varying extend; lateral margin distally sometimes
adorned with dorsal (inner) flange or with one or
more small triangular projections.
Female operculum. — Operculum greenish to
brownish and often darkened lateroproximally;
reaching little beyond anterior margin of segment 3,
only little curved around abdomen laterally.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen 0.9-1.1 times as
long as head and thorax together, castaneous brown
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
to largely blackish dorsally but paler laterally and ven-
trally, tergites 3-6 (7) either with or without darker
spots near lateral margin. Tergites usually with pat-
tern of waxy coating and/or whitish dusting. Poster-
ior margins of tergites (3) 4-8 with short dark spines
but only laterally on tergites (3) 4-5, on tergite 6 ei-
ther only laterally or along whole length, on tergite 7
along whole length and on tergite 8 only medially.
Sternite 7 with angular to angularly rounded postero-
medial emargination, sometimes in median lobe.
Female genitalia. — Pygofer brownish to dark casta-
neous or blackish; distal part of ovipositor sheath dark
castaneous to blackish. Dorsal margin of pygofer in
lateral view weakly concave and with slight bump at
base of caudodorsal beak; ventral margin somewhat
stronger convex. Ovipositor sheath short, at most
reaching little beyond apex of caudodorsal beak.
Key to the males of the Platylomia radha group
1. Tegmina with distinct markings on basal veins of
second, third, fifth, and seventh apical cells, and
at apices of longitudinal veins of apical cells
(when in doubt both alternatives can be fol-
— Tegmina with indistinct markings only on basal
| (6)
85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 sE
|
204 |
IR +
5h DI
+ N
|
107 dt
IL
da N |
5 QE ax |
+ à + 15
7 AN :
TS af din al “à A
rx) |
8 QW’ à Ch Uro
Je IN De]
x SE a wen an Be =
75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115
Fig. 2. Localities of 2. radha.
151
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
veins of second and third apical cells or without
markıneser et arte Ra 5
Tegmina distinctly brownish infuscate along
veins. Tergites 5 and 6 completely covered with
whitish dust obscuring ground-colour of tergites.
hen ah ede CEE sente din. Sellia P. bivocalis
Tegmina at most slightly infuscate along veins.
Tergites 5 and 6 at least partly without whitish
dust nl ee 3
Opercula attenuate at apex and long, reaching to
anterior margin of sixth abdominal segment or
further (HE 27) ee P. ficulnea
Opercula rounded at apex and short, at most
reaching to anterior margin of sixth abdominal
Seprment (tess 20345749) Re, 4
Distal part of opercula diverging from abdomen,
so well visible in dorsal view. Uncus lobes gradu-
ally narrowing towards distal margin (fig. 45).
Larger species: body length more than 50 mm....
Sr ee ee P. pendleburyi
Distal part of opercula close to abdomen, if diver-
gent than not broadly rounded at apex. Uncus
lobes distally slightly broader than at about
halfway from bases (figs. 16, 30). Smaller species:
bodyjlenethylessithant> Om nnn 6
Apices of opercula variable in shape, distal third
of opercula gradually narrowing or attenuate
(figs. 11-13); operculum usually reaching further
than halfway sixth abdominal segment, if shorter
than narrowed towards apex and medial concave
casal P. radha
Apices of opercula rounded and at most little nar-
rowed, opercula reaching no further than anteri-
or margin of sixth abdominal segment (figs. 20,
34) dora AMER ERN La Lino CAE 6
Transverse part of pronotal suture with narrow
black band may not be connected to markings on
lateral part of pronotal collar. Distal part of oper-
culum broad, narrowing little towards apex (fig.
20). Distal margins of uncus lobes convex near
mediodistal corner and concave near laterodistal
corner; laterodistal corner angular to slightly
pointed (figs. 16, 19). Margins of uncus lobes at
most with one or two small wart-like outgrowths
ORE ENE cet Net en P. bocki
Transverse part of pronotal suture with broad .
black band that is connected to markings on lat-
eral part of pronotal collar. Distal part of opercu-
lum narrowing somewhat towards apex (fig. 34).
Distal margin of uncus lobes with medial lobule
that carries two small distal projections at its dis-
tal margin (figs. 30, 33). Lateral margin near lat-
erodistal corner with several short, pointed pro-
Jéctionsi(figs 9021053) PERSA P. malickyi
Platylomia radha (Distant, 1881)
(figs. 2, 4-15)
Dundubia radha Distant, 1881: 634. — Lectotype é (here
designated) of Dundubia radha Distant: ‘Type [printed
on round label with red margin], ‘Masuri / Hills’ [hand-
written], ‘radha / Dist.’ [Distant’s handwriting], ‘Distant
Coll. / 1911-383.’ [printed].
Dundubia radha. — Distant 1882: 160; Atkinson 1884: 225;
Atkinson 1886: 163; Distant 1888a: 292; Distant 1888b:
455.
Dundubia similis Distant, 1888a: 292. — Lectotype d (here
designated) of Dundubia similis Distant: ‘Type’ [printed
on round label with red margin], ‘Sikkim’ [handwritten],
‘similis / Dist.’ [Distant’s handwriting], ‘Distant Coll. /
1911-383.’ [printed]. Syn. n.
Cosmopsaltria similis. — Distant 1889: 45; Distant 1890: pl.
V figs. 10-10b; Distant 1892b: xii.
Cosmopsaltria radha. — Distant 1889: 46, pl. IV figs. 9-9b;
Distant 1890: 54; Distant 1892b: xii; Noualhier 1896:
254; Distant 1897: 17; Noualhier & Martin 1904: 179.
Platylomia similis. — Distant 1906a: 102; Distant 1906b: 61;
Distant 1912: 49; Paiva 1919: 372; Moulton 1923: 98
[partim, unspotted tegmina], 102-103 [partim; Sikkim,
Assam], 167 [partim; Sikkim, Assam]; Kato 1932: 166;
Metcalf 1963: 625.
Platylomia radha. — Distant 1906a: 105, fig. 31; Distant
1906b: 61; Distant 1912: 49; Distant 1913: 560; Distant
1917: 101; Kato 1932: 166; Mathur 1953: 140; Metcalf
1963: 623; Hayashi 1978: 177, figs. 20-21; Duffels &
Van der Laan 1985: 122; Lei & Li 1994: 92, 94.
Platylomia operculata Distant, 1913: 559. — Lectotype d
(here designated) of Platylomia operculata Distant: "Type
/ H.T. [printed in round label with red margin], ‘Indo-
China. / (R. Vitalis.) [printed], ‘Platylomia / operculata /
type Dist.’ [Distant’s handwriting], “1913-222.” [print-
ed]. Syn. n.
Platylomia operculata. — Distant 1917: 101; Metcalf 1963:
623.
Not: Moulton 1923: 98 [partim; faint infuscations on
tegmina], 100, 102-103 [partim; Thailand], 167 [partim;
Thailand] (undescribed species of Platylomia).
P. radha is the most widespread species of the P.
radha group and displays the largest amount of varia-
tion in body size, shape of the opercula, and shape of
the distal part of the uncus lobes. Specimens with at-
tenuate opercula resemble P. feae but can readily be
recognised by the absence of distinct markings on the
tegmina. Specimens with more rounded opercula
mostly resemble P. bocki.
P. radha appears to be very closely related to P.
bocki. The main differences can be found in the oper-
cula and the male genitalia. The opercula of P. radha
are short or long but always narrowed near the apex
or even attenuate, whereas those of P. bocki are short
and broad almost to the apex. The male genitalia dif-
fer in the shape of the pygofer and the uncus. The
basal pygofer lobes are smaller in P. radha and reach
not as far posteriorly between the lateral margins of
the pygofer as in P. bocki (compare figs. 4 and 16).
The ventral (outer) surface of the uncus lobes has a
|
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
a Fig. 3.
Bee Localities of P. bivocalis, P.
| °N : : x
| bocki, P. ficulnea, P. malickyi
1 30 and P. pendleburyi.
125
(
+ 120
+15
110
bivocalis
bocki 5
ficulnea
malickyi
pendleburyi
90 95 100 105
ridge running roughly from the mediodistal corners
to the medial part of the basal part of the uncus. In P.
radha this ridge is much lower and smoother than in
P. bocki. The uncus lobes of P. radha have a distinct
flange of variable shape on the lateral margin, where-
as in P. bocki the lateral margins are smooth or (occa-
sionally) provided with one or two small wart-like
outgrowths. P. bocki is generally smaller than P.
radha, the largest specimens of P. bocki being about
the same size as the smallest specimens of P. radha.
Description
Body brownish to castaneous, often with some
parts of head and thorax lighter, mesonotum with
median and paramedian fasciae partly developed,
tegmina without markings but basal veins of second
and third apical cells occasionally almost impercepti-
bly infuscated. Opercula very variable in shape, rang-
ing from relatively short and almost rounded at apex
to long and almost gully-shaped at apex.
Head. — Postclypeus brown to light castaneous,
sometimes paler on area anterior of frontoclypeal su-
ture and ventrally along lateral margin and at clypeal
suture; little swollen, in dorsal view about as long as
distance between frontoclypeal suture and anterior
margin of pronotum. Anteclypeus brownish. Vertex
brownish but somewhat darker on lateral part and on
supra-antennal plates; posterior margin with pair of
black spots close to eyes; part posterior of eyes with
black marking, either rounded or extending to and
along posterior margin of eye; area of ocelli with dark-
er brown to black marking that encloses anterior ocel-
lus and reaches laterally as far as lateral ocelli. Genae
ochraceous, lori darkened along suture with clypeus.
Frontoclypeal suture semicircular but median part al-
most straight, much broader than distance between
lateral margins of lateral ocelli. Rostrum brownish,
darkened at tip only; reaching halfway between hind
coxae to posterior margin of hind coxae.
Thorax. — Pronotum slightly to distinctly broader
than head. Pronotal disc brownish, anterior margin
and often medial area paler; disc immediately posteri-
or of anterior margin with dark brown to black trans-
verse band that is usually broadly interrupted medial-
ly; central fasciae usually not developed except for
two brownish triangular markings with their base at
pronotal suture; transverse part of pronotal suture
with dark brown to black band that is broadest medi-
ally and continues laterally to level of markings on lat-
eral part of pronotal collar. Pronotal collar usually
paler than pronotal disc and with black posterior
margin that broadens slightly in posterolateral cor-
ners; anterolateral part of collar with darker marking
between lateral margin and pronotal suture, marking
darkest at suture and often connected with band on
transverse part of pronotal suture; anterolateral cor-
153
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
9 10
Figs. 4-10. Platylomia radha (Distant, 1881), male. — 4, pygofer and uncus in ventral view, Jingkawksakan; 5, pygofer and un-
cus in right lateroventral view, Jingkawksakan; 6, pygofer in dorsal view, Doi Inthanon; 7, uncus in right lateroventral view,
Doi Inthanon; 8, uncus in right lateroventral view, Tonkin; 9, uncus in right lateroventral view, Ceylan; 10, uncus in right
lateroventral view, lectotype P. radha.
154
ner with small but distinct lateral tooth; posterolater-
al corner rounded but sometimes part of margin only
weakly convex. Mesonotum ochraceous brown to
brown, sometimes even castaneous; median fascia
variable, from almost indistinguishable to blackish;
paramedian fasciae on anterior half of disc black, nar-
row near anterior margin of disc then broadening and
slightly curved medially, on posterior half usually pre-
sent as distinct black or indistinct brownish markings
of varying size in front of cruciform elevation; anteri-
or margin of disc with dark brown to blackish trian-
gular markings immediately lateral of mesonotal fis-
sures; lateral fasciae absent. Cruciform elevation
ochraceous brown to dark brown, concolorous with
or paler than mesonotal disc. Katepimeral lobe (fig.
15) shorter than broad at base, apex rounded. Surface
of katepimeral lobe concave along dorsal margin, dor-
sal margin thus curved outwards; surface covered
with short, waxy hairs. Apex of katepimeral lobe
reaching over base of operculum but sometimes only
just.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina almost entirely
hyaline with indistinct brownish reticulation along
BEUK: The Platylomia radha group
Figs. 11-15.
Platylomia radha (Distant,
1881), male. — 11, ab-
domen and right opercu-
lum in lateroventral view,
lectotype P. similis 12,
right operculum in lat-
eroventral view, lectotype
P. operculata, 13, right op-
erculum in lateroventral
view, lectotype P. radha;
14, right timbal covering,
lectotype P. radha; 15, right
katepimeral lobe,
Jingkawksakan
15
distal margin and sometimes in apical cells; basal
veins of second and third apical cells rarely with al-
most indistinguishable infuscation; basal cell yellow-
ish fumose on anterior half. Veins of tegmen brown-
ish, darker on most cross veins and parts where veins
meet or split. Wings hyaline. Veins of wings brown-
ish, medial vein and veins close to wing margin dark-
er.
Legs. — Legs ochraceous to brownish. Fore femora
ochraceous, posteroventrally with darkened longitu-
dinal stripe; tibiae slightly darker than femora except
on dorsal surface; tarsi brownish. Mid femora ochra-
ceous; tibiae brownish, slightly darker at base and on
apical third, especially ventrally; tarsi brown. Hind
femora ochraceous, slightly darkened anteriorly; tibi-
ae often little darker than femora, dark brown at
joints with femora; tarsi brownish. Fore femur with
gap between middle and distal posteroventral spines
shallow and broad. Hind tibia with two dorsal spines
and usually four but occasionally only three an-
teroventral spines; spines brownish.
Male operculum (figs. 11-13). — Operculum rather
variable in length and shape, reaching about halfway
155
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
fifth abdominal segment to just beyond posterior
margin of seventh abdominal segment, 2.2-3.0 times
as long as maximum width distal of constriction;
ochraceous to brown and frequently some parts cov-
ered with waxy coating, area of lateroproximal corner
and usually also part of lateral margin dark brown to
black but with ochraceous spot on margin just distal
of lateroproximal corner. Medial margin distal of
constriction convex to apex but near apex often less
convex or almost straight, margin on distal third fre-
quently appearing concave because surface becomes
weakly concave along margin. Apex of operculum lat-
eral of midline and variable in shape: either apex
rounded to angularly rounded with operculum grad-
ually narrowing distally (fig. 11), or angular with sur-
face concave along one margin only (usually lateral
margin), or gully-shaped with surface concave along
both medial and lateral margin (fig. 13) and then of-
ten divergent from abdomen. Lateral margin distal of
constriction convex but often less convex or almost
straight near apex, margin on distal third frequently
appearing concave because surface becomes weakly
concave along margin. Constriction at about 0.3 of
length of operculum, lateral concavity longer and
deeper than medial concavity and at deepest point of-
ten almost angular, broadest part of operculum distal
of constriction 1.3-1.5 times as wide as minimum
width in constriction. Distance between opercula at
constrictions about 0.8-1.1 times as wide as mini-
mum width in constriction. Opercula at point of
closest approximation separated for a distance of 0.5-
0.7 times maximum width between opercula at con-
strictions. Operculum close to abdomen but distal
half well removed from abdomen when apex gully-
shaped; surface only weakly convex in longitudinal
direction or concave along margins on distal third,
surface more strongly convex in transverse direction,
especially on distal third.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen about 1.3-1.5 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites brownish to castaneous, often somewhat dark-
ened along posterior margins; sternites and ventral
parts of tergites paler than dorsal parts but less so to-
wards genitalia. Tergite 1 laterally and tergite 2 para-
medially usually with white waxy coating, tergite 3
with dense whitish dust closer to lateral margin, ter-
gite 4 usually with smaller area of whitish dusting at
posterior margin, some dusting present on tergites 5-
7 but without distinct pattern, tergite 8 completely
covered with whitish dust. Posterior margin of tergite
7 with many short dark spinules, of tergite 6 and oc-
casionally also of tergite 5 with few spinules on later-
al part. Sternite 7 with shallow to very shallow pos-
teromedial emargination. Timbal covering (fig. 14)
brownish to castaneous, about 1.0-1.1 times as long
as wide; medial margin virtually straight, convergent
156
with lateral margin; mediodistal corner, distal margin
and laterodistal corner rounded; lateral margin al-
most straight.
Male genitalia (figs. 4-10). — Brown; dorsal part of
pygofer somewhat darker than ventral part; uncus
lobes usually darker along lateral and distal margin.
Basal pygofer lobes broad and rounded (figs. 4-5);
hairs on anteroventral margin of pygofer erect, not
very long and continuing on pygofer surface enclosed
by anteroventral margin, hairs shorter on apices of
basal lobes, towards medial part of anteroventral mar-
gin and on surface enclosed by anteroventral margin;
pygofer surface anterior of medial part of anteroven-
tral margin and lateral of anteroventral margin with
scattered hairs, dorsolateral surface covered with
many short hairs. Dorsal part of pygofer as in fig. 6.
Basal part of uncus small, little globose and narrower
than maximum width uncus (figs. 4-5); near bases of
uncus lobes usually with some thick erect hairs and
several thinner hairs more medially, occasionally only
very few hairs present. Uncus lobes (figs. 4-5, 7-10)
short; medial margin weakly concave and curved dor-
sad (inwards) along whole length; mediodistal corner
rounded and also slightly curved dorsad (inwards);
distal margin weakly concave; laterodistal corner
(figs. 7-10) produced and pointed to varying extend,
tip directed anterodorsad (inwards) to laterad; lateral
margin strongly curved medially close to base, distal
part of uncus lobe then gradually broadening towards
distal margin or narrow for some distance and broad-
ening more abruptly near distal margin; lateral mar-
gin near laterodistal corner with flange of irregular
shape. Ventral (outer) surface of uncus lobes with
longitudinal grooves near anterior margin and each
uncus lobe with indistinct ridge from mediodistal
corner almost to basal part of uncus where ridges
nearly meet. Bases of uncus lobes laterally usually
with numerous strong erect hairs both on dorsal (in-
ner) and ventral (outer) surfaces, those on dorsal sur-
face shorter except for occasional very long hairs.
Female operculum. — Operculum brownish, dark-
er basally and along medial margin, lateral margin
castaneous. Lateral margin distal of lateroproximal
lobe weakly convex to weakly concave; laterodistal
corner angularly rounded; distal margin weakly con-
vex but often concave for very short distance near lat-
erodistal corner; mediodistal corner broadly rounded;
medial margin short and convex; lateral and medial
margin of each operculum virtually parallel.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen about as long as
head and thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites cas-
taneous brown but tergites 1-3 little paler, posterior
margins of tergites darkened, tergites without darker
spots near lateral margins; sternites and ventral parts
of tergites paler than dorsal parts. Tergite 2 and ante-
rior margin of tergite 3 with white dusting laterally |
but dusting often rubbed off, dusting on other ter-
gites without distinct pattern. Posterior margins of
tergites 4-5 with some short dark spines laterally, of
tergite 6 with spines along whole length except medi-
ally, of tergite 7 with spines along whole length, of
tergite 8 with scattered spines medially. Sternite 7
with angular to angularly rounded posteromedial
emargination.
Female genitalia. — Dorsal part of pygofer almost
castaneous, remainder brownish; distal part of
ovipositor sheath castaneous. Dorsal margin of py-
gofer shorter than three preceding segments, in later-
al view weakly concave; ventral margin weakly con-
vex. Ovipositor sheath reaching almost as far as or
short distance beyond apex of caudodorsal beak; anal
valve not reaching as far as caudodorsal beak.
Measurements in mm (2: n = 6). — Body length:
6: 44.5-56.5 (51.5 + 3.1) (n= 12), 2: 38.5-44.5
(40.9 + 1.4); head width: d : 12.6-15.3 (14.2 + 0.7)
(NM) 2:7133-15.07(14:07=7 0:6); maximum
pronotum width: d: 12.8-16.8 (15.3 + 0.8) (n =
11), 2: 14.7-16.3 (15.2 + 0.5); tegmen length: ó:
44.5-62.5 (56.6 + 3.0) (n = 12), 2: 53.3-61.5 (57.0
BED):
Variation
P. radha shows considerable variation in several
characters but there seems to be hardly any geograph-
ic pattern. The characters showing variation are body
colour, body length, length of operculum, shape of
apex of operculum, and shape of laterodistal corner of
uncus lobe. The general pattern is that smaller speci-
mens with shorter opercula and opercula with more
rounded apices (fig. 11) tend to come from the north-
western part of the range of P. radha. However, larg-
er specimens with longer, attenuate opercula (as in
fig. 13) have also been found in that part of the range
(see Hayashi 1978: fig. 20). Smaller specimens are
also found in the central part of the range and spec-
imens with more angularly rounded opercula (com-
pare fig. 12) are found in the eastern part of the range.
Variations in shape of laterodistal corner of uncus
lobe (figs. 7-10) and variations in colour show no ge-
ographic pattern at all. Differences in colour are
probably due to different circumstances in killing and
preserving specimens.
Distribution (fig. 2)
P. radha has a wide distribution and is recorded
from southern parts of the Himalaya (Bhutan; India:
Assam, Sikkim; Nepal) through Indo-China (Burma,
Cambodia, Laos, Thailand, Vietnam) to southern
China in the east (Hainan, Sichuan, Yunnan). A
number of records in the literature are doubtful. The
record from Madras (Distant 1881, 1890, 1906a; At-
kinson 1884) could not be confirmed and may have
BEUK: The Platylomia radha group
been caused by wrong location of the type locality in
the Madras Presidency. Since the nearest locality is
more than 1,500 km away the accuracy of this old
record is questioned. Moulton’s (1923) record of P.
similis from Khao Luang, just south of the Kra
Isthmus on the Malay Peninsula refers to a yet unde-
scribed species of Platylomia.
Synonymy
Examination of the lectotypes of P. radha and P.
similis has shown that they differ in several aspects.
The lectotype of P. similis is smaller and paler than
the lectotype of P. radha, its opercula are shorter and
not attenuate, its timbal covering is more triangular,
and the shape of the distal margin and laterodistal
corner of the uncus lobes is different. The lectotypes
of P. radha and P. operculata are more resemblant.
The lectotype of P. operculata is a little larger and
darker than lectotype of P. radha, its opercula are a
little longer and the apices of the opercula are nar-
rowed and not attenuate. The lectotype of P. opercu-
lata is damaged by museum beetle and its genitalia are
partly destroyed. The remains of the genitalia are
identical to those of the lectotype of P. radha.
Examination of further collection material under
P. radha, P. similis and P. operculata has shown that
several characters show variation. The characters giv-
en by Distant (1888a, 1913) to distinguish P. similis
and P. operculata from P. radha (colour, shape of op-
erculum) are two of these characters (see discussion of
variation above). The three species in fact represent
different forms of the same species. Since there are no
characters that seem to justify a separation of P. sim-
ilisand P. operculata from P. radha, P. similis and P.
operculata are herewith synonymised with P. radha.
Remarks
In the descriptions of Dundubia radha, D. similis
and P. operculata neither holotypes were designated
nor were the numbers of specimens upon which the
descriptions were based mentioned. No lectotype
designations were published subsequently. For this
reason the presence of labels on specimens indicating
type status cannot be considered valid type designa-
tions. For each of the three species it applies that spec-
imens belonging to the type series should be consid-
ered syntypes and lectotypes have to be designated
(ICZN Recommendation 73F).
The type material of P. radha was stated to origi-
nate from ‘Madras Presidency; Masuri [Mussoorie]
Hills’ in India (Distant 1881: 684) but it is not clear
whether Distant referred to two localities or to one lo-
cality (wrongly locating the Mussoorie Hills in the
Madras Presidency). Since later publications (Distant
1889; 1906a) only refer to a specimen from the
Madras Presidency in Distant’s collection, the latter
157
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
may have been the case (see also under Distribution).
No specimen from the Madras Presidency could be
found so the specimen from Mussoorie is designated
as the lectotype.
P. similis was described from ‘Sikkim’ on the basis
of material in Distant’s collection. There are several
males from Sikkim at the BMNH but only one male is
from Distant’s collection and corresponds with the
size mentioned for P. similis in the original descrip-
tion. This male is designated as the lectotype.
P. operculata was described from ‘Indo-China’.
Only one male in the BMNH that may have belonged
to the type series is available. This specimen is desig-
nated as the lectotype.
Material examined. — cHINA: Cangyuan [Mengdong],
Yunnan, 1278 m, 12.v.1980, 2 dd (nwas); Cheli
[Yunjinghong], Yunnan, 620 m, 4.v.1957, 1 d (1zas);
Jianfeng Ling, Hainan, 13.iv.1982, Gu Maobing, 2 d, 1 9
(1zas); Jingdong [Jinping], Yunnan, 1170 m, 21.v.1956, 2
3 (1zas); Jinggu [Weiyuan], Yunnan, 1000 m, 16.v.1956,
1 d, 1 @ (izas); Jinghong [Yunjinghong], Yunnan,
3.iv.1991, 1 2 (Nwas); Longlin, Guangxi, 14.vi.1981, 1 d
(Nwas); Mangshi, Yunnan, 900 m, 15.v.1955, 4 d (1zas);
Menghai [Xiangshan], Yunnan, 27.iv.1980, 1 d (Nwas);
Mengla, Yunnan, 9.v.1991, Wang Yenglun, 1 d (Nwas);
Menglun, Yiwubanna, Yunnan, 650 m, 1.v.1964, 2 d
(1zas); Mengyang, Yunnan, 1800 m, 5.vi.1991, 1 d
(Nwas); Pu’er [Ning’er], Yunnan, 13.v.1956, 1 d (1zas);
Ruili [Mengmao], Yunnan, 1350 m, 12.vi.1956, 1 2 (1zas);
Shuangjiang [Mengmeng], Yunnan, 888 m, 31.v.1980, 1 d
(nwas); Simao, Yunnan, 1200 m, 11.v.1957, 1 d (1zas);
Taiping Shan, Hainan, 5.v.1986, Y. Okuma, 1 d (suv);
Xiaomengyang, Yunnan, 850 m, 4.v.1957, 3 d (1zas);
Yaoqu, Yunnan, 1600 m, 4.v.1991, 1 d (Nwas); Yingjiang
[Pingyuan], Yunnan, 22.v.1983, 1 d (Nwas); Yuanjiang
[Lijiang], Yunnan, 550 m, 3.v.1980, 1 d (Nwas); Yunnan,
7.v.1957, 1 & (suu); Zhenyuan, Yunnan, 4.v.1956, 1 d
(IZAS); VIETNAM: Chapa [Cha Pai], Tonkin, Indo-China, v,
R.V. de Salvaza, 1 2 (BMNH); 6 km S. of Dalat [Da Lat],
1400-1500 m, 9.vi-7.vii.1961, N.R. Spencer, 1 5, 3 9
(BPBM); Mt Tam Dao, N. Vietnam, 1300 m, 10.vii-
2.viii.1990, S. Nagai, 1 d, 2 2 (suu); Tam Dao, N.
Vietnam, 27.vii-2.vili.1992, N. Ohbayashi, 1 2 (suu); Tam
Dao, 100 km N.W. from Hanoi, N. Vietnam, 16-
27.v.1991, M. Takakuwa, 1 & (suv); Tonkin, 1 d (MNHN);
Tonkin, vi.1917, R.V. de Salvaza, 2 6, 1 2 (BMNH); CAM-
BODIA: Cambodge, 1886, A. Pavie, 1 d (MNHN); LAOS:
Luang Prabang [Louangphrabang], vi.1916, R.V. de
Salvaza, 1 d (BMNH); Muong You [Muang You], Luang
Prabang [Louangphrabang], 25.v.1919, R.V. de Salvaza, 1
9 (BMNH); Pakkading, Borikhana Province, 22.iii.1965, na-
tive collector, 1 d (BPBM); Paklay [Muang Pak-Lay],
viil.1917, R.V. de Salvaza, 1 d (BMNH); Phon Saly
[Phongsalil, N. Laos, 2.v.1994, Y. Miyake, 2 d (suv);
Xieng Khouang [Xiangkhoang], 2.iv.1919, R.V. de Salvaza,
1 6 (BMNH); same data, 13.iv.1919, 1 d (BMNH); same
data, 15.iv.1919, 7 d (BMNH); same data, 17.iv.1919, 1 6,
1 2 (BMNH); same data, 22.iv.1919, 1 2 (BMNH); same
data, 5.v.1919, 1 9 (BMNH); THAILAND: Bang Khun Klang,
Doi Inthanon, 18°32’N 98°32’E, 1200 m, 10-17.iv.1989,
Chantaramongkol & Malicky, light trap, 1 d (tzur); same
158
data, 17-24.iv.1989, 1 8, 1 2 (izui); same data, 27.iv-
1.v.1989, 6 d (zut); Bangkok à Xieng Mai [Chiang Mail,
1887, Pavie, 1 d (MNHN); Changmai [Chiang Mai] Zoo,
18°49N 98°57E, 400 m, 24.iv-1.v.1989, Chantara-
mongkol & Malicky, light trap, 1 d (zur); Chiang Dao,
Chiang Mai, 1 d (suu); Doi Chang, N. Siam, 4500 ft,
14.iv.1921, E.J. Godfrey, 5 d (BMNH); Doi Chiang Khian,
Chiang Mai, ca. 1250 m, 29.v.1983, H. Kuroko, S.
Moriuti, Y. Arita & Y. Yoshiyasu, 1 2 (opu); Doi Inthanon,
1750 m, 25.vi.1987, M.G. Allen, 1 d (BMNH); Doi
Inthanon, 2000 m, 13.iv.1988, T.W. Harman, 2 d (zman);
Doi Nya Chang, Khun Thal, N. Siam, 15.iv.1941, A.M.
Hemmingsen, 1 d (uzmk); Doi Suthep, Chiang Mai,
1.v.1984, T. Endo, light trap, 1 d (suv); Doi Suthep, N.
Thailand, 10.iv.1983, T. Shiromura, 1 d (NsMT); Fang,
Chiang Mai, ca. 450 m, 15.v.1983, Kuroko, Moriuti, Arita
& Yoshiyasu, 1 d (opu); Fang, Chiengmai [Chiang Mai]
Province, 14.iv.1958, T.C. Maa, 1 d (BPBM); Fang,
Chiangmai [Chiang Mai], 500 m, 12-19.iv.1958, T.C.
Maa, 2 d (BPBM); same data, at light, 12.iv.1958, 1
d (BPBM); same data, at light, 15.iv.1958, 2 4 (BPBM); same
data, at light, 19.iv.1958, 3 d (BPBM); Mount Angka [Doi
Inthanon], Asiatic Primate Expedition, 1 é (mcz); Phu
Khieo, Chaiyapumh [Chaiyaphum] District, 800 m, 2-
4.v.1986, M.G. Allen, 3 d (BMNH); Wiang Pa Pao, Chiang
Mai, N. Thailand, 30.11.1990, 1 &, 1 £ (suu); BURMA:
Ghecu, Carin, 1300-1400 m, iv.1888, L. Fea, 2 d (MsNG);
Jingkawksakan [Tingkawk Sakan], 17.v.1944, L.C. Kuitert,
2 d (semk); Shingbwiyang, 1.v.1944, L.C. Kuitert, 2 d
(SEMK); same data, 13.v.1944, 1 d (sEMK); same data, J.D.
Hitchcock, 1 d (seMK); North Chin Hills, Watoon, 1 d
(BMNH); southern Shan States, Bingham, 1 d (BMNH);
Teinzo, v.1886, L. Fea, 2 d (msn); Tingkawk [Tingkawk
Sakan], 25.v.1944, L.C. Kuitert, 3 d, 1 2 (SEMK); same
data, 29.v.1944, 1 2 (seMK); Upper Burma, 1 d (BMNH);
INDIA: Assam, 1 2 (BMNH); Masuri [Mussoorie] Hills, &
lectotype Dundubia radha Distant (BMNH); Naga Hills,
Doherty, 1 4 (BMNH); Sikkim, d lectotype Dundubia sim-
ilis Distant (BMNH); Sikkim, 3 4, 6 © (BMNH); Sikkim, 1 &
(NHMs); Sikkim, 1 2 (1sN8); Tumlong, Sikkim, Gallasch, 1
3 (ZFMK); BHUTAN: Bhoutan Anglais, 1900, R. Oberthur, 1
® (mnun); Bhoutan, Maria Basti, 1898, Durel, R.
Oberthur, 1 d (MNHN); EXACT LOCATION UNKNOWN: no lo-
cality given, 4 d, 1 ® (BMNH); no locality given, 2 d
(MSNG); no locality given, 1 4 (usnm); Ceylan [Sri Lanka?],
Oberthur, 101-96, 1 & (MNHN); Indo-China, R. Vitalis, 1
d lectotype Platylomia operculata Distant (BMNH).
Females probably belonging here. — Laos: Vien Poukha
[Viangphoukha], Haut Mékong, 3.v.1918, R.V. de Salvaza,
2 2 (BMNH); Thailand: Doi Pui, Chiang Mai, ca. 1300 m,
30.v.1983, Kuroko, Moriuti, Arita & Yoshiyasu, 1 9 (opu);
Phuping Palace [Phuphing Palace], Chang Mai, 30.iv.1984,
T. Endo, 1 2 (suv).
Platylomia bocki (Distant, 1882)
(figs. 3, 16-22)
Dundubia bocki Distant, 1882: 159. — Lectotype d (here
designated) of Dundubia bocki Distant: “Type / H.T.
[printed in round label with red margin], ‘Indo-China. /
(R. Vitalis.) [printed], ‘Platylomia / operculata / type
Dist.’ [Distant’s handwriting], 1913-222. [printed].
Cosmopsaltria bocki. — Distant 1889: 45, pl. IV figs. 11-11b;
Distant 1892b: xii.
Platylomia bocki. — Distant 1906b: 60; Distant 1912: 48;
Moulton 1923: 98; Kato 1932: 166; Metcalf 1963: 615.
Although P. bocki was described in a paper on
Sumatran cicadas and the type locality is stated to be
Sumatra (Distant 1882), Moulton (1923) already
pointed out that this specimen could have come from
either Sumatra or Siam (Thailand). Considering that
the other specimens of P. bocki are all from continen-
tal Southeast Asia and the fact that no other species of
the P. radha group was ever found on Sumatra it
seems most likely that the specimen was collected in
Thailand. P. bocki is a typical species of the P. radha
group and very closely related to P. radha. The main
differences are discussed under P. radha.
Description
Body brownish with some parts on head and tho-
rax lighter, mesonotum with median and paramedian
fasciae partly developed, the tegmina without mark-
ings except for the often infuscated basal veins of sec-
ond and third apical cells. Opercula relatively short
and broad at apex, apical margin either broadly
rounded or even partly straight.
Head. — Very much resembling P. radha. Vertex as
in P. radha but marking on area of ocelli always dis-
tinctly black; part posterior of eyes without black
marking.
Thorax. — Pronotum as in P. radha, but general
pattern of paler and darker brown parts more distinct;
central fasciae usually not developed. Lateral part of
pronotal collar with darker brown marking between
lateral margin and pronotal suture, marking darkest
at suture and often connected with transverse band
on pronotal suture, anterolateral corner not dark-
ened; anterolateral corner occasionally bidentate.
Mesonotum ochraceous brown to brown; median fas-
cia narrow, broadest on posterior half of mesonotum,
usually black and distinct but sometimes brown and
rather indistinct; paramedian fasciae on anterior half
of disc as in P. radha, on posterior half of disc present
as black markings of varying size anterior of cruci-
form elevation; mesonotal fissures ochraceous brown;
narrow black triangular markings immediately lateral
of mesonotal fissures at anterior margin of disc always
distinct and small; lateral fasciae absent; posterior
margin with black spots lateral of anterior arms of
cruciform elevation that occasionally merge with
markings anterior of cruciform elevation. Cruciform
BEUK: The Platylomia radha group
elevation ochraceous to brown, paler than mesonotal
disc. Posterior margin and median depressions of cru-
ciform elevation often with dense whitish coating.
Katepimeral lobe (fig. 22) mostly as in P. radha, apex
reaching over base of operculum.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina and wings mainly
as in P. radha. Infuscations on basal veins of second
and third apical cells of tegmina usually quite distinct
though not very dark, usually more distinct on basal
vein of third apical cell. Apices of longitudinal veins
of apical cells occasionally with almost indistinguish-
able spots.
Legs. — Fore legs ochraceous to brownish; femora
ochraceous, anterodorsally, posterodorsally and pos-
teroventrally with darkened longitudinal stripes that
usually are connected by dark apical ring; tibiae
brownish, dorsal surface with ochraceous stripe from
base almost to apex; tarsi brownish. Mid legs brown-
ish; tibiae with dorsal surface and apical quarter dark-
ened; tarsi dark brown. Hind legs ochraceous; tibiae
slightly to distinctly darkened dorsally at base and on
apical fourth; tarsi ochraceous to brown. Fore femur
with gap between middle and posteroventral distal
spines rounded and not very narrow. Hind tibia
sometimes with only two anteroventral spines.
Male operculum (fig. 20). — Not very long, reach-
ing from about anterior margin of fifth to anterior
margin of sixth abdominal segment, 2.1-2.2 times as
long as maximum width distal of constriction; ochra-
ceous to brown, sometimes with greenish tinge, area
around lateroproximal corner and usually also part of
the lateral margin dark brown to black but latero-
proximal corner itself ochraceous. Medial margin dis-
tal of constriction convex but occasionally for some
distance in distal half almost straight. Distal margin
convex, sometimes straightening medially, usually no
distinct apex present. Lateral margin distal of con-
striction convex to apex but occasionally almost
straight about halfway. Constriction at about 0.4 of
length of operculum, lateral concavity longer and
deeper than medial concavity and at deepest point al-
most angular, broadest part of operculum distal of
constriction 1.5-1.7 times as wide as minimum width
in constriction. Distance between opercula at con-
strictions about 1.2-1.4 times as wide as minimum
width in constriction. Opercula at point of closest ap-
proximation separated for a distance of 0.3-0.4 times
maximum width between opercula at constrictions.
Operculum close to abdomen, surface of operculum
both proximal and distal of constriction convex thus
creating impression of transverse fold at level of con-
striction.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen as in P. radha but
slightly paler, about 1.2-1.3 times as long as head and
thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites brownish to
castaneous, tergites often somewhat darkened along
159
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 16-22. Platylomia bocki (Distant, 1882), male. — 16, pygofer and uncus in ventral view, lectotype; 17, pygofer and un-
cus in right lateroventral view, lectotype; 18, pygofer in dorsal view, Vieng Vai; 19, uncus in anterior view, lectotype; 20, ab-
domen and right operculum in lateroventral view, Khao Yai; 21, right timbal covering, Khao Yai; 22, right katepimeral lobe,
Khao Yai.
160
posterior margins; sternites and ventral parts of ter-
gites paler than dorsal parts but less so towards geni-
talia. Tergite 2 with small paramedian areas of
whitish dusting on posterior margin, tergites 3-4 with
small lateral areas of whitish dusting on anterior mar-
gin, tergite 8 with thin whitish dusting, dusting on
other tergites without distinct pattern. Posterior mar-
gin of tergite 7 with many short dark spinules, of ter-
gite 6 and occasionally also of tergite 5 with few spin-
ules on lateral part. Sternite 7 with shallow postero-
medial emargination. Timbal covering (fig. 21) as in
P. radha, ochraceous to ochraceous brown, about 1.1-
1.3 times as long as wide; lateral margin almost
straight to weakly convex.
Male genitalia (figs. 16-19). — Brown, dorsal part
of pygofer somewhat darker than ventral part; uncus
lobes usually darker than remainder of uncus. Basal
pygofer lobes (figs. 16-17) almost as in P. radha but
reaching further between lateral margins of pygofer;
hairs on anteroventral margin of pygofer mostly short
and erect but interspersed with longer hairs, hairs de-
creasing in length towards basal lobes and continuing
on pygofer surface enclosed by anteroventral margin;
pygofer surface anterior and lateral of anteroventral
margin with scattered hairs. Dorsal part of pygofer as
in fig. 18. Basal part of uncus small, little globose and
narrow (figs. 16-17), near bases of uncus lobes with
occasional short erect hairs. Uncus lobes (figs. 16-17,
19) with medial margin weakly concave; mediodistal
corner rounded; distal margin convex near mediodis-
tal corner, concave near laterodistal corner; laterodis-
tal corner angular to slightly pointed; lateral margin
strongly curved medially close to base and uncus lobe
then broadening slightly towards distal margin, later-
al margin usually smooth near laterodistal corner but
occasionally with one or two small wart-like out-
growths. Each uncus lobe on ventral (outer) surface
with curved broad ridge from mediodistal corner al-
most to basal part of uncus where ridges nearly meet
(fig. 19). Surface of uncus lobes covered with short
erect hairs along margins, especially medial margin;
ventral (outer) surface with very few hairs; dorsal (in-
ner) surface with strong erect hairs at bases of uncus
lobes. Uncus with some strong erect hairs laterally
where uncus lobes and basal part of uncus are joined.
Female operculum. — Operculum brownish, dark-
er on lateral margin close to lateroproximal corner.
Lateral margin weakly concave distal of lateroproxi-
mal lobe; laterodistal corner angularly rounded; distal
margin weakly concave on lateral half, weakly convex
on medial half; mediodistal corner broadly rounded;
medial margin short and weakly convex; lateral and
medial margin of each operculum convergent from
base.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen little shorter than
head and thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites cas-
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
taneous; sternites and ventral parts of tergites little
paler. Tergites without darker spots near lateral mar-
gin. Tergites with thin whitish dusting but without
distinct pattern. Posterior margins of tergites 3-5 with
some short and slender dark spines laterally but spines
continuing more medially on tergite 5, posterior mar-
gins of tergites 6-7 with more numerous and longer
spines along whole length, of tergite 8 with scattered
long spines medially. Sternite 7 with angularly round-
ed posteromedial emargination.
Female genitalia. — Dorsal part of pygofer almost
castaneous, ventral part more brownish; distal part of
ovipositor sheath dark castaneous brown. Dorsal
margin of pygofer shorter than three preceding seg-
ments, in lateral view weakly concave; ventral margin
weakly convex. Ovipositor sheath not reaching as far
as apex of caudodorsal beak; anal valve not reaching
as far as ovipositor sheath.
Measurements in mm (d: n= 5; 2:n= 1).— Body
length: d: 43.5-47.0 (44.7 + 1.0), 2: 39.5; head
width: 4: 13.0-13.9 (13.6 + 0.3), 2: 14.0; maxi-
mum pronotum width: d: 13.8-15.0 (14.5 + 0.4),
Orml5(0;tegmen length: 8:525-55.5.64.1 #121),
2: 54.0.
Distribution (fig. 3)
P. bocki is distributed throughout Indo-China
(Laos, Thailand, Vietnam) and southern China.
Remarks
Moulton (1923: 101) already pointed out that the
‘Type d and only known specimen’ was labelled as
cited above. Since both the locality label and the iden-
tification label are Distant’s, this specimen is desig-
nated as lectotype.
Material examined. — cHına: Cheli [Yunjinghong],
Yunnan, 550 m, 30.iv.1957, 1 & (1zas); Emei [Emei Shan],
Sichuan, 500 m, 22.vii.1974, 1 d (Nwas); Jinghong [Yun-
jinghong], Yunnan, 3.iv.1991, 1 d (Nwas); Mengla, Yun-
nan, 30.iv.1984, 1 dé (Nwas); Menglun, Yunnan,
10.v.1984, 1 d (Nwas); Yaoqu, Yunnan, 1600 m, 4.v.1991,
1 3 (Nwas); Yiwubanna, Yunnan, 650 m, 1.v.1964, 4 &
(1zas); Yunnan, 5.v.1957, 1 d (suu); VIETNAM: Cochin
Chine, 1878, Pierre, 1 d, 1 9 (mnun); Laos: Haut
Mékong, Vieng Vai, 23.v.1918, R.V. de Salvaza, 1 3
(BMNH); Luang Namtha [Louang Namtha], N. Laos,
4.v.1994, Y. Miyake, 4 & (suu); Luang Prabang, Pan Houei
Ket [Ban Houay Ket], 17.111.1920, R.V. de Salvaza, 1 3
(BMNH); THAILAND: Khao Yai NP, 800 m, 14.iv.1988, M.G.
Allen, 3 & (BMNH); Khao Yai NP, 850 m, 19.iv.1988, T.W.
Harman, 1 d (zman); Khao Yai, Nakorn Nayok [Nakhon
Nayok], ca. 800 m, 14.vi.1983, Kuroko, Moriuti, Arita &
Yoshiyasu, 1 d (opu); Phuping Palace [Phuphing Palace],
Changmai [Chang Mai] Prov., North Thailand, v.1983, Y.
Komiya, 1 2 (suu); same data, 15.vi.1983, 1 d (oru);
Saraburi [Sara Buri], 15.iv.1973, Y. Yoshiyasu, 1 d (suv);
LOCALITY UNCERTAIN: Sumatra or Siam, Bock, d lectotype
Dundubia bocki Distant (BMNH).
161
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 23-29. Platylomia ficulnea (Distant, 1892), male, paralectotype Karen Hills. — 23, pygofer and uncus in ventral view; 24,
pygofer and uncus in right lateroventral view; 25, pygofer in dorsal view; 26, uncus in anterior view; 27, abdomen and right
operculum in lateroventral view; 28, right timbal covering; 29, right katepimeral lobe.
162
Platylomia ficulnea (Distant, 1892)
(figs. 3, 23-29)
Cosmopsaltria ficulnea Distant, 1892a: 102. — Lectotype d
(here designated) of Cosmopsaltria ficulnea Distant:
‘Carin Ghecù / 1300-1400 m / L. Fea II-III.88° [printed]
and ‘Cosmopsaltria / ficulnea / type Dist.’ [Distant’s
handwriting].
Cosmopsaltria ficulnea. — Distant 1892b: 154, xii, pl. XV
figs. 21-21b; Fea 1897: 608.
Platylomia ficulnea. — Distant 1906a: 106; Distant 1906b:
61; Distant 1912: 49; Kato 1932: 166; Liu 1940: 115;
Metcalf 1963: 617.
P. ficulnea is closely related to P. radha and P. bocki
but can easily be distinguished from both species by
the presence of the markings on the tegmina. P. ficul-
nea and P. radha are the only species of the P. radha
group with attenuate apices of the opercula. The
structure of the genitalia of both species is also very
similar but in P. ficulnea the basal pygofer lobes are
narrower and the uncus lobes do not have a flange on
the lateral margin but occasionally they have a small
pointed protuberance.
Description
Body brownish to castaneous with some parts of
head and thorax lighter; mesonotum with median
and paramedian fasciae partly developed; tegmina
with infuscations at basal veins of second, third, fifth,
and seventh apical cells, and at apices of longitudinal
veins of apical cells. Opercula broad and attenuated at
apex.
Head. — Postclypeus and anteclypeus brown; post-
clypeus little swollen, in dorsal view about as long as
distance between frontoclypeal suture and anterior
margin of pronotum. Vertex brown but lateral parts,
central part of supra-antennal plates, part posterior of
eyes and area enclosed by ocelli darker; posterior mar-
gin with pair of dark brown spots close to eyes. Genae
and lori brown. Frontoclypeal suture as in P. radha.
Rostrum as in P. radha; reaching posterior margin of
hind coxae.
Thorax. — Pronotum distinctly broader than head.
Pronotal disc brown but sometimes with greenish
tinge, anterior margin and medial area paler; disc im-
mediately posterior of anterior margin between para-
median lobes with indistinct to dark brown transverse
band that is broadly interrupted medially; central fas-
ciae not developed except for two brownish triangular
markings with their bases at pronotal suture; trans-
verse part of pronotal suture with black band that
does not continue laterally to level of markings on lat-
eral part of pronotal collar. Anterolateral part of
pronotal collar concolorous with pronotal disc, re-
mainder of paler than disc; posterior margin black
and sometimes broadening slightly in posterior cor-
ners; anterolateral corner angular or with small but
distinct lateral tooth; posterolateral corner rounded.
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
Mesonotum brown, somewhat darker on posterior
half of disc and sometimes with greenish tinge on
paler parts; median fascia brown, concolorous with
posterior half of disc so indistinguishable there; para-
median fasciae on anterior half of disc castaneous and
running immediately medial of mesonotal fissures,
narrow near anterior margin of disc then broadening
and slightly curved medially; mesonotal fissures
slightly paler than remainder of mesonotal disc; ante-
rior margin of disc with castaneous triangular mark-
ings immediately lateral of mesonotal fissures; lateral
fasciae absent. Cruciform elevation concolorous with
anterior half of mesonotal disc but anterior arms
sometimes paler. Katepimeral lobe (fig. 29) shorter
than broad at base; apex rounded. Surface of
katepimeral lobe concave in dorsoventral direction
and convex in longitudinal direction; surface covered
with short, almost waxy hairs, margins with slightly
longer, fine hairs. Apex of katepimeral lobe just reach-
ing over base of operculum.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina almost entirely
hyaline with indistinct brownish reticulation along
distal margin and in apical cells; basal veins of second,
third, fifth, and seventh apical cells with distinct
brown infuscation, infuscation on base of third apical
cell often continuing on anterior basal vein of fourth
apical cell; apices of longitudinal veins of apical cells
with rounded dark brown spots; basal cell almost
completely yellowish fumose except for very narrow
hyaline strip along posterior margin. Veins of tegmen
ochraceous to brownish but sometimes with greenish
tinge, darker along cordial fold, on most cross veins,
and on distal of forks in veins. Wings hyaline except
for very narrow strip posterior of first anal vein. Veins
of wings brownish but sometimes with greenish tinge,
medial vein and veins close to wing margin darker.
Legs. — Fore legs brownish; femora posteroventral-
ly with darkened longitudinal stripe; tibiae slightly
darkened distally; tarsi slightly darkened, especially
distally. Mid legs brownish; tibiae brownish, slightly
darkened at base and darkening slightly on distal half
towards apex; tarsi little darker than femora. Hind
legs brownish; tibiae little darker than femora but less
so on band at about one fifth from base; tarsi little
darker than femora. Fore femur with gap between
middle and distal posteroventral spines shallow and
not very broad. Hind tibia with three dorsal spines
and four anteroventral spines; spines brownish.
Male operculum (fig. 27). — Operculum broad and
attenuate at apex, reaching between anterior and pos-
terior margin of sixth abdominal segment, about
(2.5) 2.9 times as long as maximum width distal of
constriction; brown but sometimes slightly darker on
distal part, lateral margin in lateroproximal corner
dark brown to black but lateroproximal corner itself
paler. Medial margin distal of constriction smoothly
163
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
convex to apex, on distal third appearing concave be-
cause of shape of apex. Apex of operculum gully-
shaped, lateral of midline, and divergent from ab-
domen. Lateral margin distal of constriction first con-
vex but concave on distal third. Constriction at
0.3-0.4 of length of operculum, medial concavity
very shallow, lateral concavity longer and only slight-
ly deeper than medial concavity, broadest part of op-
erculum distal of constriction 1.1-1.3 times as wide as
minimum width in constriction. Distance between
opercula at constrictions 0.5-0.7 times as wide as
minimum width in constriction. Opercula at point of
closest approximation separated for a distance of 0.5-
0.6 times maximum width between opercula at con-
strictions. Operculum close to abdomen on proximal
part, distal half slightly divergent from abdomen; sur-
face convex in longitudinal direction near medial and
lateral margins only, surface more strongly convex in
transverse direction, especially on distal third.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen 1.4-1.5 times as long
as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites
brown to castaneous with anterior margins of tergites
1-3 and posterior margins of tergites 1-2 ochraceous,
posterior margins of tergites 4-6 dark brown, lateral
parts always paler; sternites and ventral parts of ter-
gites ochraceous to brownish. Dorsal part of tergites
3-4 (5) with dense white pilosity in anterolateral cor-
ners, tergite 4 with paramedian, transverse oblong
spots of white dusting close to anterior margin. Pos-
terior margin of tergite 7 with many short dark spin-
ules, of tergite 6 with longer spinules along whole
length but few medially, of tergite 5 with few spinules
on lateral part. Sternite 7 with posteromedial emar-
gination considerably deeper than in P. radha. Tim-
bal covering (fig. 28) brownish to castaneous, about
as long as wide; medial margin weakly convex; distal
margin rounded; lateral margin weakly convex to
straight.
Male genitalia (figs. 23-26). — Ochraceous brown;
dorsal part of pygofer somewhat darker. Basal pygofer
lobes (fig. 23) as in P. radha but not as broad and
reaching further between lateral margins of pygofer;
hairs on anteroventral margin of pygofer and on py-
gofer surface enclosed by anteroventral margin as in
P. radha but slightly shorter and interspersed with oc-
casional long hairs; hairs on outer surface of pygofer
as in P. radha. Dorsal part of pygofer as in fig. 25.
Basal part of uncus short, little globose and narrower
than maximum width uncus (fig. 23), near bases of
uncus lobes usually with erect hairs but these hairs
shorter and thinner than in P. radha. Uncus lobes
(figs. 23-24, 26) short; medial margin, mediodistal
corner and distal margin in P. radha, without pointed
protuberances; laterodistal corner somewhat pro-
duced and bluntly pointed, tip directed to anterior;
lateral margin strongly curved medially at base, uncus
164
lobe narrowest about halfway to distal margin, lateral
margin weakly convex from narrowest point in uncus
lobe to laterodistal corner; lateral margin sometimes
with small pointed protuberance near laterodistal cor-
ner. Ventral (outer) surface of uncus lobes virtually
smooth. Bases of uncus lobes with erect hairs laterally
but only very close to base of uncus and with few
erect thick hairs on lateral margin; dorsal (inner) sur-
face with scattered erect thick hairs; ventral (outer)
surface with short fine hairs on distal half only.
Female. — Unknown.
Measurements in mm (d: n = 4). — Body length:
6): 47.0255.5)(52.0) 3.0): head width: 6135152
(14.5 + 0.6); maximum pronotum width: d': 14.7-
16.5 (15.7 + 0.6); tegmen length: d: 54.5-62.0
(593255)
Distribution (fig. 3)
This species is so far only recorded from Burma
and India (Assam) but the record from Assam
(Distant 1906a) could not be confirmed.
Remarks
Cosmopsaltria ficulnea was described from an un-
known number of specimens from ‘Carin Ghecù’ and
‘Karen Hills’. The type series of P. ficulnea consists of
four males, two males at both the MSNG and the
BMNH. One male in each of these collections bears a
type label but neither can be considered to be a holo-
type as this was not mentioned with the decription
nor was a lectotype designation ever published. The
specimen at MSNG with Distant’s type label is desig-
nated as lectotype. The other three males are labelled
as paralectotypes.
Material examined. — BURMA: Ghecü, Carin, 1300-
paralectotype Cosmopsaltria ficulnea Distant (MSNG);
same data, 1 d paralectotype (BMNH); Karen Hills,
Doherty, 1 d paralectotype (BMNH).
Platylomia malickyi sp. n.
(figs. 3, 30-36)
Type material. — Holotype d: ‘Thailand 24.4.-
1.5.1989 / Changmai Zoo Lichtfalle / 400m,
98°57’E, 18°49’N / Chantaramongkol & Malicky
(1zu1). — Paratypes: VIETNAM: 6 km S. of Dalat [Da
Lat], 1400-1500 m, 9.vi-7.vii.1961, N.R. Spencer, 1
d (BPBM); Datanca, Dalat [Da Lat], S. Vietnam,
22.v.1992, 1 d (suu); Laos: Ban Van Eue, Vientiane
Province, 15-31.v.1965, 1 2 (BPBM); same data,
15.v.1966, native collector, 1 d (BPBM); Lakhon
[Muang Lakhonpheng], 1878, J. Harmand, 1 d
(MNHN); Muong Om [Muang Hom], Luang Prabang
[Louangphrabang], 17.v.1920, R.V. de Salvaza, 1 d
(BMNH); Sen Kam, Haut Mékong, 29.v.1918, R.V.
de Salvaza, 1 d (BMNH); Vieng Vai, Haut Mékong,
23.v.1918, R.V. de Salvaza, 1 6 (BMNH); THAILAND:
Amphoe Muang Chiang-mai [Chiang Mail,
24.iv.1973, Y. Yoshiyasu, 3 d (suv); same data,
25.iv.1973, 1 d (suu); Bang Khun Klang, Doi
Inthanon, 18°32’N 98°32’E, 1200 m, 27.iv-
1.v.1989, Chantaramongkol & Malicky, light trap,
1 d (zur); Chiang Dao, Chiang Mai, 1 6, 1 9
(suu); Chiang Mai, 23.iv.1976, S. Saito, 1 d (suu);
Changmai [Chiang Mai] Zoo, 18°49’N 98°57’E, 400
m, 17-24.iv.1989, Chantaramongkol & Malicky,
light trap, 4 d (1zur); same data, 2 d (ZMAN); same
data, 24.iv-1.v.1989, 4 d (zut); Chiengmai [Chiang
Mail, 22.vi.1952, D. & E. Thurman, 1 d (usnm);
Doi Suthep, Chiang Mai, N. Thailand, 1.v.1984, T.
Endo, 1 d (suv); Doi Suthep, East slope,
15.vii.1962, E.S. Ross & D. Cavagnaro, 1 d (casc);
Mae Sa, Chiang Mai, 2.v.1984, T. Endo, 1 d, 1 9
(suu); Phu Khieo Wildlife Sanctuary, Khon San,
Chaiyaphum Province [Changwat Chaiyaphum],
N.E. Thailand, 16°30’N 101°46’E, 800 m, evergreen
rain forest, at light, 13-15.v.1988, M.J.D. Brendell,
1 d (BMNH); Wiang Pa Pao, Chiang Rai Prov., 2-
10.v.1990, 1 d (suu); BURMA: Maymyo, 29.iv.1901,
1 2 (BMNH); Maymyo, v.1910, H.L. Andrewes, 1 9
(BMNH).
Other material examined. — cHINA: Dale, Yunnan,
1650 m, 31.vi.1991[?], 1 d, 1 2 (1245); Jingdong
Uinping], Yunnan, 1200 m, 29.v.1956, 1 d (Nwas);
Lincang, Yunnan, 1110 m, 23.vi.1980, 1 d (roy);
Menghaineshan, Yunnan, 1200-1300 m, 24.iv.1957,
1 & (izas); Nefu, Yunnan, 1350 m, 2.vi.1980, 1 &
(roy); Shuangjiang [Mengmeng], Yunnan, vi.1977,
1 & (Foyp); Simao, Yunnan, 1350 m, 11.v.1957, 1 3
(1ZAs); Xishuangbanna, Yunnan, 750 m, 1 d (1zas);
Yunnan, vi.1953, 1 d (Nwas); THAILAND: Phu Rua,
Loei, c. 800 m, 15-19.viii.1987, S. Moriuti, T. Saito,
Y. Arita & Y. Yoshiyasu, 1 9 (OPU); EXACT LOCATION
UNKNOWN: S. Annam, 1918, C.B. Kloss, 1 d
(MNKM).
P. malickyi and P. bocki are the smallest species of
the P. radha group but P. malickyi can easily be dis-
tinguished from P. bocki by the presence of at least
some distinct markings on the tegmina and the more
elaborate light-dark pattern on the pronotum and
mesonotal disc. P. malickyi displays a large amount of
variation in the markings on the tegmina but some
distinct markings are always present. The pronotum
and mesonotal disc also show considerable variation
in the degree of darkening; in some cases the black
posterior margin of the pronotal collar and the black
band across the transverse part of the pronotal suture
completely enclose the pale area on the posterior part
of the pronotal collar.
BEUK: The Platylomia radha group
Description.
Body ochraceous brown to castaneous brown with
darker pattern on head and thorax, ventral parts paler
than dorsal parts; opercula short and rounded at apex;
legs predominantly brownish. Tegmina usually with
markings at basal veins of second, third, fifth, and
seventh apical cells, and at apices of longitudinal veins
of apical cells.
Head. — Postelypeus brown to castaneous but paler
along clypeal suture and lateral margins, dorsal part
usually somewhat darker than ventral; postclypeus lit-
tle swollen, in dorsal view about as long as distance
between frontoclypeal suture and anterior margin of
pronotum. Anteclypeus concolorous with ventral
part of postclypeus or somewhat darkened on lateral
surfaces. Vertex brownish to castaneous but paler on
supra-antennal plates and area posterior of supra-an-
tennal plates, pale parts sometimes extending as far as
posterior margin; area around ocelli with black mark-
ing that just or just not reaches frontoclypeal suture
anteriorly, marking posteriorly usually not reaching
posterior margin of vertex but if reaching margin
then enclosing brown spot medially at margin and ex-
tending laterally towards eyes along margin; posterior
margin with pair of black spots close to eyes. Genae
ochraceous brown to brown but darker just below an-
tennae. Supra-antennal plates with one or more
curved grooves, posterior groove joins lateral part of
frontoclypeal suture. Frontoclypeal suture semicircu-
lar to distinctly trapezoid, medial part much broader
than distance between lateral margins of lateral ocelli.
Rostrum ochraceous brown to brown, darkened at tip
only, reaching almost to distinctly beyond posterior
margin of hind coxae but never further than halfway
sternite 1.
Thorax. — Pronotum slightly to distinctly broader
than head. Pronotal disc mainly brownish to casta-
neous, anterior margin and area enclosed by central
fasciae paler, central fasciae darker and sometimes al-
most blackish, broadening posteriorly and forming
distinct dark brown to black triangular spots that usu-
ally meet at posterior margin of disc; disc immediate-
ly posterior of anterior margin with dark brown to
black transverse band that is interrupted medially and
narrows laterally, band at level of interruption con-
nected with central fasciae; transverse part of pronotal
suture with dark brown to black band that is con-
nected with central fasciae; medial part of band large-
ly on disc, lateral part largely on collar. Pronotal col-
lar ochraceous brown to brown with black posterior
margin that broadens in posterior corners, lateral part
collar occasionally entirely dark except anteriorly; col-
lar lateral of disc darker, sometimes with exception of
area around lateral tooth; dark area on lateral part of
collar always connected with dark band on transverse
part of pronotal suture and occasionally also connect-
165
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 30-36. Platylomia malickyi sp. n., male, paratype Muong Om. — 30, pygofer and uncus in ventral view; 31, pygofer and
uncus in right lateroventral view; 32, pygofer in dorsal view; 33, uncus in right anterolateral view; 34, abdomen and right op-
erculum in lateroventral view; 35, right timbal covering; 36, right katepimeral lobe.
166
ed with black posterior margin of collar; anterolateral
corner with small lateral tooth, ranging from blunt
and angular to pointed; posterolateral corner rounded
but sometimes part of margin only weakly convex.
Mesonotum ochraceous brown to castaneous; medi-
an fascia usually distinct, dark brown to black and
broadened about halfway between anterior margin
and cruciform elevation; paramedian fasciae on ante-
rior half of disc dark brown to black and running im-
mediately medial of mesonotal fissures, fasciae nar-
row near anterior margin of disc then broadening and
curved medially till they meet or almost meet with
median fascia where latter is broadened; paramedian
fasciae on posterior half of disc present as dark brown
to black markings of varying size in front of cruciform
elevation, only rarely extending anteriorly and meet-
ing with paramedian fasciae on anterior half of disc;
mesonotal fissures ochraceous to ochraceous brown,
much paler than any other part of mesonotal disc; an-
terior margin of disc with narrow dark brown to black
triangular spots immediately lateral of mesonotal fis-
sures; lateral fasciae on anterior half of disc present as
black markings at anterior margin of disc and these
markings sometimes merging with triangular spots
lateral of mesonotal fissures; lateral fasciae on posteri-
or half of disc ranging from indistinct dark brown
spots lateral of cruciform elevation to distinct black
fasciae reaching halfway to anterior margin, lateral
fasciae posteriorly often fused with remnants of para-
median fasciae in front of cruciform elevation.
Cruciform elevation somewhat darker than mesono-
tal fissures, posterior margin at least laterally dark
brown to blackish, sometimes also medially.
Katepimeral lobe (fig. 36) rather variable of shape,
shorter or longer than broad at base; apex rounded to
slightly angular. Surface of katepimeral lobe almost
flat to weakly concave along dorsal margin, covered
with short hairs only. Apex of katepimeral lobe only
just to distinctly reaching over base of operculum.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina almost entirely
hyaline with indistinct brownish reticulation along
distal margin and sometimes in apical cells; basal
veins of second and third apical cells along whole
length with dark brown markings that sometimes ex-
tend for short distance along longitudinal veins back
to base of tegmen and may cause the markings to
merge, fifth and seventh apical cells usually with
smaller dark brown spots but these spots sometimes
absent or indistinct; apices of longitudinal veins of
apical cells with rounded dark brown spots but these
spots sometimes absent or indistinct on posterior part
of tegmina; basal cell yellowish to pale brown fumose.
Veins of tegmen brownish, darker on most cross veins
and parts where veins meet or split. Wings hyaline.
Veins of wings brownish, medial vein, and veins close
to wing margin darker.
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
Legs. — Fore legs ochraceous to brownish; femora
posteroventrally with darkened longitudinal stripe,
apically with dark brown ring that may be interrupt-
ed dorsally, anterior and anteroventral surface often
somewhat darkened; tibiae brown, dorsal surface with
paler stripe on basal quarter to half; tarsi brown. Mid
legs ochraceous brown; femora sometimes darkened
anteriorly and posteriorly at apex; tibiae darkened
dorsally at base and on apical quarter; tarsi brown.
Hind legs ochraceous; femora sometimes with very
indistinct dorsal stripes; tibiae darkened dorsally at
base and with darker ring just before apex; tarsi
ochraceous brown. Fore femur with gap between
middle and distal posteroventral spines shallow to
deep, narrow.
Male operculum (fig. 34). — Not very long, reach-
ing just beyond anterior margin of fifth to just be-
yond anterior margin of sixth abdominal segment,
2.1-2.3 times as long as maximum width distal of
constriction; ochraceous to brown, lateral margin
darkened close to lateroproximal corner of opercu-
lum. Medial margin distal of constriction convex but
occasionally less convex for some distance in distal
third. Apex of operculum rounded, only rarely with a
tendency to be slightly angular, tip from just medial
to just lateral of midline. Lateral margin distal of con-
striction strongly convex to apex. Constriction at 0.4-
0.5 of length of operculum, lateral concavity longer
and deeper than medial concavity, broadest part of
operculum distal of constriction 1.4-1.6 times as wide
as minimum width in constriction. Distance between
opercula at constrictions about 1.0-1.1 times as wide
as minimum width in constriction. Opercula at point
of closest approximation separated for a distance of
0.4-0.5 times maximum width between opercula at
constrictions. Surface of operculum convex except at
level of constriction thus creating impression of trans-
verse fold at level of constriction.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen about 1.2-1.3 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites unicolorous brownish to castaneous; sternites
and ventral parts of tergites somewhat paler. Lateral
parts of tergites 2-4 with thin whitish dusting, dust-
ing on other tergites without distinet pattern. Only
posterior margin of tergite 7 with short dark spinules.
Sternite 7 with very shallow posteromedial emargina-
tion. Timbal covering (fig. 35) brownish, paler than
dorsal part of tergites, about 1.0-1.2 times as long as
wide; medial margin virtually straight; mediodistal
corner, distal margin and laterodistal corner rounded;
lateral margin almost straight, convergent with medi-
al margin.
Male genitalia (figs. 30-33). — Pygofer brown to
castaneous on dorsal side, remainder paler; uncus
brown to castaneous, often paler on basal part and ad-
joining part of uncus lobes. Basal pygofer lobes (fig.
167
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
30) narrower than and not as broadly rounded as in
P. radha; hairs on anteroventral margin of pygofer
erect and not very long, decreasing in length only lit-
tle towards basal lobes and continuing on pygofer sur-
face enclosed by anteroventral margin, pygofer sur-
face anterior of medial part of anteroventral margin
with scattered hairs. Dorsal part of pygofer as in fig.
32. Basal part of uncus short, little globose and nar-
rower than maximum width uncus (figs. 30-31), near
bases of uncus lobes with occasional short erect hairs.
Uncus lobes (figs. 30-31, 33) broad; medial margin
weakly concave to straight; mediodistal corner round-
ed, occasionally with short blunt spine on dorsal (in-
ner) side; distal margin with narrowing lobule on lat-
eral half, apical margin of lobule curved dorsad (in-
wards) and two-tipped, each tip broad and very short,
lateral margin of lobule often with short blunt spine
that is curved dorsad (inwards); laterodistal corner
angular, usually with two short but pointed protuber-
ances and often a third one more proximal on lateral
margin; lateral margin shallowly concave. Ventral
(outer) surface of uncus lobes with short grooves run-
ning toward lateral margins of distal lobules. Ventral
(outer) surface of uncus lobes with many short, thin
erect hairs on proximal half and several thicker erect
hairs close to basal part of uncus; dorsal (inner) sur-
face of uncus lobes with long, thick erect hairs near
lateral margin on proximal half, otherwise with many
short, thin erect hairs, especially close to margins.
Female operculum. — Operculum pale brownish,
lateral margin dark brown to black except at latero-
proximal lobe. Lateral margin evenly convex distal of
lateroproximal lobe; laterodistal corner angularly
rounded; distal margin weakly concave to evenly con-
vex; mediodistal corner broadly rounded; medial
margins short and convex and strongly divergent.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen 0.9-1.0 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites castaneous brown but on tergites 1-2 paler, pos-
terior margins darker, tergites 3-6 with indistinct
darker spots near posterolateral margin; sternites and
ventral parts of tergites paler but less so on segments
6-7. Tergite 2, lateral parts of tergites 3-4 and medial
parts of tergites 5-7 with thin whitish dusting.
Posterior margins of tergites 3-6 with short dark
spines laterally, of tergite 7 with more numerous and
longer spines along whole margin, of tergite 8 with
scattered spines except laterally, medial spines more
slender than paramedial spines. Sternite 7 with angu-
lar posteromedial emargination.
Female genitalia. — Lateral and ventral part of py-
gofer brownish, dorsal part more castaneous but paler
along mid-line; distal part of ovipositor sheath casta-
neous. Dorsal margin of pygofer shorter than three
preceding segments, in lateral view weakly concave;
ventral margin weakly convex. Ovipositor sheath
168
reaching as far as apex of caudodorsal beak; anal valve
not reaching as far as caudodorsal beak.
Measurements in mm (d:n= 5; 9: n= 3). — Body
length: d: 40.0-43.0 (41.7+ 0.8), 2: 38.0-39.5
(38.8 + 0.6); head width: d : 12.3-12.8 (12.6 + 0.1),
9: 13.1-13.6 (13.5 + 0.3); maximum pronotum
width: d: 12.9-13.9 (13.3 + 0.3), 2: 13.9-14.9
(14.5 + 0.4); tegmen length: d : 46.5-50.5 (48.7 +
LD), Se LOSES G28 22 1D),
Variation
The markings on the tegmen show some variation.
The spots on the apices of the longitudinal veins of
the apical cells are very variable in size and can be pre-
sent at all apical cells, or gradually weakening from
the first to the seventh apical cell and almost be ab-
sent there, or very indistinct or absent altogether.
Likewise can the markings on the basal veins of sec-
ond, third, fifth, and seventh apical cells be indistinct
and they can even be absent on the basal veins of the
fifth and seventh apical cell. The tendency for reduc-
tion of wing markings is especially notable in the fe-
males from Burma. These specimens are also the
specimens with the most extensive darkening on
pronotum and mesonotum.
Distribution (fig. 3)
P. malickyi is known from Indo-China (Burma,
Laos, Thailand, and Vietnam) and southern China
(Yunnan).
Etymology
The species is named after Dr Hans Malicky who
works on Trichoptera and who is one of the collectors
of the series that constitutes half of the type material.
Platylomia bivocalis (Matsumura, 1907)
(figs. 3, 37-44)
Cosmopsaltria bivocalis Matsumura, 1907: 97. — Myers
1929: 137, 222; Kato 1932: 96.
Platylomia bivocalis. — Distant 1912: 49; *Matsumura 1913:
72, pl. IX fig. 2; Schumacher 1915a: 79; Schumacher
1915b: 111; Matsumura 1917: 198, 211; Sonan 1921:
[165]; Kato 1925: 20, 44; Kato 1927: 28; *Matsumura
1930: [15], pl. III fig. 2; Kato 1931: 51 [17], 64 [29];
Matsumura 1931: [1237, text figure]; Esaki 1932: [1704,
fig. 3365]; Schmidt 1932: 126; Kato 1932: 206, 217,
328, pl. XXI fig. 4, pl. XXXI fig. N; *Kato 1933a: pl.17
fig. 4, pl. 18 fig. 5; Kato 1933b: 11; Kato 1938a: 308;
Kato 1938b: 18; Kato 1956: 96, 118, 122, 137; Metcalf
1963: 615; Ishida 1968: 3; Duffels & Van der Laan
1985: 120.
P. bivocalis is the only species of the P. radha group
that does not occur on the mainland of the Southeast
Asia or the Thai-Malay Peninsula. It can easily be dis-
tinguished from the other species of the group by the
brownish hyaline tegmina, the darker brown infusca-
tion along the veins in at least the distal part of the
tegmina, the extensive darkening on tergites, and the
pattern of white dusting on tergites 3, 5, 6, and 8.
Description
Head and thorax brownish, abdomen more casta-
neous; pronotum with well developed central fasciae;
mesonotum with well developed median and parame-
dian fasciae and with spot-like lateral fasciae; tegmina
with markings on basal veins of second, third, fifth
and seventh apical cells and on apices of longitudinal
veins, but often all veins in distal part of wing some-
what infuscated. Opercula broad and not very long.
Head. — Postclypeus and anteclypeus ochraceous
brown to brown, dorsal and anterior parts of post-
clypeus slightly darker except for anteromedial spot
and small area at frontoclypeal suture; postclypeus lit-
tle swollen, in dorsal view about as long as distance be-
tween frontoclypeal suture and anterior margin of
pronotum. Vertex brownish, darker on vertex lobes ex-
cept along eyes and darker on anterior part of supra-
antennal plates; posterior margin with pairs of black
spots close to eyes and posterior of eyes; ocelli enclosed
in brownish to black marking, anterior margin of
marking shallowly concave and generally just not
reaching frontoclypeal suture, lateral margins of mark-
ing either weakly convex or straight, and convergent
posteriorly, posterior margin deeply and narrowly con-
cave medially and (almost) reaching anterior margin of
pronotum. Genae ochraceous, lori darkened along su-
ture with clypeus. Frontoclypeal suture trapezoid, me-
dian part only little broader than distance between lat-
eral margins of lateral ocelli. Rostrum brownish, dark-
ened at extreme tip only; reaching about halfway
between to posterior margin hind coxae.
Thorax. — Pronotum distinctly broader than head.
Pronotal disc brownish but often with greenish tinge;
disc immediately posterior of anterior margin often
with dark brown to black, medially narrowly inter-
rupted transverse band; central fasciae distinct and
meeting on pronotal suture, sometimes continuing
on anterior margin, fasciae broader near anterior and
posterior margin of disc, narrow in between and often
narrowly interrupted; anterior oblique fissure nar-
rowly darkened; transverse part of pronotal suture
with narrow to very narrow dark brown to black band
that is often interrupted just lateral of central fasciae,
band not continuing laterally across pronotal collar.
Pronotal collar concolorous with or slightly paler
than pronotal disc, posterior margin black; lateral
part of collar with darker brown marking at pronotal
suture at lateral lobe of disc; lateral margin at same
level slightly darkened; anterolateral corner with
blunt lateral tooth. Anterior margins of lateral and
paramedian lobes, fissures between these lobes as well
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
as pronotal suture often with extensive waxy coating.
Mesonotum concolorous with pronotum; median
fascia black and rather broad, narrowest at anterior
and posterior margins of disc; paramedian fasciae on
anterior half of disc black, narrow to very narrow and
more brownish near anterior margin of disc, slightly
curved towards central fascia medially, fasciae on pos-
terior half usually present as black elongated markings
in front of and sometimes extending on to anterior
arms of cruciform elevation; anterior margin of disc
with small blackish triangular markings immediately
lateral of mesonotal fissures; lateral fasciae present
only as black spots in posterolateral corners of
mesonotal disc. Cruciform elevation concolorous
with mesonotal disc, posterior margin narrowly
black, anterior arms sometimes darkened. Mesonotal
disc often with extensive waxy coating on anterior
and lateral margins and in depressions of cruciform
elevation. Katepimeral lobe (fig. 44) almost as in P.
radha. Surface of katepimeral lobe concave along dor-
sal margin and dorsal margin thus curved outwards;
surface covered with short, waxy hairs and margin
with slightly longer hairs. Apex of katepimeral lobe
just or just not reaching over base of operculum.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina brownish hyaline
but especially along veins in distal and posterior part
more brownish infuscated and with indistinct brown-
ish reticulation along distal margin and sometimes in
apical cells; basal veins of second, third, fifth, and sev-
enth apical cells usually distinctly infuscated; apices of
longitudinal veins of apical cells with indistinct dark
brown spots; basal cell yellowish brown fumose ex-
cept along posterior margin. Veins of tegmen brown-
ish, darker in distal and posterior part. Wings brown-
ish hyaline but paler than tegmina. Veins of wings
dark brown, medial and cubital veins paler.
Legs. — Fore legs brownish; femora posteroventral-
ly with darkened longitudinal stripe; tibiae posterior-
ly and ventrally slightly darkened, dorsally at base
dark brown. Mid legs brownish, only tibiae slightly
darkened dorsally at base and on apical quarter. Hind
legs brownish, tibiae dorsally darkened at base and on
apical quarter and tarsi. Fore femur with gap between
middle and distal posteroventral spines shallow and
broad. Hind tibiae with 3-5 anterodorsal spines and
4-6 anteroventral spines, occasionally with single an-
terior spine.
Male operculum (fig. 42). — Operculum reaching
about halfway fifth abdominal segment, 2.1-2.3 times
as long as maximum width distal of constriction;
brownish but distal part often somewhat darker, area
of lateroproximal corner and usually also part of later-
al margin into constriction dark brown to black but
margin just distal of lateroproximal corner ochraceous
for short distance; some parts covered with waxy coat-
ing, usually along margins. Medial margin distal of
169
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 37-44. Platylomia bivocalis (Matsumura, 1907), male, Pingtung Hsien. — 37, pygofer and uncus in ventral view; 38, py-
gofer and uncus in right lateroventral view; 39, pygofer in dorsal view; 40, uncus in right anterolateral view; 41, uncus in an-
terior view; 42, abdomen and right operculum in lateroventral view; 43, right timbal covering; 44, right katepimeral lobe.
170
constriction convex to apex but sometimes less convex
to almost straight close to apex. Apex of operculum
rounded, tip lateral of midline. Lateral margin distal of
constriction first convex but on distal third almost
straight or even weakly concave. Constriction at 0.3-
0.4 of length of operculum, lateral concavity longer
and deeper than medial concavity, broadest part of op-
erculum distal of constriction 1.4-1.6 times as wide as
minimum width in constriction. Distance between
opercula at constrictions about 1.0-1.3 times as wide
as minimum width in constriction. Opercula at point
of closest approximation separated for a distance of
0.7-0.9 times maximum width between opercula at
constrictions. Operculum close to abdomen; surface
of part distal of constriction convex.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen about 1.4 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites dark castaneous but tergite 1, medial part of ter-
gite 2, sometimes anteromedial part of tergite 3 and
lateral parts of tergites 2-6 brownish; sternites and
ventral parts of tergites pale castaneous brown.
Tergite 1, anterior margin of tergite 3 except medial-
ly, tergites 5, 6 and 8 covered with white waxy coat-
ing. Posterior margin of tergite 7 with many dark
spinules except at extreme lateral part. Sternite 7 with
very shallow posteromedial emargination. Timbal
covering (fig. 43) brownish, about 1.1-1.2 times as
long as wide; medial margin straight to weakly con-
vex; mediodistal corner, distal margin and laterodistal
corner rounded; lateral margin almost straight, con-
vergent with medial margin.
Male genitalia (figs. 37-41). — Yellowish brown;
dorsal part of pygofer dark brown except on desclero-
tised part; uncus lobes darker at bases and along later-
al and dorsal margins. Basal pygofer lobes (fig. 37)
close to lateral margins of pygofer, narrow and ridge-
like, rounded in lateral view (fig. 38); anteroventral
margin of pygofer and pygofer surface enclosed by it
mostly with short and erect hairs but basal lobes and
parts of anteroventral margin leading to them with
long erect hairs; pygofer surface anterior of medial
part of anteroventral margin with scattered hairs; out-
er surface of pygofer on posterior half with numerous
short hairs interspersed with scattered hairs that in-
crease in length towards posterior margin. Dorsal part
of pygofer as in fig. 39. Basal part of uncus rather
broad, somewhat globose and with small posterome-
dial knob that may or may not be distinct (figs. 37-
38); surface near bases of uncus lobes with occasional
long and thick erect hairs. Uncus lobes (figs. 37-38,
40-41) short and gradually narrowing towards distal
margin; medial margins curved dorsad (inwards),
weakly concave near aedeagal opening and weakly
convex near mediodistal corners or more or less paral-
lel; mediodistal corner angularly rounded to rounded
and often slightly curved dorsad (inwards); distal
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
margin slightly curved dorsad (inwards), weakly con-
cave medially and close to laterodistal corner with
short, pointed triangular projection; laterodistal cor-
ner produced into small, pointed projection; lateral
margin evenly concave on distal half. Ventral (outer)
surface of uncus lobes with short longitudinal grooves
at distal margin, especially near mediodistal corner,
and often with transverse grooves about halfway to
distal margin. Ventral (outer) surface of uncus cov-
ered with short erect hairs, these hairs more sparse on
distal part; dorsal (inner) surface with more numer-
ous and thicker hairs; bases of uncus lobes with long
and thick erect hairs both on ventral and dorsal sur-
face, those on dorsal (inner) surface somewhat short-
er than those on ventral (outer) surface.
Female operculum. — Operculum greenish to
brownish, narrowly dark at meracanthus and along
lateral margin but anterior part of lateroproximal lobe
brownish. Lateral margin weakly convex distal of lat-
eroproximal lobe but sometimes weakly concave near
laterodistal corner; laterodistal corner angular to an-
gularly rounded; distal margin straight or concave for
short distance; mediodistal corner broadly rounded;
medial margin straight, medial margins strongly di-
vergent from bases of opercula.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen 1.0-1.1 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites largely blackish, more brownish near lateral mar-
gins, tergites 1-2 brownish medially but in paler spec-
imens also on tergites 3-5 and on anterior margins of
tergites 2-3; tergites 3-7 with small oblong spots lat-
erally; sternites and ventral parts of tergites brownish.
Tergites 1-3 with whitish dusting laterally, tergites 5-
6 and 8 completely covered with white waxy coating.
Posterior margins of tergites 3-6 with some short dark
spines laterally, of tergite 7 with spines along whole
length but fewer medially, of tergite 8 with scattered
spines medially. Sternite 7 with angular to angularly
rounded posteromedial emargination.
Female genitalia. — Dorsal part of pygofer blackish
but in paler specimens more brownish medially, espe-
cially at base of caudodorsal beak, remainder of py-
gofer brownish; distal part of ovipositor sheath black-
ish. Dorsal margin of pygofer just longer than two
preceding segments, in lateral view weakly concave;
ventral margin weakly convex. Ovipositor sheath
reaching little though distinctly beyond apex of cau-
dodorsal beak; anal valve distinctly not reaching as far
as caudodorsal beak.
Measurements in mm (d: n= 6; 9: n = 5). — Body
length: &: 47.5-51.5 (50.2 = 1.3), 2: 39.5-44.0
(42.0 + 1.2); head width: d : 13.3-14.5 (14.1 + 0.4),
9: 13.5-14.0 (13.8 + 0.1); maximum pronotum
width: 7 14.4-16.0. (55 =2705), 2: 14.5-15.7
(15.1 + 0.4); tegmen length: d: 50.5-57.5 (54.9 +
I VESOO-555 (G37 22 143)
y
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 45-51. Platylomia pendleburyi Moulton, 1923, male. — 45, pygofer and uncus in ventral view, holotype; 46, pygofer and |
uncus in right lateroventral view, holotype; 47, pygofer in dorsal view, Khao Luang; 48, uncus in anterior view, Khao Luang; |
49, abdomen and right operculum in lateroventral view, Khao Luang; 50, right timbal covering, Khao Luang; 51, right |
katepimeral lobe, Khao Luang.
172
Biological notes
Matsumura (1907) described the song of P. bivo-
calis as consisting of two calls, ‘sha sha’ and ‘ho ho’,
that are called at the same time. He also stated that
the adults often sit under Pandanus bushes.
Distribution (fig. 3)
Taiwan. The record from Japan is a misinterpreta-
tion by Metcalf (1963) of data provided by Esaki
(1932) and Kato (e.g. 1932, 1933b).
Remarks
The type material of P. bivocalis was not examined.
The original description (Matsumura 1907) and sub-
sequently published illustrations (Matsumura 1931;
Esaki 1932; Kato 1932) leave no doubt that it is iden-
tical with the species described and illustrated here.
Material examined. — Tarwan: Changlo [Ta-Kung-lu],
Pintung Hsien [Ping-tung Hsien], 16.vi.1976, H.
Makihara, 1 d, 1 2 (suu); Kankan [Kang-kang], vi.1909,
H. Sauter, 1 d, 1 9 (BMNH); same data, 1 d (USNM);
Kankau [Kang-k’ou] (Koshun), iv.1912, H. Sauter, 1 à
(USNM); O-Luan-Bi [O-luan-pi], 8.vii.1973, M. Hayashi, 1
d (suu); same data, 9.vii.1973, 2 d, 2 2 (suu); Ouluanpi
[O-luan-pil, Pingtung Hsien [P’ing-tung Hsien],
26.v.1982, K.C. Chou & C.C. Pan, 1 d (rari); Ouluanpi
[O-luan-pil Coast Forest, Pingtung Hsien [P’ing-tung
Hsien], 27.vi.1981, T. Lin & C.C. Pan, 3 6, 6 $ (rar);
same data, 2 d, 2 2 (zman); S. Formosa, xi.1893, J. De La
Touche, 2 2 (BMNH).
Platylomia pendleburyi Moulton, 1923
(figs. 3, 45-51)
Platylomia pendleburyi Moulton, 1923: 69, 98, 100, 103,
167, pl. V figs. 22-22b. — Holotype d : ‘Type’ [printed on
round label with red margin], “Peninsular Siam, / Nakon
Sri Tamarat / Khao Luang / 3300 FT. / April 1* 1922. /
H.M. Pendlebury’ [printed except for altitude and date],
‘Platylomia pendleburyi / Type d Moulton / 1922’
[Moulton’s handwriting]( BMNH) [examined].
Platylomia pendleburyi — Metcalf 1963: 623.
P. pendleburyi is the only species of the P. radha
group confirmed from Peninsular Thailand and is as
yet restricted to that area. P. pendleburyi, P. radha,
and P. ficulnea are the largest species of the P. radha
group. P. pendleburyi can easily be distinguished from
P. radha by the presence of distinct markings on the
tegmina, and from P. ficulnea by the rounded and
shorter opercula.
Description
Body brownish, medial part of tergites more casta-
neous; pronotum with small (sometimes split) medi-
an spot only; mesonotum with four black markings
on posterior margin; tegmina with markings on basal
veins of second, third, fifth, and seventh apical cells,
Beuk: The Platylomia radha group
and at apices of longitudinal veins. Opercula broad
and not very long, divergent from abdomen.
Head. — Postclypeus and anteclypeus brownish,
dorsal part of postclypeus slightly darker except for
small area at frontoclypeal suture; postclypeus little
swollen, in dorsal view about as long as distance be-
tween frontoclypeal suture and anterior margin of
pronotum. Vertex brownish but darker on vertex
lobes, on lateral part of supra-antennal plates and pos-
terior of eyes; area between ocelli blackish. Genae and
lori brownish but sometimes with greenish tinge, up-
per part of genae slightly darker. Frontoclypeal suture
and rostrum as in P. bivocalis.
Thorax. — Pronotum slightly to distinctly broader
than head. Pronotal disc brownish but sometimes
with greenish tinge, only marking consisting of small
(sometimes split) medial spot at pronotal suture.
Pronotal collar slightly paler than pronotal disc,
sometimes with greenish tinge, posterior margin
black; lateral part of collar with indistinct brown
marking close to lateral margin of collar; anterolater-
al corner with pointed lateral tooth at level of broad-
est point of pronotal disc; posterolateral corner
rounded. Mesonotum slightly darker than pronotal
disc; paramedian fasciae on anterior half of disc
brownish to blackish and narrow, especially at anteri-
or margin of mesonotum, on posterior half of disc
present as two black markings in front of anterior
arms of cruciform elevation; anterior margin of disc
either with or without triangular markings just lateral
of mesonotal fissures; lateral fasciae very indistinct or
present only as black spots near posterior margin of
mesonotal disc. Medial part of cruciform elevation
concolorous with pronotal collar, lateral part slightly
darker. Katepimeral lobe (fig. 51) shorter than broad
at base; apex angularly rounded. Surface of katepi-
meral lobe almost flat, only weakly concave along
dorsal margin; surface covered with short, waxy hairs
and margin with slightly longer hairs. Apex of katepi-
meral lobe just reaching over base of operculum.
Tegmina and wings. — Tegmina faintly yellowish
hyaline with a brownish reticulate pattern between
veins in distal and posterior part of the tegmina; basal
veins of second and third apical cells with narrow
brownish clouding along whole length, fifth and sev-
enth apical cells and apices of longitudinal veins of
apical cells with rounded brown spots; basal cell yel-
lowish brown fumose except along posterior margin.
Veins of tegmen brownish. Wings very faintly yellow-
ish hyaline, very narrowly clouded posterior of first
anal vein. Veins of wings brown, darker on basal part
of medial vein and on veins close to wing margin.
Legs. — Fore femora brownish, slightly darker on
posteroventral longitudinal stripe and on posterior
surface near apex; tibiae dark brown but paler on dor-
sal surface of proximal three quarters; tarsi very dark
173
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
brown. Mid legs brownish; tibiae with blackish basal
ring, dorsal surface dark brown on apical three quar-
ters and ventral surface dark brown on apical two
thirds; tarsi very dark brown. Hind legs brownish;
femora ventrally darker at apex; tibiae with blackish
basal ring. Fore femur with gap between middle and
distal posteroventral spines deeper and narrower than
in P. bivocalis.
Male operculum (fig. 49). — Operculum reaching
about halfway fifth abdominal segment, 2.6-2.9 times
as long as maximum width distal of constriction;
brownish but sometimes with greenish tinge, distal
part sometimes darker, area of lateroproximal corner
and lateral margin proximal of constriction dark
brown to black and enclosing brownish spot on lat-
eroproximal lobe. Medial margin distal of constric-
tion weakly convex to apex, medial margins almost
parallel for some distance. Apex of operculum obtuse-
ly rounded. Lateral margin distal of constriction first
convex but partly straight on distal third. Constric-
tion at about 0.4 of length of operculum, medial con-
cavity very shallow; broadest part of operculum distal
of constriction 1.3-1.4 times as wide as minimum
width in constriction. Distance between opercula at
narrowest part of opercula about 1.5-1.9 times as
wide as minimum width of opercula. Opercula at
maximum width of distal part of opercula separated
for a distance of about 0.9-1.0 times distance between
opercula at narrowest part of opercula. Operculum
close to abdomen proximal of constriction only and
somewhat divergent from abdomen from level of
constriction onwards; surface of part distal of con-
striction convex and in addition curved towards ab-
domen laterally.
Male abdomen. — Abdomen about 1.3-1.4 times as
long as head and thorax together. Dorsal part of ter-
gites dark castaneous, medially and laterally more
brownish; tergites 2-7 laterally with darker brown
spots near posterior margin; sternites and ventral
parts of tergites brownish, slightly darker on posterior
segments. Tergite 8 with thin whitish dusting, dust-
ing on other tergites without distinct pattern. Poster-
ior margin of tergites 5-6 sometimes with few small
dark spinules laterally, of tergite 7 with dark spines
along whole length. Sternite 7 with very shallow
rounded posteromedial emargination. Timbal cover-
ing (fig. 50) brownish but sometimes with greenish
tinge, 1.1-1.2 times as long as wide; medial margin
straight; distal margin and laterodistal corner round-
ed; lateral margin weakly convex, convergent with
medial margin.
Male genitalia (figs. 45-48). — Brownish; dorsal
part of pygofer somewhat darker; uncus more casta-
neous at basal part and bases of uncus lobes. Basal py-
gofer lobes (fig. 45) and hairs on pygofer as in P. bivo-
calis, but basal lobes narrower. Dorsal part of pygofer
174
as in fig. 47. Basal part of uncus short, narrower and
less globose than in P. bivocalis (fig. 45-46), near
bases of uncus lobes with occasional long and thick
erect hairs. Uncus lobes (figs. 45-46, 48) short and
gradually narrowing towards distal margin; medial
margins curved dorsad (inwards), straight to concave;
mediodistal corner smoothly rounded; distal margin
straight but close to laterodistal corner with short,
blunt triangular projection; laterodistal corner round-
ed but continuing into projection on distal margin;
lateral margin weakly concave for most of its length
but convex at base and near laterodistal corner. Ven-
tral (outer) surface of uncus lobes almost void of
grooves near mediodistal and laterodistal corners.
Hairs on surface of uncus lobes as in P. bivocalis but
less dense.
Female operculum. — Operculum brownish, dark-
ened in lateroproximal corner and along lateral mar-
gin. Lateral margin distal of lateroproximal lobe first
weakly convex but weakly concave near laterodistal
corner; laterodistal corner angularly rounded; distal
margin weakly convex; mediodistal corner rounded;
medial margins short, straight, and divergent.
Female abdomen. — Abdomen about as long as
head and thorax together. Dorsal part of tergites cas-
taneous, laterally slightly paler, tergites 3-6 with small
oblong spots laterally that almost form line; sternites
and ventral parts of tergites brownish. Tergites with
thin whitish dusting but without distinct pattern.
Posterior margins of tergites 3-4 with few short dark
spines laterally, of tergite 5 with short dark spines ex-
cept medially, of tergites 6-7 with spines along whole
length but fewer medially on tergite 6, of tergite 8
with few short spines medially. Sternite 7 with angu-
lar posteromedial emargination in median lobe.
Female genitalia. — Dorsal part of pygofer dark cas-
taneous but more brownish medially and just anteri-
or of caudodorsal beak, remainder of pygofer brown;
caudodorsal beak and distal part of ovipositor sheath
dark castaneous. Dorsal margin of pygofer about as
long as four preceding segments, in lateral view weak-
ly concave; ventral margin somewhat more convex.
Ovipositor sheath reaching distinctly beyond apex of
caudodorsal beak; anal valve reaching about halfway
to apex of caudodorsal beak.
Measurements in mm (d:n = 3; 9: n= 1). — Body
length: tdi: 5100-5515 63.2 21.6), 2: 48:0; head
width: 6: 16.0-16.1 (16.1 + 0.1), 2: 16.2; maximum |
pronotum width: d: 16.2-17.6 (16.9 # 0.5), 2: 17.0; |
tegmen length: à : 63.0-64.5 (64.2 + 0.9), 2: 66.5.
Distribution (fig. 3) |
P. pendleburyi is only known from'the type locality |
on Peninsular Thailand. The records from Banguey |
Island and Malay ‘Archipelago’ by Metcalf (1963) are |
misinterpretations of comments by Moulton (1923). |
Remarks
The collection date on the holotype labels was mis-
read as April 14th 1922 and cited as such by Moulton
(1923: 100). No other material was mentioned ex-
plicitly in the description so that the other two speci-
mens cannot be considered as paratypes, even though
the female now examined was labelled as paratype
and a female is mentioned in the description.
Material examined. — THAILAND: Khao Luang, Nakon Sri
Tamarat [Nakhon Si Thammarat}, 3500-4000 ft,
13.11.1922, H.M. Pendlebury, 1 9 (BMNH); same data, 1 d
(MNKM); same data, 3300 ft, 1.iv.1922, H.M. Pendlebury, 1
3 holotype Platylomia pendleburyi Moulton (BMNH); same
data, 2000 ft, 2.iv.1922, H.M. Pendlebury, 1 d (BMNH).
ÄCKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This study would not have been possible without
the help of curators in several institutes: Mr M. D.
Webb and Mrs J. Margerison-Knight (BMNH), Dr G.
A. Samuelson and Ms K. Kami (BrBM), Dr P. H.
Arnaud (casc), Dr Lei Zhongren and Dr Zhang
Yalin (Foyp and Nwas), Dr P. Grootaert and Mr R.
Detry (isnB), Dr W. D. Schedl (1zu1), Dr P. D. Per-
kins (mcz), Dr H. J. Zainal Abidin Jamaluddin
(MNKM), Dr M. Boulard and Dr T. Bourgoin
(MNHN), Dr V. Raineri (msn), Mr P. Lindskog
(nHms), Dr. M. Tomokuni (NsMT), Mr. J. van Tol
(RMNH), Dr V. P. Gapud and Dr R. W. Brooks
(SEMK), Dr. M. Hayashi (suu and opw), Dr S. J. Fang
(rari), Dr R. C. Froeschner and Dr M. Epstein
(usnm), Dr N. Moller Andersen (UZMK) and Dr H.
Lampe (zeMK). Dr W. Schedl (1zu1) kindly allowed
me to retain some specimens for our own collection.
I am indebted to Dr. J. P. Duffels (Institute of
Systematics and Population Biology, University of
Amsterdam) for his critical reading of the manuscript.
Mr G. Verlaan prepared specimens after the genitalia
were dissected. The investigations were supported by
the Life Sciences Foundation (SLW), which is sub-
sidised by the Netherlands Organisation for Scientific
Research.
REFERENCES
Ambrosius, E., 1921. Andrees allgemeiner Handatlas.
Siebten Auflage: i-iv, maps 1-224. — Velhagen & Klasing,
Bielefeld & Leipzig.
Anonymous, 1938. Atlas van Tropisch Nederland: i-ix,
maps 1-31b, captions 1-31b, 1-17. — Koninklijk
Nederlands Aardrijkskundig Genootschap &
Topografische Dienst in Nederlandsch-Indië, Amster-
dam / Batavia.
Anonymous, 1992. Nelles Road Atlas Southeast Asia ex-
cluding Indonesia: 1-128. — Nelles Verlag GmbH,
München.
Anonymous, 1994. The Times Atlas of the World: iv-xlvii,
BEUK: The Platylomia radha group
pls. 1-123, 1-218. — Times Book Ltd., London.
Atkinson, E. T., 1884. Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 1.
— Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal
53: 210-233.
Atkinson, E. T., 1886. Notes on Indian Rhynchota, No. 6.
Addenda and Index. — Journal and Proceedings of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal 55: 143-223.
Beuk, P.L. TH., 1996. The jacoona assemblage of the genus
Dundubia Amyot & Serville (Homoptera, Cicadidae): a
taxonomic study of its species of and a discussion of its
phylogenetic relationships. — Contributions to Zoology
66: 129-184.
Bloem, J. H., & J. P. Duffels, 1976. The terpsichore-group
of the genus Dundubia Amyot & Serville, 1843 (Homo-
ptera, Cicadidae). — Bulletin Zoologisch Museum, Uni-
versiteit van Amsterdam 5: 141-154.
Distant, W. L., 1881. Descriptions of new species belonging
to the homopterous family Cicadidae. — Transactions of
the Royal Entomological Society of London 1881: 627-
648.
Distant, W. L., 1882. Contributions to a knowledge of the
Rhynchotal fauna of Sumatra. — Entomologist’s Monthly
Magazine 19: 156-160.
Distant, W. L., 1888a. Descriptions of new species of
Oriental Homoptera belonging to the family Cicadidae.
— Annals and Magazine of Natural History (6) 1: 291-
298.
Distant, W. L., 1888b. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birma e
regione Vicine. VIII. Enumeration of the Cicadidae col-
lected by Mr. L. Fea in Burma and Tenasserim. — Annali
del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova (2) 6:
453-459.
Distant, W. L., 1889. A monograph of Oriental Cicadidae
2: 25-48, pls. III-IV. — West, Newman & Co., London.
Distant, W. L., 1890. A monograph of Oriental Cicadidae
3: 49-72, pls. V-VI. — West, Newman & Co., London.
Distant, W. L., 1892a. A monograph of Oriental Cicadidae
5: 97-120, pls. X-XII. — West, Newman & Co., London.
Distant, W. L., 1892b. A monograph of Oriental Cicadidae
7: i-xiv, 145-158, pl. XV. — West, Newman & Co.,
London.
Distant, W. L., 1897. Cicadidae from the North Chin Hills,
Burma. — Annals and Magazine of Natural History (6)
20: 17-19.
Distant, W. L., 1905. Rhynchotal notes XXIX. — Annals
and Magazine of Natural History (7) 15: 58-70.
Distant, W. L., 1906a. Rhynchota Vol. III (Heteroptera-
Homoptera). The Fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma: iii-xiv, 1-503. — Taylor & Francis,
London.
Distant, W. L., 1906b. A synonymic catalogue of
Homoptera. Part 1. Cicadidae: 1-207. — Trustees British
Museum, London.
Distant, W. L., 1912. Homoptera, Fam. Cicadidae, Subfam.
Cicadinae. — Genera Insectorum 142: 1-64, plates 1-7.
Distant, W. L., 1913. On some recently received
Rhynchota. — Annals and Magazine of Natural History
(8) 12: 556-563.
Distant, W. L., 1917. The Homoptera of Indo-China. —
Annals and Magazine of Natural History (8) 19: 100-
104.
Duffels, J. P. & P. A. van der Laan, 1985. Catalogue of the
Cicadoidea (Homoptera, Auchenorhyncha) 1956-1980.
— Series Entomologica 31: i-xiv, 1-414.
Eliot, J., J. Bickersteth, J. Miller & G. Matthews (eds),
175
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
1994. Thailand, Indochina & Burma Handbook: 1-864.
— Trade & Travel, Bath.
Esaki, T., 1932. Cicadidae. In: Nippon Konchu Zukan.
Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum (T. Esaki et al.):
[1698-1716, figs. 3353-3389]. — Hokuryan, Tokyo.
Fea, L., 1897. Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e re-
gioni vicine. LXXVI. Riassunto generale dei risultati zoo-
logici. — Annali del Museo Civico Storia Naturale di
Genova 37: 383-658.
Gestro, R., 1904. Leonardo Fea ed i suoi viaggi. — Annali del
Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova 41: 95-152.
Hayashi, M., 1978. The Cicadidae (Homoptera,
Auchenorrhyncha) from East and Central Nepal (Part I).
— Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Series A
(Zoology) 4: 163-195.
Ishida, S., 1968. Cicadas of the Ryukyus and Formosa col-
lected in 1967. — Bulletin of the Japanese Entomological
Academy 4: 1-4.
Kato, M., 1925. Japanese Cicadidae, with descriptions of
new species. — Transactions of the Natural History
Society of Formosa 15: 3-46, 1 pl.
Kato, M., 1927. A catalogue of Japanese Cicadidae. —
Transactions of the Natural History Society of Formosa
1719-41:
Kato, M., 1931. Notes on the distribution of Cicadidae in
the Japanese Empire. — Bulletin of the Biogeographical
Society of Japan 2: 36-76 [1-41].
Kato, M., 1932. Monograph of Cicadidae. 1-450; pl. 1-4, I-
XXXII.
Kato, M., 1933a. Three colour illustrated insects of Japan 3.
Homoptera: 1-9, pl. 1-50.*
Kato, M., 1933b. Homoptera. Catalogue of Japanese insects
1: 1-38, 1 fig.
Kato, M., 1938a. A revised catalogue of Japanese Cicadidae.
— Entomological World 16: 291-340, pl. 658-659.
Kato, M., 1938b. A revised catalogue of Japanese Cicadidae.
Bulletin of the Cicadidae Museum 1: 1-50, pl. 1-2.
Kato, M., 1956. Bulletin of the Cicadidae Museum. The bi-
ology of Cicadas: 12 + 1-319, pl. 1-46. — Iwasaki Shoten,
Jinbocho Kanda, Tokyo.
Lei Z. & Li L., 1994. [A new species and two new records of
the genus Platylomia (Homoptera: Cicadidae) from
China.] — Entomotaxonomia 16: 91-94. [In Chinese
with English summary.]
Liu, G. K.-C., 1940. New Oriental Cicadidae in the
Museum of Comparative Zoölogy. — Bulletin of the
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard 87: 73-
117, pls 1-7.
Mathur, R. N., 1953. A systematic catalogue of the main
identified entomological collection at the Forest Research
Institute, Dehra Dun. Part 21. Order Hemiptera
(Continued). — Indian Forest Leaflet 121(3): 138-187.
Matsumura, S., 1907. Die Cicadinen Japans. — Annotatio-
nes Zoologicae Japonenses 6: 83-116.
176
Matsumura, S., 1913. Thousand insects of Japan addita-
menta 1: 1-184, pls 1-15.*
Matsumura, S., 1917. A list of the Japanese and Formosan
Cicadidae, with description of new species and genera. —
Transactions of the Sapporo Natural History Society 6:
186-212.
Matsumura, S., 1930. The illustrated thousand insects of
Japan 1: [i-ii, 1-198;] pls 1-16.*
Matsumura, S., 1931. 6000 illustrated insects of Japan
Empire.*
Metcalf, Z. P., 1963. General catalogue of the Homoptera.
Fascicle VIII. Cicadoidea. Part 1. Cicadidae. Section II
Gaenininae and Cicadinae: 587-919. — North Carolina
State College, Raleigh, North Carolina
Moulton, J. C., 1923. Cicadas of Malaysia. — Journal of the
Federal Malay States Museum 11: 69-177, pls 2-5.
Myers, J. G., 1929. Insect singers. A natural history of the
cicadas: vii-xix, 1-304, pl. 1-7. — George Routledge and
Sons, London.
Noualhier, M., 1896. Note sur les Hémiptères récoltés en
Indo-Chine et offerts au Muséum par M. Pavie. —
Bulletin de Muséum d Histoire Naturelle de Paris 2: 251-
259:
Noualhier, M., & J. Martin, 1904. Hémiptères recueillis par
M. A. Pavie. Mission Pavie Indo-Chine 1879-1895.
Études diverses III. — Recherches sur l'Histoire Naturelle
de l’Indo-Chine Orientale 3: 167-185, pl. 10-11.
Overmeer, W. P. J., & J. P. Duffels, 1967. A revisionary
study of the genus Dundubia Amyot & Serville (Homo-
ptera, Cicadidae). — Beaufortia 14: 29-59.
Paiva, C. A., 1919. Rhynchota from the Garo Hills, Assam.
— Records of the Indian Museum 16: 349-377, pl. 34-36.
Schmidt, E., 1932. Verzeichnis der Cicaden des chinesis-
chen Reiches. — Peking Natural History Bulletin 7: 117-
133.
Schumacher, F., 1915a. Der gegenwärtige Stand unserer
Kenntnis von der Homopteren-Fauna der Insel Formosa
unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Sauter schem
Material. — Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum
in Berlin 8: 73-134.
Schumacher, F., 1915b. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute.
Homoptera. — Supplementa Entomologica 4: 108-142.
Sonan, J., 1921. [On the Cicadidae in Formosa.] —
Transactions of the Natural History Society of Formosa
11: 163-172.
Stal, C., 1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum. Bidrag
till Philippenska Garnes Hemipter-fauna. — Ofversigt af
Konigliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Férhandling-
ar 27: 607-776, pl. 7-9.
Received: 30 November 1996
Accepted: 15 May 1997
KJELL ARNE JOHANSON
Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Norway.
HELICOPSYCHE MALICKYI SP N. FROM BORNEO
WIRICHORMER:MEELICORLSTEHIDNE)
Johanson, K. A., 1998. Helicopsyche malickyi sp. n. from Borneo (Trichoptera, Helicopsychi-
dae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 177-180, figs. 1-10. [1ssn 0040-7496].
Published 26 March 1998.
Helicopsyche malickyi sp. n. (Trichoptera: Helicopsychidae) is described from Sarawak,
Malaysia. This is the first description of a species of Helicopsychidae from Borneo, and the
third species from the Malesian Archipelago.
Correspondence: Kjell Arne Johanson, Museum of Zoology, University of Bergen, Muséplass
3, N-5007 Bergen, Norway. E-mail:
[email protected].
Keywords. — Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n.; Helicopsychidae; Trichoptera; Malaysia; Borneo.
With the description of Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n.,
the Helicopsychidae now includes 173 extant de-
scribed species (Johanson 1995, 1997a, Malicky
1994, Malicky and Chantaramongkol 1993) and
forms a moderately large group of caddis flies. The
highest species numbers are found in Antillean, Indo-
Chinean and Ceylonese subregions (Johanson
1997b). The family is mainly confined to tropical and
subtropical areas and the larvae seems to prefer stream
habitats. The Helicopsychidae species are recognized
by having larvae which build dextrally coiled cases
made from sand grains glued together by silk. The
adults can be distinguished from species in other fam-
ilies by the presence of an abdominal VIth sternal
process in most species, and the absence of nigma in
both fore and hind wing fork 2.
The Indo-Malayan Helicopsychidae fauna com-
prises six species: Cochliopsyche angusta (Ulmer,
1951); Helicopsyche boniata Malicky & Chantara-
mongkol, 1992; H. lata Ulmer, 1951; A. puttula
Malicky & Chantaramongkol, 1992; H. anaksaku
Malicky, 1995 and H. anaktangga Malicky, 1995.
However, only C. angusta and H. lata are previously
described from the Malesian Archipelago (Ulmer
1951, 1955, 1957) (fig. 1) and species records indi-
cated absence of Helicopsychidae from Sarawak
(Kimmins 1955). The southeast Asian Helicopsy-
chidae fauna is considered richer than indicated by
known species number and Huisman (1991) added
to the knowledge two undescribed Helicopsyche spe-
cies from Borneo (Sabah) (fig. 1), which remain yet to
be described. The present record from Sarawak thus
adds valuable information to the understanding of
the biogeographic history of Helicopsychidae in
southeast Asia.
Helicopsyche malickyi sp. n.
(figs 2-10)
Type material. — Holotype 6, Malaysia, Sarawak,
Ist Div., Semongoh Forest Res., 1°25’N, 110°17’E,
15-19. XI. 1976, Malaise trap over stream [P. S.
Cranston]. Natural History Museum, B. M. 1977-
19. In Canada Balsam.
Description
With the two-jointed maxillary palp H. malickyi
sp. n. is easily distinguished from the two other Heli-
copsychidae from the Malesian Archipelago: C. an-
gustaand H. lata which have four and three joints, re-
spectively. The spherical interantennal warts, distally
reduced Cu, in the fore wing and the pointed abdom-
inal VIth sternal process in H. malickyi sp.n. indicate
a close relation to other Oriental and Palearctic Heli-
copsychidae. H. malickyi sp.n. is similar to the north-
ern Thailand Helicopsyche namtok Malicky, 1993, but
is easily separated by the IXth segment of the genitalia
which is pointed dorsally and ventrally; by the prima-
ry branch of the gonocoxite which is larger and paral-
lel-sided; by the bifurcated secondary branch of gono-
coxite; and Xth tergum which is slightly shorter. Both
scape and maxillary palp are short. In most
177
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Fig. 1.
The distribution of Helicopsy-
chidae in southeast Asia, New
Guinea and northern Australia,
with Indonesia, Malesian is-
lands and Philippines empha-
sized in grey. The Helicopsyche
species of the Malesian islands
are indicated by separate sym-
bols. Other species are mapped
as Stars.
Helicopsychidae the vertex is rounded in lateral view
and is only slightly visible in lateral view. H. malickyi
sp.n. is separated from other Helicopsyche by the
slightly dorsally produced vertex; Xth tergum of the
genitalia which is slender in lateral view, gently
curved ventrally and with two pairs apical setae; and
the posterior margin of the gonocoxal primary branch
which is highly undulated, and with two pointed pos-
tero-ventral processes.
Description
Head (fig. 2). — With short scape, about twice the
length of the pedicel. Maxillary palp short, the basal
joint about as long as scape and distal joint. Eye large
in lateral view, covering large parts of head. Cephalic
warts rounded in dorsal view and separated by the
postero-dorsad produced vertex. Postantennal warts
situated between scapes, spherical. Pronotum with
two pairs setal warts. Mesonotum and metascutellum
with one pair setal warts. Spur formula 1,2,4.
Wings (fig. 3). Fore wing length 3.0 mm, apical-
ly pointed. Fork 1 originates near median part of Dc,
broad. Fork 2 about as long as fork 1. Crossvein R-M
about 1.5X longer than basal part of R. Fork 3 pre-
sent, with stalk about half as long as M,., and half M,
length. Forks 4 and 5 absent. Crossvein between Cu,
and Cu, short. A,, meets posterior wing margin at
about one third the wing length. Hind wing length
2.4 mm, with 13 hamuli. All forks absent. M,., about
half the R,., length. Cu, and Cu, run parallel towards
wing margin. A, and A, diverge towards wing margin.
Abdomen. — With sternites II-V well reticulated.
VI th sternal process (figs 4 and 5) long, situated pos-
teriorly and with rounded apex.
Genitalia (figs 6-10). — IXth segment trianguloid in
lateral view, with dorsal and ventral parts slightly
pointed (fig. 6); anterior marginal and short ventral
178
Cochliophylax angusta (Ulmer, 1951)
Helicopsyche lata Ulmer, 1951
unidentified Helicopsyche
Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n.
Helicopsychidae from outside
the Malesian Archipelago
longitudinal apodeme present. The dorsal apodeme
continues into a longitudinal central apodeme run-
ning into Xth tergum. Anterior part of IXth segment
deeply concave in dorsal and ventral view (figs 7 and
8). Posterior part of IXth sternite extends into a short
bi-lobed process (fig. 8). Superior appendage situated
laterally, long, club shaped and covered by long setae.
Gonocoxite, in lateral view (fig. 6), large, with large
dorsal primary branch and ventral, bifurcated, poste-
riorly pointed ventral branch. Primary branch is par-
allel-sided, with rounded apex, smooth anterior and
undulated posterior margins; undulations are associ-
ated with short setae. Ventral branch divides into two
slightly dorsally curved and pointed processes; in ven-
tral view broad and covered by setae. Xth tergum, in
lateral view (fig. 6), slender, parallel-sided and slight-
ly curved ventrad; in dorsal view with convex lateral
margins, apex divided by a deep, trianguloid central
cleft and two minor lateral clefts, two pairs short setae
present near apex. Phallus, in lateral view (fig. 9),
slender, with posterior part smoothly curved ventrad,
in dorsal view (fig. 10), with basal half slender and
distal part strongly expanded laterally, about 3x
broader than the median part.
Etymology
Malickyi, named after Dr. Hans Malicky in recog-
nition of his contribution to the understanding of the
Oriental Trichoptera fauna.
BIOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES
By not listing any taxa of Helicopsychidae, some |
authors (Kimmins 1955, Malicky 1995) indicate that
the number of Helicopsychidae species in the Male- |
sian Archipelago is low. Thus, when considering the |
Helicopsychidae, the Malesian Archipelago may con- |
JOHANSON: Helicopsyche malickyi sp. n
Cu, Cu; M344
4
Figs 2-10. Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n. — 2, Head, lateral view; 3, Right wings; 4, VIth sternal process, lateral view; 5, VIth ster-
nal process, ventral view; 6, Genitalia, lateral view; 7, Male genitalia, dorsal view; 8, Genitalia, ventral view; 9, Phallus, later-
al view; 10, Phallus, dorsal view.
179
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
stitute an actual low-diversity area. However, as is the
case in other areas (Johanson 1993, Johanson 1997b,
Schmid 1993), the family appears to be disjunctively
distributed and is expected to be diverse in certain lo-
calities. This may be the case for the Helicopsychidae
of the Malesian Archipelago as well and is supported
by the findings of two more species (Huisman 1991).
Thus, it might be expected that more species will ap-
pear from that area in the future.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Dr. Hans Malicky gave valuable information on
Helicopsyche namtok Malicky, 1993.
REFERENCES
Huisman, J., 1991. A study of Trichoptera in Sabah and
Sarawak. — Proceedings of the 6th International Sym-
posium on Trichoptera. Adam Mickiewicz University
Press, Poznan. Serie Zoologie: 275- 278.
Johanson, K. A., 1993. New Helicopsyche von Siebold, 1856
(Trichoptera: Helicopsychidae) from East Africa. —
Annales de limnologie 29 (2): 139-155.
Johanson, K. A., 1995. A catalog of the Helicopsychidae
(Insecta: Trichoptera) of the World. — Bulletin Zoölo-
gisch Museum, Universiteit van Amsterdam 14 (7): 101-
123.
Johanson, K. A., 1997a. Description of Helicopsyche giboni
180
sp.n. from Madagascar (Trichoptera: Helicopsychidae). —
Braueria 24: 5-6.
Johanson, K. A., 1997b. Zoogeography and diversity of the
snail case caddisflies (Trichoptera: Helicopsychidae). —
Pp. 205-212 in Holzenthal, R.W. and O.S.Flint Jr. (eds).
Proceedings of the 8th International Symposium on
Trichoptera. Ohio Biological Survey, Columbia.
Kimmins, D. E., 1955. Results of the Oxford University
Expedition to Sarawak, 1932. — Sarawak Museum
Journal 6 (5): 374-442.
Malicky, H., 1994. Zwei neue Helicopsyche (Helicopsy-
chidae) aus Perak, Malaysia. — Braueria 22: 4.
Malicky, H., 1995. A preliminary list of Trichoptera from
Bali. — Braueria 22: 4.
Malicky, H. & P. Chantaramongkol, 1993. Neue Tricho-
pteren aus Thailand. Teil 2: Rhyacophilidae, Philopota-
midae, Polycentropodidae, Ecnomidae, Psychomyidae,
Xiphocentronidae, Helicopsychidae, Odontoceridae. —
Linzer biologische Beiträge 25: 1137-1187.
Ulmer, G., 1951. Köcherfliegen (Trichopteren) von den
Sunda Inseln (Teil I). — Archiv für Hydrobiologie,
Supplement 19: 1-528.
Ulmer, G., 1955. Köcherfliegen (Trichopteren) von den
Sunda Inseln (Teil I). — Archiv für Hydrobiologie,
Supplement 21: 408-608.
Ulmer, G., 1957. Köcherfliegen (Trichopteren) von den
Sunda Inseln (Teil II). — Archiv für Hydrobiologie,
Supplement 23: 109-470.
Received: 23 May 1997
Accepted: 20 October 1997
Q. LI & M. XUE
Shandong Agricultural University, China
A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS AMMOPHILA KIRBY
(HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE) FROM CHINA
Li, Q. & M. Xue, 1998. A new species of the genus Ammophila Kirby (Hymenoptera,
Sphecidae) from China. — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 181-183, figs. 1-9. [Issn
0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
Ammophila heteroclypeola sp. n. is described from Xingjiang, China. It is closely related to A.
clypeola Yang et Li.
Correspondence: Li Qiang, Department of Plant Protection, Shandong Agricultural Uni-
versity, Taian, Shandong, 271018, P. R. China.
Key words. — Hymenoptera; Sphecidae; Ammophila; new species; China.
Ammophila is the largest genus in the subfamily
Sphecinae. It includes 204 medium to large size
predatory solitary wasps. Kohl (1906) revised the
Palaearctic species, and his work is still a valuable ref-
erence for the species identifications. Roth (1928)
keyed the species of North Africa. Beaumont (1963)
keyed the species of the nasuta group. Tsuneki (1967,
1971a, 1971b, 1971c, 1976) provided informative
references and keys for the identification of east Asian
forms. Bohart & Menke (1976) revised the genera of
Sphecidae of the world, and listed 187 species of
Ammophila. Wu & Zhou (1996) keyed the Chinese
species.
In the long course of a study on the fauna of Sphe-
cinae from China, we published some descriptive pa-
pers (Li et al. 1994; Li & Yang 1989, 1990; Yang &
Li 1989). While investigating the second part of the
Sphecinae material deposited in the insect collections
of the Zhejiang Agricultural University (rczau) and
the Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica (ICIZAS),
one new species of Ammophila was discovered. We
follow Bohart and Menke (1976) in the usage of mor-
phological terms. The abbreviations used in the text
are as follows.
Pop Postocellar distance.
oop ocellocular distance.
IODP interocular distance at anterior ocellus.
IODc interocular distance at clypeus.
Ammophila heteroclypeola sp. n.
(figs. 1-9)
Type material. — Holotype female, China,
Xingjiang, Wujiagu, 15.vi.1982, C. Hong, ICZAU.
Paratypes (2): 1 female, China, Xingjiang, Yanzhei,
950-1170 m, 6.vii.1958, C. Li, ıcızas; 1 male,
China, Xingjiang, Wusu, 420-460 m, 25.vi.1957, C.
Hong, ICIZAS.
Description
Female. — Body length 14.8-15.1 mm. Black; ante-
rior half of tegulae, abdominal petiole, tergites I-IV
and sternites II-IV wholly, tergite V and sternite V
partly yellowish red; tibia and tarsi of legs, mandibles
and antennae brown to dark brown; apical black por-
tion of abdomen without steel blue luster; wings pale
yellowish brown, veins brown to dark brown. Upper
clypeus and lower frons areas, pronotal lobe, prepec-
tus, mesopleuron and posterior sides of propodeum
covered with dense appressed silver hair; gena, pro-
thorax except collar above, mesosternum, metapleu-
ron, metasternum, propodeum except propodeal en-
closure, coxae and femora of legs with sparse
appressed silver hair; head and thorax with long,
erect, white hair.
Clypeus densely punctate, disc slightly bulging, an-
terior margin with two lateral teeth (fig. 1). Frons
densely punctate, without supra-antennal projection.
Vertex sparsely punctate. POD : OOD : IODP : IODC =
181
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
C S
Figs. 1-9. Ammophila heteroclypeola sp. n. — 1-5, Female; 6-9, Male. 1, Head, frontal view; 2, Antenna; 3, Prothorax, lateral
view; 4, Tarsi I-II of fore leg; 5, Forewing; 6, Head, frontal view; 7, Gonostyle, lateral view; 8, Volsella, ventral view; 9, Penis
valves, lateral view. — Scale line (mm) for figs. 1, 3: 1.16; 2: 1.00; 4: 0.80; 5, 6: 1.34; 7, 8,9: 0.32.
22 : 30 : 96 : 72. Relative length of antennal pedicel :
flacellomere GAVIN xe aI SrA 305287
Is 117%
Pronotal collar (fig. 3) length : width = 34 : 90,
shiny, sparsely punctate, with median furrow.
Scutum shiny, sparsely punctate, sides of anterior half
and medial region of posterior half irregularly, trans-
versely or obliquely rugose-striate. Scutellum shiny,
longitudinally rugose-striate and punctate. Metano-
tum shiny, densely punctate. Mesopleuron with epis-
ternal sulcus, other sculptures covered by dense ap-
pressed silver hair. Metapleuron coarsely, irregularly
rugose-striate. Propodeal enclosure with a median ca-
rina, sides of it irregularly obliquely rugose-striate;
lateral area of propodeum coarsely, irregularly rugose-
striate.
Submarginal cell III of forewing with petiole (fig.
5). Fore legs with foretarsal rakes (fig. 4); hind leg,
relative length of 1st tarsomere : 2nd : 3rd = 115 : 65
>23:
Length of abdominal petiole : tergite I : II = 145 :
125 : 108.
182
Male. — Body length 15 mm. Similar to female.
Tergites I-III and sternites I-III wholly, Tergite IV
and sternite IV partly yellowish red; mandibles, an-
tennae, wing tegulae, legs, abdomen except yellowish
red area dark reddish brown; veins yellowish brown
to brown. Anterior margin of clypeus without tooth
(fig. 6). POD : OOD : IODP : IODc = 21 : 30 : 96 : 41.
Relative length of antennal pedicel : flagellomere I: II
: III: VII: IX = 14 : 46 : 28 : 28 : 17 : 15. Pronotal
collar length : width = 40 : 86, Scutum coarsely,
densely and obliquely rugose-striate. Fore leg without
foretarsal rake. Hind leg, relative length of 1st tar-
somere : 2nd : 3rd = 110 : 59 : 58. Length of abdom-
inal petiole : tergite I : Il = 164: 144 : 102. Genitalia:
gonostyle (fig. 7), volsella (fig. 8) and penis valves
(fig. 9).
Etymology
The name is derived from Greek betero (=different)
and clypeola (also derived from Greek), the name of
its closest relative.
Remarks
This species is closely related to A. clypeola Yang et
Li, 1990. It can be easily distinguished from the latter
by the clypeal disc being only slightly bulging, the
sculpture and punctures of the scutum, metapleuron
and propodeum, the coloration of the body, ap-
pressed silver hair on clypeus, frons, mesopleuron,
metapleuron and lateral area of propodeum, and by
the male genitalia.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We are grateful to Professor Jinhua He (Zhejiang
Agricultural University, Hanzhou) and Professor
Yan-Ru Wu (Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica,
Beijing) for providing us with specimens deposited in
the insect collections under their care.
REFERENCES
Beaumont, J. de, 1963. Les Ammophiles palearctiques du
groupe de nasuta (Hym. Sphecid.). — Revue Suisse de
Zoologie 70: 1-24.
Bohart, R. M. & A. S. Menke, 1976. Specid Wasps of the
World, a Generic Revision. — University of California
Press, Berkeley, 695 pp.
Kohl, F. F., 1906. Die Hymenopterengruppe der
Sphecinen. III. Monographie der Gattung Ammophila
W. Kirby. Abteilung A. Die Ammophilinen der paläark-
tischen Region. — Annalen des Naturhistorischen
Museums in Wien 21: 228-382.
Li, Q., J. Li, & C. Yang, 1994. A classification study on
Ammophila Kirby from Shandong with description of a
new species (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). — Journal of
Shandong Agricultural University 25(3): 289-292.
Li & XUE: New Ammophila from China
Li, Q. & C. Yang, 1989. Three new species of Sphecinae in
China (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). — Journal of
Shandong Agricultural University 20(4): 33-37.
Li, Q. & C. Yang, 1990. Four new species of Ammophila
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) from Nei Mongol. —
Entomotaxonomia 12: 259-266.
Roth, P., 1928. Les Ammophila de l'Afrique de Nord. —
Annales de la Société Entomologique de France 97: 153-
240.
Tsuneki, K., 1967. Studies on the Formosan Sphecidae
(III), the subfamily Sphecinae with special reference to
the genus Ammophila in Eastern Asia (Hymenoptera). —
Etizenia 26: 1-24.
Tsuneki, K., 197la. Ergebnisse der zoologischen
Forschungen von Dr. Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei.
Sphecidae I-II. — Acta Zoologica Academiae Scientiarum
Hungaricae 17: 139-217.
Tsuneki, K., 1971b. Studies on the Formosan Sphecidae
(IX), a supplement to the subfamily Sphecinae (Hym.). —
Etizenia 53: 1-7.
Tsuneki, K., 1971c. Spheciden aus der Inneren Mongolei
und dem Nordlichen China. — Etizenia 58: 1-38.
Tsuneki, K., 1976. A fourth contribution to the knowledge
of Sphecidae (Hymenoptera) of Manchuria, with remarks
on some species of the adjacent regions. — Kontyu, Tokyo
44 (3): 288-310.
Wu, Y. & Q. Zhou, 1996. Economic insect fauna of China,
Fasc. 52, Hymenoptera: Sphecidae. — Science Press,
Beijing, 197 pp.
Yang, C. & Q. Li, 1989. Four new species of the genus
Ammophila Kirby from Shanxi Province (Hymenoptera:
Shecidae). — Entomotaxonomia 11 (1-2): 105-110.
Received: 30 March 1997
Accepted: 16 June 1997
183
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
184
INSLUrGIENEZE ENG
Nankai University, Tianjin
IDENTMINOFSOMEZYXGUSESRECIESDESCRIBED
FROM TAIWAN BY B. POPPIUS
(HETEROPTERA: MIRIDAE)
Lu, N.& L. Y. Zheng, 1998. Identity of some ‘Lygus species described from Taiwan by B.
Poppius (Heteroptera: Miridae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 185-189, figs. 1-
16. [1ssN 0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
Type specimens of seven ‘Lygus species, described by B. Poppius in 1912-1915 from Taiwan
(=Formosa), are studied. The following new combinations are established: Apolygus eous
(Poppius), Apolygus fuhoshoensis (Poppius), Apolygus kosempoensis (Poppius), Lygocoris
(Neolygus) bipuncticollis (Poppius), Lygocoris (Neolygus) v-nigrum (Poppius). Lectotypes for
Lygus disciger Poppius, Lygus kosempoensis Poppius, and Lygus sauteri Poppius are designated,
and some additional descriptive data are provided.
Correspondence: Le-Yi Zheng, Department of Biology, Nankai University, Tianjin 300071,
P. R. China. E-mail:
[email protected].
Key words. — Poppius; Taiwan; Miridae; ‘Lygus; lectotype designations; new combinations.
B. Poppius (1912, 1915) described a number of
Miridae from the Indo-Pacific region under the all-
embracing generic name ‘Lygus (Carvalho 1959,
Schuh 1995). The type specimens of a part of these
species, preserved in the Hungarian National Natural
History Museum, have been examined and briefly
noted by Carvalho (1980). Recently, we examined
some type specimens of Poppius' ‘Lygus species, col-
lected from Taiwan (=Formosa), which are deposited
in the ‘Deutsche Entomologische Institut, Ebers-
walde (per) and the Zoological Museum of the
University of Helsinki (zuur). The results are here
reported, some descriptive data additional to the orig-
inal descriptions are given, lectotypes are designated,
and new combinations established. Measurements are
given in millimetres. The terminology for vesical
structures follows Yasunaga (1991).
Apolygus kosempoensis (Poppius, 1915) comb. n.
(figs. 1-5)
Lygus kosempoensis Poppius, 1915: 26. — Lectotype 4 (pre-
sent designation) [glued on card, antennal segments 3
and 4, right middle leg, left fore and left hind legs miss-
ing]: ‘Kosempo Formosa H. Sauter 1911’ (print); ‘7. VIT
(print); ‘Lygus kosempoensis n. sp. ‘(hand-written);
‘Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec. typ. No. (print), 10181 Lygus
kosempoensis Popp. (hand-written) [zmun]. [examined]
Other material examined. — Paralectotypes 24 (present
designation): 1d [glued on card, all legs missing (except for
all coxae)], ‘Kosempo Formosa H. Sauter 1911’ (print); 7.
VII (print); ‘Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec. typ. No. (print),
10182 Lygus kosempoensis Popp. (hand-written); 16
[glued on card, antennal segment 4, fore legs (except coxae),
left middle leg (except coxa) missing], ‘Kosempo Formosa
H. Sauter 1911’ (print); ‘7. VIP (print); ‘Mus. Zool. H: fors
Spec. typ. No. (print), 10183 Lygus kosempoensis Popp.
(hand-written)’ [zmuH].
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.30 in male. Cuneus about 1.3 times as long
as its basal width. Body length 3.60-3.65, width 1.80-
1.85. Head length 0.25-0.28, width 1.02-1.05.
Antennal segments lengths 0.41-0.50: 1.30-1.46:
0.69-0.74: 0.55-0.58. Pronotum length 0.78-0.80,
width 1.51-1.57. Corium length 1.76-1.87; cuneus
length 0.63-0.66; claval commissure length 0.69-
OWS
Male genitalia (lectotype dissected) (figs. 1-5). —
Parameres as in figs. 2-5. Vesical spicule absent; ven-
tral sclerite S-shaped; wing-shaped sclerite triangular,
outer margin with big spines; lateral sclerite slender,
slightly twisted; sublateral sclerite developed, broad;
seminal duct swollen greatly, secondary gonopore
broad.
Note. — A female specimen [zmun], similarly la-
belled as the type series, but without a ‘type’ label,
185
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 1-5. Male genitalia of Apolygus kosempoensis. — 1, vesica; 2-3, left paramere; 4-5, right paramere.
was also examined. The following notes refer to this
female: Vertex width : head width = 0.42 in female.
Body length 3.83, width 1.80. Head length 0.22,
width 0.88. Pronotum length 0.96, width 1.68.
Corium length 1.84; cuneus length 0.63; claval com-
missure length 0.83.
Remarks. — On the basis of the body size and form,
colour pattern, texture of the body surface and the
structure of male genitalia, this species is here placed
in the genus Apo/ygus China.
Apolygus eous (Poppius, 1915) comb. n.
Lygus eous Poppius, 1915: 27. — Holotype d [glued on card,
left antennal segment 4, right antennal segment 3 and 4,
right hind leg (except coxa) missing]: ‘Fuhosho Formosa
H. Sauter’ (printed); ‘7. IX’ (printed), ‘Poppius det.’
(printed); ‘Holotypus’ (printed on reddish brown card);
‘Lygus eous n. sp.’ (hand-written) [pE1].[examined]
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.30 in male. Cuneus about 1.7 times as long
as its basal width in male. Body length 3.71, width
1.75. Head length 0.34, width 0.91. Antennal seg-
ments lengths 0.51: 1.32: 0.80: ? (lost). Pronotum
length 0.86, width 1.49. Corium length 1.89; cuneus
length 0.59; claval commissure length 0.77.
Remarks. — On the basis of the external appearance
and the exposed parameres, this species is here recom-
bined with the genus Apolygus China.
186
Apolygus fuhoshoensis (Poppius, 1915) comb. n.
Lygus fuhoshoensis Poppius, 1915: 31.
Material examined. — Holotype d [glued on card, anten-
nae (except left segment 1), right middle and right hind legs
(except coxae) missing, left middle tibia broken near apex,
apical part missing]: ‘Fuhosho Formosa H. Sauter’ (print);
‘7. IX.’ (print); ‘Poppius det.’ (print); ‘Typus’ (print, on pale
brown card); ‘Lygus fuhoshoensis n. sp.’ (hand-written);
‘Holotypus’ (print on reddish brown card) [Der].
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.29 in male. Cuneus about 1.2 times as long
as its basal width in male. Body length 3.92, width
1.71. Head length 0.23, width 0.85. Antennae lost.
Pronotum length 0.86, width 1.49. Corium length
1.89; cuneus length 0.59; claval commissure length
0.77.
Remarks. — Judging by the general habitus and the
exposed parameres, this species is here placed in the
genus Apolygus China.
Lygocoris (Neolygus) bipuncticollis (Poppius,
1915) comb. n. (fig. 6)
Lygus bipuncticollis Poppius, 1915: 25. Holotype ¢ [glued
on card, left antennal segment 3 broken (apical part miss-
ing), right antennal segment 4 and right hind leg (except
left coxa) missing]: ‘Kankau (Koshun) Formosa H. Sauter
VII.1912’ (print); ‘Poppius det.’ (print); ‘Holotypus
(print on reddish brown card); ‘Lygus bipuncticollis n.
sp. (hand-written) [DEI].[examined] |
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.34 in male. Cuneus about 1.6 times as long
as its basal width in male. Body length 3.92, width
2.39. Head length 0.36, width 1.09. Antennal seg-
ments lengths 0.71: 1.75: 0.85: ? (lost). Pronotum
length 0.94, width 1.62. Corium length 1.90; cuneus
length 0.63; claval commissure length 0.69.
Remarks. — The exposed right paramere (fig. 6)
clearly proved to be of the typical Neolygus form; the
body form and colour pattern also show that it is a
species of the subgenus Neolygus Knight, genus
Lygocoris Reuter.
Lygocoris ( Neolygus) v-nigrum (Poppius, 1915)
comb. n.
Lygus v-nigrum Poppius, 1915: 31. — Holotype d : [glued on
card, left antenna, right antennal segments 3 and 4, fore
and middle legs (except coxae), left hind tibia and tarsus
missing] — ‘Taihorinsho Formosa H. Sauter, 1909’
(print); 7. IX.’ (print); ‘Poppius det.’ (print); ‘typus
(print on pale brown card); ‘Lygus fuhoshoensis n. sp.’
(hand-written); ‘Holotypus’ (print on reddish brown
card) [per] [examined].
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.31 in male. Cuneus about 1.7 times as long
as its basal width in male. Body length 4.14, width
1.76. Head length 0.36, width 0.88. Antennal seg-
ments lengths 0.46: 1.42: ?(broken): ? (lost). Prono-
tum length 0.81, width 1.44. Corium length 1.94;
cuneus length 0.72; claval commissure length 0.81.
Remarks. — The body form, colour pattern and the
Lu & ZHENG: Poppius' Lygus’ types
exposed right paramere indicate that it isa member of
the subgenus Neolygus Knight of the genus Lygocoris
Reuter.
Lygocoris (Neolygus) disciger (Poppius, 1915)
Lygus disciger Poppius, 1915: 34.
Lygocoris (Neolygus) disciger; Schwartz & Kerzhner, 1997:
252. — Lectotype (present designation): [left corium
and left membrane, both antennae missing] — ‘Fuhosho
Formosa H. Sauter’ (print); ‘7. IX.’ (print); ‘Lygus de-
sciger n. sp. (hand-written); ‘Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec.
type. No (print), 10176 Lygus disciger Popp. (hand-writ-
ten) [zmuH].[examined]
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.37 in female. Cuneus about 1.6 times as
long as its basal width in female.
Appendix. — The following descriptive notes are
based on specimens collected from China: Guang-
dong Province (16) and Yunnan Province (24,29),
which we identified as Lygocoris (Neolygus) disciger af-
ter comparing with the lectotype.
Descriptive notes. — Vertex width : head width =
0.30 in male.
Male genitalia (figs. 7-11). — Parameres as in figs.
8-11. Vesical spicule slender, bending near apex; with
a sclerite structure at centre; with 4 membranous
lobes; seminal duct cylindric, secondary gonopore rel-
ative small. Body length 3.78-4.00, width 1.49-1.62.
Head length 0.25-0.28, width 0.88-0.93. Antennal
segments lengths 0.55-0.58: 1.52-1.66: 0.76-0.92:
Figs. 6-11. Male genitalia of Lygocoris (Neolygus) spp. — 6, Right paramere of L. bipuncticollis; 7-11, L. disciger. — 7, vesica; 8-
9, left paramere; 10-11, right paramere. Scale a: 0.2 mm to fig. 6; b: 0.2 mm to 7-11.
187
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
16
Figs. 12-16. Male genitalia of Sabactus sauteri. — 12, vesica; 13-14, left paramere; 15-16, right paramere.
0.50-0.54. Pronotum length 0.63-0.68, width 1.32-
1.40. Corium length 1.76-2.05; cuneus length 0.55-
0.58; claval commissure length 0.81-0.90.
Remarks. — Schwartz & Kerzhner (1997) place this
species in the subgenus Neolygus based on the female
genitalia, complete basal carina of vertex and tibial
spine color; the structure of the vesica, described in
this study, also suggests a Neolygus-form.
Sabactus sauteri (Poppius, 1912) comb. n.
(figs. 12-16)
Lygus sauteri Poppius, 1912: 303.
Sabactus sauteri; Schwartz & Kerzhner, 1997:256, figs. 35-
38. — Lectotype 9 (present designation) [left antenna,
right antennal segment 4 missing]: ‘Chip Chip Formosa
Sauter II 07-09’ (print); ‘Lygus sauteri n. sp. B. Poppius
det.’ (print); ‘Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec. typ. No (print),
9932 (hand-written) Lygus sauteri Popp. (print) [ZMuH].
[examined]
Other material examined. — Two other specimens be-
longing to the type-series, labelled with ‘Lygus sauteri’
(Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec. typ. No 10191: male; Mus. Zool.
H: fors Spec. typ. No 10190: female) which were borrowed
along with the lectotype (Mus. Zool. H: fors Spec. typ. No
9932) obviously belong to the subfamily Deraeocorinae
(Deraeocoris sp.?) and are thus misidentified paralectotypes.
Additional description. — Vertex width : head
width = 0.38 in female. Cuneus about 1.6 times as
long as its basal width.
Appendix. — The following descriptive notes are
base upon examinations of specimens collected from
China: Sichuan Province (19), Guangxi Province
188
(16, 29), Hainan Province (12), Yunnan Province
(16,29) and Taiwan Province (464, 549 [Bishop
Museum]) which we identified as Sabactus sauteri, af-
ter comparing with the lectotype.
Descriptive notes. — Vertex width : head width =
0.30 in male. Body length 3.92-4.52, width 1.85-
2.12. Head length 0.23-0.34, width 0.85-0.88.
Antennal segments lengths 0.44-0.48: 1.33-1.41:
0.71-0.87: 0.62-0.69. Pronotum length 0.88-0.99,
width 1.53-1.70. Corium length 1.70-1.87; cuneus
length 0.58-0.78; claval commissure length 0.61-
0.78.
Male genitalia. — Basal part of sensory lobe of left
paramere strongly protruded; apex of hypophysis
truncate. Hypophysis of right paramere short and
broad, apex truncate. Vesical spicule absent; with 4
membranous lobes, the lateral margin of the largest
one with several large sclerotized spines, others
minutely spinulose on surface; seminal duct short,
swollen at middle, secondary gonopore broad.
Remarks. — We follow here the generic placement
suggested by Schwartz & Kerzhner (1997). However,
the posterior wall of bursa copulatrix of this species
lacks the characteristic bifid inter-ramal lobes found
in the type species Sabactus institutus Distant (Kelton
1955):
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We are grateful to Dr. R. Gaedicke of the Deut-
sches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde, Dr. L. |
Huldén of Zoological Museum, University of Helsin-
ki, and Mr. K. Arakaki of Bishop Museum, Honolu- |
lu for the kind loan of valuable specimens. We also
are very thankful to the Foundation of the Education-
al Committee of China for its grants for this project.
REFERENCES
Carvalho, J., 1959. A catalog of the Miridae of the world.
Part IV. — Arqivos do Museo nacional, Rio de Janeiro 48:
1-384.
Carvalho, J., 1980. Analecta Miridologica, IV: observations
on type specimens in the National Museum of Natural
History, Budapest, Hungary (Hemiptera, Miridae). — Re-
vista Brasileira de Biologia 40: 649-658.
Kelton, L. A., 1955. Genera and subgenera of the Lygus
complex (Hemiptera: Miridae). — Canadian Entomolo-
gist 87: 277-301.
Poppius, B., 1912. H. Sauter's Formosa-Ausbeute: Miridae
(Hem.). — Entomologische Mitteilungen 1: 302-394.
Poppius, B., 1915. H. Sauter's Formosa-Ausbeute: Nabidae,
Lu & ZHENG: Poppius' ‘Lygus’ types
Anthocoridae, Termatophylidae, Miridae, Isometopidae
und Ceratocombidae (Hemiptera). — Archiv für Naturge-
schichte 80A (8): 1-80.
Schuh, R., 1995. Plant bugs of the world (Insecta: Hetero-
ptera: Miridae) - systematic catalog, distributions, host
list, and bibliography. — The New York Entomological
Society, New York, 1329 pp.
Schwartz, M. D. & I. M. Kerzhner, 1997. Type specimens
and identity of some Chinese species of the ‘Lygus com-
plex’ (Heteroptera: Miridae). — Zoosystematica Rossica
5(2): 249-256.
Yasunaga, T., 1991. A revision of the plant bug, genus Lygo-
coris Reuter from Japan, Part I (Heteroptera, Miridae,
Lygus-complex). — Japanese Journal of Entomology 59:
435-448.
Received: 6 May 1996
Accepted: 20 August 1997
189
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
190
WoLFRAM MEY
Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität Berlin
THE GENUS HYDROPSYCHE PICTET, 1834 ON
ISLANDS IN THE WEST PACIFIC REGION AND
DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES (TRICHOPTERA:
HYDROPSYCHIDAE)
Mey, W., 1998. The genus Hydropsyche Pictet, 1834 on islands in the West Pacific Region and
description of new species (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140
[1997]: 191-205, figs. 1-40. [rss 0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
Species of the genus Hydropsyche are largely distributed over the islands of the West Pacific.
They are grouped into 4 species groups on the basis of male genitalic characters. The hitherto
known species of the 4 groups are listed, and the distributional area of the groups is demon-
strated. Among the 57 cited species 16 are newly described: H. germanorum sp. n., H. staphylo-
stirpis sp. n., H. taiwanensis sp. n., H. vialigni sp. n., H. initiana sp. n., H. malickyi sp. n., H.
ambonensis sp. n., H. seramensis sp. n., H. palawanensis sp. n., H. gemellata sp. n., H. salki sp. n.,
H. sirimauna sp. n., H. suppleta sp. n., H. naumanni sp. n., H. sulana sp. n., H. bacanensis sp. n.
Correspondence: Dr. W. Mey, Museum für Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universität Berlin,
Invalidenstr. 43, D-10115 Berlin, Germany.
Key words. — Taxonomy; new species; biogeography; SE Asia; West Pacific Island; Sundaland;
Hydropsyche; species groups; Hydropsychidae; Trichoptera.
The species of Hydropsyche Pictet, 1834 show an
interesting rate of endemism and speciation in the is-
lands between Southeast Asia (= SE Asia) and
Australia. All of the larger islands have a number of
Hydropsyche endemics. By contrast, there are no
species with a wide distribution over the entire region
or with a range through several islands or island
groups. Previous records of wide distribution areas for
some species proved to be based on the misidentifica-
tion of some specimens, e.g. H. hobbyi Mosely, 1951
described from Borneo and New Guinea in Mosely
(1951), corrected by Kimmins (1962), and A. bryan-
ti Banks, 1939 recorded from Sumatra, Java and
Sumba in Ulmer (1951), corrected in Mey (1998).
The high degree of endemism of Hydropsyche ob-
served in the West Pacific Region suggests the exis-
tence of further, still unknown species on the islands
which have not yet been sampled for caddisflies. It is
to be expected that Halmahera, Seram, Obi, Sula,
Buru, the Lesser Sunda Islands and especially New
Guinea will have two to four additional Hydropsyche
species each. Furthermore, the relatively better inves-
tigated Greater Sunda Islands, Sulawesi, the
Philippines and Taiwan have diverse caddisfly faunas,
which are by no means adequately surveyed.
Unknown Hydropsyche species are still to be found in
these larger islands and archipelagos.
With this background it is clear, that we have not
yet reached the advanced level of faunistic research,
which is the prerequisite for any serious discussion of
the origin, dispersal or diversity pattern of the genus
in the West Pacific Region. In addition, the phyloge-
netic relationships within Hydropsyche have been
studied only partially (e.g. Malicky 1977, Mey 1996,
Nimmo 1987, Ross 1944). Even the concept of
Hydropsyche and its probable sistergroup is a matter of
much debate (Bueno-Soria 1984, Flint & Bueno-
Soria 1987, McFarlane 1976, Nielsen 1981, Ross &
Unzicker 1977, Schefter 1996, Schefter et al. 1986,
Schmid 1979, Schuster 1984, Tanıda 1986, Tian &
Li 1987). Without a detailed phylogenetic analysis
and without adequate knowledge of the existing
species and their geographic distributions, it is not
possible to use the genus as an example for recon-
structing the evolutionary history of the region and its
biota. However, the data on Hydropsyche so far accu-
mulated are quite sufficient to recognise that the
group is an extremely promising candidate for eluci-
dating dispersal or vicariance patterns and tracing
them further into the past.
191
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
The purpose of this paper is to contribute to the
improvement of the faunistic database of the genus. It
presents the first records of Hydropsyche species from
the Moluccas and from Palawan. In addition, a list of
all described taxa and their distribution has been
compiled. It is thought that this will be the starting
point for an enhanced faunistic research in the region,
which should subsequently lead to a biogeographic
analysis of the genus.
METHODS
Material examined in this study was obtained from
several sources. Most of the caddisfly specimens were
collected with a mercury-vapour light source by sev-
eral entomologists. A portable generator was used as
the power unit. The majority of specimens is pre-
served in 75% ethanol. Examination and drawing of
male genitalia was done after the entire abdomen had
been cleared in boiling kom, washed and replaced in
ethanol. Illustrations were prepared with the aid of a
Wild drawing equipment on a Wild M8 stereo-mi-
croscope.
The shape of the genitalic structures in lateral, ven-
tral and dorsal view varies between species. They pro-
vide clear characters for species separation and recog-
nition, which are best appreciated by comparing the
figures, rather than by long descriptions or written
keys. In contrast to the genitalia, the external charac-
ters (e.g. coloration, mouth parts, wing venation) of
the species are extremely uniform and can not be used
in the identification of species.
DELIMITATION OF THE STUDY AREA
This study concerns the West Pacific region, which
covers most of the islands between continental SE
Asia and North Australia. Within this vast area the
following countries are situated: Indonesia, West
Malaysia (Sarawak, Sabah), Brunei, Philippines,
Taiwan, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands.
Hainan is excluded from the present study.
THE SPECIES-GROUPS OF HyDROPSYCHE IN THE
WEST PACIFIC
The Hydropsyche species of SE Asia and Australia
have not attracted much interest, probably because
they are not frequently reported in the literature nor
are there many people working with them. Even in
discussions of the phylogeny of the genus on a world-
wide scale, the South East Asian and West Pacific
species have been disregarded. However, the region
has at least 4 distinct species groups, which have no
further representatives elsewhere (A. pluvialis group,
H. formosana group, H. hamifera group, H. buergersi
192
group). Members of the H. pluvialis group were not
recorded from the Sunda Islands up to now. In addi-
tion, the regions bears a number of isolated species,
which cannot be assigned to any of the defined
species groups (e. g. H. vasoumittra Schmid, 1961). A
fifth group has a subgeneric name of its own:
Ceratopsyche Ross & Unzicker, 1977. I do not use this
name for the moment, because it implies also a sub-
generic level for the other groups. As a consequence,
three new genus group names would have to be pro-
posed now or later. The taxonomic treatment of the
groups, however, is not the subject of the present ar-
ticle. New names should be proposed in accordance
with the results of a sound phylogenetic study. Before
such an analysis is published I prefer to group related
species into species-groups. Although the groups are
informal entities I follow common nomenclatorial
practice and use group-names based on the first de-
scribed species in each group. The definitions of the
groups are based entirely on characters of the male
genitalic apparatus.
1. Hydropsyche newae group
Ceratopsyche Ross & Unzicker, 1977: 305.
morosa group, Schefter & Wiggins 1986: 2.
silfvenii group, Malicky 1977: 2.
penicillata group, Schmid 1965: 137.
Diagnosis
Phallotheca sinuate, with the genital opening on
the dorsal side between paired phallotremal sclerites;
apex of phallotheca extending beyond phallotremal
sclerites, partially membranous and with spicules or
with membranous lobes; dorsolateral membrane sim-
ple or complex; 10th segment with two apical ap-
pendages (= appendices digitiformis).
Distribution
Holarctic and Oriental biogeographic region (fig.
II
List of species
H. annulata (Ulmer, 1905) Java
H. germanorum sp. n. Sumatra
H. orbiculata Ulmer, 1911 Taiwan
H. staphylostirpis sp. n. Lombok
H. taiwanensis sp. n. Taiwan
H. vialigni sp. n. Sumatra
2. Hydropsyche hamifera group
bryanti-celebes-annulata group, auctorum
javanica group, Mey 1990: 414
Diagnosis
Basis of phallotheca simply bent; phallotremal scle- |
Asia and
Australia
2000 km
——
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
Asia and
Australia
Fig. 1. Distributional area of the Hydropsyche newae group. —
The map shows the distributional limits in Asia. The entire
area of the group includes Northern and Middle Europe and
North America.
rites on dorsal side of phallotheca fused, forming a
ring with a shorter or longer elongation on the ventral
side, forming a phallotremal tongue, which gives the
apex of the phallotheca a trifurcate appearance; dor-
solateral membrane with 1 - 3 appendages; 10th seg-
ment with apical appendages and a pair of small
processes on a flat dorsal side.
Distribution
Sunda Islands, Philippines, Wallacea biogeograph-
ic region, New Guinea (fig. 2).
List of species
H. ambonensis sp. n. Ambon
H. bacanensis sp. n. Bacan
H. bifurcata Mey, 1990 Luzon
H. brueckmanni Mey, 1995 Luzon
H. buenafei Mey, 1998 Negros
H. calawiti Mey, 1995 Mindoro
H. cebuensis Mey, 1998 Cebu, Negros
H. celebensis Ulmer, 1951 Sulawesi
H. davisi Mey, 1998 Negros, Mindanao
H. declinans Mey, 1990 Luzon
H. excelsa Mey, 1990 Luzon
H. fascelina Mey, 1998 Mindanao
H. faurai Naväs, 1925 Luzon
H. forcipata Ulmer, 1930 Mindanao
H. gemellata sp. n. Sulawesi
Fig. 2. Distributional area of the
group.
H. gerostizai Mey, 1998
H. hamifera Ulmer, 1905
H. hobbyi Mosely, 1951
H. initiana sp. n.
H. isolata Banks, 1931
H. javanica Ulmer, 1905
H. luzonica Mey, 1990
H. malickyi sp. n.
H. mindanensis Mey, 1998
H. mindorensis Mey, 1995
H. moselyi Kimmins, 1962
H. muelleri Mey, 1998
H. naumanni sp. n.
H. negrosensis Mey, 1998
H. palawanensis sp. n.
H. rizali Banks, 1937
H. salki sp. n.
H. saranganica Ulmer, 1951
H. schintlmeisteri Mey, 1990
H. secundaria Mey, 1998
H. seramensis sp. n.
H. sirimauna sp. n.
H. sulana sp. n.
H. suppleta sp. n.
H. unitaria Mey, 1990
H. villica Mey, 1990
H. sp. n. (Mey, in press)
193
Hydropsyche hamifera
Negros
Sulawesi
Borneo
Sumatra
Borneo
Java
Luzon
Sumatra
Mindanao
Mindoro
New Guinea
Mindanao
Sulawesi
Negros
Palawan
Mindanao
Sulawesi, Moluccas
Java
Mindanao
Mindanao
Seram
Ambon, Seram
Sula
Ambon, Seram
Luzon
Luzon
Talaud.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Asia and
Australia
2000 km
Asia and
Australia
2000 km
Fig. 3. Distributional area of the Hydropsyche formosana
group.
3. Hydropsyche formosana group
Mexipsyche Ross & Unzicker, 1977: 305-306, sensu Tian &
Li 1987: 125-126.
Diagnosis
Basis of phallotheca simply bent; phallotremal scle-
rites vestigial or lost; bifid apex of phallotheca mem-
branous on dorsal side, sclerotized ventrally and with
one or two keels; lateral sides of phallotheca with a
pair of proximally produced appendages; endophallus
nearly as long as phallotheca; segment 9 narrowed;
segment 10 with apical appendages.
Distribution
Oriental biogeographic region (fig. 3).
List of species
H. bryanti Banks, 1939
Java, Sumatra
H. banksi Kimmins, 1955 Borneo
H. doctersi Ulmer, 1951 Java
H. formosana Ulmer, 1911 Taiwan, Malaysia
H. irroratella Ulmer, 1951 Java
H. sp. n. (Mey, in press) Lombok
H. sp. n. (Mey, in press) Sumatra
H. sp. n. (Mey, in press) Borneo.
194
Fig. 4. Distribution of the Hydropsyche buergersi group.
4. Hydropsyche buergersi group
Diagnosis
Basis of phallotheca simply bent; phallotremal scle-
rites small, situated at the tip of phallotheca between
a pair of sclerotized, large valves; dorsolateral mem-
brane lacking; phallicata with a membranous area on
the ventral side, just below the phallotremal sclerites;
segment 9 of usual size; segment 10 with short apical
appendages.
Distribution
Philippines, New Guinea, Solomon Islands (fig. 4).
List of species
H. buergersi Ulmer, 1915
H. flynni Korboot, 1964
H. nasuta Ulmer, 1930
H. tapena Kimmins, 1957
New Guinea
New Guinea
Mindanao
Guadalcanal.
The buergersi group is established here to sum-
marise 3 species from New Guinea and one Philip- |
pine species. They do not belong to any of the afore- |
mentioned groups. Interestingly, they show affinities |
to some species of continental South East Asia, e.g.
H. adonis (Malicky, 1996), H. harpagofalcata Mey, |
1995 and H. napaea Mey, 1996. The diagnosis of the
group is tentative, however. The type of H. buergersi
Ulmer, 1915 was deposited in the Zoological Mu- |
seum Berlin, but could not be found again. Neboiss
(1986: 115) reproduced the original drawings. A re-
description of H. buergersi Ulmer, 1915 together with
collecting efforts to obtain new material of related
species are necessary to provide more arguments for
the monophyly and validity of the group.
5. Species incertae sedis
H. closi Navas, 1927
H. testacea Naväs, 1933
Mindanao
New Guinea.
DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES
The descriptions are based exclusively on male gen-
italic characters. The female genitalia are very ho-
mogenous and can hardly be used for separating the
species. In addition, most species occur sympatrically
with other species of the genus, thus rendering the as-
sociation of sexes doubtful.
Homologies of the phallic apparatus in Aydro-
psyche have been interpreted and named differently by
various authors (e.g. Nielsen 1981, Ross & Unzicker
1977, Schmid 1979). The terminology used in this
article follows Schefter & Wiggins (1986: 4-5).
Most of the type material is deposited in the Mu-
seum für Naturkunde der Humboldt Universität Ber-
lin (MNHB). Paratypes of some species are in coll. Ma-
licky (Lunz am See). No explicit indication of
paratype depository means storage in the MNHB.
newae group
Hydropsyche germanorum sp. n.
(figs. 5-6)
Type material. — Holotyped (pinned), Indonesia,
Sumatra, Sumatera Utara, Medan, Tiga Dolok,
13.11.1995, leg. E. Diehl, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 5d,
same data as for holotype; 21d, same locality,
22.11.1995, leg. VE Diehl; 258, same locality,
20.1.1995, leg. E. Diehl; 58, Indonesia, Sumatra,
Sumatera Aceh, Leuser N.P., Ketambe, 22.-
24.1.1995, leg. A. Kallies; 38, 2 2, Sumatera Aceh,
Calang, Kuala Don, Febr. 1996, leg. A. Kallies; 2d,
Indonesia, Sumatra, Sumatera Barat, 12 km E
Padang, Mt.Talang, 1600m, 18.ix.1991, leg. A.
Schintlmeister.
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewing 6.5-7.3 mm. Head and thorax brown, with
golden brown pilosity. Eyes black. Antennae yellow,
with indistinct darker lines on the articulations of fla-
gellomeres, tip of antennae brown, extending to apex
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
of forewing. Maxillary palpi brown, with last joint
longer than the two preceding together. Labial palpi
light brown. Legs yellowish. Forewings yellowish
brown, with numerous pale spots dispersed over the
wing, somewhat darkened towards outer wing mar-
in.
Male genitalia (fig. 5-6): Segment 10 with short
fingerlike appendages. Apical segment of inferior ap-
pendage (= harpago) broad, slightly bent and with an
oblique tip. Phallotheca sinuate, with short apical
part. Phallotremal sclerites large, in vertical position
on the dorsal side of phallotheca. Dorsolateral mem-
brane without appendages, but more proximal a small
membraneous window with a small spine. Apical
membrane of phallotheca with indistinct spicules, lat-
eral membrane with a small lobe, directed distally.
Etymology. — The species is named in honour of
the many German entomologists, who collected ma-
terial of this species on several places in Sumatra.
Remarks. — The species is related to H. annulata,
but differs by the vestigial spicules of the apical mem-
brane, the lacking dorsolateral appendages and by the
broad apical segments of the inferior appendages.
Both species occur sympatrically in Padang, Sumatera
Barat.
Hydropsyche staphylostirpis sp. n.
(figs. 7-9)
Type material. — Holotyped (pinned), Indonesia,
Lombok, Narmada, 17.11.1927, leg. Dr.[B.] Rensch,
in MNHB. — Paratypes: 16, 19, same locality,
14.11.1927.
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewing 7 mm, wings golden brown, reticulate pat-
tern weakly developed. Other characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n.
Male genitalia (figs 7-9): Segment 9 shortened and
slender in lateral view. Segment 10 with nearly
straight apical appendages. Inferior appendages with
a broad basal segment (= coxopodit) and an elongate
second segment (= harpago). Phallotheca sinuate,
ending with the phallotremal sclerites. Dorsal mem-
braneous area without appendages, but extending
ventrally to form a ventral membraneous part be-
neath the phallotremal sclerites and equipped with
two curved spines. Phallotremal sclerites excavated
apicolaterally.
Remarks. — The new species is very remarkable by
the reduced apical part of the phallotheca and the pair
of spines beneath the phallotremal sclerites. It is a
quite isolated species in the newae group, but shows
affinities to À. annulata.
195
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 5-11. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche spp. — 5-6, H. germanorum sp. n., 5, lateral, 6, ventral; 7-9, H. staphylostirpis sp. n.,
7, lateral, 8, ventral, 9, tip of phallotheca, caudal; 10-11, H. vialigni sp. n., 10, lateral, 11, ventral.
196
Hydropsyche vialigni sp. n.
(figs. 10-11)
Type material. — Holotyped (pinned), Indonesia,
Sumatera Utara, Medan, Tiga Dolok (Holzweg 2),
22.11.1995, leg. E. Diehl, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 24,
same data as holotype.
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewing 9-9.5 mm. Coloration and wing patterns as
in A. germanorum sp. n.
Male genitalia (figs. 10-11): Segment 10 with
curved apical appendages. Apical segment of inferior
appendages rounded apically, not dilated. Phallo-
theca sinuate, with short apical part behind phallo-
tremal sclerites. Phallotremal sclerites large, on dorsal
side of phallotheca. Dorsolateral membrane without
appendages, but more proximally a small membrane-
ous spot with a short spine. Apical membrane of phal-
lotheca with 2 protruding spicules, lateral membrane
with small lobes, reaching tip of phallotheca.
Remarks. — The new species is closely related to H.
germanorum sp. n., but can be distinguished easily by
the larger size of the species and by the unmodified
second joint of the inferior appendages.
Hydropsyche taiwanensis sp. n.
(figs. 12-13)
Type material. — Holotyped (in alcohol), Taiwan,
Fushan Ilan, 25.xi.1995, leg. H. J. Wu, in MNHB. —
Paratypes: 18, 29, same data as holotype; 1d,
Taiwan, Fushan Botanical Garden, 18.iv.1996, leg.
S. H. Yen.
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewings 8 mm. Other characters as in H. germano-
rum Sp. n.
Male genitalia (figs. 12-13): Segment 9 and 10 not
divided dorsally by a depression. Apical appendages
of segment 10 broad, short and medially bent.
Inferior appendages with a short first segment (= cox-
opodit), second segment (= harpago) elongate, with a
rounded tip. Phallotheca sinuate. Dorsolateral ap-
pendages with a short spine. Apical part of phallothe-
ca with long, membraneous appendages, ending with
a short spine. 2 small spikes in the apical membrane.
Phallotremal sclerites large and broadly fused.
Remarks. — H. taiwanensis sp. n. is very similar to
H. orbiculata. The species can be separated by the
form and structure of the phallic apparatus.
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
hamifera group
Hydropsyche initiana sp. n.
(figs. 14-16)
Type material. — Holotyped (pinned), Indonesia,
Sumatera Utara, Sipirok, 25.11.1995, leg. E. Diehl, in
MNHB. — Paratypes: 1d (pinned), same data as holo-
type; 10d, Indonesia, Sumatera Utara, Medan, Tiga
Dolok (Holzweg 2), 20.1.1995 (5d), 13.11.1995
(259), 22.u. 1995130) leg. Diehl:
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewing 7-8 mm. Coloration and wing pattern as in
H. germanorum sp. n.
Male genitalia (figs. 14-16): Segment 10 flat, with-
out a carina. Segment 9 with apical appendages and
with a pair of small dorsal processes fused at the base
to form a Y-like structure. Apical segment (= harpa-
g0) of inferior appendages slender and pointed. Phal-
lotheca with a bifid membraneous apical part, armed
with a spine. Ventral tongue of phallotremal sclerites
not reaching the tip of phallotheca. Dorsolateral
membrane with broad appendages, ending with a
long spur each.
Remarks. — H. initiana sp. n. is related with A. ja-
vanica and H. malickyi sp. n. The shape of the 10th
segment and the structure of the phallic apparatus
clearly separates the species.
Hydropsyche malickyi sp. n.
(figs. 17-19)
Type material. — Holotyped (pinned), Indonesia,
Sumatera Utara, Medan, Tiga Dolok (Holzweg 2),
22.11.1995, leg. E. Diehl, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 64,
same data as holotype; 2d, same locality, 13.11.1995;
34, same locality, 20.1.1995, all leg. E. Diehl; 14,
Sumatera Aceh, Tibbing Raja, 15.10.1996, leg. A.
Kallies.
Description. — External characters: Length of
forewing 8-8.5 m. Coloration and wing pattern as in
H. germanorum sp. n.
Male genitalia (figs. 17-19): Segment 10 with slen-
der apical appendages and a pair of small dorsal
processes. Apical segment of inferior appendages slen-
der and ending with a seta. Base of phallotheca broad,
apical portion membraneous dorsally and with two
spines. Ventral tongue of phallotremal sclerites en-
larged and hook-like apically, not reaching tip of
phallotheca. Dorsolateral membrane with broad ap-
pendages and a short spine.
Etymology. — The new species is named in honour
of Hans Malicky, who discovered and described a
great deal of the caddisfly fauna of Sumatra.
197
TiJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 12-19. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche spp. — 12-13, H. taiwanensis sp. n., 12, lateral, 13, ventral; 14-16, H. initiana sp.
n., 14, lateral, 15, ventral, 16, tip of phallotheca, dorsal; 17-19, H. malickyi sp. n., 17, lateral, 18, ventral, 19, tip of phal-
lotheca, dorsal.
198
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
Figs. 20-25. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche spp. — 20-21, H. ambonensis sp. n., 20, lateral, 21, ventral; 22-23, H. seramensis sp.
n., 22, lateral, 23, ventral; 24-25, H. palawanensis sp. n., 24, lateral, 25, ventral.
199
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 26-32. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche spp. — 26-27, H. gemellata sp. n., 26, lateral, 27, ventral; 28-30, A. salki sp. n., 28, |
lateral, 29, dorsal, 30, ventral; 31-32, H. sirimauna sp. n., 31, lateral, 32, ventral.
200
Remarks. — The species is related to H. javanica.
The main differences are exhibited by the long phal-
lotheca and the shape of the phallotremal tongue.
Hydropsyche ambonensis sp. n.
(figs. 20-21)
Type material. — Holotyped (in alcohol), Indone-
sia, Ambon, Gunung Sirimau, 500m, 23.vii.1995,
leg. S. Naumann, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 16, same
data as holotype; 34, Indonesia, Ambon, Katalai,
470m, 26.vii.1995, leg. S. Naumann.
Description. — External characters: As in A. ger-
manorum sp. n., wing length 8 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 20-21): Short apical ap-
pendages and short dorsal processes on segment 10.
Harpago of inferior appendages much smaller than
coxopodit, without peculiarities. Tip of phallotheca
trifid. Tongue of phallotremal sclerites strongly
curved and sclerotized. Dorsolateral membrane with
two pairs of appendages, the smaller with minute
spines apically, the longer ending with a large, bifur-
cate spur.
Remarks. — The new species is a close relative of H.
seramensis sp. n. They differ in the form of the 10th
segment and in the structure of the phallic apparatus.
Hydropsyche seramensis sp. n.
(figs. 22-23)
Type material. — Holotyped (in alcohol), Indone-
sia, Seram, Piljana, Tule, 26.2.1995, leg. P. Salk, in
MNHB. — Paratypes: 1d, 12 , same data as holotype.
Description. — External characters as in H. germa-
norum sp. n. Length of forewing 7.5 mm (d)-8 mm
(DR
Male genitalia (fig. 22-23): Apical appendages of
segment 10 straight, dorsal processes small. Second
segment of inferior appendages short and simple.
Phallotremal tongue longer than lateral tips of phal-
lotheca, angulate at its base and with a small lateral
teeth. Dorsolateral membrane with 2 pairs of ap-
pendages, the smaller with minute spines and the
longer with an apical spur.
Remarks. — H. seramensis sp. n. is related to the pre-
ceding species. The form of the phallotremal tongue
is unique within the group.
Hydropsyche palawanensis sp. n.
(figs.24-25)
Type material. - Holotyped (in alcohol), Philippi-
nes, Palawan, Puerto Princesa, Irawan river,
22.11.1996, leg. J. Petersen, in MNHB. — Paratypes:
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
84,99, same data as holotype ( 24 in coll. Malic-
ky); 2d, 19 (pinned), same locality, 24.- 29.xi.1965,
leg. D. Davis, in National Museum of Natural Histo-
ry, Washington (NMNH); 1d (pinned), Philippines,
Palawan, Litso, Amoyan Ck., 57 km N Puerto
Princesa, 10.XII.1965, in NMNH.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 7-8 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 24-25): Apical segment of in-
ferior appendages slender and bent. Phallotremal
tongue very long and slender, protruding the lateral
sides of phallothecal tip with half of its length.
Dorsolateral membrane with 2 pairs of appendages,
the smaller with minute spines and the longer with a
bent and serrate spur.
Remarks. — The new species is a close relative of H.
mindorensis and H. cebuensis. The main differences
can be found in the structures of the phallotheca.
Hydropsyche gemellata sp. n.
(figs. 26-27)
Type material. - Holotyped (in alcohol), Indo-
nesia, Sulawesi Selatau, Puncal Palopo, Tanah Tora-
ja, 1300m, 19.viii.1995, leg. S. Naumann, in MNHB.
— Paratypes: 26 , same data as holotype.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 9 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 26-27): Apical appendages of
segment 10 bent downwards. Second segment of in-
ferior appendages simple, with an acute tip.
Phallotremal tongue longer than the lateral sides of
phallothecal tip, which are characteristically curved
upwards. Dorsolateral membrane with 3 pairs of ap-
pendages, the longer with a long spur apically, the
two shorter ones with minute spines.
Remarks. — The nearest relative is obviously A.
hamifera from the same island. In comparison with
the figures of the type of H. hamifera in Neboiss
(1996: 7) the species differs in the structure of the
phallotheca.
Hydropsyche salki sp. n.
(figs. 28-30)
Type material. - Holotyped (in alcohol), Indo-
nesia, Seram, Piljana, 25.2.1994, leg. P. Salk, in
MNHB. — Paratypes: 22 , same data as holotype; 3d,
Indonesia, Sulawesi Selatan, Puncak, 1000m,
22.11.1994, leg. P. Salk; 473, 32 ‚Indonesia, Bacan
Island, Mt. Sibela, 5-8.11.1996, leg. V. Siniaev (26 in
coll. Malicky); 35, 32, Indonesia, Halmahera, Mt.
Talagaramu, 15 km SE Baru, 600m, 22-31.1.1996,
leg. V. Siniaev.
201
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 33-38. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche spp. — 33-34, H. suppleta sp. n., 33, lateral, 34, ventral; 35-36, H. naumanni sp.
n., 35, lateral, 36, ventral; 37-38, H. sulana sp. n., 37, lateral, 38, ventral.
202
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
Figs. 39-40. Male genitalia of Hydropsyche bacanensis sp. n. — 39, lateral, 40, ventral.
Description. — External characters as in A. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 8-10 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 28-30): Segment 9 with a dis-
tinct carina. Dorsal processes of segment 10 very
small or lacking. Apical segment of inferior ap-
pendages sinuate. Phallotremal tongue broad, with a
bifid tip. Dorsolateral membrane with one pair of
long appendages, apically armed with minute spines.
Etymology. — The species is dedicated to Peter
Salk, who collected this species during his voyage in
Indonesia and donated the material to the MNHB.
Remarks. — The species is related to H. sirimauna
sp. n. The dorsolateral appendages of the phallotheca
and the second joint of the inferior appendages are
differently shaped.
Hydropsyche sirimauna sp. n.
(figs. 31-32)
Type material. — Holotype d (in alcohol), Indone-
sia, Ambon, Gunung Sirimau, 500m, 23.vii.1995,
leg. S. Naumann, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 5d, Indo-
nesia, Seram, Piljana, 600m, 26.11.1994, leg. P. Salk.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 7.5 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 31-31): Dorsal processes on
segment 10 lacking. Apical segment of inferior ap-
pendages sinuate in lateral view. Phallotheca slightly
bent upwards. Phallotremal tongue strongly sclero-
tized, as long as the phallotheca. Dorsolateral mem-
brane with a pair of very long appendages, ending
with a sclerotized and serrate tip.
Remarks. — H. sirimauna sp. n. is related with the
preceding species. Both occur sympatrically on
Seram.
Hydropsyche suppleta sp. n.
(figs. 33-34)
Type material. — Holotype d (in alcohol),
Indonesia, Ambon, Katalai, 470m, 26.vii.1995, leg.
S. Naumann, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 1 d, same data as
holotype; 26 , Indonesia, Ambon, 200m, 24.11.1994,
leg. P. Salk; 16, Indonesia, Seram, Piljana, Tule,
600m, 26.2.1994, leg. P. Salk.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 8 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 33-34): Segment 10 with both
dorsal and apical appendages. Phallotheca slightly
sinuate. Freely protruding apicolateral sides of phal-
203
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
lotheca reduced. Phallotremal sclerites large, as long
as its tongue. Dorsolateral membrane with two short
lobes, the lateral one with a long and distinctively
bent spine.
Remarks. — The new species is a close relative of A.
naumanni sp. n. from Sulawesi. They differ in the
structure of the dorsolateral appendages.
Hydropsyche naumanni sp. n.
(figs. 35-36)
Type material. — Holotype d (in alcohol), Indo-
nesia, Sulawesi Tengah, Taripa, 700m, 26.8.1995,
leg. S. Naumann, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 2d, same
data as holotype.
Description. — External characters as in A. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 8 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 35-36): Segment 10 with both
dorsal and apical appendages. Phallotheca straight.
Freely protruding apicolateral sides of phallotheca re-
duced, directed dorsally. Phallotremal sclerites large.
Dorsolateral membrane with two pairs of ap-
pendages, the longer with a bent spur, the smaller
with minute spines on the tips.
Etymology. — The species is named in honour of
Stefan Naumann, specialist on Emperor Moths
(Lepidoptera, Saturniidae), who collected the species
on Sulawesi and donated the material to the MNHB.
Remarks. — The species is closely related to H. sup-
pleta sp. n. from Seram and Ambon. Both species can
be separated easily by the different structure of the
phallic apparatus.
Hydropsyche sulana sp. n.
(figs. 37-38)
Type material. — Holotyped (in alcohol), Indo-
nesia, Moluccas, Sula Islands, Sanana, 1 km W Wai-
bau, 250m, 3.viii.1995, leg. S. Naumann, in MNHB. —
Paratypes: 56, 22, same data as holotype.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 8-9 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 37-38): Segment 10 with dor-
sal and apical appendages. Second segment of inferior
appendages short and slender. Phallotheca slightly
sinuate, apicolateral parts enlarged and bent outward-
ly. Phallotremal tongue reaching just the tip of the
phallotheca. Dorsolateral membrane with two pairs
of appendages, the longer with a terminal spur, the
shorter covered with minute spines.
Remarks. — The new species is related to the next
species, H. bacanensis sp. n.
Hydropsyche bacanensis sp. n.
(figs. 39-40)
Type material. — Holotyped (in alcohol), Indone-
sia, Moluccas, Bacan, Mt. Sibela, 2.- 13.11.1996, leg.
V. Siniaev, in MNHB. — Paratypes: 2d, same data as
holotype.
Description. — External characters as in H. ger-
manorum sp. n. Length of forewing 8.2 mm.
Male genitalia (figs. 39-40): Segment 9 with a well
developed carina. Second segment of inferior ap-
pendages with broad base and slender apical half.
Phallotheca with elongated apical parts, broad and
serrate dorsally. Phallotremal tongue not reaching tip
of phallotheca. Dorsolateral membrane with two
pairs of appendages, the slightly longer with a termi-
nal spur and the shorter with minute spines.
Remarks. — H. bacanensis sp. n. is a close relative to
the preceding species, H. sulana sp. n. The morpho-
logical differences in the phallic apparatus are minor,
but constantly expressed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to thank those, who have collected
Hydropsyche material in the West Pacific Region and
donated it to me and to the MNHB: Dr. Eddi Diel,
Axel Kallies, Stefan Naumann, Jan Petersen, Peter
Salk, Alexander Schintlmeister, Sheng-Horn Yen.
The work was supported by a grant from the
Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (Me 1085/5-1).
REFERENCES
Banks, N., 1930. Some neuropteroid insects from North
Borneo, particularly from Mt. Kinabalu. — Journal of the
FMS Museums 14: 411-429.
Banks, N., 1937. Philippine neuropteroid insects. — The
Philippine Journal of Science 63: 125-174.
Banks, N., 1939. New genera and species of neuropteroid
insects. — Bulletin of the Museum of comparative
Zoology 85 (7): 439-504.
Bueno-Soria, J., 1984. Description of the larva and pupa of
Mexipsyche toschiae (Denning) (Trichoptera: Hydro-
psychidae).— In: J. C. Morse (ed.). Proceedings of the 4th
International Symposium on Trichoptera, Clemson
1983: 49-55. — Junk Publishers, The Hague.
Flint, O. S. & J. Bueno-Soria, 1987. Studies of Neotropical
caddisflies, XXXVI: The genus Calosopsyche in Central |
America, with descriptions of its immature stages |
(Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae).— In: M. Bournaud & H.
Tachet (eds.), Proceedings of the 5th International
Symposium on Trichoptera, Lyon 1986: 29-37. — Junk
Publishers, Dordrecht.
Kimmins, D. E., 1955. Results of the Oxford University |
Expedition to Sarawak, 1932. Order Trichoptera. — |
Sarawak Museum Journal 6 (5): 374-442.
Kimmins, D. E., 1957. Neuroptera and Trichoptera collect-
ed by Mr. J. D. Bradley on Guadalcanal Islands 1953-
1954. — Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural
History), Entomology series 5: 289-308.
Kimmins, D. E., 1962. Miss L.E. Cheesman’s expeditions
to New Guinea. — Bulletin of the British Museum
(Natural History), Entomology series 11 (4): 99-187.
Korboot, K., 1964. Eight new species of caddisflies from the
Australian Region. — University of Queensland Papers,
Department of Entomology 2 (2): 47-56.
Malicky, H., 1977. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hydro-
psyche guttata-Gruppe. — Zeitschrift der Arbeits-
gemeinschaft österreichischer Entomologen 29: 1-28.
Malicky, H., 1996. Neue Köcherfliegen aus Thailand (Tri-
choptera). — Entomologische Berichte Luzern 36: 119-
128.
McFarlane, A. G., 1976. A generic revision of New Zealand
Hydropsychinae (Trichoptera). — Journal of the Royal
Society of New Zealand 6: 23-35.
Mey, W., 1990. Neue und wenig bekannte Arten der Gat-
tung Hydropsyche Pictet von den Philippinen (Tricho-
pterta, Hydropsychidae). — Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift, Neue Folge 37 (4): 413-424.
Mey, W., 1995. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Köcherfliegen-
fauna der Philippinen, I. (Trichoptera). — Deutsche ento-
mologische Zeitschrift, Neue Folge 42 (1): 191-209.
Mey, W., 1996. Zur Kenntnis der Hydropsyche pluvialis-
Gruppe in Südostasien (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). —
Entomologische Zeitschrift 106 (4): 144-152.
Mey, W., 1998. Contribution to the knowledge of the cad-
disflies of the Philippines, 2. The species of the Mt.
Agtuuganon Range on Mindanao (Insecta: Trichoptera).
— Nachrichten des entomologischen Vereins Apollo,
Suppl. 17: (in press).
Mey, W., 1998. The Hydropsyche formosana group in the
Oriental region: taxonomy, distribution and phylogeny.
— Proceedings of the 9th International Symposium on
Trichoptera, Chiang Mai 1998 (in preparation).
Mosely, M. E., 1951. Descriptions of new Sarawak
Trichoptera. — The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History (12) 4: 480-490.
Navas, R. P. L., 1925. Insects exoticos nuevos o poco cono-
cidos. — Memorias de la Real Academia de Cienciass y
Artes de Barcelona 19 (5): 180-200.
Navas, R. P. L., 1927. Veinticinco formas nuevas de insec-
tos. — Boletin de Sociedad Ibérica de Ciencias Naturales
26: 48-75.
Neboiss, A., 1986. Atlas of Trichoptera of the SW Pacific-
Australian Region. — Junk Publishers, The Hague, 286
PP-
Neboiss, A., 1996. Notes and illustrations of some Hydro-
psyche and Hydromanicus types (Hydropsychidae). —
Braueria (Lunz am See) 23: 7-9.
Nielsen, A., 1981. On the evolution of the phallus and other
male terminalia in the Hydropsychidae with a proposal
for a new generic name. — In: G. P. Moretti (ed.), Procee-
dings of the 3rd International Symposium on Tricho-
ptera, Perugia 1980: 273-278. — Junk Publishers, The
Hague.
Nimmo, A. P., 1987. The adult Arctopsychidae and
Hydropsychidae (Trichoptera) of Canada and adjacent
United States. — Quaestiones Entomologicae 23: 1-189.
Mey: Hydropsyche West-Pacific region
Pictet, F. J., 1834. Recherches pour servir a l'Histoire et a
l' Anatomie des Phryganides. — Genève, III + 235 pp.
Ross, H. H., 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of
Illinois. — Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey
23: 1-326.
Ross, H. H. & J. D. Unzicker, 1977. The relationships of
the genera of American Hydropsychinae as indicated by
phallic structures (Trichoptera; Hydropsychidae). —
Journal of the Georgia Entomological Society 12 (4):
298-312.
Schefter, P. W., 1996. Phylogenetic relationships among
subfamily groups in the Hydropsychidae (Trichoptera)
with diagnoses of the Smicrideinae, new status, and the
Hydropsychinae. — Journal of the North American ben-
thological Society 15 (4): 615-633.
Schefter , P. W. & G. B. Wiggins, 1986. A systematic study
of the Nearctic larvae of the Hydropsyche morosa Group
(Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae). — Life sciences miscella-
neous publications, Toronto, 94 pp.
Schefter, P. W., Wiggins, G. B. & J. D. Unzicker, 1986. A
proposal for assignment of Ceratopsyche as a subgenus of
Hydropsyche, with new synonyms and a new species (Tri-
choptera: Hydropsychidae). — Journal of the North
American benthological Society 5: 67-84.
Schmid, F., 1965. Quelques Trichopteres de Chine II. —
Bonner zoologische Beiträge 16: 127-154.
Schmid, F., 1979. On some new trends in Trichopterology.
— Bulletin of the entomological Society of Canada 11: 48-
Sk
Schuster, G. A., 1984. Hydropsyche? — Symphitopsyche? —
Ceratopsyche?: À taxonomic enigma.. — In: J. C. Morse
(ed.). Proceedings of the 4th International Symposium
on Trichoptera, Clemson 1983: 339-345. — Junk Pub-
lishers, The Hague.
Tanida, K., 1986. A revision of Japanese species of the genus
Hydropsyche (Trichoptera, Hydropsychidae) I. — Kontyû,
Tokyo 54 (3): 467-484.
Tian, L. X. & Y. W. Li, 1987. A preliminary study of the
subfamily Hydropsychinae (Trichoptera: Hydropsychi-
dae) in China. — In: M. Bournaud & H. Tachet (eds.).
Proceedings of the Sth International Symposium on
Trichoptera, Lyon 1986: 125-129. — Junk Publishers,
The Hague.
Ulmer, G., 1905. Zur Kenntnis aussereuropäischer Tricho-
pteren. — Stettiner entomologische Zeitschrift 1905: 3-
Wal
Ulmer, G., 1911. Die von Herrn Hans Sauter auf Formosa
gesammelten Trichopteren (Neur.). — Deutsche entomol-
ogische Zeitschrift 1911: 396-401.
Ulmer, G., 1915. Trichopteren des Ostens, besonders von
Ceylon und Neu-Guinea. — Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift 1915: 41-75.
Ulmer, G., 1930. Trichopteren von den Philippinen und
von den Sunda-Inseln. — Treubia 11: 373-498.
Ulmer, G., 1951. Kôcherfliegen (Trichopteren) von den
Sunda-Inseln (Teil I). — Archiv für Hydrobiologie,
Supplement 19: 1-528.
Received: 22 June 1997
Accepted: 22 December 1997
205
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
206
JAN PATOCKA
Institut für Waldükologie der SAW, Zvolen
DIE PUPPEN EINIGER MITTELEUROPÄISCHEN
UND KANARISCHEN SCYTHRIDIDAE
(LEPIDOPTERA, GELECHIOIDEA)
Patocka, J., 1998. Die Puppen einiger mitteleuropäischen und kanarischen Scythrididae (Lep-
idoptera, Gelechioidea). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 207-220, figs. 1-120.
[issN 0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
The pupae of the family Scythrididae and the Central European genus Scythris Hübner are
characterized. A key is provided to 16 species from Central Europe and 2 from the Canary is-
lands; these species are briefly described and some biological data are given.
Institut für Waldökologie der SAW, Stürova 2, 96053 Zvolen, Slovakia.
Key words. — Lepidoptera; Scythrididae; Pupae; Taxonomy; Key to species.
Die Puppen der Familie Scythrididae sind bisher
sehr wenig bekannt. So erwähnt z. B. Mosher (1916)
die Puppen zweier nordamerikanischer Arten und
Bengtsson (1984) einer mittel- bzw. nordeuropäi-
schen Art. In der vorliegenden Arbeit werden insge-
samt 18 Arten behandelt: 16 mitteleuropäischen und
2 von den Kanarische Inseln. Die Puppenexuvien der
letzteren erhielt der Autor von Dr Klimesch ohne
eingehendere Angaben. In Mitteleuropa (als Mit-
teleuropa wird hier Deutschland, die Schweiz, Öster-
reich die Tschechische Republik, Polen, die Slowakei
und Ungarn begriffen) sind von dieser Familie bisher
59 Arten bekannt, welche erst in den zwei letzten De-
zennien eingehender untersucht, taxonomisch auf-
geklärt und verläßlich bearbeitet wurden. Die euro-
päischen Arten werden neuerdings von Bengtsson
(1997) bearbeitet. Die Beziehungen der Familie Scy-
thrididae zu anderen Familien der Oberfamilie Gele-
chioidea, hinsichtlich ihrer Puppenmorphologie,
werden in Patocka (1997, im druck) besprochen.
Die Bionomie und die Nahrungspflanzen der Rau-
pen sind nur lückenhaft bekannt. Manche Arten leben
an Moosen (Bryophyta), die Mehrheit aber an Kräu-
tern aus den Familien Chenopodiaceae, Caryophyl-
laceae, Polygonaceae, Crassulaceae, Fabaceae, Cista-
ceae, Lamiaceae, Ericaceae, Onagraceae, Asteraceae
u.a. Die Raupen leben einzeln oder zu mehreren in
einem Gespinst bzw. Gespinstnest unter oder an ihren
INahrungspflanzen und halten sich oft in einer Ge-
spinströhre auf. Dort findet gewöhnlich auch die Ver-
Puppung in einem dichten, weichen Gespinst statt.
Viele Arten bevorzugen offene und warmtrockene,
andere eher frische bis feuchte Standorte und mehrere
sind Gebirgsbewohner.
Die hier erwähnten Arten gehören alle in die Gat-
tung Scythris Hübner, 1825. Bengtsson (1997) unter-
scheidet noch weitere Gattungen, von denen für Mit-
teleuropa noch Parascythris Hannemann, 1960 und
Enolmis Duponchel, 1845 in Betracht kommen. Von
diesen Gattungen konnte der Autor keine Vertreter
untersuchen.
MATERIAL UND METHODE
Das untersuchte Material stammt aus der Samm-
lung des Verfassers zu der viele Fachkollegen Materi-
al beigetragen haben und ferner aus folgenden Mu-
seen: Museum für Naturkunde Berlin, Zoologische
Staatssammlung München und Naturhistorisches
Museum Wien.
Die Puppen bzw. ihre Exuvien wurden aus ihren
Kokons herausgenommen und mit Hilfe eines Stere-
omikroskopes untersucht, gemessen, beschrieben und
gezeichnet. Das hier benützte System folgt im we-
sentlichen Bengtsson (1984, 1997), Huemer & Tar-
mann (1993) und Karsholt & Razowski (1996). Die
Nomenklatur richtet sich außerdem nach einer Liste
der paläarktischen Scythrididae (aus dem Jahr 1987)
welche B. A. Bengtsson dem Autor liebenswürdiger-
weise zur Verfügung stellte. Die puppenmorphologi-
sche Terminologie (vgl. Abb. 1, 5, 6, 32) folgt
Mosher (1916).
207
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Abb. 1-15. — 1-8, Scythris potentillella; 9-15, S. limbella. — 1, 9 Habitusbild in Ventralansicht; 2, 10 Labrum und Umgebung;
3, 11 Palpus maxillaris und Umgebung; 4, 13 abdominales Spiraculum und Umgebung; 5, Vertex und Pronotum (linke
Hälfte); 6, 12, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Hälfte); 7, 14, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 8, 15, Abdomenende
in Dorsalansicht.
A = Antennae, A5 - A10 = 5.-10. Abdominalsegment, An = Analnaht, Af = Analfeld, Cl = Clypeus, F = Frons, Fcs = Fronto-
clypealsutur, G = Genae, Gn = Genitalnaht, Hb = Hinterbeine, Lb = Labium, Lbr = Labrum, Mb = Mittelbeine, Md =
Mandibulae, Msn = Mesonotum, Mtn = Metanotum O = Oculi, Pel = Postclypeus, Pm = Palpi maxillares, Pn = Pronotum,
Pr = Proboscis, Vb = Vorderbeine, Vfl = Vorderflügel, Vx = Vertex .
CHARAKTERISTIK DER PUPPEN DER SCYTHRIDIDAE
Mumienpuppen (pupae obtectae), klein bis mit-
telklein, etwa 4-9 mm lang, mittelschlank (Abb. 16)
bis mäßig gedrungen (Abb. 1), in Ventralansicht
spindel- oder keilförmig, im Frontalteil relativ breit
und stumpf abgerundet. Färbung braun (rot-, ocker-
oder gelbbraun). Skulptur oft mittelfein bis mittel-
grob. Meist findet man unregelmäßige Runzelung
oder Netz- bzw. Zellskulptur. Manchmal ist die
Skulptur dunkler als ihre Umgebung. Am Abdomen
gibt es zuweilen auch Punktgrübchen (Abb. 50). Bor-
sten - auch am Abdomen - oft klein bis mittelklein
(Abb. 15, 88), seltener größer (Abb.21) oder nicht
unterscheidbar (Abb. 27, 58). Nicht selten kommen
auch Sekundarborsten (Abb. 112, 115) vor.
Frontoclypealsutur deutlich (Abb. 1). Labrum mit
208
steileren oder schrägeren Seiten, kaudal abgestumpft
oder abgerundet und kaudal manchmal gewölbt
(Abb. 96) häufiger aber tief manchmal spitz aus-
geschnitten (Abb.2, 30, 43, 96). Labium mit Palpi
labiales gut entwickelt (Abb. 1, 2). Manchmal ist die
Basis des Labiums begrenzt undeutlich (Abb. 43, 48)
oder sein Basalteil von den Palpi labiales abgetrennt
(Abb. 59, 60). Palpi maxillares meist vorhanden und
relativ klein (Abb. 18, 24, 31), selten nicht unter-
scheidbar (Abb. 59, 61). Vorderschenkel (die sich |
sonst zwischen Proboscis und Vorderbeinen befind-
en) dagegen immer verdeckt (Abb. 1). Antennae
nicht selten kürzer als die Vorderflügel (Abb. 1, 59),
aneinander angrenzend (Abb. 42, 47, 77) oder von- |
einander isoliert (Abb. |, 53). Proboscis oft lang (Abb. |
28, 53), manchmal aber auch relativ kurz (Abb. 42). !
Vorderbeine kürzer (Abb. 1), seltener länger als die |
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
Abb. 16-29. — 16-21, Scythris knochella; 22-27, S. paullella; 28-29, S. clavella. — 16, 22, 28, Habitusbild inVentralansicht; 17,
23, Labrum und Umgebung; 18, 24, Palpi maxillares und Umgebung; 19, 25, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Hälfte);
20,26, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 21, 27, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht; 29, Vertex und Pronotum (linke Hälfte).
Mittelbeine (Abb. 28, 107). Hinterbeine verdeckt
(Abb. 28, 47) oder sichtbar, klein (Abb. 1) bzw. gros-
ser (Abb. 22) und selten frontal keilartig verjüngt
(Abb. 77). Vorderflügel voneinander isoliert (Abb. 9,
28, 77) oder länger bzw. kürzer aneinander angren-
zend (Abb. 1, 47, 65). Abdomen der Exuvie in Ven-
tralansicht zum Kaudalrand des 4. (Abb. 28, 107) bis
8. oder Basis des 9. Segmentes (Abb. 59) verdeckt.
Pronotum meist länger und breiter als Vertex
(Abb. 5). Thorakales Spiraculum spaltförmig (Abb.
5). Metanotum gewöhnlich breit und mitteltief aus-
geschnitten und seine Frontallappen mittelbreit und
‚abgerundet (Abb. 6, 67). Hinterflügel meist nur bis
\1/5-34 des 2., selten zur Basis des 3. Abdominalseg-
‚mentes sichtbar (Abb. 32, 56, 112). Abdominale
Spiracula manchmal etwas erhaben (Abb. 39, 113).
Kremaster nicht entwickelt. Abdomenende spitzer
(Abb. 65), oder stumpfer abgerundet (Abb. 115),
abgestumpft (Abb. 58) oder etwas konkav (Abb. 21),
zuweilen mit Höckern oder Lappen an den Seiten
\(Abb. 28, 52, 76), selten stumpf zugespitzt (Abb. 82).
Gattung Scythris Hübner, 1825
Mit der Charakteristik der Familie.
Bestimmungstabelle der Arten
1. Enden der Hinterbeine sichtbar (Abb. 1, 22, 77)
MESE RL RR RE 2. 2
— Enden der Hinterbeine verdeckt (Abb. 16, 28,
ADI Ie AA TIA EIER. OI o 7
2. Enden der Hinterbeine lang und frontal keilartig
verjüngt. Antennae berühren sich miteinander
(GINS) AMAA LY RRL RIM RBB SEN S. fuscoaenea
— Enden der Hinterbeine mittelkurz bis kurz und
frontal nicht keilartig. Antennae voneinander
ISOLER CAD DIE N35) ANNE 3
3. Antennae wesentlich kürzer als die Proboscis. En-
den der Hinterbeine klein und kurz (Abb. 1, 9)...
— Antennae nur etwas kürzer oder gleichlang,
zuweilen auch länger als die Proboscis. Enden der
Hinterbeine mittelklein und länger als breit
(Abb 255 NO) en A PER NE 5)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Abb. 30-46. — 30-34, Scythris clavella, 35-41, S. palustris; 42-46, S. inspersella. — 30, 36, 43, Labrum und Umgebung; 31, 38,
44, Palpus maxillaris und Umgebung; 32, 38, 45, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Häfte); 33, 40, Abdomenende in
Lateralansicht; 34, 41, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht; 35, 42, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht; 39, Abdominales Spiraculum
und Umgebung; 46 Pronotum (linke Hälfte). As = abdominales Spiraculum, Hfl = Hinterflügel, Mtn = Metanotum.
4.
Grenze Proboscis/Antennae und Proboscis/Vor-
derflügel etwa gleichlang. Vorderflügel grenzen
aneinander an. Puppe in Ventralansicht vor dem
Abdomenende plôtzlich verjüngt (Abb. 1)
ER E A SC Ae i S. potentillella
Grenze Proboscis/Antennae viel länger als Pro-
boscis/Vorderflügel. Vorderflügel voneinander
isoliert. Abdomenende verjüngt sich allmählich
(ATS SS) een: S. limbella
Antennae etwas langer als die Proboscis (Abb.
116). Grenze Palpi maxillares/Mittelbeine relativ
ne (VANE, MILE) PRE S. fallacella
Antennae etwas kürzer als die Proboscis (Abb. 22,
35). Grenze Palpi maxillares/Mittelbeine kurz
(Abb: DA 7). ERRO 6
Clypeus mit deutlichen Borsten (Abb. 35, 36).
Abdomen vor seinem Ende plötzlich verjüngt mit
etwas konkaven Seiten (Abb. 35) … …. S. palustris
Borsten am Clypeus nicht unterscheidbar (Abb.
23). Abdomenende allmählich verjüngt und seine
Seiten nicht konkav (Abb. 22) … … … S. paullella
210
Vs
Proboscis, Antennae und Vorderfliigel beinahe
gleichlang (Abb. 28, 95, 107). Borsten am Ab-
domenende hakenartig (Abb. 100) und meist re-
lativ lang und schlank (Abb. 34, 115) ............... 8
Proboscis, Antennae und Vorderflügel nicht
gleichlang (Abb. 16, 42, 47, 59). Wenn nur die |
Antennae etwas kürzer als die Proboscis und Vor-
derflügel (und oft auch sonst), sind die Borsten am |
Abdomenende kurz, nicht hakenartig (Abb. 71, |
83, 88) oder nicht unterscheidbar (Abb. 58).....10 |
Abdomen der Exuvie ventral bis zum 4. Segment |
verdeckt (Abb. 28, 107). Labrum kaudal deutlich |
ausseschnitten\(Abb 130,109) er. cose 9) |
Abdomen der Exuvie ventral bis zum kaudalteil
des 6.Segmentes verdeckt (Abb. 95). Labrum am |
Ende abgerundet, nicht ausgeschnitten (Abb. 96) |
(Kanarische Inseln) … … S. boseanella |
Abdomenende etwas zwei- oder dreilappig (Abb.
28,33,34). Bei der weiblichen Puppe die Vorder-
beine länger als die Mittelbeine und Antennae |
mit Proboscis gleichlang (Abb. 28) ...... S. clavella
49
52
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
Abb. 47-60. — 47-52, Scythris noricella; 53-58, S. siccella; 54, 60, S. braschiella. — 47, 53, 59, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht;
48, 54, 60, Labrum und Umgebung; 49, 55, Palpus maxillaris und Umgebung; 50, 56, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke
Hälfte); 51, 57, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 52, 58, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht.
Abdomenende abgerundet (Abb. 107, 108, 114,
115). Bei der weiblichen Puppe die Vorderbeine
kiirzer als die Mittelbeine und Antennae als die
ProDOscisi(AbbAl0 See S. seliniella
. Mittelbeine kürzer als die Vorderbeine (Abb. 42,
47). Abdomen dorsal mit Grübchenskulptur
(ABBASSA Ue ee ERT, es 11
Mittelbeine länger als die Vorderbeine (Abb. 53,
65). Abdomen dorsal mit Runzel- bzw. Netz-
skulptur (Abb. 86, 92), selten mit kaum angedeu-
teten Grübchen (Abb. 56)... 12
. Antennae grenzen aneinander etwa so lang wie
die Vorderflügel an. Proboscis relativ lang (Abb.
BON RS EE lot S. inspersella
Antennae grenzen aneinander viel länger als die
Vorderflügel an. Proboscis relativ kurz (Abb. 47)
SE CR NLA DIANO TOLLER S. noricella
. Antennae kürzer als die Mittelbeine (Abb. 59).
Palpi maxillares nicht unterscheidbar (Abb. 61)...
oe S. braschiella
Antennae länger als die Mittelbeine (Abb. 65,
11538
71). Palpi maxillares unterscheidbar (Abb. 68,
74)
Grenze Antennae/Proboscis kürzer als Probos-
is Mordertlüge {ADD ES 3 MOD) PRES 14
Grenze Antennae/Proboscis länger als Probos-
eis/Morderflügeli(ADDR83 139) KATE En 15
. Labrum ziemlich tief und spitz ausgeschnitten
(Abb. 102). Palpi maxillares relativ groß (Abb.
103). Grenze Mittelbeine/Proboscis viel kürzer
als die Antennae/Proboscis (Abb. 101) (Ka-
nantscheilnseln) ee nee S. klimeschi
Labrum seicht und abgerundet ausgeschnitten
oder fast gerade(Abb. 54). Palpi maxillares klein
(Abb. 55). Grenze Mittelbeine/Proboscis wenig
kürzer als Antennae/Proboscis (Abb. 53).............
Di EEN EN S. siccella
. Grenze Antennae/Proboscis kaum oder bis etwa
2X länger als Proboscis/Vorderflügel (Abb. 16,
SEN NEE AIR 16
Grenze Antennae/Proboscis mehr als 4X länger
als Proboscis/Vorderflügel (Abb. 65, 83)......... 117
211
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
66
if
Abb. 61-76. — 61-64, Scythris braschiella; 65-70, S. crassiuscula; 71-76, S. dissimilella. — 61, 68, 73, Palpus maxillaris, bzw.
Oculus und Umgebung; 62, 67, 74, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Hälfte); 63, 69, 75, Abdomenende in Lateralan-
sicht; 64, 70, 76, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht; 65, 71, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht; 66, 72, Labrum und Umgebung.
16. Vorderfliigel grenzen aneinander an. Abdomen-
ende spitzer abgerundet (Abb. 89). Labrum seicht
und abgerundet ausgeschnitten (Abb. 90)
PRA A REA AAA A LEA Ea LES S. bengtssoni
Vorderflügel voneinander isoliert. Abdomenende
eher stumpf (Abb. 16). Labrum spitz ausge-
schnitten (Abb RIVER S. knochella
Abdomenende in Ventralansicht mit je einem
Seitenlappen. Proboscis vor dem Endteil etwas
verschmälert (Abb. ZW): S. dissimilella
Abdomenende in Ventralansicht ohne Seitenlap-
pen. Proboscis vor dem Endteil nicht verschmä-
lei Ab b), (E535, (9333) OR EE 18
Vorderflügel grenzen kurz aneinander an. Abdo-
menende eher spitz (Abb. 65). Labrum tief und
spitz augeschnitten| (Abb REI O
SONI ARE NO RARE SE A A e ARE S. crassiuscula
Vorderflügel voneinander isoliert. Abdomenende
eher stumpf (Abb. 83). Labrum seicht ausge-
ScANIttenNI(AbbASA) ILA S. hungaricella
17
18.
212
Scythris potentillella (Zeller, 1847)
(Abb. 1-8)
Untersuchtes Material. — | Männchen, Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,4X2 mm, relativ gedrun- |
gen, Abdomen zwischen dem 8.-9. Segment plötzlich
verjüngt. Färbung dunkel goldbraun, Exuvie orange-
braun, schwach glänzend. Skulptur überall deutlich, |
unregelmäßig runzelig-zellartig. Borsten steif, auch |
am Clypeus deutlich, am Abdomenende hakenartig.
Labrum kaudal tief ausgeschnitten. Labium basal |
deutlich begrenzt und wenig erweitert. Palpi maxilla- |
res ziemlich groß und viereckig. Grenze Palpi maxil- |
lares/Oculi kaum länger als Antennae/Palpi maxilla- |
res und Vorderbeine/Genae kurz, nicht länger als |
Palpi maxillares/Mittelbeine. Grenze Mittelbeine
/Proboscis fast halb so lang wie Proboscis/Antennae. |
Vorderflügel grenzen kurz, aber deutlich aneinander
an. Hinterbeine unterscheidbar, recht klein. 7. Abdo- |
minalsegment der Exuvie ventral fast verdeckt und
seine grenze mit dem 8. Segment geschwungen. Pro-
notum viel länger als Vertex, Mesonotum frontal
längsgerippt. Thorakales Spiraculum kurz spaltför-
mig. Metanotum recht breit abgerundet und tief aus-
geschnitten. Abdominale Spiracula breit elliptisch,
wenig erhaben, durch konzentrische Ringelung ge-
säumt. Analfeld mit je einem Eindruck.
Perianalhäkchen vorhanden. Abdomenende abge-
rundet, in Lateralansicht im Dorsalumriß abge-
schrägt und in Dorsalansicht mit zwei Querreihen
von Borsten.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Acetosella vulgaris (Koch)
Fourr. (= Rumex acetosella) in einer Gespinströhre
entlang des Stengels. Diese Art bevorzugt sandige
Standorte, auch im Gebirge.
Scythris limbella (Fabricius, 1775)
(Abb. 9-15)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Weibchen, Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 6,3X2,0 mm, mäßig
gedrungen. Abdomen am 8.-9. Segment nicht auffal-
lend verjüngt. Färbung rotbraun, Exuvie hell rotgelb-
braun, etwas glänzend. Skulptur stark und unregel-
mäßig runzelig-zellartig. Borsten auch am Clypeus
deutlich. Morphologisch S. potentillella ähnlich, aber
die Grenze Antennae/Proboscis viel länger als Mittel-
beine/Proboscis oder Proboscis/Vorderflügel. Vor-
derflügel voneinander isoliert. Enden der Hinterbei-
ne sichtbar und winzig. Labrum stark ausgeschnitten.
Grenze Palpi maxillares/Mittelbeine relativ kürzer als
bei S. potentillella. Abdomen der Exuvie ventral bis
zum Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes verdeckt. Aus-
schnitt des Metanotums relativ schmaler. Abdomi-
nale Spiracula dunkel, kreisförmig und kaum erha-
ben. Abdomenende in Lateralansicht regelmäßig
abgerundet, in Dorsalansicht mit zwei Querreihen
steifer Borsten.
Lebensweise. — Raupe gruppenweise in einem
Gespinst an Blättern und Blüten von Chenopodium
und Atriplex spp. Ruderale und öde Standorte.
Scythris knochella (Fabricius, 1794)
(Abb. 16-21)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,1-5,4X 1,4-1,6 mm, rot-
braun, Exuvie heller. Skulptur deutlich, unregel-
mäßig runzelig, Borsten ebenfalls deutlich, aber am
Kopf nicht unterscheidbar. Labrum kaudal stark aus-
|geschnitten und Labium an der Basis deutlicher er-
weitert als bei den vorgehenden Arten. Palpi maxil-
lares eher dreieckig, ihre Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen
kurz. Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine ebenfalls kurz. Vor-
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
derbeine und die Grenze Mittelbeine/Proboscis auch
nicht lang. Grenze Proboscis /Antennae etwa 2X
länger als Proboscis/Vorderflügel. Hinterbeine nicht
sichtbar. Vorderflügel voneinander isoliert. Abdomen
der Exuvie ventral bis etwa zu % des 7. Segmentes
verdeckt. Auschnitt des Metanotums mit eher schrä-
gen Seiten. Abdominale Spiracula kreisrund und we-
nig erhaben. Abdomenende stumpf oder etwas aus-
geschnitten und mit starken Borsten versehen.
Lebensweise. — Noch nicht ausreichend bekannt.
Als Nahrungspflanze der Raupe wird Cerastium, aber
auch Thymus spp. angegeben. Trockene offene Stan-
dorte werden bevorzugt.
Scythris paullella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1855)
(Abb. 22-27)
Untersuchtes Material. — | Männchen, 3 Weibchen,
Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,2-5,3X1,3-1,6 mm, hell-
braun, Exuvie bleich bräunlichgelb. Skulptur un-
regelmäßig runzelig bis zellartig. Borsten am Kopf
kaum unterscheidbar und auch am Abdomen klein.
Labrum ähnlich wie bei den vorherigen Arten, kaudal
ausgeschnitten. Labium relativ klein, an der Basis
mäßig verbreitet. Palpi maxillares klein, fast dreieck-
ig. Ihre Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen und auch Vor-
derbeine/Genae sehr kurz. Proboscis lang und
berührt die relativ großen Enden der Hinterbeine.
Seine Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen und Vorderflü-
geln kurz, mit den Antennae sehr lang. Vorderflügel
voneinander isoliert. Abdomen der Exuvie ventral
fast bis zum Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes verdeckt.
Pronotum relativ kurz, aber deutlich länger als Ver-
tex. Thorakales Spiraculum spaltförmig und schmal.
Metanotum etwa bis zu % seiner Länge breit ausge-
schnitten. Abdominale Spiracula klein und deutlich
erhaben. Abdomenende stumpf, in Lateralansicht
sein Ventralumriß abgeschrägt. Die männliche Pup-
pe mit einer Erhabenheit ventral am 8. Abdominal-
segment, diese fehlt bei der weiblichen.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Moosen (Polytrichum
spp.) in feinem Gespinstnest. Lokal an felsigen,
buschigen und ziemlich sonnigen Standorten ebenso
an alkalischen, wie auch sauren Substrat.
Scythris clavella (Zeller, 1855)
(Abb. 28-34)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Weibchen, Böhmen (Bo-
hemia).
Beschreibung. — Puppe 6,5X1,9 mm, rotbraun,
Exuvie heller. Skulptur relativ grob, scharf dunkel,
netzartig. Borsten deutlich, auch am Clypeus unter-
215
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Abb. 77-90. — 77-82, S. fuscoaenea; 83-88, S. hungaricella; 89-90, S. bengtssoni. — 77, 83, 89, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht;
78, 84, 90, Labrum und Umgebung; 79, 85, Palpus maxillaris und Umgebung; 80, 86, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke
Hälfte); 81, 87, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 82, 88, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht.
scheidbar, am Pronotum deutlicher, am Abdomen
mittelklein. Hakchen am Abdomenende und eben-
falls die Perianalhäkchen lang und schlank hakenför-
mig. Auch zahlreiche überzählige (sekundäre) Bor-
sten vorhanden. Clypeus rauh skulptiert und etwas
höckerig. Labrum abgerundet trapezförmig mit
schrägen Seiten und am Kaudalende mittelseicht aus-
geschnitten. Labium lang und an der Basis mäßig er-
weitert. Palpi maxillares mittelgroß, trapezförmig, an
die Mittelbeine ziemlich lang angrenzend. Auch die
Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine länger als bei S. paullella.
Mittelbeine etwas kürzer als die Vorderbeine. Pro-
boscis grenzt an die Antennae lang an. Vorderflügel,
Antennae und Proboscis etwa gleichlang. Vorder-
flügel voneinander isoliert. Abdomen der Exuvie in
Ventralansicht nur bis zum Kaudalrand des 4. Seg-
mentes verdeckt. Am 5. und 6. Segment sind Spuren
der Abdominalbeine unterscheidbar. Pronotum rela-
tiv breit mit geschwungenem Kaudalrand. Thorakale
Spiracula schmal und unauffällig. Metanotum mittel-
breit und etwa zu Va seiner Länge ausgeschnitten.
Hinterflügel bis zur Basis des 3. Abdominalsegmentes
214
sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula etwas erhaben. Ab-
domenende - auch in Lateralansicht - etwas eckig
bzw. lappig und im Mittelteil konkav, in Dorsalan-
sicht mit einem kleinen Kaudalhöcker. Analfeld und
seine Umgebung ziemlich rauh.
Lebensweise. — Nahrungspflanze nach Bengtsson
(1997) ist Helianthemum nummularium (L.) Miller.
Die hier beschriebene Puppe wurde von eingetragene
Teucrium chamaedris L. erzogen (persönliche Mit-
teilung von Dr. Vävra, Prag). Die Imago bevorzugt |
warmtrockene Standorte.
Scythris seliniella (Zeller, 1839)
(Abb. 107-115)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Polen.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,6-6,2X1,6-1,8 mm rot,
|
bei dem Weibchen eher ockerbraun, Exuvie heller. |
Skulptur relativ grob, scharf und dunkel runzelig-net-
zartig. Borsten deutlich (auch am Clypeus unterschei-
dbar), fein, aus dunkleren Pinnacula entspringend.
Auch zahlreiche sekundäre Borsten vorhanden. Am
10.Abdominalsegment sind die End- und Perianal-
borsten recht zahlreich, lang und schlank, hakenför-
mig. Morphologisch S. clavella ähnlich. Abdome-
nende bei beiden Geschlechtern abgerundet und
nicht lappig. Bei dem Männchen Antennae, Pro-
boscis und Vorderflügel gleichlang und Mittelbeine
kürzer als die Vorderbeine. Bei dem Weibchen An-
tennae etwas kürzer als die Proboscis und Vorder-
flügel; Vorderbeine kürzer als die Mittelbeine.
Lebensweise. — Raupe lebt nach der Mitteilung von
T. Baran (Torun) an Moosen (Musci spp.), aber auch
an Artemisia campestris L. (T. Baran in Vorbereitung).
Auch diese Art bevorzugt warmtrockene und sonnige
Standorte.
Scythris palustris (Zeller, 1855)
(Abb. 35-41)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,2-4,6X1,2-1,4 mm,
ockerbraun, Exuvie hell bräunlich ockergelb und
mäßig glänzend. Skulptur scharf und unregelmäßig
runzelig. Borsten klein und steif, auch am Clypeus
deutlich. Morphologisch S. paullella ähnlich. Ab-
domenende am 8. und 9. Segment auffallender ver-
jüngt und dort in Ventralansicht sein Umriß etwas
konkav. Palpi maxillares relativ etwas großer und ihre
Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen länger. Grenze Ocu-
li/Vorderbeine kürzer als bei S. paullella. 7. Abdomi-
nalsegment der Exuvie ventral praktisch bis zum Kau-
dalrand verdeckt. Abdomenende mehr abgerundet
und in Lateralansicht sein Dorsalumriß abgeschrägt.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Moos (Rhytidiadelphus
sp.) in Gespinströhren. An feuchten und offenen
Standorten.
Scythris inspersella (Hübner, 1817)
(Abb. 42-46)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, Norwegen (Ab-
domenende beschädigt).
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,5X1,8 mm, rotbraun,
Exuvie hell rötlich braun. Skulptur fein: Am Kopf
und Thorax feine quere und wirre Runzeln, am 1.-8.
Abdominalsegment winzige Punktgrübchen. Borsten
sehr klein. Labrum trapezförmig und kaudal nicht
ausgeschnitten. Postclypeus stärker quergerunzelt.
Labium mittelgroß, seine Basis erweitert und un-
scharf begrenzt. Palpi maxillares klein, viereckig,
seine Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen ziemlich lang.
Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine kurz. Vorderbeine deut-
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
lich länger als die Mittelbeine, Antennae länger als die
Proboscis, aber kürzer als die Vorderflügel. Antennae
und Vorderflügel grenzen etwa gleichlang aneinander
an. Hinterbeine nicht sichtbar. 7. Abdominalsegment
der Exuvie ventral bis auf einen schmalen Kaudal-
streifen verdeckt. Pronotum mittelschmal, sein Kau-
dalrand geschwungen. Thorakales Spiraculum spalt-
förmig, dunkel. Metanotum nur etwa zu 1/3 seiner
Länge, breit und abgerundet ausgeschnitten. Sicht-
barer Teil der Hinterflügel überragt wenig die Höhe
der Spiracula am 2. Abdominalsegment. Abdominale
Spiracula mäßig erhaben. Abdomen zum Ende all-
mählich verjüngt.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Chamerion angustifolium
(L.) Holub, oft gruppenweise, in versponnenen Trieb-
spitzen. Verpuppungskokon weißlich. An frischen
Waldlichtungen, um Waldwege usw.
Scythris noricella (Zeller, 1843)
(Abb. 47-52)
Untersuchtes Material. — 5 Männchen, 5 Weibchen,
Böhmen (Bohemia).
Beschreibung. — Puppe 7-8,5X2,3-2,6 mm, rot-
braun (Exuvie heller), mäßig glänzend. Skulptur mit-
telfein bis mittelgrob, am Kopf und Thorax un-
regelmäßig gerunzelt, am 1.-8. Abdominalsegment
scharfe und dichte Punktgrübchen. Borsten winzig,
am 8. und 9. Abdominalsegment etwas großer. La-
brum trapezförmig, seine Basis, wie auch Postclypeus
stark gefurcht. Labium mittelklein, basal etwas er-
weitert und unscharf begrenzt. Palpi maxillares mit-
telklein, fast dreieckig, ihre Grenze mit den Mittel-
beinen sehr kurz. Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine relativ
länger. Vorderbeine deutlich länger als die Mittel-
beine. Proboscis relativ kurz. Antennae grenzen an-
einander deutlich länger als die Vorderflügel und als
Antennae an die Proboscis an. 7. Abdominalsegment
der Exuvie ventral nur etwa zur Mitte seiner Länge
verdeckt. Pronotum mittelkurz, thorakales Spiracu-
lum auffällig und groß. Metanotum kaum zu Vs sein-
er Länge, breit und abgerundet ausgeschnitten. Hin-
terflügel etwa zu % des 2. Abdominalsegmentes
sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula deutlich erhaben. 8-
10. Abdominalsegment unscharf voneinander abge-
grenzt. Abdomenende abgestumpft, nur in Lateral-
ansicht abgerundet. Analfeld mit Eindrücken.
Borsten am Abdomenende kaum unterscheidbar.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Chamerion angustifolium
(L.) Holub, oft gruppenweise, in versponnenen
Triebspitzen. Verpuppungskokon weißlich. Mehr in
Gebirge, an ähnlichen Standorten wie S. inspersella.
215
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Abb. 91-106. — 91-94, S. bengtssont; 95-100, S. boseanella; 101-106, S. klimeschi. — 91, 97, 103, Palpus maxillaris und Umge-
bung; 92, 98, 104, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Hälfte), 93, 99, 105, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 94, 100,
106, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht; 95, 101, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht; 96, 102, Labrum und Umgebung.
Scythris siccella (Zeller, 1839)
(Abb. 53-58)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Weibchen, Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,3X1,2 mm, relativ
schlank. Färbung rötlich ockerbraun, Exuvie heller.
Skulptur fein gerunzelt, Abdomen dorsal papillos
skulptiert. Borsten winzig, am Kopf und Abdome-
nende nicht unterscheidbar. Labrum auffallend breit,
kaudal ein wenig ausgeschnitten. Mandibulae deut-
lich. Labium groß, an der Basis scharf begrenzt und
wenig verbreitet. Palpi maxillares klein und dreieckig,
unscharf begrenzt. Vorderbeine grenzen lang an die
Basis der Antennae an. Oculi schwach abgegrenzt.
Vorderbeine kürzer als die Mittelbeine, diese kürzer
als die Antennae, alle aber viel kürzer als die Pro-
boscis, diese gleichlang wie die Vorderflügel. Ab-
domen der Exuvie ventral bis zum Kaudalrand des 7.
Segmentes verdeckt. Thorakale Spiracula wenig auf-
fällig, spaltförmig. Metanotum etwa zu Va seiner
Länge stumpf ausgeschnitten, Ausschnitt mit schrä-
216
gen Seiten. Hinterflügel nur bis zur Basis des |. Abdo-
minalsegmentes sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula fast
kreisrund und wenig erhaben. Abdomenende stumpf, |
in Lateralansicht stumpf abgerundet. Analnaht lang,
Analfeld etwas uneben.
Lebensweise. — Raupe in einer Gespinströhre an der
Basis der niedrig wachsenden Kräuter (wahrscheinlich
polyphag) an offenen und sonnigen Stellen.
Scythris braschiella (Hofmann, 1897)
(Abb. 59-64)
Untersuchtes Material:
Deutschland.
3 Männchen, 3 Weibchen,
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,2-4,6X 1,0-1,4 mm, mit-
telschlank, dorsoventral abgeflacht. Färbung braun,
Exuvie bleich gelbbraun. Skulptur aus feinen Run- |
zeln. Borsten klein, am Kopf und Abdomenende |
nicht unterscheidbar. Labrum breit und abgerundet,
kaudal spitz ausgeschnitten. Labium klein, Basis der |
Palpi labiales verdeckt. Palpi maxillares nicht unter-
scheidbar, auch Oculi kaum abgegrenzt. Vorder-,
Mittelbeine und Antennae kurz. Proboscis so lang
wie die Vorderflügel und sehr lang an diese angren-
zend. Abdomen der Exuvie ventral bis zur Basis des 9.
Segmentes verdeckt. Metanotum zu 2 seiner Länge,
breit und abgerundet ausgeschnitten. Hinterflügel
überragen nur kurz den Kaudalrand des |. Abdomi-
nalsegmentes. Abdomenende stumpf, in Lateralan-
sicht spitzer abgerundet. Analfeld quergerunzelt.
Lebensweise. — Raupe lebt an Armeria maritima
Miller (Willd.). An sandigen Standorten.
Scythris crassiuscula (Herrich-Schäffer, 1855)
(Abb. 65-70)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Weibchen, Mähren (Moravia).
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,1 X 1,4 mm, eher gedrun-
gen. Färbung rotbraun, Exuvie rötlich braungelb,
glänzend. Skulptur mittelgrob, runzelig zellartig, ihre
Elemente etwas dunkler als die Umgebung. Borsten
deutlich, am Kopf nicht unterscheidbar, am Abdo-
menende fein hakenartig; auch die Perianalhäkchen
deutlich. Labrum mit konvergierenden Seiten, am
Ende tief und spitz ausgeschnitten. Labium relativ
lang, Basis erweitert. Palpi maxillares mittelklein,
viereckig, ihre Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen deutlich.
Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine mittelkurz. Vorderbeine
kürzer als die Mittelbeine, Proboscis länger als die
Antennae. Vorderflügel grenzen kurz aneinander,
Proboscis lang an die Antennae an. Abdomen der Fx-
uvie ventral bis zu % des 6. Segmentes verdeckt. Me-
tanotum zu V seiner Länge, mittelbreit und abgerun-
det ausgeschnitten. Abdominale Spiracula klein und
wenig erhaben. Abdomenende relativ spitz.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Helianthemum spp.
Trockenwarme, offene Standorte; mit Vorliebe am
Kalksubstrat.
Scythris dissimilella (Herrich-Schäffer, 1855)
(Abb. 71-76)
Untersuchtes Material. — 3 Weibchen, Böhmen (Bo-
hemia).
Beschreibung. — Puppe eher schlank, 6,1-6,3 X 1,6-
1,8 mm. Farbung orangebraun, Exuvie heller. Skulp-
tur mittelfein, scharf und unregelmäßig runzelig.
Borsten winzig und auch am Abdomenende klein, am
Kopf nicht unterscheidbar. Labrum mit relativ steilen
Seiten, kaudal mitteltief und spitz ausgeschnitten.
| Mandibulae relativ deutlich. Labium mittelklein,
frontal mäßig erweitert, an der Basis unscharf begren-
zt. Palpi maxillares klein und dreieckig, die Mittel-
beine fast nur punktartig berührend. Auch ihre Gren-
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
ze mit Oculi relativ kurz, ähnlich wie die Grenze
Genae/Vorderbeine. Vorderbeine kürzer als die Mit-
telbeine. Proboscis deutlich länger als die Antennae
und fast so lang wie die Vorderflügel, diese ganz kurz
aneinander angrenzend. Grenze Proboscis/Mittel-
beine und Proboscis/Vorderflügel annähernd gleich-
lang. Proboscis am Ende etwas erweitert zwischen
den Enden der Antennae eher verschmälert. Ab-
domen der Exuvie ventral etwa zu 2/3 des 7. Seg-
mentes verdeckt. Metanotum frontal bis % seiner
länge ausgeschnitten, Ausschnitt abgerundet mit
schrägen Seiten. Hinterflügel bis kaudal der Höhe der
Spiracula am 2. Abdominalsegment sichtbar. Ab-
dominale Spiracula klein und wenig erhaben. Ab-
domenende in Ventral- und Dorsalansicht mit ecki-
gen, kaudal gerichteten Seitenausläufern, in
Lateralansicht ziemlich spitz.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Helianthemum spp.; an
ahnlichen Standorten wie die vorherige.
Scythris fuscoaenea (Haworth, 1828)
(Abb. 77-82)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Böhmen (Bohemia).
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,9-6,3X1,4-1,6 mm,
honigbraun, Exuvie heller. Skulptur mittelfein vor-
wiegend länglich, aber auch quer und unregelmäßig
gerunzelt. Borsten klein. Labrum mittelgroß, nahe
der Basis mäßig eingeschnürt. Palpi maxillares klein
und viereckig, ihre Grenze mit den Mittelbeinen kurz
und die mit den Antennae am längsten. Die spitze
Proboscis länger als die Mittelbeine. Antennae gren-
zen mittelkurz aneinander an und sind etwa so lang
wie die Vorderflügel. Enden der Hinterbeine groß
und frontal keilförmig verjüngt. Abdomen der Exuvie
ventral fast bis zum Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes
verdeckt. Pronotum relativ lang und hinten
geschwungen begrenzt. Thorakales Spiraculum ziem-
lich auffällig, ihre Umgebung gerunzelt. Metanotum
etwa zu Vs seiner länge, ziemlich breit und abgerundet
ausgeschnitten. Hinterflügel über 2 des 2. Abdomi-
nalsegmentes sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula er-
haben. Abdomenende stumpf zugespitzt mit deut-
lichen feinen Häkchen, in Lateral- ziemlich ähnlich
wie in Dorsalansicht.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Helianthemum spp. An
trockenwarmen, offenen Standorten; mit Vorliebe
am Kalksubstrat.
Scythris hungaricella Rebel, 1917
(Abb. 83-88)
Untersuchtes Material. — 1 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Slowakei.
217
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Abb. 107-120. — 107-115, Scythris seliniella; 116-120, S. fallacella. — 107, 108, 116, Habitusbild in Ventralansicht (107, 116
Männchen, 108, Weibchen); 109, 117, Labrum und Umgebung; 110, 118, Palpus maxillaris und Umgebung; 111, Vertex
und Pronotum (linke Hälfte); 112, Metanotum und Abdomenbasis (linke Hälfte); 113, abdominales Spiraculum und Umge-
bung; 114, 119, Abdomenende in Lateralansicht; 115, 120, Abdomenende in Dorsalansicht.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 6,0-7,2X2,0-2,2 mm, mit-
telschlank, honigbraun, Exuvie heller. Skulptur mit-
telfein, unregelmäßig runzelig-zellartig. Borsten, auch
am Abdomenende, winzig. Labrum trapezförmig,
kaudal kaum ausgeschnitten. Labium mittelgroß,
seine Basis stark erweitert und unscharf begrenzt. Pal-
pi maxillares klein, denen bei der vorherigen Art ähn-
lich. Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine mittelkurz. Mittel-
beine etwas länger als die Vorderbeine, Proboscis
länger als die Antennae, ist am Ende zugespitzt und
so lang wie die Vorderflügel. Abdomen der Exuvie
ventral bis zum Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes ver-
deckt. Pronotum mittellang, viel länger als Vertex.
Thorakales Spiraculum kurz und spaltförmig, seine
Umgebung gerunzelt. Metanotum etwa zu Va seiner
Länge ausgeschnitten, Auschnitt abgerundet mit
schrägen Seiten. Abdominale Spiracula deutlich, aber
kaum erhaben. Abdomenende, auch in Lateralan-
sicht, relativ breit abgerundet.
Lebensweise. — Raupe in einem Gespinstnest an
der Basis der Polster von Thymus spp. An trocken-
218
warmen und sonnigen Standorten. Substrat: junge,
effusive Gesteine oder Kalkstein.
Scythris bengtssoni Patocka & Liska, 1989
(Abb. 89-94)
Untersuchtes Material. — | Männchen, Slowakei.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 5,5X1,7 mm, mäßig |
gedrungen, rotbraun, Exuvie hell rötlich braun.
Skulptur mittelfein, vorwiegend querrunzelig-zellar-
tig, am Clypeus, Frons und Vertex stärker. Borsten |
klein, aber deutlich, auch am Clypeus unterscheid- |
bar. Labrum trapezförmig, seine Seiten etwas
geschwungen, kaudal ganz schwach konkav. Labium
mittelgroß, an der Basis mäßig erweitert und unscharf |
begrenzt. Palpi maxillares mittelklein, ihre Grenze
mit den Mittelbeinen relativ lang. Vorderbeine mäßig
kürzer als die Mittelbeine, die spitze Proboscis auch |
kürzer als die Vorderflügel. Antennae wesentlich
kürzer als die Proboscis. Vorderflügel grenzen kurz
aneinander an. Abdomen der Exuvie ventral zu mehr
als 2/3 des 7. Segmentes verdeckt. Pronotum viel
länger als Vertex, kaudal wenig geschwungen begren-
zt. Thorakales Spiraculum kurz und dunkel. Metan-
otum etwa zu ¥2 seiner Länge, breit und abgerundet
ausgeschnitten. Hinterflügel etwa zur Höhe der
Spiracula des 2. Abdominalsegmentes sichtbar. Ab-
dominale Spiracula deutlich erhaben und dunkel.
Abdomenende ziemlich zugespitzt, kaudal abges-
tumpft und abgerundet (auch in Lateralansicht).
Lebensweise. — Raupe durch nächtliches Streifen
gewonnen, fraß bis zur Verpuppung 7hymus spp.
(persönliche Mitteilung von Ing. Turcani). An
warmtrockenen, steppenartigen Standorten.Substrat:
junge effusive Gesteine oder Kalkstein.
Scythris fallacella (Schläger, 1847)
(Abb. 116-120)
Untersuchtes Material. — 2 Männchen, 1 Weibchen,
Deutschland.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,0-5,0X 1,4-1,7 mm. Fär-
bung rötlich braun, Exuvie heller, mäßig glänzend.
Skulptur fein, unregelmäßig runzelig-netzartig. 10.
Abdominalsegment lateral mit Mikrobörstchen an
Papillen. Borsten, auch am Clypeus, deutlich, am Ab-
domenende steif. Labrum abgerundet mit steilen
Seiten, kaudal spitz und tief ausgeschnitten. Labium
mittelklein, an der Basis wenig erweitert und überall
scharf begrenzt. Palpi maxillares mittelklein und
viereckig, grenzen an die Mittelbeine relativ lang an.
Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine ebenfalls relativ deutlich.
Vorder- und die etwas längeren Hinterbeine ziemlich
lang. Antennae und Proboscis fast so lang wie die
Vorderflügel, die mittelkleinen Enden der Hinter-
beine berührend. Antennae und Vorderflügel
voneinander isoliert, Antennae grenzen an die Pro-
boscis lang an. Abdomen der Exuvie ventral bis zum
Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes verdeckt. Pronotum
breit, sein Kaudalrand geschwungen. Thorakales
Spiraculum schmal und spaltförmig. Metanotum
etwa zu ¥2 seiner Länge ausgeschnitten, dieser Auss-
chnitt abgerundet mit schrägen Seiten. Hinterflügel
nur bis zur Basis des 2. Abdominalsegmentes sicht-
bar. Abdominale Spiracula deutlich erhaben. Ab-
domenende stumpf und kaudal etwas ausgeschnitten,
in Lateralansicht sein Dorsalumriß geschwungen.
Lebensweise. — Raupe an Helianthemum spp. Diese
Art bevorzugt offene felsige und sonnige Gebirgsstan-
dorte am Kalksubstrat, manchmal aber auch in tiefer-
en Lagen.
PATOCKA: Puppen der Scythrididae
Kanarische Arten
Scythris boseanella Klimesch, 1986
(Abb. 95-100)
Untersuchtes Material: 3 Männchen, 3 Weibchen. Ka-
narische Inseln.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 7,5-8,5X2,3-2,6 mm. Sie
istam Kaudalende relativ spitz abgerundet, rotbraun,
Exuvie heller gefärbt. Skulptur mittelgrob runzelig-
zellartig und dunkel. Borsten klein, am Kopf kaum
unterscheidbar. Labrum kaudal gewölbt und
abgerundet, hinten nicht ausgeschnitten. Labium
mittelgroß, basal scharf begrenzt und nicht erweitert.
Palpi maxillares klein und eckig, ihre Grenze mit den
Mittelbeinen kurz. Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine meist
punktartig. Mittelbeine länger als die Vorderbeine,
beide kurz. Proboscis so lang wie die Vorderflügel
und die Antennae nur wenig kürzer. Abdomen der
Exuvie ventral fast zum Ende des 6. Segmentes
verdeckt. Pronotum relativ breit, sein Kaudalrand
geschwungen. Thorakales Spiraculum kurz spaltför-
mig. Metanotum zu V seiner länge und abgerundet
ausgeschnitten. Hinterflügel zur Basis des 3. Abdom-
inalsegmentes sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula kreis-
rund und wenig erhaben. Abdomenende mit
Häkchen bewachsen.
Scythris klimeschi Passerin d’ Entreves, 1986
(Abb. 101-106)
Untersuchtes Material: 3 Männchen, 4 Weibchen. Ka-
narische Inseln.
Beschreibung. — Puppe 4,2-4,6X1,3-1,4 mm. Ab-
domenende mit etwas konkaven Seiten und relativ
spitz abgerundet. Färbung honigbraun, Exuvie heller.
Skulptur relativ fein, eher chagriniert als gerunzelt.
Borsten recht fein, am Kopf kaum unterscheidbar.
Labrum mit steilen Seiten, abgerundet, kaudal tief
und spitz ausgeschnitten. Labium eher klein, Frontal-
teil scharf abgegrenzt und nur wenig erweitert. Palpi
maxillares relativ groß, kurz an die Mittelbeine an-
grenzend. Grenze Genae/Vorderbeine sehr kurz. Mit-
telbeine etwas, Antennae viel länger als die Vorder-
beine, aber kürzer als die Proboscis, welche mit den
Vorderflügeln gleichlang ist. Abdomen der Exuvie
ventral bis zum Kaudalrand des 7. Segmentes
verdeckt. Pronotum relativ kurz, thorakales Spiracu-
lum mittellang, spaltförmig. Metanotum etwa zu Va
seiner Länge ausgeschnitten. Dieser Ausschnitt
stumpf abgerundet mit steilen Seiten. Frontallappen
des Metanotums ebenfalls breit und stumpf abgerun-
det. Hinterflügel bis zur Basis des 3. Abdominalseg-
mentes sichtbar. Abdominale Spiracula klein und et-
219
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
was erhaben. Am Abdomenende sehr kleine Bor-
sten.
DANKSAGUNG
Der Verfasser dankt vielen Fachkollegen, insbeson-
dere L. Aarvik (Äs), T. Baran (Torun), B. A. Bengts-
son (Löttorp), Dr. Gregor (Brno), Dr. Klimesch
(Linz a. d. D.), Ing. Liska, Ing. Skyva (beide Prag),
Ing. Turcani (B. Stiavnica) und Dr. Vävra (Prag) für
die Überlassung der Puppen zum Studium, der Liter-
atur und für Hinweise über die Nahrungspflanzen
mancher Scythris-Arten. Dem Museum für
Naturkunde Berlin (Dr. W. Mey), der Zoologischen
Staatssammlung München (Dr. W. Dierl) und dem
Naturhistorischen Museum Wien (Dr. M. Lödl)
dankt er für die Ermöglichung des Studiums des dort
befindlichen Puppenmateriales, ferner der Alexander
von Humboldt-Stiftung (Bonn) und Hanskarl-Goet-
tling-Stiftung (Freising) für die finanzielle Hilfe. Die
Untersuchungen wurden im Rahmen des Projektes
VEGA Nr. 2029 durchgeführt und finanziell unter-
stützt. Dr. E. J. van Nieukerken dankt der Autor für
die Durchsicht der Arbeit und werte Anmerkungen
und ausbesserungen im Text. Dr. Biesenbaum dankt
er außerdem für die deutschsprachige Korrektur der
ganzen Arbeit.
220
LITERATUR
Bengtsson, B. A., 1984. The Scythrididae (Lepidoptera) of
Northern Europe. — Fauna Entomologica Scandinavica
13: 1-137.
Bengtsson, B. A., 1997. Scythrididae. — In P. Huemer, O.
Karsholt & L. Lyneborg (eds.): Microlepidoptera of Eu-
rope 2. Apollo Books, Stenstrup: |- 301.
Huemer, R. P. & G. Tarmann, 1993. Die Schmetterlinge
Österreichs. Systematisches Verzeichnis mit Verbre-
itungsangaben für die einzelnen Bundesländer. — Tiroler
Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Innsbruck, 224 pp.
Karsholt, O. & Razowski J., 1996. The Lepidoptera of Eu-
rope. A distributional checklist. — Apollo Books, Sten-
strup, 380 pp.
Mosher, E., 1916. A classification of the Lepidoptera based
on the characters of the pupa. — Bulletin of the Illinois
State Laboratory of Natural History 12: 1-159.
Patocka, J., 1987. Die Puppen der mitteleuropäischen
Schmetterlinge (Insecta: Lepidoptera): Überfamilien
Yponomeutoidea, Gelechioidea, Schreckensteinoidea,
Epermenoidea und Copromorphoidea. Linzer biologis-
che Beiträge 29 (im Druck).
Received: 27 February 1997
Accepted: 25 November 1997
M. TERZO & P. RASMONT
Laboratoire de Zoologie, Université de Mons-Hainaut, Belgique
CERATINA ZWAKHALSI ET C. VERHOEFFI,
DEUX NOUVELLES ESPECES DE LA REGION
OUEST-PALEARCTIQUE
(HYMENOPTERA, APOIDEA, XYLOCOPINAE)
Terzo, M. & P. Rasmont, 1998. Ceratina zwakhalsi et C. verhoeffi, deux nouvelles espèces de la
region ouest-paléarctique (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Xylocopinae). — Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 140 [1997]: 221-236, figs. 1-58, tables 1-6. [Issn 0040-7496]. Published 26
March 1998.
Two new species of small carpenter bees are described from the West Palearctic region:
Ceratina zwakhalsi from South-East Turkey (compared with C. acuta Friese, 1896, C. callosa
(Fabricius, 1794) and C. chalybea Chevrier, 1872) and Ceratina verhoeffi from Morocco (com-
pared with C. saundersi Daly, 1983 and C. maghrebensis Daly, 1983). Distribution maps are
given for all the treated species. Ceratina saundersi is recorded for the first time from Portugal,
the Lampedusa island (South of Sicily), the Italian peninsula and Lybia. The occurence of C.
saundersi in Sardinia and Spain is confirmed.
Correspondence: Université de Mons-Hainaut, Laboratoire de Zoologie, av. Maistriau 19, B-
7000 Mons, Belgium. E-mail:
[email protected]
Key words. — Hymenoptera; Apoidea; Xylocopinae; Ceratina; systematics; new species; West-
Palearctic; distribution maps.
A l'occasion de notre révision de la collection de M.
Gijs van der Zanden (Eindhoven, Pays-Bas), deux
nouvelles espèces de cératines de la région ouest-
paléarctique ont été découvertes: C. (Euceratina) ver-
hoeffi sp. n. et C. (Euceratina) zwakhalsi sp. n. Elles
viennent s'ajouter à la liste des espèces de cératines
ouest-paléarctiques connues notamment depuis les
travaux de Friese (1896, 1901) et Daly (1983).
C. zwakhalsi est comparée ici à C. acuta Friese,
1896, C. callosa (Fabricius, 1794) et C. chalybea
Chevrier, 1872 tandis que C. verhoeffi est comparée à
C. saundersi Daly, 1983 et C. maghrebensis Daly,
1983. Les mesures utiles pour caractériser ces espèces
sont décrites en détail par Daly (1973). Elles sont
reprises aux figures 1, 2 et 3 et sont exprimées en cen-
tièmes de millimètres. Elles ont été mesurées notam-
ment sur les holotypes mâles des nouvelles espèces. La
longueur de l'aile est mesurée depuis l'apex de la
plaque humérale jusqu'à l'apex de l'aile. La nomen-
clature des organes est inspirée de Bitsch & Leclercq
(1993). Les individus, autres que les types, ayant
servis à la réalisation des figures et des tableaux provi-
ennent des localités suivantes: C. acuta G: Grèce,
Macedonia, péninsule de Sithonia; C. acuta 9: Bul-
garie, Blageovgrad, Sandanski; C. callosa 3: Espagne,
Teruel, Pozondon; C. callosa 2: Espagne, Valencia,
Loriguilla ; C. chalybea 3: France, Haute Loire, St-
Didier d'Allier; C. chalybea 2: France, Alpes de Hau-
tes Provence, Vachères; C. maghrebensis 3: Maroc,
Marrakech, Marrakech; C. maghrebensis 2: Maroc,
Aguerd el Had; C. saundersi 3 et 9: Espagne, Ali-
cante, Moraira; C. verhoeff? 2: Maroc, Marrakech,
Ouirgane; C. zwakhalsi 9: Turquie, Hakkari,
Varagoz.
Les localisations des données citées sont renseig-
nées en degrés-minutes Greenwich.
Le matériel typique, soit les deux mâles de C.
zwakhalsi et de C. verhoeffi, provenant de la collection
privée de Monsieur Ing. Gijs van der Zanden, appar-
tient maintenant 4 la collection du Nationaal Natuur-
historisch Museum Leiden, Pays-Bas (RMNH, Dr C.
van Achterberg). Le reste du matériel de ces deux es-
pèces et celui des espèces qui leur sont comparées
proviennent essentiellement des musées et collections
suivants: Oberösterich Landesmuseum Linz (OOLL,
Mag. F. Gusenleitner), Ecole Nationale Supérieure
22]
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
C. callosa
C. chalybea
C. acuta
C. zwakhalsi
Coloration générale
Labre
Clypeus
Carène hypostomienne
Lobes pronotaux
Mesonotum
Fémur postérieur
Tibia postérieur
Sternite 6
Carène du tergite 6
Tergite 7
Genitalia
d -9: bleu métallique, y
compris les sternites
d : noir, parfois avec une pe-
tite marque centrale ivoire
2: noir
2: noir, avec parfois une pe-
tite marque centrale ivoire
réduite; ponctation fine et
présente sur tout le clypeus;
environs 8 ponctuations de
front derrière la suture
clypeale postérieure
d -9: étroite et très légère-
ment convexe (fig. 44)
d - 2: ivoire bordés ou non
de noir
d -2: partie dorsale éparse-
ment et irrégulièrement
ponctuée, laissant de petites
plages imponctuées ou des
plages à plus grande densité
de ponctuations; avec, entre
les notauli et la ligne médi-
ane, 2 à 4 ponctuations con-
tigües ou très distantes
d : pilosité ventrale de la
moitié basale en forme de
brosse courte de longueur
constante (fig. 4)
4 : pilosité ventrale plus
longue à l'apex que la plus
grande largeur du tibia (fig.
4); épine basitibiale située au
quart de la longueur du tibia
d : marge postérieure avec
deux larges lobes submé-
dians tronqués à l'apex et
dont la base interne porte un
petit lobe secondaire dirigé
vers l'avant (fig. 10)
2: presque droite, étroite,
avec une légère convexité à
la base
d : arrondi à l'apex, avec des
marges latérales droites ou
concaves (fig. 7)
voir figures 13 et 16
d -®: bleu métallique, ster-
nites noirs
d: ivoire
2: noir
2: comme callosa mais avec
une marque ivoire plus
grande
d - 2: étroite antérieure-
ment, large et convexe
postérieurement (fig. 45)
d -2: noirs ou ivoire bordés
de noir
3 -2: comme callosa
d : pilosité ventrale de la
moitié basale en forme de
brosse courte avec des soies
deux fois plus longues au
tier apical (fig. 5)
d: comme callosa (fig. 5)
d : marge postérieure avec
deux larges lobes submé
dians tronqués à l'apex et
dont la base interne porte un
petit lobe secondaire tron-
que à l'apex et dirigé vers
l'arrière (fig. 11)
©: avec une convexite basale
bien marquée, suivie d'une
concavité jusqu'à l'apex
acuminé
3: largement arrondi à
l'apex, avec des marges
latérales jamais concaves
(fig. 8)
voir figures 14 et 17
d -?: bleu métallique, y
compris les sternites
: noir avec une petite mar-
3 tit
que centrale ivoire
Q: noir
Q: noir, avec parfois une pe-
tite marque centrale ivoire;
ponctuations de largeur
égale a celles du reste de la
face et bien délimitées; envi-
rons six ponctuations de
front derriére la suture
clypeale postérieure (fig. 25)
d -2: comme zwakhalsi
d -®: entièrement ivoire
3 -®: partie dorsale densé-
ment et régulièrement ponc-
tuée; avec, entre les deux no-
tauli 8 à 10 ponctuations
espacées par 1 fois le di-
amètre d'une ponctuation
au plus (fig. 27)
d : pilosité ventrale de la
moitié basale en forme de
brosse longue (fig. 19)
d: comme callosa (fig. 19)
©: fort semblable à
zwakhalsi (fig. 21)
2: comme callosa
d: pointu à émoussé à
l'apex; en forme de triangle
dont les marges latérales
sont droites ou légèrement
concaves (fig. 20)
voir figures 22 et 23
d -2: bleu métallique, y
compris les sternites
d: ivoire
2: noir
2: noir, avec une marque
ivoire centrale de petite
taille, rarement absente; cer-
taines ponctuations deux à
trois fois plus grandes que
celles du reste de la face, mal
délimitées et éparses; envi-
rons cinq ponctuations de
front derrière la suture
clypeale postérieure (fig. 24)
d -®: très étroite et droite
sur toute sa longueur (fig.
46)
d -®: entièrement ivoire
d -2: partie dorsale éparse-
ment et régulièrement ponc-
tuée; avec, entre les deux no-
tauli 6 à 8 ponctuations
espacées par plus de deux
fois le diamètre d'une ponc-
tuation (fig. 26)
d : pilosité ventrale de la
moitié basale en forme de
brosse courte dont la
longueur croît progressive-
ment depuis la base du fé-
mur jusqu'à sa mi-longueur
(fig. 6)
3: comme callosa (fig. 6)
d: marge postérieure avec
deux petits lobes subme-
dians arrondis à l'apex et
dont la base interne porte un
petit lobe secondaire dirigé
vers l'arrière (fig. 12)
2: comme chalybea mais
avec une concavite centrale
et une convexite basale
moins marquées
d : fortement pointu à
l'apex, formant un angle
aigu (fig. 9)
voir figures 15 et 18
222
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Fig 1-3. Têtes schématisées, vues de face, avec les mesures pour caractériser les espèces. — 1, Clypeus: longueur (A) et largeur
(B); distances séparant la base du clypeus de l'insertion antennaire (C) et de l'ocelle médiane (D). Carène frontale: longueur
(CF); 2, Antennes: distances séparant les insertions des antennes (A); l'insertion antennaire du bord de l'oeil (B), de l'ocelle
médiane (C) et de l'ocelle latérale la plus proche (D); diamètre de l'insertion antennaire (E). Espace malaire: longueur (A) et
largeur (B) (non représentées); 3, Ocelles: distances séparant les ocelles latérales (A); une ocelle latérale du bord de l'oeil le plus
proche (B) et du bord postérieur de la tête (C); l'apex de l'oeil du bord postérieur de la tête (D); diamètre de l'ocelle médiane
(E). Yeux: longueur de l'oeil (A'); distances interoculaires au niveau du sommet de yeux (B'), des insertions antennaires (C')
et de la base des yeux (D').
Agronomique de Montpellier (Ensam, Prof. EF.
Leclant), Faculté des Sciences Agronomique de
Gembloux (rsacx, Prof. C. Gaspar), Instituut voor
Taxonomische Zoölogie Amsterdam (zma, M W.
Hogenes), Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-
Universität Berlin (mNHUB, Dr F. Koch), Muséum
National d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris (MNHNP, Dr J.
Weulersse), Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle de Stras-
bourg (MHNS, Dr J. Matter), Natural History Mu-
seum London (BMNH, M T. Huddleston), Università
di Catania (u.c., Dr V. Nobile), Université de Mons-
Hainaut (umH, Prof. P. Rasmont), coll. Prof. J. Le-
clercq (Gembloux), coll. Prof. L. Plateau (Vandoeu-
vre-les-Nancy), coll. Dr M. Comba (Cecchina di
Albano Laziale), coll. Dr G. Delvare (Montpellier),
coll. Dr J. Hamon (Gaillard), coll. Ir. R. Fonfria (Ey-
galières), coll. Ing. G. van der Zanden (Eindhoven)
(maintenant dans le RMNH), coll. Pater A. W. Ebmer
(Puchenau, Autriche), coll. A. Foucart (Montpellier),
coll. J.-M. Maldès (Montpellier), coll. A. Pauly
(Gembloux), coll. M. Schwarz (Ausfelden, Autriche),
coll. R. Wahis (Gembloux). La somme du matériel
revu par les auteurs s'élève à 1486 spécimens.
Ces données ainsi que les données bibliographiques
de Balles (1925, 1927, 1933), Daly (1983), Pagliano
(1994) et Westrich (1990) ont été gérées à l'aide du
logiciel Microbanque Faune-Flore (Rasmont et al.
1993). Le montant total des spécimens s'élève ainsi à
1935 spécimens. Les cartes ont été établies à l'aide du
logiciel Carto Fauna-Flora 1.2 (Barbier & Rasmont
1995, 1996). La carte orographique de la Turquie a
été saisie au départ de cartes au 1/2.000.000 à l'aide
même logiciel.
La nomenclature des types de distribution est in-
spirée de de Lattin (1967).
Tableau 2. Ceratina spp. Biométrie des mâles. Pour l'explication des mesures A-E, voir fig. 1-3, (unité 0.01 mm).
C. callosa C. chalybea
LEE 700
Nombre de hamuli 7 7
Yeux: A, B, C, D
Clypeus: À * B, C, D
Antennes: À, B, C, D, E
132, 158, 134, 119
64 * 98, 42, 100
42, 29, 45, 56, 16
139, 173, 140, 131
77 * 99, 45, 102
46, 30, 47, 54, 18
C. acuta C. zwakhalsi
vi 460 re 490 URI
6-7 6
128, 143, 120, 95 120, 140, 113, 97
99 atopy ills too) 61 * 78, 35, 85
39, 27, 42, 50, 15 32, 24, 39, 49, 15
Carène frontale 69 64 43 56
| Ocelles: A, B, C, D, E ayy Sil, IS), Si, 16 34, 54, 19, 55, 18 35, 40, 16, 45, 15 29, 43, 14, 41, 15
Espace malaire: A*B 4* 45 6*58 1 * 48 4*35
Nombre d'articles 6 6 6 6
au palpe maxillaire
223
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
N
/
VT
POSSO,
puerta,
Fig. 4-18. Ceratina spp., détails du mâle. — 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, C. callosa Gs 5, 8, IA Il chalybea 3; 6,9, 12, 15, 18: C. i
zwakhalsi 3; 4-6, patte postérieure; 7-9, tergite 7 en vue ventrale; 10-12, sternite 6; 13-15, profil droit du genitalia; 16-18, |
genitalia en vue dorsale (moitié gauche) et en vue ventrale (moitié droite). Echelle: 1 mm.
224
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Tableau 3. Ceratina spp. Biometrie des femelles. Pour l'explication des mesures A-E, voir fig. 1-3, (unité 0.01 mm).
Longueur de l'aile
Nombre de hamuli
Yeux: A, B, C, D
Clypeus: A * B, C,
D
Antennes: A, B, C, D, E
Carène frontale
Ocelles: A, B, C, D, E
Espace malaire: A*B
Nombre d'articles
C. callosa
600
7
156, 182, 157, 139
73 * 112, 40, 107
50, 36, 55, 62, 17
69
37, 54, 24, 62, 17
4*59
6
C. chalybea
150, 178, 154, 147
77 * 115, 44, 108
49, 36, 54, 61, 17
71
35, 57, 27, 66, 18
6*63
6
C. acuta
450
6
RSS tel
Be
42, 31, 46, 53, 15
65
31, 48, 20, 51, 15
3 * 49
C. zwakhalsi
440
6
121, 138, 116, 100
56 * 84, 32, 88
35, 27, 47, 53, 14
61
29, 44, 15, 49, 13
4*43
6
au palpe maxillaire
Ceratina (Euceratina) zwakhalsi sp. n.
Locus typicus. — Turquie, Hakkäri, Suvarihalil
Gesidi (37°30'N 43°23'E), 2.500 m.
Etiquettes de l'holotype. — “Turkey Hakkäri Suvari
Halil Pass 27-VI 1985 2500 m C. J. Zwakhals [im-
primée]; ‘Museum Leiden Ceratina mandibularis
Friesed det. G. v. d. Zanden 1986’ [en partie im-
primée et manuscrite]; “Terzo M. det. 1995 Ceratina
zwakhalsi HOLOTYPE’ [mécanographiée sur papier
rouge]. Collection RMNH.
Paratypes (49, 316) — Prov. Agri: Agri (39°55'N
43°03'E), 1d 28.v.1980 leg. M. Schwarz (Coll. Schwarz).
Prov. Bitlis: Nemrut Dagi (38°40'N 42°12'E), 1d
16.viii.1991 leg. K. Warncke (o611); Tatvan (38°30'N
42°16'E), 18 16.viii.1991 leg. K. Warncke (oorr). Prov.
Elazig: Elazig (38°41'N 39°14'E), 15 7.vi.1980 leg. M.
Schwarz, (coll. Schwarz). Prov. Erzincan: Refahiye (39°54'N
38°46'E), 15 23.viii.1991 leg. K. Warncke (oor). Prov.
Hakkari: Hakkari, Suvarihalil Gecidi (37°30'N 43°23'E), 24
2.vi.1980 leg. K. Warncke (oor); Ikiyaka Daglari (37°20'N
44°15'E), 29 94 10.vi.1981 leg. K. Warncke (oot); Tanin
Daglari (37°29'N 43°00'E) 19, 2d 2.vi.1980 leg. K.
Warncke (oom), 38 25.vi.1985 leg. M. Schwarz (coll.
Schwarz); Varagoz (37°15'N 44°08'E), 15 15.vi.1984, 19
17.vi.1984 leg. K. Warncke (ooLL); Yuksekova (37°35'N
44°17'E), 1d 28.vi.1985 leg. M. Schwarz (coll. Schwarz).
Prov. Icel: Sertavul (?), 26 9.vi.1978 leg. M. Schwarz (coll.
Schwarz). Prov. Kahraman Maras: Goksun (38°03'N
36°30'E), 16 10.vii.1990 leg. P. A. Ebmer (coll. Ebmer).
Prov. Kars: Karakurt (40°09'N 42°25'E), 16 1.vi.1988, 14
| 2.vi.1988 leg. K. Warncke (oor); Karakurt (40°10'N
| 42°36'E), 16 23.v.1975 leg. K. Warncke (oot); Karakurt
| (40°10'N 42°29'E), 16 23.v.1975 leg. K. Warncke (ooLL);
| Karakurt (40°08'N 41°39'E), 15 27.v.1980 leg. M. Schwarz,
| (coll. Schwarz). Prov. Sivas: Gurun (38°44'N 37°15'E), 16
| 7.vii.1984 leg. P. A. Ebmer (col. Ebmer); Gurun (38°44'N
| 37°15'E), 1d 3.vi.1978 leg. M. Schwarz (coll. Schwarz). Prov.
| Van: Baskale (38°03'N 44°01'E),
| 12.vii.1984 leg. P. A. Ebmer (coll. Ebmer); Baskale (38°26'N
| 44°26'E), 16 30.v.1980 leg. M. Schwarz (coll. Schwarz); Ercis
Id 9.vi.1984, 16
(39°01'N 43°13'E), 14 3.viii.1983 leg. K. Warncke (oo1t).
Description (Holotype d )
Voir tableaux 1 à 3; pattes postérieures comme à la
figure 6; tergite 7 comme à la figure 9; sternite 6
comme à la figure 12; genitalia comme aux figures 15
et 18. Le sternite 6, le tergite 7 et le genitalia ont été
disséqués par les auteurs et collés sur une étiquette de
plastique transparent.
Espèces voisines et diagnose différentielle
Les trois espèces dont les mâles peuvent être con-
fondus avec C. zwakhalsi sont C. callosa (Fabricius,
1794), C. chalybea Chevrier, 1872 et C. acuta Friese,
1896.
Ces mâles sont facilement reconnaissables par la
pilosité des pattes postérieures et la forme du dernier
segment abdominal. Seul le mâle de C. acuta possède
une pilosité ventrale de la moitié basale du fémur qui
soit uniformement longue (fig. 19). Dans le cas de C.
callosa, cette pilosité est uniformement courte (fig. 4).
C. chalybea diffère de C. callosa par la présence de
quelques soies longues à l'apex de cette pilosité fémo-
rale (fig. 5). C zwakhalsi posséde lui une pilosité fé-
morale courte à la base mais qui s'allonge progressive-
ment vers l'apex (fig. 6). La forme du dernier tergite
permet également de reconnaître facilement ces qua-
tre espèces. L'apex de ce tergite est en effet largement
arrondi chez C. chalybea (fig. 8), moins arrondi et aux
marges latérales concaves chez C. callosa (fig. 7), poin-
tu, formant un angle presque droit avec des côtés
droits chez C. acuta (fig. 20) et trés pointu avec des
marges latérales concaves chez C. zwakhalsi (fig. 9).
On sépare assez aisément les femelles de C. callosa et
C. chalybea des femelles de C. acuta et C. zwakhalsi par
la forme arrondie de la carene hypostomienne chez les
deux premières espèces et droite chez les deux
dernières. C. chalybea se distingue alors de C. callosa
par la présence d'un élargissement de la partie pos-
térieure de la carène hypostomienne. Ces caractères
sont également valables pour les mâles (fig. 44 à 46).
225
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
20
Fig. 19-23. Ceratina acuta 3 . — 19, patte postérieure; 20, tergite 7 en vue ventrale; 21, sternites 6; 22, genitalia en vue dor-
sale (moitié gauche) et en vue ventrale (moitié droite); 23: profil droit du genitalia. Echelle: 1 mm.
On distingue beaucoup plus difficilement la femelle
de C. acuta de celle de C. zwakhalsi. Ces deux espèces
possèdent une tache clypeale réduite ou absente. Il
semble toutefois que cette tache soit plus souvent
présente chez C. zwakhalsi que chez C. acuta. On peut
cependant les distinguer par la ponctuation de la face
et du thorax. Dans le cas de C. acuta, ces ponctuations
sont plus petites et plus nombreuses. On peut compter
ainsi au moins 6 ponctuations de front sur l'aire supr-
aclypeale, le long de la suture supraclypeale (fig. 25).
On en compte rarement plus de cing chez C.
zwakhalsi (fig. 24). On peut également compter de 8 à
10 ponctuations sur une droite fictive reliant la base
des notauli du mesoscutum de C. acuta (fig. 27). On
en compte rarement plus de 6 à 8 chez C. zwakhalsi
(fig. 26). Elles sont en outre, chez cette dernière, plus
larges et plus distantes les unes des autres, laissant sou-
vent apparaître de larges zones imponctuées.
Clé
Les seules clés des cératines incluant la région est-
méditerranéenne sont celles de Friese (1896, 1901).
Dans le cas des femelles, selon que l'on soit en pré-
sence d'un spécimen présentant ou pas une marque
blanche sur le clypeus, la clé de Friese nous conduit
respectivement à C. callosa ou à C. acuta. Ce pro-
blème ne se pose pas dans le cas des mâles où l'on
abouti uniquement à C. acuta. La clé de Friese devrait
donc être modifiée comme suit:
226
Femelles
11. Grande taille, 12 à 14 mm de long ...C. chalcites
Latreille
— Peutetulle 69 mm dellone e lla
1 la. Carene hypostomienne courbe..................... 11b
— Carène hypostomienne droiteC. zwakhalsi sp. n.
11b.Carène hypostomienne étroite sur toute sa
longueur Sr re C. callosa Fabricius
— Caréne hypostomienne étroite à la base et élargie
POSÉÉTIEUTEMENT ee C. chalybea Germar
20. Lobes pronotaux noirs, 6 à 7 mm de long......21
— Lobes pronotaux blancs, 6 à 8 mm de long ..20a
20a. 8 à 10 ponctuations entre les bases des notauli
du mesoscutun; au moins 6 ponctuations de
front derrière la suture clypeale postérieure ........
MAR Ano, ANI BAR me C. acuta Friese
— 6à8 ponctuations entre les bases des notauli du
mesoscutun; rarement plus de 5 ponctuations de
front derrière la suture clypeale postérieure ........
eter Bo Me EE ET A ATEN C. zwakhalsi sp. n.
Mäles
9. Clypeus, labre et mandibules entièrement
blanes,leorps;plus verdatre ee
EE RE C. mandibularis Friese
— Mandibules entièrement noires, corps bleu ....9a
9a. Fémur postérieur doté d'une pilosité ventrale
uniformément longue; terite 7 triangulaire à
l'apex, au sommet émoussé et aux marges droites
ou légèrement concaves; labre noir ou doté
d'une petite marque blanche centrale.................
MR i AA e o dar C. acuta Friese
— Fémur postérieur doté d'une pilosité ventrale
courte à la base et s'allongeant vers l'apex; tergite
7 fortement pointu à l'apex, aux marges latérales
concaves; labre presque entièrement blanc … …
Ee PONE oes TR EE C. zwakhalsi sp. n.
Aires de distribution
L' aire de distribution de C. callosa apparaît claire-
ment comme de type atlanto-méditerranéenne (fig.
53). Elle couvre en effet tout le maghreb et s'étend
vers le nord jusqu'à la péninsule ibérique, le sud de la
France, la péninsule italique, la Corse, la Sardaigne et
la Sicile.
L'aire de distribution de C. chalybea est de type
euro-méditerranéenne (fig. 54). On trouve cette es-
pèce depuis le Maghreb jusqu'en Allemagne et en
Autriche vers le nord et jusque dans la province de
Van en Turquie vers l'est.
L'aire de distribution de C. acuta (fig. 53) est de
type est-méditerranéenne étendue vers le nord et vers
l'ouest. On la trouve ainsi principalement en Turquie
et en Grèce. Elle est également présente dans les pays
de l'est comme la Bulgarie, la Roumanie, l'ex-
AT A
c'e ee
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Yougoslavie et la Tchequie. Un spécimen a également
été capturé dans le sud-est de l'Allemagne. Il apparaît
ici évident que la limite nord-ouest de distribution de
cette espèce n'atteint pas les frontières italienne, pro-
tégée par les alpes, et suisse, trop à l'ouest. Plus au
sud, elle n'a apparement pas franchi la Mer Adria-
tique vers l'Italie, ni atteint la Sicile. Il est donc plus
qu'improbable que C. acuta puisse être présente en
Espagne comme Dusmet (1923), et plus récement
Pérez-Inigo Mora & Gayubo (1989) entre autres, le
signalent. Il se pourrait que ces auteurs aient confon-
du C. acuta avec C. cyanea (Kirby) dont certains
spécimens ont les lobes pronotaux blancs en pénin-
sule ibériques. Vers l'est, on trouve C. acuta jusqu'à la
frontière iranienne. Un spécimen a été trouvé en
Israël et un autre dans les montagnes du Bolshoy.
L'aire de distribution de C. zwakhalsi. (fig. 55)
semble se restreindre à l'est de la Turquie et serait de
type syrienne. Il est cependant possible que cette es-
pèce soit présente ou même originaire d'Iran ou
d'Asie centrale. Tous les individus de cette espèce, à
P
l'exception d'un seul, on été trouvés à une altitude
P
supérieure à 2000 mètres. Il s'agirait là de la seule es-
pèce de cératine ouest-paléarctique décrite dont la
distribution soit exclusivement montagnarde.
8
Fig. 24-27, Ceratina spp . — 24, 26, C. zwakhalsi 2; 25, 27, C. acuta Q. 24, 25, tête vue de face; 26, 27, mesoscutum en vue
dorsale, partie antérieure orientée vers le haut. Echelle: 0,5 mm.
227
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
28 / 29
d
W
Fig. 28-43. Ceratina spp., détails du mâle. — 28, 31, 32, 35, 38, 41, C. maghrebensis 3; 29, 33, 36, 39, 42, C. saundersi 3;
30, 34, 37, 40, 43, C. verhoeffi 8 . 28-30, patte postérieure; 31, sternite 4; 32-34, tergite 7 en vue ventrale; 35-37, sternite 6;
38-40, profil droit du genitalia; 41-43, genitalia en vue dorsale (moitié gauche) et en vue ventrale (moitié droite). Echelle: 1
mm.
228
Tableau 4. Ceratina spp. Caractères cuticulaires et pelage.
C. maghrebensis
Coloration générale
Labre
Clypeus
Carène hypostomienne
Lobes pronotaux
Mesonotum
Patte antérieure
Patte médiane
Fémur postérieur
Tibia postérieur
Sternites 2 à 5
Sternite 6
Carène du tergite 6
| Tergite 7
| Genitalia
d -9: métallique à reflets verdatres,
sternites noirätres
d -Q: noir
d : ivoire, étroitement bordé de noir;
ponctuation moins abondante que
verhoeffi sur tout le clypeus
2: avec une tache centrale oblongue
allant du sommet du clypeus
jusqu'au premier quart de la
longueur du clypeus
d -2: étroite et légèrement convexe
sur toute sa longueur (fig. 47)
d -®: entièrement ivoire
d -?: partie dorsale très densément
et irrégulièrement ponctuée; 5 à 6
ponctuations entre les notauli et la
ligne médiane, espacées par une dis-
tance égale ou plus petite que le di-
amètre d'une ponctuation; ponctua-
tions contigües au centre du
mesonotum, directement en arrière
de la ligne médiane
d -?: avec une petite marque ba-
sitibiale ivoire
d -?: avec une petite marque ba-
sitibiale ivoire
d : pilosité de la moitié basale courte
et éparse (fig. 28)
d -?: avec une marque basitibiale
ivoire n'atteignant pas le quart de la
longueur du tibia
d : pilosité ventrale plus courte que
la plus grande largeur du tibia (fig.
28)
6: avec deux larges lobes subme-
} : 8
dians imponctués sur la marge
o o &
posterieure des sternites; marge
postérieure du sternite 5 échancrée
(fig. 31)
d: marge postérieure avec deux
larges lobes submédians peu élevés et
légèrement recouverts à leur base in-
terne par un lobe médian large et
tronqué à l'apex (fig. 35)
9: présente uniquement à l'apex du
tergite où elle développe une petite
convexité qui disparait juste avant
l'apex acuminé du tergite (fig. 51)
d : apex arrondi et très proéminent
(fig. 32)
d : voir figures 38 et 41
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
C.verhoeffi |
C. saundersi
d -2: bleu métallique, sternites
noiràtres
d -®: noir
d: ivoire, très largement bordé de
noir; ponctuation éparse sur tout le
clypeus
2: avec une tache centrale oblongue
allant du sommet du clypeus
jusqu'au premier tiers de la longueur
du clypeus
d -2: comme maghrebensis (fig. 48)
d -2: idem
d -2: partie dorsale densément et
régulièrement ponctuée; 4 à 5 ponc-
tuations entre les notauli et la ligne
médiane, espacées par une distance
plus grande que le diamètre d'une
ponctuation
d -2: comme maghrebensis
d -2: comme maghrebensis
d : pilosité de la moitié basale en
forme de brosse très courte, de
longueur constante mais plus dense
que chez verhoeff? (fig. 29)
d -2: marque basitibiale comme
maghrebensis
6: pilosité ventrale comme
maghrebensis (fig. 29)
d : sans lobes submedians imponc-
tués; marge postérieure du sternite 5
plus échancrée que chez maghrebensis
d : marge postérieure avec deux
larges lobes submédians peu élevés et
dont les marges internes sont ra-
menées ventralement vers l'extérieur
(fig. 36)
2 longue et droite sur toute sa
longueur (fig. 52)
d : apex largement arrondi et peu
proéminent (fig. 33)
d: voir figures 39 et 42
d -2: vert métallique à reflets dorés,
sternites noirätres
d: noir, avec une petite marque
ivoire centrale
2: noir
d : ivoire, étroitement bordé de noir;
ponctuation éparse mais un peu re-
groupée sur la bande centrale
9: avec une grande tache centrale
trapézoidale allant du sommet du
clypeus jusqu'au premier quart de la
longueur du clypeus et deux fois plus
large à la base qu'à l'apex
d -9: étroite et moins convexe que
maghrebensis (fig. 49)
d -2: idem
d -2: partie dorsale densément et ir-
régulièrement ponctuée; 4 à 5 ponc-
tuations entre les notauli et la ligne
médiane, souvent espacées par une
distance plus grande que le diamètre
d'une ponctuation; ponctuations
contigües sur les deux tiers
postérieurs du mésonotum, bien en
arrière de la ligne médiane
3 -?: avec une marque basitibiale
ivoire étendue sur plus des deux tiers
de la longueur du tibia
d -®: avec une petite marque ivoire
basitibiale étendue sur près du quart
basal du tibia
d : pilosité de la moitié basale en
forme de brosse très courte et de
longueur constante (fig. 30)
d -?: avec une marque basitibiale
ivoire étendue sur près des deux tiers
de la longueur du tibia
d : pilosité ventrale comme
maghrebensis(fig. 30)
3: sans lobes submedians imponc-
tués; marge postérieure du sternite 5
non échancrée
3: fort semblable à saundersi (fig.
37)
2: comme saundersi
d : apex très largement arrondi et
peu proéminent (fig. 34)
8: voir figures 40 et 43
229
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
U
7
4
45
44
6
8
Fig. 44-49.
Ceratina spp., profil gauche
de la tête. La carène hypo-
stomienne est indiquée par
une flèche. — 44, C. callosa 3;
45, C. chalybea 3; 46, C.
zwakhali 08; 47, €
maghrebensis 8; 48, C. saun-
dersi 3; 49, C. verhoeff S.
Tableau 5. Ceratina spp. Mesures et ratio des mâles. Pour l'explication des mesures A-E, voir fig. 1-3, (unité 0.01 mm).
C. maghrebensis
Longueur de l'aile
Nombre de hamuli
Yeux: À, B, C, D
Clypeus: À * B, C, D
Antennes: À, B, C, D, E
Carène frontale
Ocelles: A, B, C, D, E
Espace malaire: A*B
Nombre d'articles au palpe maxillaire
230
C. saundersi
420
5
109, 125, 104, 89
ITN
33, 22, 40, 47, 14
56
24, 33, 9, 36, 16
55)
5)
400
111, 114, 97, 83
52 * 64, 32, 80
32, 22, 41, 50, 13
52
2593 By) By US)
DSR)
5
C.verhoeffi
460
5
129, 125, 107, 94
61 * 78, 32, 82
34, 22, 40, 50, 15
56 |
27, 29, 15, 31, 16 |
2 * 42
5
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Tableau 6. Ceratina spp. Mesures et ratio des femelles. Pour l'explication des mesures A-E, voir fig. 1-3, (unité 0.01 mm).
Longueur de l'aile
C. maghrebensis
390
Nombre de hamuli 6
Yeux: A, B, C, D 111,126, 110, 94
Clypeus: À * B, C, D SIS) 25 V1
Antennes: A, B, C, D, E 33, 25, 42, 49, 14
Caréne frontale 56
Ocelles: A, B, C, D, E 27, 34, 15, 38, 15
Espace malaire: A*B 2* 41
Nombre d'articles au palpe maxillaire 5
C. saundersi C.verhoeffi
430 440
5 5
127, 128, 116, 101 130, 130, 115, 101
57 * 84, 31, 86 62 * 82, 28, 85
38, 25, 45, 54, 14 39, 23; 46, 55, 15
57 62
27, 35, 18, 41, 16 29 351515; 37.16
2*45 32043
5 5
Derivatio nominis
Cette espèce est dédiée au Dr C. J. Zwakhals
(Arkel, Pays-Bas) qui a collecté l'holotype.
Ceratina (Euceratina) verhoeffi sp. n.
Locus typicus. — Maroc, Marrakech (31°49'N
8°00'W).
Etiquettes de l'holotype. — “Maroc Marrakech 18-
20-V-1950 PM F Verhoeff [imprimée]; ‘Museum
Leiden Ceratina saundersi Daly 3 det. G. v. d.
Zanden 1988’ [en partie manuscrite et imprimée];
‘Terzo M. det. 1994 Ceratina verhoeffi HOLOTYPE
[mécanographiée]. Collection RMNH.
Paratypes. — Prov. Agadir: Taroudant (30°29'N 8°52'W),
12 4d 24.vi.1974 leg. K. Guichard & G. Else (BMNH);
Prov. Marrakech: Imouzzer (31°19'N 7°23'W), 2¢
21.vi.1974 leg. K. Guichard & G. Else (BMNH); Ouirgane
| (B1°11'N 8°05'W), 32 8d 2.vii.1974 leg. K. Guichard &
G. Else (BMNH). Prov. Ouarzazate: Ait Saoun (30°45'N
6°38'W), 1d 14.vii.1975 leg. J. Gusenleitner (BMNH); Tizi
n'Bachkoum (30°39'N 7°17'W), 78 1.vii.1987 leg. M.
Schwarz (OOLL).
Description (Holotype d)
Voir tableaux 4 a 6; pilosité des pattes postérieures
comme a la figure 30; tergite 7 comme 4 la figure 34;
sternite 6 comme à la figure 37; genitalia comme aux
figures 40 et 43. Le tergite 7 et le genitalia ont été dis-
séqués par les auteurs et collés sur une étiquette de
plastique transparent.
| Espèces voisines et diagnose différentielle
Les deux espèces sympatriques qui peuvent être
confondues avec C. verhoeff? sont C. saundersi Daly,
1983 et C. maghrebensis Daly, 1983. Ces espèces sont
comparées à C. verhoeffi dans les tableaux 4 à 6.
Ces trois espèces forment un groupe d'espèces ho-
mogène caractérisé notamment par des palpes maxil-
laires à 5 articles au lieu de six (caractère également
présent chez C. albosticta Cockerell, 1931), une
hanche doté d'une large dent sur la marge ventrale,
donnant à l'apex de la hanche un aspect tronqué bien
différent de la forme conique habituelle (fig. 50) et
par une taille plus petite que celle des autres espèces
du même sous-genre à l'exception de C. dentiventris
Gerstaecker, 1869 et de C. dallatorreana Friese, 1896.
Les auteurs proposent de nommer "groupe de C.
maghrebensis' l'ensemble de ces trois espèces.
On distingue C. verhoeffi, male et femelle, facile-
ment grâce aux taches basitibiales ivoires des pattes
antérieures et postérieures qui s'étendent au delà de la
moitié de la longueur des tibias, ce qui n'est jamais le
cas chez les deux autres espèces. C. verhoeffi arbore
également une coloration vert métallique bien
prononcée contrairement à la coloration bleu de C.
saundersi et à la coloration légèrement verdâtre de C.
maghrebensis. Le mâle de C. maghrebensis se distingue
alors aisément de celui de C. saundersi par la présence
sur les sternites deux à cing de zones transversales im-
ponctuées et élevées en formes de lamelles (fig. 31).
Les femelles se distinguent par la forme de la carène
du sixième tergite abdominal. Celle-ci est pratique-
ment droite chez C. saundersi (fig. 52), tout comme
celle de C. verhoeffi, et courte avec une extrémité net-
tement convexe chez C. maghrebensis (fig. 51).
Clé
On doit à Daly (1983) d'avoir publié la dernière clé
en date pour les cératines du Maghreb. La découverte
de C. verhoeffi dans la région de Marrakech modifie sa
clé comme suit:
231
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Mäles
13 Sternites 2 à 5 non modifiés, entièrement ponc-
LES pene LR rain 13a
- Sternites 2 à 5 dotés chacun d'une zone bilatérale
imponctuée, élevée, en forme de croissant et
dont les marges apicales portent de longues soies
DA NL ae A RS EURE UE PILE RON Ceratina maghrebensis
13a Taches basitibiales blanches des pattes
postérieures et antérieures étendues dorsalement
sur plus des deux tiers de la longueur des tibias;
clypeus entièrement blanc ...... Ceratina verhoeffi
- Taches basitibiales blanches des pattes
postérieures et antérieures n'atteignant pas le
quart de la longueur des tibias; clypeus avec de
larges marges latéro-basales noires......................
N Ceratina saundersi
Femelles
22 Carène médiane du tergite 6, vue de profil, plus
longue et étroite; tache clypeale distincte, large;
corps aux reflets métalliques bleu-vert .......... 22a
- Carène du tergite 6 plus courte, la marge avec
une convexité subapicale distincte; tache
clypeale mal définie, petite ou absente; corps aux
reflets/metalliquesiplusiverdatres nenne
RP De PAL EVE LEG OR Ceratina maghrebensis
22a Taches basitibiales blanches des pattes
postérieures et antérieures étendues dorsalement
sur plus des deux tiers de la longueur des tibias..
LR AOL SERVI RIO SON Ceratina verhoeffi
- Taches basitibiales blanches des pattes
postérieures et antérieures n'atteignant pas le
quare.de laloneueundessubiase nn ne
ÉD ER A EEE TEN TER Be Ceratina saundersi
Aires de distribution
La distribution de C. maghrebensis est de type mau-
ritanienne (fig. 56). On trouve cette espece dans le
centre du Maroc, le nord de l'Algerie et le nord de la
Tunisie. Elle semble ainsi se limiter aux montagnes de
l'Atlas marocaines et algériennes et aux régions
252
Fig. 50-52.
50, profil gauche de la hanche
et du trochanter postérieurs
52 gauches de C. maghrebensis 8 .
51-52, Profil gauche du ter-
gite 6. —51, C. maghrebensis
©: 52, C. saundersi 2.
Echelle: 1 mm.
côtières méditerranéennes algériennes et tunisien-
nes.
La distribution de C. saundersi est de type atlanto-
méditerranéenne (fig. 57). La figure 57 confirme la
présence de cette espèce en Espagne depuis Daly
(1983) et révèle une distribution largement étendue
vers le nord jusqu'alors insoupçonnée:
Prov. Alicante: Benidorm 38°33'N 0°08'W (coll.
J. Leclercq); Llosa de Camacho 38°46'N 0°00'E, 16
21.vii.1989, leg. J. Selfa (ooLL); Moraira 38°40'N
7°57'E, 26 4-10.ix.1989, 16 4-13.ix.1989, 16 26-
27.1x.1989, 12 12-18.ix.1989, 16 6-11.III.1990,
leg. R. Wahis (FSAGx). — Prov. Almeria: Almeria
36°53'N 2°21'W, 1d 1.viii.1984, leg. R. Hensen
(coll. G. van der Zanden). — Prov. Cadiz: 30Km S-
Cadiz 36°13'N 6°16'W, 19 14.viii.1992, leg. K.
Warncke (OOLL). — Prov. Granada: Albunol 36°47'N
3°11'W, 1d 15.iv.1979, leg. W. Schacht (ooLL);
Salobrena 36°46'N 3°35'W, 1d 8.v.1983, leg. W.
Perraudin (ooLL). — Prov. Jaen: Las Correderas
38°22'N 3°30'W, 14 13.vi.1961, 16 14.vi.1961,
leg. J. van der Vecht (RMNH). — Prov. Malaga: Malaga
36°46'N 4°26'W, 16 viii.1987 (rsacx); Ronda
36745 NS 07 We OS vil GONNIE PANIERS
Verhoeff (RMNH); idem, 19 11.vi.1986, leg. W. Per-
raudin (ooLL). — Prov. Sevilla: Sevilla 37°23'N
5°57'W, 14, leg. J. Dusmet (MNHNP). — Prov. Tole-
do: Toledo 39°53'N 4°01'W, 18 25-27.v11.1967,
leg. P.M.F. Verhoeff (RMNH).
Un individu mâle capturé par Friese (MNHUB) et
renseigné “Pyrenaén” montre que C. saundersi atteint |
le nord de sa distribution dans les Pyrénées. Détermi- _
né par Friese comme étant un mâle de Ceratina dalla- |
torreana Friese, 1896, il est très probable qu'il s'agisse
la du spécimen ayant servi à Friese pour décrire le |
mâle de cette espèce.
La carte de distribution de C. saundersi montre |
pour la première fois sa présence au Portugal: Prov. |
Algarve: Alcoutim 37°25'N 7°40'W, 2d 9.viii.1698, |
16 20.viii.1968, leg. K. Warncke (oorr); Olhao |
| 37°04'N 7°49'W, 19 22.viii.1968, leg. K. Warncke
Moorr);:mlaviran 37413 INT ANT 16 29-
| 31.viii. 1984, leg. P. van Ooijen (zMa).
B Sa présence en Sardaigne (Italie) est confirmée
depuis Pagliano, 1994 par les récoltes suivantes:
Caoliari 3904 NY 905E, LOTO vi 1959 Id
13.vii.1959, leg. H. Wolf (muns); idem, 29 16
15.vii.1959, 1d 20.vii.1959, leg. H. Wolf (ooır);
Porto Santoru 39°37 N 9°39'E, 1d 12.vi.1936, leg.
H.G. Amsel (MNHUB); Pula 39°00'N 8°55'E, 1d
20.iv.1960, leg. E. Priesner (OOLL).
L'est de sa distribution atteint l'île de Lampedusa
au sud de la Sicile: Lampedusa 35°31'N 12°37'E, 16
18.v.1987, leg. Arnone (oorr). Elle atteint également
le centre de l'Italie: Prov. Lazio, Terracina 41°19'N
13°11'E, 19 ix.1974, leg. T. Osten (oor). L'île de
Lampedusa et la péninsule italique sont ainsi citées
pour la première fois dans la distribution de C. saun-
dersi.
C. verhoeffi présente une distribution de type mau-
ritanienne stricte (fig. 58). Cette espèce présente
cependant une distribution restreinte, voire endé-
mique, à la vaste plaine de la province de Marrakech,
avec des excursions au sud jusqu'à Taroudant (prov.
Agadir) et à l'est jusqu'à Ait Saoun (prov.
Ouarzazate).
Derivatio nominis
Cette espèce est dédiée au Dr P. M. F. Verhoeff
| (Pays-Bas) qui a collecté l'holotype.
REMERCIEMENTS
Nous remercions tout particulièrement Monsieur
Gijs van der Zanden pour sa collaboration et le prét
de matériel qu'il nous a accordé. Nous remercions
également toutes les personnes qui ont prété ou permi
l'accés au matériel de cette étude et qui sont cités dans
l'introduction. Que tous les récolteurs du matériel
étudiés, cités ci-après, soient également remerciés:
M. Alicata, M. Arnone, J. van Asperen den Boer,
Y. Barbier, M. Blank, K. Bleyl, C. de Jong, Z. Bou-
cek, P. Brandl, L. Cederholm, W. Degroot, R. Des-
mier De Chenon, P.van Doesburg, G. Else, W.
| Gross, K. Guichard, J. & M. Halada, C. van Heijnin-
gen, R. Hensen, C. Jeekel, H. Knorr, M. Kraus, M. la
Greca, R. Leys, W. Linsenmaier, M. Mei, H. Meuf-
fels, N. Mohr, A. Moussa, S. J. van. Ooststroom, T.
Osten, Z. Padr, W. Perraudin, K. Polacek, P. Pronk,
M. Quedenfeldt, W. Schacht, M. Scheiden, J. Selfa,
E. A. M. Speijer, J. Steffen, J. Timmer, S. Tomarchio,
V.S. van der Goot, J. van der Vecht, F. Vinkestijn, J.
T. Wiebes, H. Wolf et C. J. Zwakhals.
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Nous remercions enfin Mr D. Flagothier pour
avoir réalisé la carte orographique de la Turquie.
REFERENCES
Balles, L. von, 1925. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Hymenopte-
renfauna Badens. I. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der badischen
Bienen. — Mitteilungen des Badischen Landesvereins für
Naturkunde und Naturschutz in Freiburg im Bresgau,
Neue Folge 1 (23/24): 437-461.
Balles, L. von, 1927. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Hymenopte-
renfauna Badens. IV. Vierter Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
badischen Bienen (Arten aus dem Gebiete des Oberrheins
und des Bodensees). — Archiv für Insektenkunde des
Oberrheingebietes 2: 199-210.
Balles, L. von, 1933. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Hymenopte-
renfauna Badens. V. Fünfter Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
badischen Bienen. — Beiträge zur Naturwissenschaftli-
chen Erforschung Badens 12: 189-195.
Barbier, Y. & P. Rasmont, 1995. Carto Fauna-Flora, car-
tographie des données biologiques, logiciel MS-Dos ver-
sion 1.0. — Université de Mons-Hainaut, 93+36+2 pp.
Barbier, Y. & P. Rasmont, 1996. Carto Fauna-Flora, car-
tographie des données biologiques, logiciel MS-Dos ver-
sion 1.2. — Université de Mons-Hainaut, 62 pp.
Bitsch, J. & J. Leclercq, 1993. Hyménoptères Sphecidae
d'Europe Occidentale, Volume 1, Généralités - Crabro-
ninae. — Faune de France 79: 1-330.
Daly, H. V., 1973. Bees of the genus Ceratina in America
North of Mexico (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). — University
of California Publications in Entomology 74: 1-113.
Daly, H. V., 1983. Taxonomy and ecology of Ceratinini of
North Africa and the Iberian Peninsula (Hymenoptera:
Apoidea). — Systematic Entomology, 8: 29-62.
De Lattin, G., 1967. Grundriss der Zoogeographie. —
Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena, 602 pp.
Dusmet y Alonso, J., 1923. Los Apidos des Espana. VI. Géne-
ros Xylocopa Latr. y Ceratina Latr. - Memorias de la Real
Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural 11 (7): 269-304.
Friese, H., 1896. Monographie der Bienengattung Ceratina
(Latr.) (Palearktische Formen). — Termeszetrajzi Füzetek
19: 34-65.
Friese, H., 1901. Die Bienen Europa's (Apidae europaeae).
Theil VI. Solitäre Apiden. — C. Lampe, Innsbruck, 284 pp.
Pagliano, G., 1994. Catalogo degli imenotteri italiani. IV.
(Apoidea: Colletidae, Andrenidae, Megachilidae, Antho-
phoridae, Apidae). — Memorie della Società Entomolo-
gica Italiana, 72: 331-467.
Pérez-Inigo Mora, C. & S. F. Gayubo, 1989. Notas sobre
los apoideos de la Sierra de Bejar. I. Anthophoridae
(Hym. Apoidea). — Studia Oecologica, 6: 313-331.
Rasmont, P., Y. Barbier & A. Empain, 1993. Microbanque
Faune-Flore, logiciel de banques de données biogéograp-
hiques. logiciel Ms-pos version 3.0. — Université de
Mons-Hainaut, jardin Botanique National de Belgique,
xv+200+20+3+34+14 pp.
Westrich, P., 1990. Die Wildbienen Baden-Wiirttembergs.
Allgemeiner Teil, pp.1-431; Spezieller Teil, pp.432-972.
— Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Stuttgart.
Received: 30 June 1995
Revised version received: 20 November 1996
Accepted: 30 April 1997
233
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
@ Ceratina callosa È
W Ceratina acuta
Fa
1 Ha
ip an: + n/a
ì £
EN %
=
Ceratina chalybea È
Fig. 54. Carte de distribution de Ceratina chalybea.
234
TERZO & RASMONT: Nouvelles Ceratina
Ceratina zwakhalsi
«© À“ Gen |
CRP 1.2 rt :
SS i 4 : :
Fig. 55. Carte de distribution de C. zwakhalsi. En grisé: altitudes supérieures à 2000 m.
=
SA
Ceratina maghrebensis
CEF (12) — 1996
su 1 4
Fig. 56. Carte de distribution de Ceratina maghrebensis.
235
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
PSS
Ceratina saundersi
Fig. 57. Carte de distribution de Ceratina saundersi.
=
rn
Ceratina verhoeffi
Fig. 58. Carte de distribution de Ceratina verhoeffi.
236
oo OO FF (FFT
ToMoHIDE YASUNAGA' & YuxIinoBu NAKATANT
‘Hokkaido University of Education, Sapporo, Japan
"University of Osaka Prefecture, Sakai, Japan
BEIERERSTERNTPATBEARETIGREENTIVES OF
EUROPEAN DERAEOCORIS OLIVACEUS (FABRICIUS)
(HETEROPTERA: MIRIDAE)*
Yasunaga, T. & Y. Nakatani, 1998. The eastern Palearctic relatives of European Deraeocoris oli-
vaceus (Fabricius) (Heteroptera: Miridae). — Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 140 [1997]: 237-
247, figs. 1-25. [1ssN 0040-7496]. Published 26 March 1998.
The eastern Palearctic deraeocorine plant bugs which have been incorrectly considered conspe-
cific with the European Deraeocoris olivaceus (Fabricius) are revised. Deraeocoris brachialis Stäl,
which has been regarded as a synonym of olivaceus, is reinstated as valid, diagnosed and re-
described. Two new species, D. gibbantennatus from the Primorskij Kraj, Russia and D. ery-
thromelas from Shikoku and Kyushu, south-western Japan, are diagnosed and described. The
European 'true' D. olivaceus is diagnosed, and a key to the species is provided. The zoogeogra-
phy of the four allied species is discussed.
Correspondence: Tomohide Yasunaga, Biological Laboratory, Hokkaido University of Educa-
tion, Ainosato 5-3-1, Sapporo, 002 Japan. E-mail:
[email protected]
Key words. — Heteroptera; Miridae; revision; Deraeocoris olivaceus, D. brachialis new species;
key; zoogeography.
*Contribution from the Russia/Japan Cooperative East-Asian Entomological Program, No. 49.
Deraeocoris olivaceus (Fabricius, 1777) is a conspic-
uous deraeocorine plant bug species, originally de-
scribed from Germany, which is well known in Eu-
rope, because of its large size and predaceous habit.
Stäl (1858) described its relative, D. brachialis, from
Irkutsk in southern Siberia, but this species was sub-
sequently synonymised with olivaceus (Kerzhner
1988a). Although Kerzhner (1988b) referred to some
different colour patterns in the specimens from the
Russian Far East, he considered this as intraspecific
variation. His treatment has been followed by subse-
quent authors (Miyamoto & Yasunaga 1989, Yasuna-
ga 1990, Josifov 1992, Yasunaga & al. 1993, Lee &
al. 1994, Vinokurov & Kanyukova 1995a, 1995b).
Yasunaga (1994) illustrated the male genitalia of
specimens with different coloration from Japan and
the Russian Primorskij Kraj, and mentioned that,
what had been called o/ivaceus in this region, includes
at least three different species and is in need of revi-
sion.
Recently, through the courtesy of Prof. M. Josifov
of Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, we obtained sever-
al specimens of ‘true’ European olivaceus, and, upon
examination, the eastern Palearctic specimens were
found to differ significantly in some structures from
the European ones. Therefore, the populations occur-
ring in eastern Eurasia (southern part of Siberia in-
cluding Irkutsk, the Russian Far East, north-eastern
China, Mongolia and Japanese Honshu) cannot be
regarded as conspecific with those of Europe (= true
olivaceus), but should be called brachialis. On the
other hand, specimens from Shikoku and Kyushu,
south-western Japan, correspond to neither olivaceus
nor brachialis in having a bright red and densely pu-
bescent dorsum, impunctate and setose scutellum,
noticeably pubescent hemelytra and different struc-
ture of the male genitalia; they are considered to be-
long to an undescribed species. Further, one of the
authors, Yasunaga, collected a pair of specimens with
entirely blackish bodies from southern Primorskij
Kraj, Russia. Such remarkable blackish specimens
have previously been regarded as a variant of olivaceus
(= brachialis) only (Kerzhner 1988b; Kerzhner pers.
comm.), although distinct differences are found in
the female antennal segmentl and male genitalia as
described below; therefore, these specimens cannot be
237
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Figs. 1-8. Parameres of Deraeocoris spp. — 1-2, D. olivaceus from Bulgaria; 3-8, D. brachialis, 3-4, S. Primor’je, Russia; 5-6,
Mt. Sasagamine, Niigata Pref., Honshu, Japan; 7-8, Mts. Yatsugatake, Nagano Pref., Honshu, Japan. — 1, 3, 5 & 7, left para-
mere; 2, 4, 6 & 8, right paramere. Scales: 0.2 mm.
considered conspecific with olivaceus or brachialis.
In the present paper, the true Deraeocoris olivaceus
(Fabricius), which is restricted to Europe and adja-
cent regions, is diagnosed, and the specific name, D.
brachialis Stäl, is reinstated as valid for the eastern
Palearctic specimens. Two new species, D. gibbanten-
natus from southern Primorskij Kraj, Russia and D.
erythromelas from Kyushu and Shikoku, Japan, are
described. A key is provided to distinguish D. oli-
vaceus and its allies, and the zoogeography is also dis-
cussed.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
In general dried specimens were used. Depositories
of material examined are abbreviated in the text as
follows: Entomological Laboratory, Faculty of Agri-
culture, Kyushu University, Fukuoka, Japan (ELKU);
238
Biological Laboratory, Hokkaido University of Edu-
cation, Sapporo, Japan (HUES); Dr. Miyamoto’s per-
sonal collection, Fukuoka, Japan (Mc); Museum of
Nature and Human Activities, Hyogo, Japan
(MNHA); National Institute of Agro-Environmental
Science, Tsukuba, Japan (NIAES); Zoological Insti-
tute, National Science Museum, Tokyo, Japan
(NsMT); Entomological Laboratory, University of Os-
aka Prefecture, Sakai, Japan (vor); Zoological Insti-
tute, Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg
(ZMAS).
All measurements in the text are given in millime-
tres. In the synonymic listings only original references |
and selected references subsequent to Carvalho’s cat-
alogue (Carvalho 1957) are cited for each taxon (de-
tailed synonymic listing provided by Schuh 1995).
YASUNAGI & Nakatani: Eastern Palaearctic Deraeocoris
| Figs. 9-12. Vesicae of Deraeocoris spp. — 9, D. olivaceus from Bulgaria; 10-12, D. brachialis, 10, S. Primor je, Russia; 11,
| Marunuma, Gunma Pref., Honshu, Japan; 12, Mts. Yatsugatake, Nagano Pref., Honshu, Japan. Scales: 0.5 mm.
Terms for descriptions of male genitalia
Male genitalia of the plant bugs form, needless to
say, very important taxonomic characters, and it is
necessary to describe and/or illustrate them properly.
Because Deraeocoris olivaceus and allied species pos-
sess five homologous sclerites on the vesica, we use
‚here alphabetical terms to avoid misunderstanding
(see characters A-E in figs. 9-12, 20, 24).
Sclerite A is the most conspicuous, horn-like ap-
pendage, and may be interpreted as the ‘spiculum’.
| The vesicae of olivaceus and allies are principally di-
| vided into three membranous lobes, and the first lobe
| is accompanied by two flat sclerites (B & C), which
are sometimes fused together basally. ‘Sclerite D’ is
| situated on another lobe, tapered and pointed apical-
ly. The fifth sclerite (E) is a partly or entirely sclero-
| tized extension of the third lobe. These five sclerites
form important characters for the classification of D.
olivaceus and allies.
TAXONOMY
Deraeocoris olivaceus (Fabricius)
(figs. 1-2, 9, 25)
Cimex olivaceus Fabricius, 1777: 300.
Deraeocoris olivaceus — Reuter 1888: 648; Kiritschenko
1951: 159, fig. 166; Carvalho 1957: 71; Southwood &
Leston 1959: 206; Leston & Woodroffe 1961: 188; Wag-
ner & Weber 1964: 40; Wagner 1971: 36; Günther &
Schuster 1990: 369; Melber & al. 1991: 92; Gorczyca
1992: 91; Schuh 1995: 615.
Deraeocoris brachialis — Kiritschenko 1951: 160.
Diagnosis
Recognised by the smallest body among the rela-
tives (up to 10.7 mm in length; redescriptions below
indicating the dimension ranges from 8.5-10.5 mm),
narrow head, wide vertex (0.45-0.50 times as wide as
head including eyes), generally short antennal seg-
ments, relatively incrassate antennal segment II (api-
239)
TiJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
cal part more than 1.5 times as thick as base), bicol-
orous antennal segment III (basal part widely pale
and apical part infuscate), and short legs. Very vari-
able species in coloration. In Europe, its closest rela-
tive is D. trifasciatus (Linnaeus), from which olivaceus
is easily separated by the significantly smaller size and
different coloration.
Detailed descriptions were provided by several Eu-
ropean authors (Reuter 1896; Wagner 1952, 1971;
Wagner & Weber 1964, etc.).
Description
Male genitalia. — Parameres as in figs. 1-2; protu-
berance of left paramere not strongly curved (fig. 1).
Vesica (fig. 9) comparatively small in general shape;
sclerite A rather slender and straight; sclerite C short,
accompanied with second triangular process; sclerite
D elongate.
Dimensions. — 4/9 : Body length (from anterior
apex of tylus to posterior tip of membrane) 9.90-
10.68/ 10.02-10.20; head width including eyes 1.40-
1.48/ 1.50-1.53; vertex width 0.65-0.68/ 0.75; length
of antennal segment I 0.90-0.98/ 0.97-1.00, II 2.97-
3.18/ 3.25-3.28, III 1.00-1.05/ 1.05-1.12, IV 0.63-
0.72/ 0.70-0.73; rostral length 3.70-3.83/ ?; mesal
pronotal length including collar 1.92-2.22/ 2.15-
2.23; basal pronotal width 3.27-3.58/ 3.47-3.68;
maximum width across hemelytra 4.15-4.63/ 4.50-
4.73; length of hind femur 3.00-3.73/ 3.12-3.33, tib-
ia 4.00-4.25/ 4.00-4.20, tarsus 1.07-1.18/ 1.12-1.18;
length of hind tarsomere I 0.48-0.50/ 0.50-0.51, II
0.36-0.38/ 0.37-0.40, III 0.45-0.48/ 0.48-0.50.
Distribution
Europe: central part to the Mediterranean area,
Britain, and the European part of Russia, west of the
240
Ural range, and North Africa: Algeria. This species
appears to be restricted to the western Palearctic Re-
gion.
Biology
D. olivaceus has been reported to be associated with
Rosaceae, such as Crataegus, Malus, Pirus and Prunus
(Wagner 1952, 1971, Wagner & Weber 1964), and
in spite of being principally predaceous, it has been
observed to feed on young hawthorn berries (Cratae-
gus) (Southwood & Leston 1959). In Bulgaria, Dr.
Josifov collected two males from Quercus cerris L.(Fa-
gaceae), which we could not confirm as the host
plant.
Material examined. — BuLcaria: 34, 29, Kaloti-
na, 20.vi.1993, M. Josifov (Hues); 2d, Plana u.,
Kokaljane, 1,000 m, on Quercus cerris, 23.vi.1968,
M. Josifov (HUES).
Deraeocoris brachialis Stäl sp. rev.
(figs. 3-8, 10-13, 25)
Deraeocoris brachialis Stäl 1858: 185; Carvalho 1957: 61;
Kulik 1965a: 170; Kulik 1965b: 50; Kerzhner 1978: 37.
Deraeocoris olivaceus — Kerzhner 1988a: 67; Kerzhner
1988b: 794; Miyamoto & Yasunaga 1989: 158; Yasuna-
ga 1990: 665; Josifov 1992: 117; Yasunaga & al. 1993:
146, fig. 7b; Lee & al. 1994: 7; Yasunaga 1994: 41; Vi-
nokurov & Kanyukova 1995a: 13; Vinokurov &
Kanyukova 1995b: 85.
Diagnosis |
Recognised by the enlarged body (more than 11
mm in most specimens), wide head, narrow vertex,
long antennal segments, less incrassate antennal seg- |
ment II, unicolorous dark antennal segment III (only |
extreme base rarely narrowly pale), and long legs.
Very variable species in coloration.
This eastern Palearctic species is a close relative of
olivaceus, from which it can be distinguished by the
characters as diagnosed above and different structure
of the male genitalia. Reuter (1896) provided a de-
tailed redescription, in which he showed that
brachialis is significantly larger than olivaceus. But his
key is currently not applicable because the variable
coloration was used as the key character.
Redescription
Body elongate oval (6 )/ oval and tumid (9); dor-
sal surface usually brownish, shining, widely punc-
tate. Head brown with dark symmetrical marking, or
entirely darkened, shining, oblique and rather wide;
vertex 0.37-0.45 (d)/ 0.39-0.46 (9) times as wide as
head including eyes, with sparse, silky, very short pu-
bescence; tylus, jugum, buccula and gena with dense,
silvery, suberect pubescence. Antenna dark chestnut
brown; segment I and basal part of II sometimes
widely brown or reddish brown; segment II less in-
crassate toward apex, its apical part less than 1.5 times
as wide as base; segments III and IV filiform, extreme
base of segment III rarely pale; length of segments I-
IV (6/9): 1.05-1.18/ 0.99-1.25, 3.40-3.78/ 3.23-
4.00, 1.22-1.50/ 1.30-1.55, 0.76-0.90/ 0.77-0.88.
Rostrum shiny dark chestnut brown, sometimes part-
ly pale, reaching or slightly exceeding middle coxa.
Pronotum very variable in coloration, pale brown
(usually with darkened calli) to widely darkened,
shining, uniformly with dense, fuscous punctures and
laterally with silky, erect pubescence, posterior mar-
gin usually impunctate; collar sombre yellowish
brown to fuscous, shagreened or pruinose, bearing
silky, erect pubescence; mesoscutum shiny fuscous,
with shagreened lateral parts, bearing sericeous pu-
bescence; scutellum shiny dark brown, with pale lat-
eral and posterior margins forming v-shape, shallowly
but distinctly punctate, bearing a few, silky, very
short setae. Hemelytra brown, or pale, reddish, pur-
plish or dark brown, shining, almost glabrous, with
dense, dark punctures; apical part of corium widely
infuscate; ventral surface of embolium densely pubes-
cent; cuneus yellow, brown, orange or red, with al-
| Ways infuscate apical 1/3-1/2 parts; membrane som-
bre pale brown to brown, narrowly pale near apex of
cuneus. Legs uniform with brownish, suberect setae;
femora widely chestnut brown or dark brown, or pale
brown with dark patches; tibiae reddish brown to fus-
cous, each with two yellow bands; tarsi dark brown,
with dense, blush-like setae inward; length of hind fe-
mur, tibia and tarsus (64/9): 3.52-4.05/ 3.25-4.33,
4.75-5.33/ 4.42-5.63, 1.25-1.38/ 1.15-1.50; that of
hind tarsomeres I-III (4/9): 0.50-0.60/ 0.54-0.70,
0.43-0.48/ 0.37-0.51, 0.48-0.60/ 0.44-0.60. Ab-
YASUNAGI & Nakatani: Eastern Palaearctic Deraeocoris
domen pale brown, reddish brown or dark chestnut
brown.
Male genitalia. — Somewhat variable in shape.
Parameres as in figs. 3-8; protuberance of left para-
mere distinctly curved. Vesical sclerite A is strong,
broad and apically hooked; sclerite C developed; scle-
rite D rather shortened (figs. 10-12).
Dimensions. — 8/2: Body length 10.42-12.90/
10.02-12.20; head width including eyes 1.57-1.80/
1.57-1.75; vertex width 0.62-0.70/ 0.75-0.83; rostral
length 3.65-4.25/ 3.62-4.28; mesal pronotal length
including collar 2.25-2.48/ 2.00-2.73; basal pronotal
width 3.72-4.05/ 3.42-4.45; maximum width across
hemelytra 4.67-5.30/ 4.47-5.50.
Distribution
Russia (possibly east of Altai and south of Stanovoj
ranges: South Siberia including Irkutsk and Tuva,
continental Far East and South Sakhalin), Japan
(North and Central Honshu), Mongolia, North-east
China, North- and South-Korea.
Biology
Kerzhner (1978) recognised Salix sp. (Salicaceae)
as its host plant, and Yasunaga (1994) also recorded
willow (Salix spp.) and alder (Alnus spp., Betulaceae).
Predation on larvae of chrysomelid beetles (e.g., Go-
nioctena japonica Chujo et Kimoto, 1960 on alder
and Chrysomela vigintipunctata (Scopoli, 1763) on
willow) has been frequently observed, and cannibal-
ism was also reported (Yasunaga 1990).
Material examined. — Russra: S. Primorskij Kraj: 1 ©,
Ussurijsk Reserve, 15.vii.1990, T. Saigusa (HuEs); 1d, Us-
surijsk Reserve, W. border, 12-13.vii.1993, light trap, T.
Yasunaga (HUES); 24d, 169, 17 km SW of Krounovka, nr.
Mt. Medvezh’ja, on alder & willow, 5-9.vii.1993, T. Ya-
sunaga (HUES); 2d, Rjazanovka, Khasanskij Dist, 26-
27.vii.1993, light trap, T. Yasunaga (HUES). — CHINA: 1d,
N. Manchuria (= current Heilongjiang Prov. of NE. China),
1940, A. Loukashikin (NIAES). — JAPAN: Honshu: 1d, 19,
Mt. Sasagamine, Niigata Pref., 20-25.vii. 1993, S. Yoshizawa
(nues); 19, Nikko, Tochigi Pref., 19.vii. 1949, J. Aoki (nı-
AES); 19, same locality, 14.vi.1950, M. Yano (Nies); 2d,
same locality, 17-19.vii.1959, T. Maenami (NIAES); 14,
Nebasawa, Oku-nikko, Tochigi Pref., 11.vii.1937, G. Ya-
mamoto (NIAES); 19, Ozegahara, Gunma Pref., 9.vii. 1951,
H. Hasegawa (NIAES); 34, 3 9, same locality, 9-10.vii.1978,
M. Tomokuni (nsMT); 19, Fujimishita, nr. Ozegahara,
Gunma Pref., 22.vii.1987, Y. Notsu (NSMT); 16,
Marunuma, Gunma Pref., 7.vii.1984, M. Hayashi (Hues);
1d, 42, Mt. Kanayama, Yamanashi Pref., 6.vi.1952, M.
Ohno (NIAES); 12, Masutomi, Yamanashi Pref.,
28.vii.1957, S. Kimoto (mc); 19, Daimonzawa, Mt.
Akadake, 2,000-2,500 m alt., Mts. Yatsugatake, Yamanashi
Pref., 30.vii.1987, T. Yasunaga (Hues); 44, Nippara,
Tokyo, 12.vii.1986, M. Tomokuni (NsMT); 16, Komoro,
Nagano Pref., 29.vii.1959, T. Maenami (nIaEs); 19,
Omachi, Nagano Pref., 26.vi.1977, M. Owada (NsMT); 14,
Mikasa Park, Karuizawa, Nagano Pref., 31.vii.1968, H.
241
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Ono (NsMT); 1d, Ueda C., Nagano Pref., vi.1934, S.
Miyamoto (ELKU); 24,29, Todai, Kami-ina, Nagano Pref.,
8-11.vii.1978, M. Owada (NsMT); 19, Sugadaira, Nagano
Pref., 18.viii.1956, K. Baba (Nraes); 16, Shiga Plateau,
Nagano Pref., 6.viii.1974, Y. Hori (NsMT); 19, same locali-
ty, 3-6.viii.1982, M. Sato (NsMT); 36, 49, Mt. Azusayama,
Kawakami Vil., Nagano Pref., 5.vii.1980, Y. Kurosawa
(NsMT); 36, 19, Minoto, Mt. Akadake, 2,000-2,500 m
alt., Mts. Yatsugatake, Nagano Pref., 27.vii.1987, T. Ya-
sunaga (HUES); 16, Inakoba, Mts. Yatsugatake, Nagano
Pref., 18.vii.1939, H. Hasegawa (NIAES); 26, Sanjiro, Ut-
sukushigahara, Nagano Pref., 30.vii.1954, K. Kai (NIAES);
19, Shimashima Valley, Nagano Pref., 3-5.viii.1940, K.
Kurosa (NIAES); 1d, same locality, 7.viii.1955, H. Hasega-
wa (NIAES); 1, Iwana-dome, Shimashima Valley, Nagano
Pref., 14.vii.1982, Y. Abe (murs); 19, Tokugo Pass,
Nagano Pref., 7.viii.1955, H. Hasegawa (NIAES); 39,
Kamikochi, Japan Alps, Nagano Pref., 21.vii.1917, T. Esaki
(ELKU); 1d, 29, same locality, 15.vii.1945, M. Yano; 29,
same locality, 20.viii.1936, K. Kurosa (NIAES); 1 © , same lo-
cality, 12.viii.1952, T. Nakane (Nrars); 2d, 29, same lo-
cality, 3-7.viii.1955, I. Hattori (NIAES); 19, same locality &
collector, 18-19.vii.1956 (NrAES); 28, 3 9, same locality &
collector, 14-18.vii.1960, I. Hattori (NIAES); 29, same lo-
cality, on alder, 21.vii.1957, M. Ohno (Nrars); 19, same lo-
cality, 3.viii.1956, M. Sato (nsMT); 64, 102, Mt. Nyugasa,
Nagano Pref., 29-31.vii.1962, S. Miyamoto (mc); 19, Mt.
Senjodake, Nagano Pref., 3.viii.1958, H. Yamamoto (mc);
1d, Isedaki, Komagatake, Nagano Pref., 1.viii.1962, S.
Miyamoto (Mc); 2d, Nagawa Vil, Nagano Pref,
21.vii.1994, Y. Sawada & T. Ueda (vor); 1d, 19, Kiso-
Ontake, Nagano Pref., 20.vii.1952, H. Hasegawa (NIAES);
29, Hirayu, Gifu Pref., 22-23.vii.1946, K. Ohbayashi
242
> ALOE mm
Figs. 16-20.
Deraeocoris gibbantennatus. —
16, female head in left lateral
view; 17, female antennal seg-
ment I; 18, left paramere; 19,
right paramere; 20, vesica.
In
19, same locality, 26.vii.1986, S. Miyakawa
(NSMT);
(nsMT); 16, Mt. Wasamata, Nara Pref., 3.viii.1995, T. Hi-
rowatari (vor); 18,29, Kobe C., Hyogo Pref., 20.vi.1940,
K. Kurosa (NIAES).
Deraeocoris gibbantennatus sp. n.
(figs. 14, 16-20, 25)
Deraeocoris olivaceus — Kerzhner 1988b: 794; Yasunaga
1994: 43, fig. 14.
Type Material. — Holotype d, 17 km SW of
Krounovka, near Mt. Medvezh'ja, S. Primorskij Kraj,
Russia, on Alnus sp., 5-7.vii.1993, T. Yasunaga
(zmas). — Paratype: 1 9, same data as for holotype, 8-
9.vii.1993 (HUES).
Diagnosis
This species is easily distinguished from other rela-
tives by the entirely blackish dorsum (fig. 14) and pe-
culiar hump-like projection on the female antennal
segment I (figs. 16-17). The shape of the vesical scle-
rite is also unique to this species.
Description
Body almost entirely shiny black, oblong-oval (9 )/
oval (2); dorsal surface distinctly punctate; ventral —
surface uniformly darkened. Head black, shining,
with silvery, suberect, short pubescence; vertex some-
what pale near inner margin of eye, relatively narrow, :
0.36-0.37 times (&)/ 0.43 times (9) as wide as head
including eyes. Antenna entirely blackish brown,
densely setose; 2 segment I with a dorsal, hump-like
projection at basal 1/4; segment IT rather incrassate
toward apex, apical part 1.6-1.7 times as thick as base;
segments II and IV filiform; length of segments I-IV
(6/2): 1.25/ 1.25, 3.88/ 3.96, 1.50/ 1.48, 0.83/
0.83. Rostrum shiny dark chestnut brown, reaching
middle coxa.
Pronotum black, shining between punctures, with
brown, upright setae laterally, posterior margin some-
what pale; collar shagreened or pruinose, bearing
silky, erect pubescence; mesoscutum black, sha-
greened laterally, with sparse, silky, short pubescence;
scutellum shiny dark chestnut brown, with yellow ex-
treme apex, timid, punctate, bearing very sparse,
silky, short pubescence. Hemelytra unicolorous shiny
black, densely punctate, with silky, short pubescence
along lateral margin; ventral surface of embolium
densely pubescent. Leg dark brown, densely setose;
each tibia with two yellowish bands; tarsi with dense,
blush-like setae inward; length of hind femur, tibia
and tarsus (4/9): 4.00/ 4.03, 5.25/ 5.33, 1.40/ 1.43;
that of hind tarsomeres I-III: 0.55/ 0.60, 0.48/ 0.52,
0.53/ 0.61. Abdomen entirely shiny blackish.
Male genitalia. — Parameres as in figs. 18-19. Vesi-
ca apparently specialised in form (fig. 20); sclerite A
elongate, tapered at apex; sclerite B narrow, widely
fused with a membranous lobe; sclerite C reduced, di-
vided into several smaller plates; sclerite C weak.
Dimensions. — 6/9: Body length 12.90/ 11.94;
head width including eyes 1.78/ 1.74; vertex width
0.65/ 0.75; rostral length 4.00/ 4.28; mesal pronotal
length including collar 2.35/ 2.63; basal pronotal
width 4.00/ 4.35; maximum width across hemelytra
5.08/ 5.75.
Etymology
| From Latin, gibba or gibbus (= hump) in combina-
(tion with antenna, referring to the characteristic
jhump-like projection exhibited on the female anten-
jnal segment I.
Distribution
Russian Far East (S. Primorskij Kraj).
Biology
D. gibbantennatus was found on Alnus sp. (Betu-
\laceae), with which it appears to be associated. It was
{collected together with D. brachialis, but in lower
‚population densities.
YASUNAGI & NAKATANI: Eastern Palaearctic Deraeocoris
Deraeocoris erythromelas sp. n.
(figs. 15, 21-25)
Deraeocoris olivaceus— Yasunaga & al. 1993: 146, fig. 7a; Ya-
sunaga 1994: 42, fig. 15.
Type material. — Holotype d, Momiki, 600-700
m alt., Izumi Vil., Kumamoto Pref., Kyushu, Japan,
at light, 6.vii.1991, K. Yahiro (Hugs). — Paratypes:
Shikoku: 14, Nishikuma, Monobe Vil., Kochi Pref.,
30.vii.1994, M. Takai (Hugs); 19, Teragawa, Hon-
gawa Vil., Kochi Pref., light trap, 18.vii.1993, I. Ya-
mashita (HUES); 16, same locality and collector,
25.vii.1991 (vor); 12, Hongawa Vil., 800-1,400 m
alt., Kochi Pref., on Betula sp., 23.vii.1996, T. Ya-
sunaga (HUES); 19, Mt. Tsurugi, Tokushima Pref.,
light trap, 10.vii.1993, I. Yamashita (nues); 19, Mt.
Odamiyama, Ehime Pref., 12.vii.1994, M. Takai
(HUES). — Kyushu: 14, Mt. Shiratori, Izumi Vil., Ku-
mamoto Pref., 21.vi.1987, R. Noda (Hugs); 19,
same locality, 19.vii.1992, Y. Nakatani (vor); 19,
Mt. Yamaingiri 1,100 m alt., Izumi Vil., Kumamoto
Pref., on Salix sp., 28.vi.1992, T. Yasunaga (fig. 15,
HUES); 1d, same locality, light trap, 16.vii.1994, R.
Matsumoto (Hugs); 12, Mt. Sobo, Oita Pref.,
25.vii.1978, Y. Shono (MNHA); 19, Kamihori,
Miyazaki Pref., 15.vii.1967, S. Tawara (Mc).
Diagnosis
This species is easily distinguished from other rela-
tives by the bright red and partly infuscate dorsum,
silky suberect pubescence on the impunctate scutel-
lum, and uniformly pubescent hemelytra, in addition
to having a quite restricted distribution.
Description
Body elongate oval, large; dorsal surface noticeable
bright red, partly or sometimes widely infuscate, pro-
vided with silky, suberect pubescence; ventral surface
widely darkened. Head dark chestnut brown, shin-
ing, with silky, suberect pubescence; vertex with a
pale spot near inner margin of each eye, comparative-
ly wide, 0.43-0.44 (4 )/ 0.50-0.52 (®) times as wide
as head including eyes; tylus, jugum, buccula and
gena bearing rather dense, silky, long pubescence.
Antenna dark chestnut brown, with dense, erect, long
setae; apical part of segment II more than 1.5 times as
thick as base; segments III and IV somewhat paler, fil-
iform; length of segments I-IV (6/9): 1.12-1.15/
1.22-1.28, 3.52-3.75/ 3.50-4.13, 1.18-1.25/ 1.26-
1.40, 0.75-0.78/ 0.89-0.91. Rostrum shiny dark
chestnut brown, reaching middle coxa.
Pronotum usually bright red, shining, sometimes
tinged with purple or brown, uniformly bearing
brownish, erect pubescence, with dark punctures; cal-
li sometimes infuscate; collar dark grey, shagreened,
with dense, brownish, erect setae; mesoscutum black-
243
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
Fig. 21. Deraeocoris erythromelas, dorsal habitus. Scale: 3 mm.
ish, laterally with greyish pollinosity, bearing sparse,
silky pubescence; scutellum red, shining, triangularly
darkened medially, impunctate or very shallowly
punctate, uniformly clothed with silky, erect pubes-
cence. Hemelytra shiny red, sometimes tinged with
purple or brown, punctate, uniformly clothed with
silky, suberect pubescence; corium and clavus partly
or sometimes widely infuscate; cuneus bright red,
with darkened apical 1/3-1/2 parts; membrane som-
bre greyish brown, with a pale spot near apex of
cuneus. Leg dark chestnut brown; femora and tibiae
with dense, brownish, erect setae; each tibia with
two yellowish white bands; tarsi with dense, blush-
like setae; length of hind femur, tibia and tar-
(sus (6/9): 3.65-3.75/ 3.80-4.25, 4.72-4.93/ 4.97-
15.38, 1.20-1.25/ 1.30-1.38; that of hind tarsomeres
LIII (3/2): 0.48-0.50/ 0.57-0.60, 0.42-0.46/ 0.44-
10.48, 0.49-0.53/ 0.55-0.60. Abdomen shiny dark
brown.
| Male genitalia. — Parameres (figs. 22-23) distinctly
setose; left paramere densely furnished with long sen-
|sory setae (fig. 22). Vesical sclerites A and B long and
slender; sclerite C well developed; sclerite D extended
\basally (fig. 24).
Dimensions. — 6/9: Body length 10.98-12.00/
110.92-12.03; head width including eyes 1.60-1.65/
11.66-1.73; vertex width 0.70-0.73/ 0.85-0.88; rostral
length 3.57-3.93/ 3.82-4.08; mesal pronotal length
including collar 2.35-2.43/ 2.57-2.68; basal pronotal
width 3.85-3.90/ 3.97-4.38; maximum width across
hemelytra 4.81-4.99/ 5.22-5.88.
Etymology
From Greek erythro- (= red) and melas (= black),
referring to the bright red and partly infuscate body
of this new species.
YASUNAGI & NAKATANI: Eastern Palaearctic Deraeocoris
Figs. 22-24.
Male genitalia of Deraeocoris
erythromelas. — 22, left para-
mere; 23, right paramere; 24,
vesica.
Distribution
Japan (central montane areas of Shikoku and
Kyushu).
Biology
D. erythromelas has been found on Betula sp. (Be-
tulaceae) and Salix spp. (Salicaceae). Predation on lar-
vae of the chrysomelid beetle, Chrysomela vigintipunc-
tata (Scopoli, 1763) (Coleoptera) on willow was
observed in Kyushu. A last-instar nymph was found
to have been parasitized by an undetermined nema-
tode (Yasunaga, unpublished data).
Key TO SPECIES OF D. olivaceus AND ALLIES
1. Scutellum shiny and impunctate, with silky,
suberect pubescence; hemelytra distinctly pubes-
CONE) „Ir RIE he ER D. erythromelas
—. Scutellum distinctly punctate, glabrous; hemelytra
lacking noticeable pubescence except on embolium
2. Dorsal surface entirely shiny black; ® antennal seg-
ment I with a peculiar dorsal hump-like projection
SO cece E D. gibbantennatus
— Dorsal surface partly or widely reddish, brownish
or yellowish; 2 antennal segment I lacking such
projection
3. Body larger, usually more than 11 mm in length;
antennal segment I longer, more than 1 mm; an-
tennal segment III unicolorously darkened, or only
extreme base rarely pale; eastern Palearctic species
found on Salicaceae and Betulaceae . .D. brachialis
— Body smaller, up to 10.7 mm in length; antennal
segment less than 1 mm; antennal segment III bi-
colorous, dark with widely pale base; western Pale-
arctic species associated mainly with Rosaceae ...
See Ne een D. olivaceus
245
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
brachialis
N
i
ZOOGEOGRAPHY (fig. 25)
The four treated species have in the past been re-
presented as a single species, o/ivaceus, which was con-
sidered to be a widely distributed Palearctic species.
After a careful check of the previous distributional
records, we realized that D. olivaceus, D. brachialis
and D. erythromelas are obviously allopatrically dis-
tributed. D. olivaceus is restricted to the western
Palearctic Region including the Mediterranean area,
D. brachialis is distributed in southern Siberia, the
Russian Far East, Mongolia, the Korean Peninsula
and Honshu, Japan, and D. erythromelas has the
southernmost distribution, being endemic to central
montane areas of Shikoku and Kyushu Islands,
south-western Japan. Only D. gibbantennatus was
found sympatric with brachialis in the Russian Pri-
morskij Territory.
Of the four species, D. olivaceus and D. brachialis
are the most closely related species. However, none of
these has been reported from the region between the
Ural and Altai ranges. The mountains are considered
to form a barrier, dividing the distribution ranges of
the western D. olivaceus and eastern brachialis.
Our observations and previous reports indicate
that these two species have different host preferences;
D. olivaceus is associated with rosaceous host plants
(Southwood & Leston 1959; Wagner 1952, 1971;
Wagner & Weber 1964), while D. brachialis has been
found only on alder (Betulaceae) and willow (Sali-
caceae). As pointed out by Todo & Yasunaga (1996)
and Yasunaga (1996), many deraeocorine species, in
spite of being predaceous, live on restricted plant
species. The different preference for plant species may
be a diagnostic character.
Kerzhner (1988b) regarded specimens, here named
246
Fig. 25.
Distribution of Deraeocoris oli-
vaceus and allies.
erythromelas
as D. gibbantennatus, as conspecific with D.
brachialis, but a peculiar hump-like dorsal projection
on the female antennal segment I is considered to be
an autapomorphy for gibbantennatus (see figs. 16-17).
The shape of sclerites B and C on the male vesica is
also unique to gibbantennatus, which is, therefore,
here regarded to be a good species. |
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to express our sincere gratitude to Dr. S.
Miyamoto (Fukuoka, Japan) for his continuous ad-
vice and encouragement, and to Dr. I. M. Kerzhner
(zmas) for his kind information. Yasunaga also
thanks Drs. N. Kurzenko, A. Lelej, Y. Tsuistjakov, V.
Makarkin, A. Egorov, E. Kanyukova and V. Sidrenko
(Institute of Biology and Pedology, Far Eastern
Branch of Russian Academy of Sciences, Vladivostok) |
for their kind assistance during the expedition in the
Russian Far East, and especially Dr. V. Makarkin for!
the Russian translation. Most specimens used in this |
paper were loaned from or donated by the following
individuals, to whom we are much indebted: Dr. M.!
Josifov (Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia); Dr. S. |
Miyamoto; Dr. M. Tomokuni (NsMT); Dr. T. Mat- |
sumura and Mr. K. Konishi (NIAES); Dr. A. Nakan-
ishi and Dr. Y. Sawada (MNHA); Dr. Y. Abe (Kyoto!
Prefectural University); Mr. S. Gotoh (Tanabe, |
Japan); Dr. T. Hirowatari, Mr. T. Ueda and Mr. Yel
Sawada (vor); Dr. H. Yahiro (Shiga, Japan); Mr. M.
Takai and Mr. I. Yamashita (Nankoku, Japan); Mr.
R. Noda (Fukuoka, Japan); Dr. S. Kamitani (ELKU); |
Prof. T. Saigusa, Mr. T. Nakamura, Mr. K. Masuna- |
ga, Mr. K. Yoshizawa, and Mr. R. Matsumoto
(Biosystematics Laboratory, Kyushu University,
Fukuoka, Japan). |
REFERENCES
Carvalho, J. C. M., 1957. A catalogue of the Miridae of the
world. Part I. — Argivos do Museo nacional, Rio de
Janeiro 44: 1-158.
*Fabricius, C., 1777. Genera Insectorum eorumque charac-
teres naturales secundum numerum figuram situm et
proportionem omnium partium oris adjecta manitissa
specierum nuper detectarum Chilonii — Litteris Nuch.
Friedr. Bartschii. xiv+310 pp.
Gorczyca, J., 1992. Bryocorinae, Dicyphinae and Deraeo-
corinae (Heteroptera, Miridae) of Poland. — Annals of the
Upper Silesian Museum, Entomology 3: 81-105.
Günther, H. & G. Schuster, 1990. Verzeichnis der Wanzen
Mitteleuropas (Heteroptera). — Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift, N. F. 37: 361-396.
Josivof, M., 1992. Contribution to a knowledge of the fam-
ily Miridae of North Korea (Heteroptera). — Insecta Ko-
reana 9: 115-128.
Kerzhner, I. M., 1978. Poluzhestkokrylye (Heteroptera)
Sakhalina i Kuril’skikh Ostrovov [Heteroptera of
Sakhalin and South Kuril Islands]. — Trudy biologo-
pochvennogo Instituta, Novaja serija 50(153): 31-57. [In
Russian]
Kerzhner, I. M., 1988a (1987). Novye i maloizvestnye
poluzhestkokrylye Nasekomye s Dal'nego Vostoka SSSR
[New and little known heteropterous insects from the So-
viet Far East]. — 83 pp. Akademija Nauk SSSR, Vladivos-
tok. [In Russian]
Kerzhner, I. M., 1988b. Sem. Miridae (Capsidae) - Slepnja-
ki. — Opredelitel’ Nasekomykh Dal’nego Vostoka SSSR
[Keys to the insects of the Soviet Far East] 2: 778-857. [In
Russian]
Kiritschenko, A. N., 1951. Nastojashie Poluzhestkokrylye
Evropejskoj Tshasti SSSR (Hemiptera) [True bugs of the
European part of SSSR]. — Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR
42: 1-423. [In Russian]
Kulik, S. A., 1965a. Klopy-Slepnjaki (Heteroptera, Miridae)
Vostotshnoj Sibiri i Dal’nego Vostoka [Plant bugs of East
Siberia and Far East]. — Izvestija Irkutskogo sel’skokhoz-
jajstvennogo Instituta 25: 157-188. [In Russian]
Kulik, S. A., 1965b. Poluzhestkokrylye Vostotshnoj Sibiri i
Dal’nego Vostoka (Heteroptera-II. Miridae) [Blind-
wanzen Ost Sibiriens und des Fernen Ostens (Het-
eroptera-Miridae)]. — Acta Faunistica Entomologica Mu-
sei nationalis Pragae 11: 39-69. [In Russian with German
summary]
Lee, C. E., S. Miyamoto & I. M. Kerzhner, 1994. Additions
and corrections to the list of Korean Heteroptera. — Na-
ture and Life, Taegu (Korea) 24: 1-34.
\Leston, D. & G. E. Woodroffe, 1961. Increase in distribu-
tion of Deraeocoris olivaceus. — Nature 192: 188-189.
Melber, A., H. Giinther & C. Rieger, 1991. Die Wanzen-
| fauna des österreichischen Neusiedlerseegebietes (Insecta,
Heteroptera). — Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten aus dem Bur-
genland, Naturwissenschaften 89: 63-192.
Miyamoto, S. & Yasunaga, T., 1989. Hemiptera, Het-
eroptera. — In Hirashima, Y. (ed.), A Check List of Japan-
ese Insects 1: 151-188. Entomological Laboratory, Facul-
ty of Agriculture, Kyushu University, Fukuoka.
Miyamoto, S., T. Yasunaga & T. Saigusa, 1994. Het-
YASUNAGI & NAKATANI: Eastern Palaearctic Deraeocoris
eroptera from the Russian Far East collected by T. Sai-
gusa in 1990, with descriptions of two new mirine
species. — Japanese Journal of Entomology 62: 243-251.
Reuter, O. M., 1888. Revisio synonymica Heteropterorum
palaearcticorum quae descripserunt auctores vetustiores
(Linnaeus 1758 — Latreille 1806). II. — Acta Societatis
Scientiarum fennicae, Helsingfors 15: 443-812.
Reuter, O. M., 1896. Hemiptera Gymnocerata Europae.
Hemipteres Gymnocerates d’Europe, du bassin de la
Méditerranée et de l'Asie Russe, décrites. V. — Acta Soci-
etatis Scientiarum fennicae, Helsingfors 23(20): 1-392.
Schuh, R. T., 1995. Plant Bugs of the World (Insecta: Het-
eroptera: Miridae). Systematic Catalog, Distributions,
Host List, and Bibliography. — The New York Entomo-
logical Society, xii+1329 pp.
Southwood, T. R. E. & D. Leston, 1959. Land and Water
Bugs of the British Isles. — Frederick Warne and Co.
London, 436 pp.
Stal, C., 1858. Beitrag zur Hemipteren-Fauna Sibiriens und
des Russischen Nord-America. — Stettiner entomologis-
che Zeitung 19: 175-198.
Todo, Y. & T. Yasunaga, 1996. The plant bugs collected on
willow (Salix spp.) in Hokkaido, Japan. — Rostria 45: 41-
47. [In Japanese with English summary]
Vinokurov, N. N. & E. V. Kanyukova, 1995a. Konspect
Fauny Poluzhestkokrylykh (Heteroptera) Sibiri. Materialy
k Katalogu palearktitsheskikh Heteroptera. [Conspect of
the fauna of Heteroptera of Siberia: Contribution to the
Catalogue of Palearctic Heteroptera]. — 62 pp. Rossijskaja
Akademija Nauk, Sibirskoe Otdelenie, Yakutskij Institut
Biologii, Yakutsk. [In Russian with English summary]
Vinokurov, N. N. & E. V. Kanyukova, 1995b. Poluzh-
estkokrylye Nasekomye (Heteroptera) Sibiri [Heteropter-
ous insects of Siberia]. — 237 pp. Nobosibirsk, Nauka. [In
Russian]
Wagner, E., 1952. Blindwanzen oder Miriden. —Tierwelt
Deutschlands 41: iv+218.
Wagner, E., 1971. Die Miridae Hahn, 1831, des Mit-
telmeerraumes und der Makaronesischen Inseln
(Hemiptera, Heteroptera). Teil 1. — Entomologische Ab-
handlungen, Dresden 37 supplement: iii+484 pp.
Wagner, E. & H. H. Weber, 1967. Hétéroptères, Miridae.
— Faune de France 67: 1-592.
Yasunaga, T., 1990. Abnormal food habits observed on two
mirids (Heteroptera, Miridae). — Rostria 40: 665-667.
{In Japanese with English summary]
Yasunaga, T., 1994. On the variation of Deraeocoris oli-
vaceus (Fabricius) (Heteroptera, Miridae) — Rostria 43:
39-44. [In Japanese with English summary]
Yasunaga, T., 1996. Predation observed on Orthotylus pal-
lens (Matsumura) (Heteroptera, Miridae, Orthotylinae).
— Rostria 45: 48-50. [In Japanese with English summary]
Yasunaga, T., M. Takai, I. Yamashita, M. Kawamura & T.
Kawasawa, 1993. A Field Guide to Japanese Bugs. Ter-
restrial Heteropterans. — Zenkoku Noson Kyoiku
Kyokai, Tokyo, 380 pp. [In Japanese]
*Indirect citation.
Received: 18 December 1996
Accepted: 15 May 1997
247
M,
An
I
ns
CLIS LE
ge “ d h è + wh try N n Si NT ty È
CIRE an | n ) ji
weit Lary in dal id È de aux A | À ul 1
‘bis na tt Nar Hire Ses dui de, he
x Inner
Gua det
a un
BOOK REVIEW
Stig Andersen, 1996. The Siphonini (Diptera: Tachi-
nidae) of Europe. — Fauna Entomologica Scandi-
navica, Volume 33, E.J. Brill. 148 pp., 6 colour
plates, 275 text figs. Hardback [1sBN 90 04 10731
21. Price HFL 114.50 excl. postage.
Volume 33 of the well-known series ‘Fauna Ento-
mologica Scandinavica’ deals with the European
species of the tribe Siphonini of the family Tachi-
nidae. It is a typical member of the series, considering
the layout, many text figures, few colour plates and
information on distribution of species in Scandinavia.
On the other hand, this volume differs from all the
others in the fact that its scope is restricted to one
tribe and that all European species of this tribe have
been included. Moreover, there are quite a lot of tax-
onomic novelties in this volume, so that it is best to
consider this volume to be a full-grown review of the
European Siphonini.
Whereas the taxonomy of the family Tachinidae is
considered by most dipterologists to be difficult, that
of the tribe Siphonini is even more complicated.
Especially the genus Szphona is quite notorious in this
respect. Until the sixties of this century only four
European species of Siphona were generally accepted.
Mesnil (in Lindner) raised the number of European
species to 13, still leaving many problems unsolved.
Stig Andersen must be praised for continuing Mes-
inil's difficult task, leading to a review of the genus
\Siphona in 1982 containing 17 species. In his present
work, 20 European species of Siphona have been re-
lcognised.
The introductory chapters of the book deal with
the classification and the lifehistory of the Siphonini.
‚The part on classification and phylogeny is quite ex-
tensive, but rather technical for most readers. The
part on the life-history contains some interesting new
(material. Although many host-relations are still un-
discovered, it becomes more and more clear that very
similar species may have quite different hosts.
The main part of the book is dedicated to the tax-
bnomy of the 58 European species, starting with a key
fo genera. Next each genus is characterised, its distri-
pution on a world-scale is given, followed by a key to
he European species. For each species the typical fea-
tures, distribution and biology are discussed. The text
|s illustrated with simple but clearcut black-and-white
figures. Also all male genitalia have been illustrated. It
s my experience that the keys, in general, make a re-
BOOK REVIEW
liable identification possible. Compared with earlier
work, Andersen has introduced several new features,
making it sometimes possible to recognise even aber-
rant specimens. Some previously recognised species
are now considered to be only a variety of a very sim-
ilar taxon (Actia dubitata of crassicornis and Siphona
confusa of variata). Given the many intermediate
forms and the variability of these species, I totally
agree with Andersen's view. On the other hand, six
new species have been described. Some of the new
species can easily be recognised, whereas others are
very similar to related species. It is my experience that
Andersen tends to underestimate the variability in
these cases: for instance Dutch males of Peribaea
hertingi Andersen cannot be recognised with his key.
A major point of criticism concerns the nomencla-
ture used. Scandinavian dipterologists have a tenden-
cy of very strictly interpreting nomenclatural rules,
not seldomly leading to highly impractical results. To
introduce the name resinellae (Schrank, 1824) for the
species previously known as Actia nudibasis Stein,
1924 while Schrank’s types are lost is perhaps not too
big a problem. But to synonymise Siphona mesnili
Andersen, 1982 with Siphona confusa Mesnil, 1961
and S. confuse Andersen, 1982 with S. variata Ander-
sen, 1982 and then introducing Siphona variata for-
ma confusa Andersen’ is very confusing indeed, to say
the least. Finally, renaming the common S. cristata to
S. geniculata (De Geer, 1776) and the very common
S. geniculata to S. urbana (Harris, 1780) is really dis-
astrous. Although formally undoubtedly correct, with
this change of names Siphona geniculata can never be
used without ambiguity. Andersen refers to this only
as ‘some confusion and argues that …the name has
never had any longstanding and unambiguous usage
....Considering that S. geniculata and cristata had
very clearly been separated by Staeger already in 1849
(and repeatedly by Lundbeck in 1927), this defence is
just incorrect. In my opinion, these changes in names
could and must have been prevented.
Andersen's book is a mature review of the Euro-
pean Siphonini. In the vast majority of cases, it will
lead the more experienced student of Tachinidae to
reliable identifications in this complicated tribe.
Therefore, this book will be of great value to all seri-
ous students of the European Tachinidae. However,
for the non-specialists with only little material avail-
able, using this fine book of Stig Andersen may be
more cumbersome. especially in the genus Siphona.
[Theo Zeegers]
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
BOOK REVIEWS
Ales Lastivka & Zdenek Lastivka, 1997. Nepticuli-
dae Mitteleuropas. Ein illustrierter Begleiter (Lepi-
doptera). — Konvoj, Brno. Hardback, 22X16 cm.
[1sBN 80-85615-61-4]. Price DEM 72.—. Can be or-
dered from Departrment of Zoology and Apicul-
ture, Faculty of Agronomy Muar, Zemedelskä 1,
cz-613 00 Brno.
This small booklet is meant as a diagnostic guide
for 184 species of Nepticulidae (leafmining Lepido-
ptera) occurring in Central Europe in a broad sense.
Apart from traditional Central Europe, it includes
species from Denmark, southern Sweden, The
Netherlands, eastern half of France, northern Italy,
Slovenia and Croatia. The book is therefore a wel-
come addition to the volume in the series Fauna En-
tomologica Scandinavica (vol. 23), which deals only
with the 121 species of Northwest Europe. The book
is written in German, the most important language in
the area covered by the book, although this may ham-
per its usefulness for some countries.
All species are treated on a separate page, with a
short diagnosis and notes on biology, distribution
and habitats. On the same page there are black-and-
white illustrations of a moth, male and female geni-
talia and leafmine, most original, excellently prepared
by the senior author. A few are redrawn from other
sources. There are no keys, but identification can be
reached by comparing the illustrations. This may be
somewhat difficult for those not yet familiar with the
family, especially since similar genitalia are not de-
picted on the same page. Apart from the descriptions,
there is a systematic list of hostplants and moth spe-
cies, a checklist of the species and a distribution cata-
logue.
The book contains descriptions of four new spe-
cies. Although a few more undescribed species are
currently known from this region, this book is fairly
comprehensive for a large part of Europe, excluding
the southern peninsula’s.
Minor points of criticism are the relatively simple
drawings of the female genitalia and the lack of
colour-plates of the adults. The latter, however,
would have increased the price enormously.
In conclusion, a nice booklet, with a well chosen ti-
tle: ‘Ein illustrierter Begleiter’ [an illustrated compan-
ion], to accompany fieldworkers and taxonomists.
[Erik J. van Nieukerken]
250
Vereniging Onderzoek Flora en Fauna, 1997. Jaar-
boek Natuur 1997, De winst- en verliesrekening
van de Nederlandse natuur. — KNNv Uitgeverij,
Utrecht/vorr, Wageningen. [Society for Research
on Flora and Fauna, 1997. Yearbook nature 1997.
Profit and loss account of the Dutch nature.].
Hardback, 17X25 cm. [1sBN 90-5011-108-4].
Price NLG 40.— excl. p&p. Order from KNNV
Publishers, Fax +31-30-236 89 07.
Why reviewing a Dutch book on Dutch nature in
an international entomological journal? There are
very few countries where so many amateur naturalists
are actively collecting data on the occurrence of
plants, animals and insects as in The Netherlands.
Maybe only in Britain there is a higher percentage of
the population active in this field. Usually specialists
in the various groups publish their results in their,
own circles. This book is a nice example of a broad
view on nature: it tries to answer questions like: is the
situation for nature in The Netherlands getting worse
or better? There are treatments for 15 groups: from.
macrofungi, seedplants, to bats, see-organisms and
birds. But there are also insects: Orthoptera (grass-
hoppers and crickets), Odonata (dragonflies), Coleo-
ptera: Carabidae (groundbeetles), Microlepidoptera,
and Rhopalocera (butterflies). In all chapters authors
try to estimate the trends in occurrence. Some species!
are declining, or extinct, others are increasing. The
differences between groups are large, insects belong. |
ing to the groups with severe decline, especially in
dragonflies and butterflies. It is nice to compare the
various distribution maps and tables with numbers of
gridcells in various periods.
Even for those not able to read Dutch, the book
gives an interesting view of nature in an overpopulat-
ed European country: many nature-lovers studying
little nature with few species. For foreign readers it is
a disadvantage that many captions to the figures give
trivial names only. Also an English summary is miss-
ing. Maybe this can be changed in future volumes in
this series. The price is surprisingly low.
[Erik J. van Nieukerken]
Volume 140 1997
Tijdschrift
voor
Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary
entomology since 1858
Netherlands Journal of Entomology
Published by the Netherlands Entomological Society
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
A journal of systematic and evolutionary entomology since 1858
Scope
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ (Netherlands Journal of Entomology) has a long
tradition in the publication of original papers on insect taxonomy and systematics.
The editors particularly invite papers on the insect fauna of the Palaearctic and
Indo-Australian regions, especially those including evolutionary aspects e.g.
phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and ecology as far as meaningful for
insect taxonomy. Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines related to
taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morphology, ethology, ecology and applied
entomology, are requested to contact the editorial board before submitting.
Usually, such papers will only be published when space allows.
Editors
E. J. van Nieukerken (elected 1986) and J. van Tol (1985)
Co-editors
A. W. M. Mol (1990) and R. T. A. Schouten (1990)
Advisory board
M. Brancucci (Basel), N. E. Stork (London) and M. R. Wilson (Cardiff).
The ‘Tijdschrift voor Entomologie’ is published in two issues annually by the
‘Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging (Netherlands Entomological Society),
Amsterdam.
Editorial address
c/o National Museum of Natural History,
Postbus 9517, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands.
Correspondence regarding membership of the society, subscriptions and
possibilities for exchange of this journal should be addressed to:
Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging
c/o Instituut voor Taxonomische Zoölogie
Plantage Middenlaan 64
1018 DH Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Subscription price per volume Hfl. 300, (postage included).
Special rate for members of the society. Please enquire.
Instructions to authors
Published with index of volume 140 (1997).
Graphic design
Ontwerpers B.V., Aad Derwort, ’s-Gravenhage
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Contents of volume 140
Articles
147
177
181
185
191
207
43
Bellinger, P.N. & W. N. Ellis
Generic names of Collembola: Supplement 1984-1996.
Beuk, P. L. Th.
Revision of the radha group of the genus Platylomia Stal, 1870 (Homoptera, Cica-
didae).
Chen, P. P.: see Nieser
Diskus, A.,: see Puplesis
Ellis, W.N.: see Bellinger
Johanson, K. A.
Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n. from Borneo (Trichoptera, Helicopsychidae).
Kozlov, M.V.
The new aurora species-group of the genus Nemophora Hoffmannsegg, with two
new species from Taiwan (Lepidoptera, Adelidae)
Li, Q. & M. Xue
A new species of the genus Ammophila Kirby (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) from
China
Lu, N. & L. Y. Zheng
Identity of some 'Lygus' species described from Taiwan by B. Poppius
(Heteroptera: Miridae).
Mey, W.
The genus Hydropsyche Pictet, 1834 on islands in the West Pacific Region and de-
scription of new species (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae).
Nakatani, Y.: see Yasunaga
Nieser, N., H. Zettel & P. P. Chen
Ten new species of Rhagovelia (Heteroptera: Veliidae) from Sulawesi (Indonesia).
Nieukerken, E. J. van: see Puplesis
Patocka, J.
Die Puppen einiger mitteleuropàischen und kanarischen Scythrididae
(Lepidoptera, Gelechioidea).
Polhemus, J. T.
Seven new species of Hydrotrephes China (Helotrephidae: Heteroptera) from
Sulawesi.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
55
59
67
III
129
221
133
237
Book reviews
128
249
250
250
Puplesis, R., A. Diskus & E. J. van Nieukerken
Stigmella divina sp. n., a remarkable species from Turkmenistan and Turkey
(Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae).
Rohfritsch, O.
Morphological and behavioural adaptations of the gall midge Lasioptera arundinis
(Schiner) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) to collect and transport conidia of its fungal
symbiont.
Rasmont, P.: see Terzo
Roth, L. M.
The cockroach genera Pseudothyrsocera Shelford, Haplosymploce Hanitsch, and
Episymploce Bey-Bienko (Blattaria: Blattellidae, Blattellinae).
Schouten, R.
Revision of the genus Metaeuchromius Bleszynski (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae:
Crambinae).
Sinclair, B. J.
A new species of Ornithoica Rondani from New Caledonia (Diptera:
Hippoboscidae).
Terzo, M. & P. Rasmont
Ceratina zwakhalsi et C. verhoeffi, deux nouvelles espèces de la région ouest-
paléarctique (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Xylocopinae). |
Tol, J. van
The genus Procordulia Martin in western Malesia (Odonata, Corduliidae). |
Xue, M.: see Li |
|
T. Yasunaga & Y. Nakatani |
The eastern palearctic relatives of European Deraeocoris olivaceus (Fabricius)
(Heteroptera: Miridae) |
|
Zettel, H.: see Nieser
Zheng, L. Y. : see Lu
B. À. Bengtsson, 1997. Scythrididae. — Microlepidoptera of Europe (P. Huemer, |
O. Karsholt & L. Lyneborg eds.) vol. 2. [E. J. van Nieukerken] |
S. Andersen, 1996. The Slphonini (Diptera: Tachinidae) of Europe. — Fauna |
Entomologica Scandinavica 33 [T. Zeegers]
Ales Lastuvka & Zdenek Lastüvka, 1997. Nepticulidae Mitteleuropas. Ein illu-
strierter Begleiter (Lepidoptera). [E. J. van Nieukerken] |
Vereniging Onderzoek Flora en Fauna, 1997. Jaarboek Natuur 1997, De winst- |
en verliesrekening van de Nederlandse natuur. [E. J. van Nieukerken]
Reviewers for volume 140
D. B. Baker (Oxford, U.K.), B. À. Bengtsson (Lottorp, Sweden), W. Biesenbaum (Velbert-Langenberg,
Germany), H. Bohn (München, Germany), E. Budrys (Vilnius, Lithuania), L. Deharveng (Toulouse, France),
R. W. Holzenthal (St. Paul, USA), B. Landry (Aylmer, Canada), M. L. May (New Brunswick, USA), A.
Neboiss (Victoria, Australia), E. Nevill (Onderstepoort, South Africa), E. S. Nielsen (Canberra, Australia),
J. T. Polhemus (Englewood, USA), M. D. Schwartz (Ottawa, Canada), J. D. Shorthouse (Sudbury, Canada),
R. T. Shuh (New York, USA), G. M. Stonedahl (Bellingham, USA), M. Zandee (Leiden), H. Zettel (Wien,
Austria).
Dates of Publication
Volume 140 (I), pages 1-146, 31 October 1997
Volume 140 (2), pages 147-250, |-viii, 26 March 1998
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam ISSN 0040-7496
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
NEW TAXA DESCRIBED IN
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140
BLATTARIA
EDIPO CCPATASARO INI ERE 105
Episymploce simmonsi Roth, 1997............ 105
DIPTERA
Ornithoica caledonica Sinclair, 1997.......... 131
HEMIPTERA
Deraeocoris gibbantennatus Yasunaga & Nakatani,
VOS RIE NOMEN ARTE O 242
Deraeocoris erythromelas Yasunaga & Nakatani, 1998
a nn GUSTA CRIMINE GONO EROI RO N 243
Hydrotrephes celebensis Polhemus, 1997 ........ 45
Hydrotrephes kamarora Polhemus, 1997 ....... 47
Hydrotrephes marana Polhemus, 1997 ......... 47
Hydrotrephes nieseri Polhemus, 1997 .......... 49
Hydrotrephes taweli Polhemus, 1997 .......... 51
Hydrotrephes variegatus Polhemus, 1997 ....... 52
Hydrotrephes viriosus Polhemus, 1997 ......... 53
Platylomia malickyi Beuk, 1998 ............. 164
Rhagovelia abra Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997... . 22
Rhagovelia achna Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997... 24
Rhagovelia cylindros Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997. 39
Rhagovelia gyrista Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997 . . 32
Rhagovelia krama Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997 ..25
Rhagovelia ochra Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997 ...27
Rhagovelia plychona Nieser Nieser, Zettel & Chen,
Rhagovelia skoura Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997 . . 28
Rhagovelia sterea Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997... 33
Rhagovelia tsouloufi Nieser, Zettel & Chen, 1997. 31
HYMENOPTERA
Ammophila heteroclypeola Li & Xue, 1998 ..... 181
Ceratina (Euceratina) zwakhalsi Terzo & Rasmont,
LOIS ARE SEN N ta 225
Ceratina (Euceratina) verhoeffi Terzo & Rasmont,
LITE CARE oa RC AP O: 231
vi
LEPIDOPTERA
Metaeuchromius changensis Schouten, 1997 ....114
Metaeuchromius inflatus Schouten, 1997 ...... 119
Metaeuchromius latoides Schouten, 1997 ...... 119
Nemophora aurora Kozlov, 1997 ............. 14
Nemophora uncella Kozlov, 1997 ............. 15
Stigmella divina Puplesis, Diskus & Nieukerken,
[99E SEREEN De AIDES AA PR NE 35
ODONATA
Procordulia lompobatang Tol, 1997........... 138
Procordulia papandayensis Tol, 1997.......... 141
Procordulia rantemario Tol, 1997............ 142
TRICHOPTERA
Helicopsyche malickyi Johanson, 1998......... 10747
Hydropsyche ambonensis Mey, 1998 .......... 201
Hydropsyche bacanensis Mey, 1998 ........... 204
Hydropsyche gemellata Mey, 1998............ 201
Hydropsyche germanorum Mey, 1998 ......... 195
Hydropsyche initiana Mey, 1998............. 197
Hydropsyche malickyi Mey, 1998............. 197
Hydropsyche naumanni Mey, 1998 ........... 204
Hydropsyche palawanensis Mey, 1998 ......... 201
Klyaropsychesalkı Mey, ls 201
Hydropsyche seramensis Mey, 1998 ........... 201
Hydropsyche sirimauna Mey, 1998 ........... 203
Hydropsyche staphylostirpis Mey, 1998......... 195
Eiydropsychesulana) Mey ml Isr 204 |
Hydropsyche suppleta Mey, 1998............. 203
Hydropsyche taiwanensis Mey, 1998 .......... 1974
Hydropsyche vialigni Mey, 1998 ............. 197
INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS
The Tijdschrift door Entomologie publishes original
papers dealing with systematic and evolutionary ento-
mology. The editors particularly invite papers on the
insect fauna of the Palearctic and Indo-Australian re-
gions, especially those including evolutionary aspects
e.g. phylogeny and biogeography, or ethology and
ecology as far as meaningful for insect taxonomy.
Authors wishing to submit papers on disciplines relat-
ed to taxonomy, e.g. descriptive aspects of morpholo-
gy, ethology, ecology and applied entomology, are re-
quested to contact the editorial board before
submitting. Usually such papers will only be accepted
when space allows.
Papers in English are preferred, but papers written
in French or German will also be considered. It is our
policy that papers are reviewed by an external referee.
Authors will generally be notified of acceptance with-
in two months.
For the first submission two printed copies are re-
quired, including photocopies of figures, reduced to
A4 format and a word-processing file on diskette or
sent by e-mail. Original artwork should not be sent
until the paper is accepted. Manuscripts should
preferably be printed on A4 size paper, on one side
only, double spaced, with a left margin of at least 4
cm. After acceptance of a paper, authors are requested
to prepare a manuscript according to standards given
in a separate style-sheet. These instructions include
e.g. the word-processing programs we can handle and
the codes that should be included or are allowed in
your files. The editors can handle the most common
word-processing programs for Windows, MS-DOS
and Macintosh systems, but prefer Microsoft Word
(any version). It is also possible to submit papers via
e-mail, as attached file.
Lengthy papers (more than 40 pages in print) are
only accepted when space allows. Publication can be
speeded up by paying a page-charge of nıG 50.
Otherwise no page-charge is asked. Membership of
the ‘Netherlands Entomological Society’ is not oblig-
atory.
Text preparation
A cover page should provide the names of the au-
thors and a proposal for a running title. The second
page starts with author names (in all capitals), use &
for ‘and’, on a new line the name of institute (as short
as possible), with multiple authors using superscript’ ©
etc. The title is brief and informative, typed in all cap-
itals, with order and family of the taxon treated in
parentheses.
The abstract starts with a bibliographical reference
(authors, year, title), see recent issues for layout. Then
the abstract follows, without the word ‘abstract’ and
without indentation. The abstract, written in
English, should be concise, yet cover the main results
of the paper, including new taxa and nomenclatorial
changes. The name,. address and e-mail address (if
possible) of one and only one of the authors follows,
if needed preceded by the word ‘Correspondence:
This should also be the address for the galley proofs.
The abstract ends with a list of key-words, separated
by semi-colon.
The text proper starts on a new page, the introduc-
tion (if any) starts without heading. Use a maximum
of three categories of headings, all to be typed left,
and using capitals and lower-case letters. The first
type may also be typed in small capitals, the second
and third type may be typed in bold. After the head-
ing the paragraph follows without blank. A fourth
category may be used in descriptions of species, etc. It
is separated from the following paragraph by a long
dash (-) to be typed as double dash.
New paragraphs should „ot be indented in word-
processors. Scientific names of genera and species
should be typed in italics or underlined. No underlin-
ing or italics are allowed for any other text.
Abbreviations of museums (‘codens’), computer pro-
grams etc. should be typed in sMALt caps, if available.
References
In the text they are given as Lopes (1982a), (Lopes
1982) or (Brown & White 1975: 24). All cited papers
should be listed alphabetically at the end of the paper
under the heading ‘References’, papers not cited in
the text should be omitted from the list of references.
Examples for format:
Boer, P. J. den. 1970. On the significance of dispersal pow-
er for populations of carabid-beetles (Coleoptera, Carabi-
dae). — Oecologia 4: 1-28.
Karsholt, O & E. S. Nielsen, 1976. Systematisk fortegnelse
over Danmarks sommerfugle. — Scandinavian Science
press, Klampenborg, 128 pp.
Johansson R. & E. S. Nielsen, 1990. Tribus Nepticulini. —
In: Johansson, R. et al. The Nepticulidae and Opostegi-
dae (Lepidoptera) of NW Europe. — Fauna entomologica
scandinavica 23: 111-238, pls.
Titles of journals should not be abbreviated. Type
long dashes as double dash ‘--’, or as ‘en dash ’(—) in
Word or WordPerfect. Do not try to type indenta-
tion, just end each reference with a hard return.
Nomenclature
The latest edition of the 1czN Code should be fol-
lowed. The composition of new names should prefer-
vil
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, VOLUME 140, 1997
ably be explained in a paragraph ‘Etymology’, includ-
ing indication of gender of generic names and kind of
specific name (adjective, noun in apposition, etc.).
Use standard abbreviations: Sp. n., gen. n., comb. n.,
syn. n., sp. rev., nom. n., etc. For all genus and
species-group names the authority (preferably with
year of description) should be mentioned once.
Author’s names are not abbreviated.
In new taxa the type material should be listed im-
mediately after the name. Only holotype, lectotype,
neotype, paratype and paralectotype are allowed.
Label data should not be quoted literally (except for
primary types), but arranged in a standardised se-
quence. Material should be listed alphabetically or
chronologically under the present day countries or
other geographical units. Long lists of non-type mate-
rial should be summarised. Geographical names
should be written according to present day spelling,
original spelling or label names may be given in
brackets. Use standard transcription for non-latin
scripts (e.g. Pinyin for Chinese, BSI for cyrillic, etc.)
or refer to recent editions of the “Times Atlas of the
World’.
Abbreviations (Codens) for depositories preferably
follow Arnett, Samuelson & Nishida (1993: The
Insect and Spider Collections of the World, 2nd edi-
tion. Flora & Fauna publications, Gainesville). They
are also available on internet:
http://www.bishop.hawaii.org/bishop/ento/codens-
r-us.html
Otherwise, they should be listed under ‘Material
and methods’ or in the introduction.
Data for primary types of previously described
species follow directly the reference to the original de-
scription as:
Elachista subnitidella Duponchel, [1843]: 326, pl. 77: 8.
Lectotype d [designated by van Nieukerken & Johans-
son 1987: 471]: “Austria, Vienna region), Duponchel
coll., Genitalia slide EVN 2522 (MNHN) [examined].
Illustrations
All illustrations, including photographs, graphs,
maps, etc. should be serially numbered as figures. No
subdivision with letters is recommended. Illustrations
are to be reduced to column width (65 mm), 1.5 x
column width (102.5 mm) or text width (135 mm).
Line figures should be mounted in blocks, or are
printed singly. When all figures are mounted in full-
page blocks (after reduction: 135 x 195 mm includ-
ing caption), they may be printed after the text, oth-
erwise the approximate place in the text should be
indicated with pencil in the margin of the manu-
Vill
script. Line-drawings are numbered with pre-sten- |
cilled or pre-printed figures, which should not be toll
large after reduction, preferably using a font like
‘Garamond’ or ‘Times’. Photographs should be un- |
mounted glossy prints. Numbering of photos shook:
be left to the discretion of the editors. Captions
should be typed on a separate sheet (or in a separate
file), consult a recent issue for style. Colour plates will
only be printed at the author’s expense. It is possible
to submit line illustrations as computer files, using |
well known formats, such as TIFF. |
Tables
Tables should be typed in separate files [or on sep-
arate sheets], starting with the captions. When using |
a word-processor: start with a practical TAB setting, |
and use only one [TAB] code for each next column. |
No formatting with spaces is allowed. No lines :
should be added. Extensive and long tables should be
avoided.
Proofs, reprints |
Authors receive one proof only, which should be |
corrected and returned immediately. When correc-
tions are few, sending per telefax or e-mail is recom- |
mended. |
|
Authors receive 50 reprints free of charge. Addi- :
tional reprints can be ordered when proofs are re- |
turned. Members of the Netherlands Entomological |
Society receive a considerable discount. Covers can be !
ordered at extra cost. |
All correspondence should he addressed to:
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, editors
attn. E. J. van Nieukerken
National Museum of Natural History Naturalis
PAORBox051m7
NL-2300 RA Leiden
Netherlands
Phone +31-71-5687682
Telefax +31-71-5687666
Mi
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
Volume 140, no. 2
Articles
147
177
181
185
191
207
221
237
P. L. Th. Beuk
Revision of the radha group of the genus Platylomia Stal, 1870 (Homoptera, Cicadi-
dae).
K. A. Johanson
Helicopsyche malickyi sp.n. from Borneo (Trichoptera, Helicopsychidae).
Q. Li & M. Xue
A new species of the genus Ammophila Kirby (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) from China
N. Lu & L. Y. Zheng
Identity of some 'Lygus' species described from Taiwan by B. Poppius (Heteroptera:
Miridae).
W. Mey
The genus Hydropsyche Pictet, 1834 on islands in the West Pacific Region and
description of new species (Trichoptera: Hydropsychidae).
J. Patoëtka
Die Puppen einiger mitteleuropäischen und kanarischen Scythrididae (Lepidoptera,
Gelechioidea).
M. Terzo & P. Rasmont
Ceratina zwakhalsi et C. verhoeffi, deux nouvelles espèces de la région ouest-paléarc-
tique (Hymenoptera, Apoidea, Xylocopinae).
T. Yasunaga & Y. Nakatani
The eastern palearctic relatives of European Deraeocoris olivaceus (Fabricius) (Hete-
roptera: Miridae)
Book reviews
249
250
250
S. Andersen, 1996. The Slphonini (Diptera: Tachinidae) of Europe. — Fauna
Entomologica Scandinavica 33 [T. Zeegers]
Ales Lastüvka & Zdenek Lastuvka, 1997. Nepticulidae Mitteleuropas. Ein illustrierter
Begleiter (Lepidoptera). [E. J. van Nieukerken]
Vereniging Onderzoek Flora en Fauna, 1997. Jaarboek Natuur 1997, De winst- en
verliesrekening van de Nederlandse natuur. [E. J. van Nieukerken]
© Nederlandse Entomologische Vereniging, Amsterdam
Published 26 March 1998
ISSN 0040-7496
Contents on inside back cover
ERNST MAYR LIBRARY
ITA
3 2044 114 196 355
Tans ania ray en agraire
Lacan pe Panne aRanyee
Amer
D
È CASA Lie la N At
ST
WERE TERE
MORIN ENTREE
Lana ioni remissione
ey
Dramen ma
arene a
n CO Tesi NUE, =
RISSA Se CNE TS
one : :
i A > 3 < ze ne
r Sere nk
porcino re È
geraas nf BOGEN
BELLE
APP ATA RAI
ANT
DATES
ays te 19 à : Ane ences sa
Seg nega ewes raakten: 3 Re
ne È È 2 n = ad È :
= rip AR ARS mas > RE 4 7 Be Ban
zen ran
POMPES
keren) ra
Bene
RETTE
gean sine SURAT
PIRRO
(RURALE
a PR EN QUOTE EN UE
Age eran
us
xp al : n
N
El
CORTE
erin
NET
Ces ae
TES
AURA RATS
PANNES
4 ARE ALA HA EAU
Ia A Rega dg AY AEE
nettes
SERRE n
pe pattes ar Se PAIE
Der
COTE]
SCATTI
PITTI
fa UE
peice
SIRIA RA NAT HENNE
Da PNA
DAME
DETTE eee 4
aan Se
arena bel A A AU NA dp A AE
Am TAROT? N,
NRA AUX
EMA (Ris
are
sassi
DBE nn e re
Den